SDL Workplace 2017_Full Cat opt150

Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ACCESS • HANDLING • STORAGE • SHELVING & RACKING • WORKSHOP • OFFICE & PREMISES
The Workplace Catalogue 2017
www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Telephone: 01446 772614
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue is a business to business supplier of storage
systems, materials handling equipment and associated products.
The Workplace Catalogue has grown over a period
of 28 years, establishing a sound understanding
of our clients needs and requirements. We are an
‘independent distributor’ which means we can direct
our customers to the best possible solutions.
Within this catalogue, you’ll find over 3,000 items
of the highest quality access, storage and manual
handling equipment. From trucks and trolleys to sack
trucks and stair climbers, from lifters and stackers to
workbenches and cabinets, we offer one of the most
comprehensive collections of workplace products, all
available in one place.
Easy ordering and fast despatch are all part of our
one-stop solution, and if you’d like to know more, visit
our website at www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ADDITIONAL INFO
Even though every effort is made to prevent printing errors and whilst
all product specifications in this catalogue are stated as accurately as
possible, they are for guidance only. We reserve the right to alter prices
and specifications without prior notice - we will do our best to give notice
when and how possible. We advise contacting us for further information,
especially if specification is critical.
Lead times are given as a guide ONLY for single/small quantities. For
larger quantities or specific requirements, please contact The Workplace
Catalogue. Lead times may vary during busy periods - we still endeavour to
despatch as soon as possible. Lead times are also subject to availability.
Most of the products within this catalogue include standard carriage
charges to UK mainland addresses. Some deliveries to Scotland, Rep.
Ireland and N. Ireland may be subject to additional charges (other items
within this catalogue may also have additional carriage charges, please
ask for details). All prices shown are exclusive of VAT.
All orders are subject to our ‘Terms and Conditions’ of sale.
Please see our website or contact us for details.

Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CONTENTS
ACCESS
4-44
STORAGE
175-225
STATIC STEPS 5-6
MOBILE STEPS 7-29
LADDERS 30-43
PLATFORMS 38-41, 44
LOCKERS 176-179
CABINETS 180-193,196-199
HAZARDOUS BINS 195
PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS 200-210
PLASTIC CONTAINERS 211-223
SKIP BINS 224-225
HANDLING
45-146
TROLLEYS 46-54, 59-60
TRUCKS 55-57, 61-69
DRUM HANDLING 70-80
DRUM STORAGE 81-83
CYLINDER STORAGE 84-86, 92-93
CYLINDER HANDLING 87-92
TRAILERS 94-101
SACK TRUCKS 102-118
LIFTERS 119-123
PALLET TRUCKS & STACKERS 124-132
SCISSOR LIFTS 133-135
CORNERS & SKATES 136
BEAM & CARPET TROLLEY 137
SHEET & BAR HANDLING 138-141
PLATE TRUCKS 140
FURNITURE MOVERS 142
CASTORS 143-146
WORKSHOP
226-265
WORKBENCHES 228-251
TIMBER WORKBENCHES 252-253
WORKBENCH ACCESSORIES 254-257
WORK DESKS 258-259
SAFETY MATTING 260-261
PALLET STRAPPING SYSTEMS 262-265
OFFICE & PREMISES
266-308
SHELVING & RACKING
147-174
SHELVING 148-150, 153-157
RACKING 151-152, 158-161
RACKING PROTECTION 161
BARRIERS & POSTS 162-163
MEZZANNINE FLOORING 164-165
SIGNS, LABELS & MARKERS 166-168
WASTE DISPOSAL SACKS 169
PLATES & RAMPS 170-171
WHEEL CHOCKS 172
DOCK LIGHTS 172
DOCK BUMPERS 173
TRAFFIC LIGHTS 173
CONVEYORS 174
WORKSTATIONS 268-269
OFFICE SCREENS 270
MAGAZINE RACKS 271
WALL PLANNERS 272
OFFICE BOARDS 273-276
SCALES 277-279
MATTING 280-284
OFFICE FURNITURE 285-289
CHAIR SHIFTERS / TROLLEYS 290-293
BASKET TROLLEYS 294-295
MAILROOM TROLLEYS 296
BASKET TRUCKS 297
STAIR SAFETY 298-299
BIKE RACKS & SHELTERS 300
BOLLARDS 301
POSTS 302
GRIT BINS 303
SNOW PLOUGHS 304-305
GRIT SREADERS 306-308

Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ACCESS
4 - 44
A comprehensive range of access equipment, including mobile steps, ladders and
access platforms, manufactured to the highest UK specifications by a team of highly
skilled fabricators, welders and metal workers.
Whether you require wheeled steps, double sided steps, portable or mobile steps,
narrow aisle steps, heavy duty or tilt and go steps; telescopic, widestep or trade
ladders; or easy access platforms with a hinged entry gate, our extensive range
provides the highest standards of reliability, quality and safety.
STATIC STEPS 5-6
MOBILE STEPS 7-29
LADDERS 30-43
PLATFORMS 38-41, 44

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
5
STEP
LADDERS
DELIVERED
IN 3 - 5 DAYS
> > Foldable for easier storage
> > Working load 150kg
> > Distance between treads 230mm
> > Fitted with a rubber comfort handle
> > Non slip treads
MAX LOAD
150 KG
> > Powder coated finish in silver / grey
MADE IN
BRITAIN
PORTABLE STEPS
Description Open size H x W x D mm Folding size H x W x D mm Tread W x D mm Platform height mm Ref Price
Two Tread 775 x 485 x 510 890 x 135 x 485 380 x 260 490 BSL/2 £43.00
Three Tread 1065 x 490 x 665 1220 x 140 x 490 380 x 260 710 BSL/3 £52.00
Four Tread 1290 x 490 x 830 1475 x 145 x 490 380 x 260 930 BSL/4 £66.00
ROUND
STEP
DELIVERED
IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Simple round step for convenient access and hands-free movement.
Moulded from high density polypropylene for good durability with an
‘Arched’ design for extra strength. The heavy duty rubber bumper around
base provides ultimate grip when weight is applied and the anti-slip
moulded plastic to both treads. Easily manoeuvred, mounted on 3 springloaded
castors which retract when weight is applied.
Height mm 410
Diameter mm 440
Order Ref RSK-1
Price £42.80
Colour Options R B BK GY
STEEL
KIKSTEPS
DELIVERED
IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Premium GS approved quality mobile step finished in a choice of colours.
Provides easy step up access preventing excess stretching, supplied
in two sections that permanently lock together via a built in bolt-free
mechanism.
Mounted on retractable spring mounted castors, can be easily moved
into position without bending or lifting and when stepped on locks into
position allowing safe access. Sturdy steel contruction with anti slip
rubber treads provide a solid platform from which to work.
Overall Height mm 400
Diameter (top) mm 260
Diameter (base) mm 430
Order Ref
RSK-2
Price £47.50
Colour Options R B BK
PORTABLE STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
5

6
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PORTABLE STEPS
PLASTIC SAFETY
STEPS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> Health & safety product – ideal for all industrial and commercial applications.
> Moulded in tough, medium density polyethylene.
> Resistant to most chemicals, suited to wash down applications and wet
corrosive environments.
> Fitted with anti-slip abrasive strips to aid safety, and handles for ease
of mobility.
> Accredited to BS EN 14183 European Safety Standard – each step will take
up to 260kg
3-5 day delivery 1, 2 & 3 step only. 4 Step 10-15 day delivery.
*Height includes handrail. 4 step: supplied complete with powder coated tubular
steel support rail (yellow only). Colours: Standard colours are yellow, blue and
red. Other colours are available on special request. LH = left hand rail, RH =
right hand rail, – please state which required when ordering.
External dimensions
(W x D x H)
Frame
No. of
treads
Wt.
Load
bearing
Ref
Price
485 x 310 x 300mm Without 1 5kg 260kg WGRW0101 £50.00
475 x 540 x 420mm Without 2 10kg 260kg WGRW0102 £74.30
440 x 795 x 620mm Without 3 15kg 260kg WGRW0103 £101.45
490 x 1080 x 820mm Without 4 20kg 260kg WGRW0105 £157.15
490 x 1080 x 1620mm* With 4 23kg 260kg WGRW0104 £271.45
PLASTIC SAFETY
STEPS
DELIVERED
IN 3 - 5 DAYS
The new Supertuff Safety Step combines durability with style, to offer a robust
and hard wearing unit that would look good in any workplace.
> Anti-slip tape, provides grip on the top surface and each of the in-steps
> The large square base ensures a very stable platform
> In-steps allow four way access
> Incredibly strong and durable
> One piece moulding, no loose or breakable parts
> Stylish design available in wide choice of colours
> Large recessed label area can be used to brand the step
> Units inter-stack to save space in storage or during transportation
> Plastic construction will not corrode and requires no maintenance
Description Colours External dimensions (W x D x H) Ref Price
Plastic safety step single unit red, yellow, blue, green, orange 460 x 460 x 365mm WGSTSS01 £45.50
ROBUST COLOURED
PORTABLE STEPS
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Framework manufactured from ERW mild steel tube with formed sheet steel treads, fitted with
ribbed rubber to surface.
GNM rubber feet for extra grip and floor protection, epoxy coated finish in a choice of 4 colours.
Description
Overall H x W x
D mm
Tread Size
mm
Tread
Height mm
Weight
kg
Order
Ref
Single step no handrail 250 x 415 x 280 355 x 215 250 4 WGS750 £53.50
Single step with post rail 1160 x 415 x 280 355 x 215 250 5 WGS751 £73.50
Two step no handrail 500 x 415 x 590 355 x 215 500 5 WGS752 £78.95
Two step with post rail 1160 x 415 x 590 355 x 215 500 6 WGS753 £98.95
Two step with handrail 1160 x 415 x 590 355 x 215 500 7 WGS754 £103.50
Price
6
PORTABLE STEPS
Steptek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
7
WHEELALONG
TWO STEP WITH
GRAB HANDLE
DELIVERED
IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
120 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Stable to use and easy to move. Ideal moveable access steps for industry, offices,
libraries and hospitals etc. Finished in a choice of four powder coated colours.
Manufactured from ERW tube, with formed steel steps fitted with ribbed rubber or
anti-slip treads. Fitted with 2 x 50mm wheels with rubber non-marking tyres.
Push-it along ... Pull-it along ... or carry-it along
WHEELALONG STEPS
Choice of colours at no extra cost
WGTC904/M
Description Tread Overall
H x W x D mm
Two Step
Top Tread
mm
Weight
Kgs
Ref
Price
R/Rubber 1030 x 500 x 355 385 8 WGS230 £114.70
Anti-slip 1030 x 500 x 355 385 8 WGS240 £114.70
Colour Options R B Y GY
WHEELALONG
TWO, THREE AND
FOUR STEPS
Static steps which are fitted with 2 x 75mm diameter wheels to the rear frame.
When steps are tilted, wheels allow easy movement to next location. Powder
coated finish.
DELIVERED
IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
120 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Fitted with 75mm wheels with grey non marking rubber tyres.
WGS243/B
Description Tread Overall
H x W x D mm
Top
Tread
mm
Weight
Kgs
Ref
Grey
Price
WGS029/R
Two Step
R/Rubber 1025 x 455 x 605 510 7 WGS028 £118.55
Anti-slip 1025 x 455 x 605 510 7 WGS241 £118.55
WGS028/Y
Three Step
R/Rubber 1310 x 455 x 785 762 10 WGS029 £144.65
Anti-slip 1310 x 455 x 785 762 10 WGS242 £144.65
Four Step
R/Rubber 1700 x 590 x 1030 1020 14 WGS243 £210.95
Anti-slip 1700 x 590 x 1030 1020 14 WGS244 £210.95
Colour Options R B Y GY
Tilt and Move ...
Pull-it along ...
Steptek
WHEELALONG STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
7

8
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STAINLESS STEEL STEPS
STAINLESS
THREE, FOUR
AND FIVE STEP
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
High quality range of mobile step units, manufactured from formed tube and
sheet stainless steel of quality particularly suitable for food drink and chemical
industries. Fully welded throughout for maximum rigidity.
All step units fitted with 4 x 80mm diameter spring loaded castors with grey non
marking rubber tyres fitted in heavy zinc plated housing which retract when
weight is applied to the steps, giving firm contact with the floor.
Anti-slip tread surfaces.
MAX LOAD
125 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGS217
Each unit is fitted with four grey non marking rubber feet.Stainless steel treads
covered with anti-slip surface which is both hard wearing and resistant to water,
oil and most chemicals.
Treads (inc platform) 3 4 5
Average working height 2.26m 2.52m 2.77m
Platform height mm 765 1016 1270
Platform width mm 380 380 380
Platform depth mm 280 280 280
Overall H (inc rails) mm 1425 1683 1940
Overall width mm 790 790 790
Overall depth mm 710 885 1140
Weight kgs 14 17 20
Ref WGS215 WGS216 WGS217
Price £643.45 £752.10 £876.20
WGS216
WGS215
Other stainless steel steps
can be made to order, all
enquiries are welcome.
8
STAINLESS STEEL STEPS
Steptek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
9
STAINLESS
WHEELALONG 2
AND 3 STEPS
WGS214
WGS213
Static steps which are fitted with 75mm diameter wheels to the rear frame. When
steps are tilted, wheels allow easy movement to next location. Manufactured
from formed tube, and stainless steel sheet steps with anti-slip surface. 75mm
wheels fitted with grey non marking rubber tyres.
A selected standard range, easy to clean, for use where hygiene is essential.
Particularly suitable for food, drink and chemical industries. Stainless treads
have anti-slip surfaces, resistant to water, oil and most chemicals. Other models
can be manufactured on request.
Description
Overall
H x W x D mm
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
Top Tread
mm
MAX LOAD
120 KG
Weight
Kgs
Ref
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Price
Two step 1025 x 450 x 605 510 7 WGS213 £358.75
Three step 1310 x 450 x 785 762 10 WGS214 £460.05
SPRING LOADED AND STAINLESS STEEL STEPS
SINGLE SIDED
MOBILE 2 STEP
DELIVERED
IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
125 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Single sided units without handrail, single
grab handle, or twin side handrails and
cross bar. Crossbar accepts optional
accessories - hook-on basket or tray.
WGS001/GY
WGS003/GN
WGS248/Y
Model 1 Sided without grab rail 1 Sided 1 grab rail 1 Sided 2 handles
Average working height 2.00m 2.00m 2.00m
Platform height mm 508 508 508
Platform width mm 380 380 380
Platform depth mm 180 180 180
Overall height (inc rails) mm 610 1185 1185
Overall width mm 530 530 530
Overall depth mm 540 540 540
Weight kgs 8 10 12
Treads R/Rubber Anti-slip R/Rubber Anti-slip R/Rubber Anti-slip
Ref WGS001 WGS002 WGS003 WGS004 WGS248 WGS251
Price £157.05 £157.05 £171.40 £171.40 £187.20 £187.20
ACCESSORIES
(Only suitable for S248/S251)
HOOK-ON WIRE BASKET
(load capacity 3 kg)
L x W x D: 350 x 220 x 220mm
White powder coated finish
Ref: S015 £51.60
HOOK-ON TRAY UNIT
(load capacity 3 kg)
L x W x D: 415 x 260 x 40mm
White powder coated finish
Ref: S250 £33.90
The steps should not be moved with loaded basket in place.
Colour Options GN R B Y GY S
Steptek
SPRING LOADED AND STAINLESS STEEL STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
9

10
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
British Standard Safety Step Range
BS EN 131-7:2013 Mobile Ladders with
Platform - The standard explained
The following is the key criteria (plus more) to certifying a set
of mobile steps to BS EN 131-7:2013. They detail what to look
out for when comparing British Standard Safety Steps to
others claiming to be ‘certified’.
Scope
This European Standard defines the general design
characteristics of mobile ladders with platform. It applies to
mobile ladders with a working platform, maximum of 1m 2 ,
and a maximum platform height of 5000mm, to be used only
by one person at a time. The maximum load is 150kg which
includes a maximum combined load of the user and any tools,
equipment and materials.
EN 131-7:2013 is the only standard that applies to mobile
ladders with platform. Parts 1-6 of the EN131 standard,
specifically state that they do not apply to mobile ladders.
10
BRITISH STANDARD SAFETY STEP RANGE
Steptek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
11
Ascending Treads
The minimum tread depth is 80mm.
The maximum gap between the treads is 50mm.
The minimum 1st tread height is 150mm from the ground,
the maximum is the tread spacing plus 40mm.
The minimum tread spacing is 200mm (after the 1st tread,
from surface to surface) and must be constant,
the maximum is 250mm.
Ascending treads must also pass torsion and bending tests according
to the standard.
Stability
The mobile step must pass a stability test. This test is a side
pull where 750N test load is applied to the most unfavourable
position on the platform. For indoor use a horizontal pulling force
of 300N is applied gradually to the side of the platform in the
most unfavourable position and direction. The test is passed if the
mobile ladder does not overturn.
Spring Loaded Steps
For steps with spring loaded castors a test load of 200N is
applied in turn to each ascending tread and platform. The test
requirement is that both feet of the side of the step where the load
is applied shall be in contact with the floor during the test.
Marking, User and Safety Instructions
Marking shall be displayed as specified in the standard. These
must also pass a durability test and be specific to the individual
mobile ladder showing important visual safety pictograms and
also manufacturing information.
User instructions shall be provided
as specified in the standard. These
are supplied with the steps and also
available on the following QR code.
Prevention of Falls
(Guardrails and Middle Rails)
The minimum handrail height is 950mm.
The maximum handrail height is 1100mm.
The guardrails and middle rails shall avoid a sphere of
470mm diameter to pass.
Minimum 950mm - Maximum 1100mm
Minimum 400mm
Maximum 1000mm
Handrails/Guardrails/Middle Rails
The ascending handrail should be positioned so the lowest
grab point is a maximum of 1000mm from the ground.
Handrails/Guardrails must also pass multiple strength and
deflection tests according to the standard.
Working Area Dimensions
(enclosed handrail area)
The minimum working area dimensions are
400mm wide x 400mm deep x 950mm high.
The maximum working area dimensions are
1000mm wide x 1000mm deep x 1100mm high.
Platform and Toe Board Dimensions
The minimum platform dimensions are 400mm wide
x 400mm deep with a 50mm toe board to 3 sides. The
maximum platform dimensions are 1000mm wide x
1000mm deep. The platform must also pass multiple
strength and deflection tests according to the standard.
Kitemark
These are the only steps of their type (at time of print) to
be awarded with the British Standard Kitemark from the
BSI. The award of the BSI Kitemark for this range of mobile
safety steps demonstrates a new benchmark for quality and
reliability in this sector.
Minimum 400mm
Maximum 1000mm
Minimum
50mm
Min 200mm
Max 250mm
British Standard
Safety Steps
KM
608967
BS EN 131-7
BRITISH STANDARD SAFETY STEP RANGE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
11

12
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CLASSIC COLOUR BS RANGE
CLASSIC COLOUR
BS RANGE
The Classic Colour BS Step Range is ideal for warehouse or office use. They
are available with 2, 3, 4 or 5 steps including platform, providing a maximum
working height of up to 2.77mm.
The steps are available in a range of eight colours.
British Standard
Safety Steps
WGS364/GY
WGS366/R
KM 608967
BS EN 131-7
WGS362/GN
WGS360/B
DELIVERED
IN 10 - 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Available in a choice of colours at no extra cost.
Treads (inc platform) 2 3 4 5
Average working height 2.00m 2.26m 2.52m 2.77m
Platform height mm 508 762 1016 1270
Platform width mm 406 406 406 406
Platform depth mm 406 406 406 406
Overall H (inc rails) mm 1460 1715 1965 2220
Overall width mm 606 800 1000 1200
Overall depth mm 660 915 1075 1240
Weight kgs 14 16 19 22
Ribbed Rubber Treads
Ref WGS360 WGS362 WGS364 WGS366
Price £236.30 £277.75 £328.60 £405.40
Anti Slip Treads
Ref WGS361 WGS363 WGS365 WGS367
Price £236.30 £277.75 £328.60 £405.40
CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM
Fitted with dome covered spring
loaded swivel castors which retract
when weight is applied to the steps,
giving firm contact with the floor. Dome
covers have a double rolled bottom
edge together with a protective cover
strip and grey non marking tyres.
TREAD CLAMPS
Ribbed rubber treads models
are supplied complete with
tread clamps ensuring high
visibility and preventing edges
from peeling.
Colour Options GN R B Y GY S O W
12
CLASSIC COLOUR BS RANGE
Steptek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
13
CLASSIC COLOUR
RANGE
WGS009/B
WGS013/GN
WGS011/Y
CLASSIC COLOUR RANGE
WGS005/R
DELIVERED
IN 3 - 5 DAYS
Close fitting continuous single rail guard around top platform, extending down
each side of stairway as a short handrail. All Classic models are fully welded
throughout and available with ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads. All colour finishes
are hard-wearing powder coated.
Treads (inc platform) 2 3 4 5
Average working height 2.00m 2.26m 2.52m 2.77m
Platform height mm 508 762 1016 1270
Platform width mm 380 380 380 380
Platform depth mm 280 280 280 280
Overall H (inc rails) mm 1185 1425 1683 1940
Overall width mm 580 580 580 580
Overall depth mm 540 795 955 1120
Weight kgs 12 14 17 20
Ribbed Rubber Treads
Ref WGS005 WGS009 WGS011 WGS013
Price £198.80 £246.65 £273.30 £315.30
Anti Slip Treads
MAX LOAD
125 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Ref WGS006 WGS010 WGS012 WGS014
Price £198.80 £246.65 £273.30 £315.30
ACCESSORIES
(Only suitable for S248/S251)
HOOK-ON WIRE BASKET
(load capacity 3 kg)
L x W x D: 350 x 220 x 220mm
White powder coated finish
Ref: S015 £51.60
HOOK-ON TRAY UNIT
(load capacity 3 kg)
L x W x D: 415 x 260 x 40mm
White powder coated finish
Ref: S250 £33.90
The steps should not be moved with loaded basket in place.
CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM
Fitted with dome covered spring
loaded swivel castors which retract
when weight is applied to the steps,
giving firm contact with the floor. Dome
covers have a double rolled bottom
edge together with a protective cover
strip and grey non marking tyres.
Colour Options GN R B Y GY S O W
Steptek
CLASSIC COLOUR RANGE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
13

14
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR BS RANGE
CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR
BS RANGE
British Standard
Safety Steps
WGS391/GY
WGS392/R
KM 608967
BS EN 131-7
WGS393/Y
WGS390/B
DELIVERED
IN 10 - 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
The Classic Plus Colour BS Step Range is ideal for warehouse or office use. They are available with 2, 3, 4 or 5 steps
including platform, providing a maximum working height of up to 2.77mm. The steps are available in a range of eight colours.
Treads (inc platform) 2 3 4 5
Handrails Full Full Full Full
Platform height mm 508 762 1016 1270
Overall H (inc rails) mm 1460 1715 1965 2220
Platform width mm 406 406 406 406
Platform depth mm 406 406 406 406
Overall width mm 556 800 1000 1200
Overall depth mm 676 816 1030 1250
Weight kgs 13 16 19 22
Ribbed Rubber Treads Ref WGS390 WGS391 WGS392 WGS393
Price £255.80 £312.95 £395.05 £497.30
Anti Slip Treads Ref WGS381 WGS383 WGS385 WGS387
Price £255.80 £312.95 £395.05 £497.30
Colour Options GN R B Y GY S O W
CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM
Fitted with dome covered spring
loaded swivel castors which retract
when weight is applied to the steps,
giving firm contact with the floor. Dome
covers have a double rolled bottom
edge together with a protective cover
strip and grey non marking tyres.
TREAD CLAMPS
Ribbed rubber treads models
are supplied complete with
tread clamps ensuring high
visibility and preventing edges
from peeling.
14
CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR BS RANGE
Steptek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
15
CLASSIC PLUS
COLOUR RANGE
WGS229/R
WGS228/Y
WGS227/B
CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR RANGE
WGS226/GY
WGS225/R
WGS219/GN
DELIVERED
IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
125 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
All models have larger top platform W x D:400 x 380mm. The double rail platform guarding
4 and 5 steps have long handrails on both sides of stairway.
Treads (inc platform) 2 2 2 3 4 5
Handrails none single full full full full
Platform height mm 508 508 508 762 1016 1270
Overall H (inc rails) mm 570 1175 1175 1430 1680 1935
Platform width mm 406 406 406 406 406 406
Platform depth mm 380 380 380 380 380 380
Overall width mm 556 556 556 556 556 556
Overall depth mm 650 650 650 790 1005 1225
Weight kgs 7 9 11 14 17 20
Ribbed Rubber Treads
Ref WGS218 WGS220 WGS221 WGS222 WGS223 WGS224
Price £167.30 £185.85 £188.15 £242.30 £291.50 £349.20
Ribbed Rubber Treads With Clamps
Ref WGS349 WGS350 WGS351 WGS352 WGS353 WGS354
Price £167.30 £185.85 £188.15 £242.30 £291.50 £349.20
Anti Slip Treads
Ref WGS219 WGS225 WGS226 WGS227 WGS228 WGS229
Price £167.30 £185.85 £188.15 £242.30 £291.50 £349.20
CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM
Fitted with dome covered spring
loaded swivel castors which retract
when weight is applied to the steps,
giving firm contact with the floor. Dome
covers have a double rolled bottom
edge together with a protective cover
strip and grey non marking tyres.
TREAD CLAMPS
Ribbed rubber tread clamp models are supplied
complete with tread clamps ensuring high
visibility and preventing edges from peeling.
Colour Options GN R B Y GY S O W
Steptek
CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR RANGE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
15

16
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
GRP CLASSIC PLUS BS STEP RANGE
GRP CLASSIC PLUS
BS STEP RANGE
British Standard
Safety Steps
WGS371/Y
WGS372/GY
WGS373/R
KM 608967
BS EN 131-7
WGS370/GN
DELIVERED
IN 10 - 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
The GRP Classic Plus BS range feature the same tough steel framework
construction with added GRP (Glass Reinforced Plastic) moulded grating
treads. This form of plastic material provides more grip to the tread where
operatives may be working in conditions that are slippery.
Treads (inc platform) 2 3 4 5
Handrails Full Full Full Full
Platform height mm 508 762 1016 1270
Overall H (inc rails) mm 1460 1715 1965 2220
Platform width mm 406 406 406 406
Platform depth mm 406 406 406 406
Overall width mm 556 800 1000 1200
Overall depth mm 676 816 1030 1250
Weight kgs 16 19 24 28
Ref WGS370 WGS371 WGS372 WGS373
Price £267.85 £325.00 £420.55 £541.35
Colour Options GN R B Y GY S O W
CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM
Fitted with dome covered spring
loaded swivel castors which retract
when weight is applied to the steps,
giving firm contact with the floor. Dome
covers have a double rolled bottom
edge together with a protective cover
strip and grey non marking tyres.
GRP TREADS
Extreme grip to
tread surface.
16
GRP CLASSIC PLUS BS STEP RANGE
Steptek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
17
WGS345\GN
GRP CLASSIC PLUS
STEP RANGE
View product
on YouTube
GRP CLASSIC PLUS STEP RANGE
WGS344/B
WGS343/Y
WGS342/GY
WGS341/R
DELIVERED
IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
125 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Steel framework construction with GRP moulded grating treads for extreme grip and
added safety in all conditions. Large platform size, 406mm wide x 387mm deep. Double
rail platform guarding 4 and 5 step have long handrails on both sides of stairway.
Treads (inc platform) 2 2 3 4 5
Handrails Single Full Full Full Full
Platform height mm 508 508 762 1016 1270
Overall all H (inc rails) mm 1175 1175 1430 1680 1935
Plaform width mm 406 406 406 406 406
Plaform depth mm 387 387 387 387 387
Overall width mm 556 556 556 556 556
Overall depth mm 657 657 767 1012 1232
Weight kgs 12 14 17 22 26
Ref WGS341 WGS342 WGS343 WGS344 WGS345
Price £221.70 £228.90 £290.50 £360.10 £443.45
CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM
Fitted with dome covered spring
loaded swivel castors which retract
when weight is applied to the steps,
giving firm contact with the floor. Dome
covers have a double rolled bottom
edge together with a protective cover
strip and grey non marking tyres.
EXTREME GRIP TO TREAD SURFACE
Colour Options GN R B Y GY S O W
Steptek
GRP CLASSIC PLUS STEP RANGE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
17

18
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
NARROW AISLE BS SPRING LOADED STEPS
NARROW AISLE BS SPRING
LOADED STEPS
British Standard
Safety Steps
WGS400/R
WGS402/B
WGS404/GN
WGS406/Y
KM 608967
BS EN 131-7
DELIVERED
IN 10 - 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Robust, hardworking narrow aisle units with spring loaded castors. All welded
construction. Spring loaded castors allows the feet to lower to the ground
under operator’s weight. Treads are formed sheet steel with choice of ribbed
rubber or anti-slip surface. All colour finishes are hard wearing powder coated.
Treads (inc platform) 2 3 4 5
Platform height 500 750 1000 1250
Overall height mm 1455 1705 1950 2200
Platform width mm 406 406 406 406
Platform depth mm 406 406 406 406
Overall width mm 500 500* 500* 500*
Overall depth mm 640 820 1090 1240
Weight kgs 15 20 24 28
Ribbed Rubber treads
Ref WGS400 WGS402 WGS404 WGS406
Price £286.35 £357.40 £411.95 £464.75
Anti-slip treads
Ref WGS401 WGS403 WGS405 WGS407
Price £286.35 £357.40 £411.95 £464.75
Stabilisers No Yes Yes Yes
Width with Stabilisers N/A 1085 1085 1085
TREAD CLAMPS
Ribbed rubber treads models
are supplied complete with
tread clamps ensuring high
visibility and preventing edges
from peeling.
COMPLETE WITH
HINGED STABILISERS
View product
on YouTube
Colour Options GN R B Y GY S O W
18
NARROW AISLE BS SPRING LOADED STEPS
Steptek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
19
NARROW AISLE SPRING
LOADED STEPS
WGS301/GY
WGS303/R
WGS305/Y
WGS307/B
NARROW AISLE SPRING LOADED STEPS
DELIVERED
IN 7 DAYS
MAX LOAD
125 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Robust, hardworking narrow aisle units with spring loaded castors. All welded construction.
Spring loaded castors allows the feet to lower to the ground under operator’s weight. Treads
are formed sheet steel with choice of ribbed rubber or anti-slip surface. All colour finishes are
hard wearing powder coated.
Treads (inc platform) 1 2 3 4
Platform height 500 750 1000 1250
Overall height mm 1300 1550 1800 2050
Platform width mm 395 395 395 395
Platform depth mm 395 395 395 395
Overall width mm 500 500 500 500
Overall depth mm 600 780 1050 1200
Weight kgs 13 18 22 26
Ribbed Rubber treads Ref WGS301 WGS303 WGS305 WGS307
Price £241.45 £313.00 £367.05 £419.35
Anti-slip treads Ref WGS302 WGS304 WGS306 WGS308
Price £241.45 £313.00 £367.05 £419.35
Colour Options GN R B Y GY S O W
Steptek
NARROW AISLE SPRING LOADED STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
19

20
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PREMIER COMMERCIAL BS STEPS
PREMIER COMMERCIAL
BS STEPS
WGS425
British Standard
Safety Steps
WGS419
KM 608967
BS EN 131-7
TREAD OPTIONS
WGS414
WGS412
Ribbed Rubber
Punched steel
Anti-slip
Aluminium
DELIVERED
IN 10 - 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
As its name suggests, the Premier Commercial BS Steps are built with the most demanding environments in
mind. Their robust all welded steel construction and choice of factory fitted tread surfaces offer a highly durable
solution. This range also comes complete with hinged stabilisers for extra stability when working at height.
Treads (inc platform) 3 Price 4 Price 5 Price 6 Price
Average working
height
2.21m 2.44m 2.65m 2.90m
Platform height mm 685 915 1145 1400
Platform width mm 560 560 560 560
Platform depth mm 400 400 400 400
Overall H (inc rails) mm 1640 1870 2100 2355
Overall width mm 640 640* 640* 640*
Overall depth mm 785 940 1090 1260
Weight kgs 27 31 35 39
R/Rubber treads WGS410 £342.40 WGS414 £388.60 WGS418 £433.45 WGS422 £496.85
Anti-slip treads WGS411 £342.40 WGS415 £388.60 WGS419 £433.45 WGS423 £496.85
Punched treads WGS412 £342.40 WGS416 £388.60 WGS420 £433.45 WGS424 £496.85
Aluminium treads WGS413 £375.20 WGS417 £431.50 WGS421 £486.25 WGS425 £524.85
Stabilisers No Yes Yes Yes
Width with stabilisers N/A 1250 1250 1250
TREAD CLAMPS
Ribbed rubber treads models are
supplied complete with tread clamps
ensuring high visibility and preventing
edges from peeling.
COMPLETE WITH
HINGED STABILISERS
*with stabilisers retracted.
20
PREMIER COMMERCIAL BS STEPS
Steptek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
21
PREMIER COMMERCIAL
STEPS
WGS048
WGS044
WGS040
PREMIER COMMERCIAL STEPS
DELIVERED
IN 3 - 5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
125 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Robust, hardworking narrow aisle units with spring loaded castors. All welded construction. Spring loaded
castors allows the feet to lower to the ground under operator’s weight. Treads are formed sheet steel with
choice of ribbed rubber or anti-slip surface. All colour finishes are hard wearing powder coated.
Treads (inc platform) 3 Price 4 Price 5 Price 6 Price
Average working
height
2.21m 2.44m 2.65m 2.90m
Platform height mm 685 915 1145 1400
Platform width mm 560 560 560 560
Platform depth mm 340 340 340 340
Overall H (inc rails) mm 1530 1760 1985 2230
Overall width mm 640 640 640 640
Overall depth mm 695 850 1000 1170
Weight kgs 24 28 32 36
R/Rubber treads WGS040 £293.70 WGS044 £339.90 WGS048 £383.75 WGS260 £450.65
Anti-slip treads WGS041 £293.70 WGS045 £339.90 WGS049 £383.75 WGS261 £450.65
Punched treads WGS042 £293.70 WGS046 £339.90 WGS050 £383.75 WGS262 £450.65
Aluminium treads WGS043 £326.50 WGS047 £382.80 WGS051 £436.55 WGS263 £475.65
TREAD OPTIONS
Ribbed Rubber Anti-slip
Punched steel Aluminium
Steptek
PREMIER COMMERCIAL STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
21

22
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STEPTEK ECONOMY STEP RANGE
STEPTEK ECONOMY
STEP RANGE
WGS807
Anti-ascent pull through bar
Retractable swivel castors
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Welded tubular construction, fitted with anti-ascent pull through bar which locks in mobile position onto tread via hook
mechanism. Moves fully through tread when in static postion allowing castors to retract. Grey non-marking feet to front legs.
Mounted on 2 x 200mm fixed solid rubber tyred wheels and 2 x 75mm grey non-marking swivel castors (castors retreat with
lever) choice of anti-slip or punched treads. Finish: light grey epoxy/yellow anti-ascent bar.
Platform size: 560 x 400mm Tread width: 560mm
Treads (inc platform) 4 5 6 7 8 9
Average working height 2500 2750 3000 3250 3500 3750
Platform height mm 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250
Overall dimensions
(H x W x D) mm
1960 x 850 x 1000 2210 x 850 x 1180 2460 x 850 x 1360 2610 x 850 x 1540 2960 x 850 x 1720 3210 x 850 x 1900
Weight Kg 41 46 51 56 61 66
Anti slip treads Ref WGS804 WGS805 WGS806 WGS807 WGS808 WGS809
Price £351.10 £397.95 £445.65 £513.65 £553.15 £604.00
Punched treads Ref WGS814 WGS815 WGS816 WGS817 WGS818 WGS819
Price £351.10 £397.95 £445.65 £513.65 £553.15 £604.00
22
STEPTEK ECONOMY STEP RANGE
Steptek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
23
STEPTEK QUALITY RED
RANGE
Handbuilt with attention to detail, both in design and
manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of
arduous operation.
British Standard
Safety Steps
WGS162
KM 608967
BS EN 131-7
STEPTEK QUALITY RED RANGE
Welded steel tube and bar construction with a 560mm tread
width. Fitted with handlock anchorage; when locked the front
feet rest firmly on the floor, feet fitted with protective plastic
floor pads. The outboard axle mounted rear wheels gives
extra stability.
Finish: All steelwork red epoxy finish
Wheels: Front 2 swivel castors with 100mm diameter rubbertyred
wheels with roller bearings. Rear 2 axle mounted
200mm diameter wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings.
Caution Notice: A caution notice is fitted to each set to remind
user of operation procedure. A health and safety at work
information sheet is supplied.
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE
TREAD OPTIONS
When locked the
feet rest firmly
on the floor.
Number of
Treads inc
Platform
Average
Working
Height
Platform
Height
Overall
Dimension
(H x W x D) mm
Ribbed
Rubber
Treads
Kg Price Punched
Treads
Kg Price Anti Slip
Treads
Kg Price Aluminium
Treads
3 2250mm 750mm 1710 x 780 x 860 WGS310 48 £393.40 WGS314 46 £393.40 WGS318 48 £393.40 WGS322 49 £418.20
4 2500mm 1000mm 1960 x 780 x 1040 WGS311 50 £444.55 WGS315 48 £444.55 WGS319 50 £444.55 WGS323 51 £472.60
5 2750mm 1250mm 2210 x 850 x 1220 WGS130 53 £510.95 WGS140 51 £510.95 WGS150 53 £510.95 WGS160 54 £538.90
6 3000mm 1500mm 2460 x 850 x 1400 WGS131 58 £570.30 WGS141 56 £570.30 WGS151 58 £570.30 WGS161 60 £604.80
7 3250mm 1750mm 2710 x 850 x 1580 WGS132 63 £642.35 WGS142 61 £642.35 WGS152 63 £642.35 WGS162 65 £683.35
8 3500mm 2000mm 2960 x 850 x 1760 WGS133 70 £710.20 WGS143 68 £710.20 WGS153 70 £710.20 WGS163 73 £757.65
9 3750mm 2250mm 3210 x 850 x 1940 WGS134 76 £785.85 WGS144 73 £785.85 WGS154 76 £785.85 WGS164 78 £834.95
10 4000mm 2500mm 3460 x 1000 x 2200 WGS135 89 £920.50 WGS145 85 £920.50 WGS155 89 £920.50 WGS165 92 £979.15
11 4250mm 2750mm 3710 x 1000 x 2380 WGS136 98 £1008.20 WGS146 94 £1008.20 WGS156 98 £1008.20 WGS166 101 £1092.65
12 4500mm 3000mm 3960 x 1000 x 2560 WGS137 110 £1124.20 WGS147 106 £1124.20 WGS157 110 £1124.20 WGS167 113 £1212.00
13 4750mm 3250mm 4210 x 1250 x 2740 WGS138 117 £1246.85 WGS148 112 £1246.85 WGS158 117 £1246.85 WGS168 121 £1346.65
14 5000mm 3500mm 4460 x 1250 x 2920 WGS139 124 £1354.85 WGS149 120 £1354.85 WGS159 124 £1354.85 WGS169 127 £1447.90
15 5250mm 3750mm 4710 x 1350 x 3200 WGS312 160 £1635.35 WGS316 158 £1635.35 WGS320 160 £1635.35 WGS324 161 £1894.95
16 5500mm 4000mm 4960 x 1450 x 3280 WGS313 169 £1801.00 WGS317 167 £1801.00 WGS321 169 £1801.00 WGS325 170 £1928.05
*10 tread and above supplied in 2 halves for transport purposes. Refer to page 29 for optional extras
Kg
Price
Steptek
STEPTEK QUALITY RED RANGE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
23

24
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE
MOBILE STEPS WITH
HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE
Choice of 610mm or 760mm tread width. Hand
built with attention to detail, both in design and
manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years
of arduous operation.
All steelwork blue epoxy finish. Wheels: Front swivel
and rear fixed castors with 100mm diameter white
nylon wheels and roller bearings. All models fitted with
hand lock anchorage. When locked the front feet rest
firmly on the floor; fitted with protective plastic floor
pads.
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGS075
Designed to conform
to BS EN 131-7
SEE PAGE 29
FOR OPTIONAL
EXTRAS.
TREAD OPTIONS
RETRACTING CASTORS
FITTED AS STANDARD.
Ribbed Rubber
Expamet
Anti-slip
Punched Steel
Tread width 610mm / Platform W x D 610 x 457mm
Number
of Treads
inc
Platform
Average
Working
Height
Platform
Height
Overall
Dimension
(H x W x D) mm
Tread width 760mm / Platform W x D 760 x 457mm
Ribbed
Rubber
Treads
Kg Price Expamet
Treads
Kg Price Anti Slip
Treads
Kg Price Punched
Treads
4 2400mm 915 1875 x 760 x 1085 WGS052 45 £423.40 WGS061 45 £441.10 WGS070 45 £423.40 WGS079 43 £423.30
5 2700mm 1145 2105 x 760 x 1260 WGS053 50 £484.75 WGS062 50 £507.85 WGS071 50 £484.75 WGS080 48 £484.75
6 2900mm 1370 2330 x 760 x 1435 WGS054 56 £548.60 WGS063 56 £579.50 WGS072 56 £548.60 WGS081 53 £548.60
7 3100mm 1600 2560 x 760 x 1690 WGS055 65 £627.30 WGS064 65 £665.35 WGS073 65 £627.30 WGS082 62 £627.30
8 3400mm 1830 2790 x 760 x 1865 WGS056 70 £694.15 WGS065 70 £739.90 WGS074 70 £694.15 WGS083 67 £694.15
9 3600mm 2060 3020 x 760 x 2045 WGS057 76 £764.45 WGS066 76 £816.05 WGS075 76 £764.45 WGS084 73 £764.45
10 3800mm 2285 3245 x 760 x 2225 WGS058 88 £933.30 WGS067 88 £998.20 WGS076 88 £933.30 WGS085 84 £933.30
11 4000mm 2515 3475 x 760 x 2400 WGS059 96 £1020.45 WGS068 96 £1090.50 WGS077 96 £1020.45 WGS086 91 £1020.45
12 4300mm 2745 3705 x 760 x 2580 WGS060 104 £1123.95 WGS069 104 £1212.80 WGS078 104 £1123.95 WGS087 99 £1123.95
Number
of Treads
inc
Platform
Average
Working
Height
Platform
Height
Overall
Dimension
(H x W x D) mm
Ribbed
Rubber
Treads
Kg Price Expamet
Treads
Kg Price Anti Slip
Treads
Kg Price Punched
Treads
5 2700mm 1145 2105 x 915 x 1260 WGS090 60 £530.65 WGS100 56 £563.75 WGS110 60 £530.65 WGS120 58 £530.65
6 2900mm 1370 2330 x 915 x 1435 WGS091 66 £598.40 WGS101 62 £641.40 WGS111 66 £598.40 WGS121 64 £598.40
7 3100mm 1600 2560 x 915 x 1690 WGS092 76 £680.00 WGS102 72 £728.70 WGS112 76 £680.00 WGS122 74 £680.00
8 3400mm 1830 2790 x 915 x 1865 WGS093 84 £772.10 WGS103 79 £831.00 WGS113 84 £772.10 WGS123 82 £772.10
9 3600mm 2060 3020 x 915 x 2045 WGS094 91 £840.85 WGS104 86 £908.35 WGS114 91 £840.85 WGS124 88 £840.85
10 3800mm 2285 3245 x 915 x 2225 WGS095 105 £976.40 WGS105 99 £1050.60 WGS115 105 £976.40 WGS125 102 £976.40
11 4000mm 2515 3475 x 915 x 2400 WGS096 114 £1101.15 WGS106 107 £1185.25 WGS116 114 £1101.15 WGS126 110 £1101.15
12 4300mm 2745 3705 x 915 x 2580 WGS097 123 £1216.50 WGS107 115 £1310.10 WGS117 123 £1216.50 WGS127 118 £1216.50
13 4500mm 2975 3935 x 915 x 2755 WGS098 130 £1305.60 WGS108 122 £1411.10 WGS118 130 £1305.60 WGS128 127 £1305.60
14 4700mm 3200 4160 x 915 x 2935 WGS099 138 £1397.40 WGS109 130 £1512.20 WGS119 138 £1397.40 WGS129 134 £1397.40
*10 tread and above supplied in 2 halves for transport purposes. Refer to page 29 for optional extras
Kg
Kg
Price
Price
24
HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE
Steptek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
25
STEPTEK QUALITY
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY
NARROW BASE
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
British Standard
Safety Steps
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and
manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years
of arduous operation. Over load tested to 200kg.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
KM 608967
BS EN 131-7
SEE PAGE 29
FOR OPTIONAL
EXTRAS.
STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY
Construction: Welded heavy gauge steel box section
and bar. Fitted with hand lock lever anchorage; when
locked, the front feet rest firmly on the floor, feet
fitted with protective grey non-marking rubber feet.
Safety warning bar fitted to protrude in front of steps,
linked to hand lock lever mechanism, to deter users
from climbing steps when still in ‘mobile’ mode.
TREAD OPTIONS
Narrow base model: Outboard wheels mounted
on straight base frame for optimum space saving
requirements. Finish: Main structure blue epoxy
finish; safety bar and hand lever mechanism in safety
yellow.
Ribbed Rubber
Wheels: Front 2 swivel castors with 100mm diameter
rubber tyred wheels, with roller bearings. 2 rear axle
mounted 200mm diameter wheels with rubber tyres
and roller bearings.
Expamet
A caution notice is fitted to remind user of operation
procedure. A health and Safety at Work information
sheet is supplied.
Number of Treads
Including Platform
Average
Working Height
Platform
Height
Overall Dimension
(H x W x D) mm
Ribbed
Rubber Treads
Kg Price Expamet
Treads
Kg
Price
3 2190mm 690 1690 x 700 x 930 WGS960 51 £489.55 WGS980 43 £479.70
4 2420mm 920 1920 x 700 x 1140 WGS961 59 £565.00 WGS981 51 £554.30
5 2650mm 1150 2150 x 700 x 1240 WGS962 69 £671.35 WGS982 57 £659.15
6 2880mm 1380 2380 x 700 x 1410 WGS963 88 £845.45 WGS983 76 £827.00
7 3110mm 1610 2610 x 700 x 1570 WGS964 97 £952.45 WGS984 84 £937.45
8 3340mm 1840 2840 x 700 x 1740 WGS965 107 £1056.65 WGS985 94 £1040.90
9 3570mm 2070 3070 x 700 x 1900 WGS966 117 £1181.75 WGS986 104 £1167.55
10 3800mm 2300 3300 x 900 x 2060 WGS967 131 £1383.60 WGS987 119 £1368.20
11 4030mm 2530 3530 x 900 x 2230 WGS968 140 £1498.10 WGS988 127 £1483.50
12 4260mm 2760 3760 x 900 x 2400 WGS969 151 £1606.20 WGS989 138 £1589.85
13 4490mm 2990 3990 x 1230 x 2560 WGS970 163 £1719.70 WGS990 148 £1700.60
14 4720mm 3220 4220 x 1230 x 2730 WGS971 175 £1868.85 WGS991 160 £1849.20
15 4950mm 3450 4450 x 1230 x 2890 WGS972 187 £2,057.95 WGS992 172 £2,039.90
*10 tread and above supplied in 2 halves for transport purposes. Refer to page 29 for optional extras
Steptek
STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
25

26
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY
STEPTEK QUALITY
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY
STABILITY BASE
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
British Standard
Safety Steps
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and
manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years
of arduous operation. Over load tested to 200kg.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
KM 608967
BS EN 131-7
SEE PAGE 29
FOR OPTIONAL
EXTRAS.
Construction: Welded heavy gauge steel box section
and bar. Fitted with hand lock lever anchorage; when
locked, the front feet rest firmly on the floor, feet
fitted with protective grey non-marking rubber feet.
Safety warning bar fitted to protrude in front of steps,
linked to hand lock lever mechanism, to deter users
from climbing steps when still in ‘mobile’ mode.
TREAD OPTIONS
Stability base model: Outboard wheels mounted on
splayed base frame gives superior stability.
Finish: Main structure red epoxy finish; safety bar
and hand lever mechanism in safety yellow.
Ribbed Rubber
Wheels: Front 2 swivel castors with 100mm diameter
rubber tyred wheels, with roller bearings. 2 rear axle
mounted 200mm diameter wheels with rubber tyres
and roller bearings.
Expamet
A caution notice is fitted to remind user of operation
procedure. A health and Safety at Work information
sheet is supplied.
Number of Treads
Including Platform
Average
Working Height
Platform
Height
Overall Dimension
(H x W x D) mm
Ribbed
Rubber
Treads
Kg Price Expamet
Treads
3 2190mm 690 1690 x 780 x 955 WGS920 56 £508.00 WGS940 48 £497.76
4 2420mm 920 1920 x 850 x 1120 WGS921 64 £586.60 WGS941 56 £575.60
5 2650mm 1150 2150 x 910 x 1290 WGS922 74 £696.70 WGS942 62 £684.20
6 2880mm 1380 2380 x 960 x 1425 WGS923 93 £877.85 WGS943 81 £858.55
7 3110mm 1610 2610 x 1010 x 1610 WGS924 102 £958.85 WGS944 89 £973.20
8 3340mm 1840 2840 x 1060 x 1790 WGS925 112 £1,097.10 WGS945 99 £1080.65
9 3570mm 2070 3070 x 1140 x 1955 WGS926 122 £1,227.10 WGS946 109 £1,212.20
10 3800mm 2300 3300 x 1220 x 2130 WGS927 136 £1437.10 WGS947 124 £1421.10
11 4030mm 2530 3530 x 1270 x 2290 WGS928 145 £1556.10 WGS948 132 £1540.93
12 4260mm 2760 3760 x 1270 x 2290 WGS929 157 £1668.55 WGS949 143 £1651.45
13 4490mm 2990 3990 x 1370 x 2455 WGS930 168 £1786.35 WGS950 153 £1766.40
14 4720mm 3220 4220 x 1540 x 2790 WGS931 180 £1941.30 WGS951 165 £1920.80
15 4950mm 3450 4450 x 1565 x 2975 WGS932 192 £2137.65 WGS952 177 £2118.80
Kg
Price
*10 tread and above supplied in 2 halves for transport purposes. Refer to page 29 for optional extras
26
STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY
Steptek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
27
MOBILE STEPS WITH
HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE
Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and
manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of
arduous operation. Welded steel tube and bar construction,
fitted with hand lock anchorage. When locked the front feet
rest firmly on the floor, feet fitted with protective plastic
floor pads.
48 degree slope for extra safety and comfort. Designed to
allow user to descend the steps facing forward. 760mm
tread width.
DELIVERED
IN 18 DAYS
British Standard
Safety Steps
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Finish: All steelwork red epoxy finish. Wheels: Front 2
swivel castors with 100mm diameter rubber tyred wheels
with roller bearings. Rear 2 axle mounted 200mm diameter
wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
KM 608967
BS EN 131-7
EASY RISE RANGE WITH HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE
SEE PAGE 29
FOR OPTIONAL
EXTRAS.
TREAD OPTIONS
Tread width 760 mm
Platform W x D: 760 x 400 mm (5-12 tread)
Number of
Treads inc
Platform
Average
Working
Height
Platform
Height
Overall Dimension
(H x W x D) mm
Ribbed
Rubber
Treads
Kg Price Anti-Slip
Treads
Kg Price Expamet
Treads
Kg Price Punched
Treads
Kg Price Aluminium
Treads
5 2650mm 1150 2110 x 980 x 1400 WGS601 80 £693.60 WGS611 80 £693.60 WGS621 80 £726.80 WGS631 78 £693.60 WGS641 82 £749.25
6 2880mm 1380 2340 x 980 x 1600 WGS602 88 £795.30 WGS612 88 £795.30 WGS622 88 £835.10 WGS632 86 £795.30 WGS642 91 £862.95
7 3110mm 1610 2570 x 980 x 1800 WGS603 96 £897.85 WGS613 96 £897.85 WGS623 96 £944.65 WGS633 94 £897.85 WGS643 99 £978.05
8 3340mm 1840 2800 x 980 x 2000 WGS604 104 £994.35 WGS614 104 £994.35 WGS624 104 £1047.65 WGS634 102 £994.35 WGS644 108 £1086.40
9 3570mm 2070 3030 x 980 x 2200 WGS605 112 £1096.45 WGS615 112 £1096.45 WGS625 112 £1156.45 WGS635 110 £1096.45 WGS645 117 £1200.35
10 3800mm 2300 3260 x 1150 x 2400 WGS606 132 £1226.80 WGS616 132 £1226.80 WGS626 132 £1292.50 WGS636 130 £1226.80 WGS646 138 £1340.90
11 4030mm 2530 3490 x 1150 x 2600 WGS607 142 £1327.30 WGS617 142 £1327.30 WGS627 142 £1399.10 WGS637 140 £1327.30 WGS647 149 £1453.25
12 4260mm 2760 3720 x 1150 x 2800 WGS608 152 £1427.30 WGS618 152 £1427.30 WGS628 152 £1505.25 WGS638 150 £1427.30 WGS648 160 £1564.95
Kg
Price
*10 tread and above supplied in 2 halves for transport purposes. Refer to page 29 for optional extras
Steptek
EASY RISE RANGE WITH HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
27

28
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EASY-RISE AND TILT AND GO STEPS
48 degree slope for extra safety and comfort, designed to allow user to descend
the steps facing forward. Large platform with removable chain on end and both
sides for 3-sided access. Welded steel tube and bar construction. Fitted with
handlock anchorage.
Front feet fitted with protective plastic floor pads. Expamet treads and
large working top platform makes them ideal for loading and unloading
items outside.
Wheels: 2 front swivel castors with 100mm diameter rubber tyred wheels
with roller bearings, 2 rear axle-mounted 200mm wheels with rubber tyres and
roller bearings.
EASY-RISE STEPS
WITH TRUCK/
DOCK PLATFORM
DELIVERED
IN 18 - 25 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Finish: All steelwork red epoxy or galvanised finish.
No. of
Treads (inc
platform)
Average
working
height mm
Platform
height
mm
Overall
(H x W x D) mm
Red Expamet
Galvanised Expamet
Ref Wt. Kg Price Ref Wt. Kg Price
3 2190 690 1680 x 960 x 1680 WGS680 80 £720.00 WGS690 80 £967.80
4 2420 920 1910 x 960 x 1870 WGS681 89 £800.95 WGS691 89 £1079.18
5 2650 1150 2140 x 960 x 2060 WGS682 98 £876.90 WGS692 98 £1171.95
6 2880 1380 2370 x 960 x 2250 WGS683 107 £950.60 WGS693 107 £1267.25
7* 3110 1610 2600 x 960 x 2440 WGS684 116 £1049.50 N/A N/A N/A
8* 3340 1840 2830 x 960 x 2630 WGS685 125 £1127.75 N/A N/A N/A
Tread width 750mm / Platform
W x D:750 x 1200mm
BS EN 131-7 version available -
please ask for details.
*7 & 8 tread versions have bolt on
handles for transport purposes.
TILT AND GO
STEPS
DELIVERED
IN 18 - 25 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Welded steel tube and bar construction. Expamet treads and large working top platform makes
them ideal for loading and unloading items outside. The steps have 2 handles at the front fitted
with knuckle guard hand grips for safe lifting and moving.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Wheels: 2 rear 200mm steel centred wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings.
KM 608967
BS EN 131-7
No. of
Treads
(inc
platform)
Average
working
height
mm
Platform
height
mm
Overall
(H x W x D) mm
Red Expamet
Ref
Wt.
Kg
Galvanised Expamet
Price Ref Wt.
Kg
3 2250 750 1760 x 650 x 1345 WGS701 36 £479.95 WGS711 36 £669.15
4 2500 1000 2010 x 650 x 1535 WGS702 41 £543.30 WGS712 41 £766.75
5 2750 1250 2260 x 650 x 1725 WGS703 46 £615.90 WGS713 46 £876.70
6 3000 1500 2510 x 650 x 1915 WGS704 51 £690.55 WGS714 51 £984.15
Price
OPTION
Inward opening gate
on platform end.
Ref: WGS700 (Extra)
£71.95
Tread width 500mm / Platform W x D: 500 x 600mm
28
EASY-RISE AND TILT AND GO STEPS
Steptek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
29
OPTIONAL EXTRAS FOR
WAREHOUSE STEPS
PLATFORM GATE TO END
PLATFORM GATE TO SIDE
Inward opening spring loaded
gate secured with spring loaded
plunge bolt. Fitted to the end
of the platform. Platform depth
increases to 760mm.
Ref: WGS175E
£110.80
Inward opening spring loaded gate
secured with spring loaded plunge
bolt. Fitted to the side of the
platform. Platform depth increases
to 760mm.
Gate to left hand side of platform.
Ref: WGS175L
£110.80
Gate to right hand side of platform.
Ref: WGS175R
£110.80
PLATFORM CHAIN TO FRONT
Double chain fitted to front of
platform, secured by locking
spring clip. Secures user
onto platform. Platform depth
increases to 760mm.
Ref: WGS179
£49.90
PLATFORM CHAIN TO SIDE
Double chain fitted to the side of the
platform, secured by locking spring
clip. Increases platform depth to
760mm.
Chain to left hand side of platform.
Ref: WGS178L
£110.80
Chain to right hand side of platform.
Ref: WGS178R
£110.80
PLATFORM CHAIN TO END
OPTIONAL EXTRAS FOR WAREHOUSE STEPS
DOUBLE HINGED BAR TO END
Double hinged bar fitted to
end of platform.
Ref: WGS176E
£78.75
Double chain fitted to end of
platform, secured by locking
spring clip.
Ref: WGS178E
£49.90
SECURITY GATE
DOUBLED HINGED BAR TO SIDE
DOUBLE HINGED BAR TO FRONT
Double hinged bar fitted to the
side of the platform. Platform
depth increases to 760mm.
Gate to left hand side of platform.
Ref: WGS176L
£110.80
Gate to right hand side of platform.
Ref: WGS176R
£110.80
Double hinged bar fitted to front
of platform. Secures user within
platform area. Platform depth
increases to 760mm.
Ref: WGS177
£110.80
Hinged security gate fitted to
bottom of steps with padlock
facility. Stops unauthorised users
using the steps. Folds through
270 degrees.
Ref: WGS170
£72.00
HOOK ON TOOL TRAY
Dimensions: (L x W x D)
600mm x 250mm x 220mm
Load capacity: 5kg
Ref: WGS089
£74.90
HOOK ON WIRE BASKET
Dimensions: (L x W x D)
600mm x 220mm x 220mm
Load capacity: 5kg
Ref: WGS088
£76.05
Steptek
OPTIONAL EXTRAS FOR WAREHOUSE STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
29

30
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LADDERS
PINNACLE
INDUSTRIAL
EXTENSION LADDER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
175 KG
Pinnacle Industrial Ladders are constructed from tough heavy wall aluminium and
feature rigid box section stiles fitted with large twist proof rungs. The high traction
and comfortable ‘D’ shaped rungs help reduce fatigue and increase working speed.
> > Extra heavy duty thick wall box section stiles
> > Wrist proof rung joints
> > Reduce fatigue with deep, comfortable ‘D’ rungs
> > Rung locks fitted ensure sections do not separate
> > Anti-slip rubber feet
> > Max load 175kg
Rungs
Singles
Closed
Length
Ext.
Length
Overall
Width
Depth Weight Ref Price
1 x 9 2.50m N/A 0.38m 63.5mm 5.0kg WG1100-000 £67.30
1 x 11 3.00m N/A 0.38m 63.5mm 6.0kg WG1100-001 £77.15
1 x 13 3.50m N/A 0.38m 63.5mm 7.0kg WG1100-002 £95.20
1 x 15 4.00m N/A 0.38m 63.5mm 8.0kg WG1100-003 £106.20
Doubles
2 x 9 2.50m 4.25m 0.41m 125mm 11.0kg WG1100-010 £133.95
2 x 11 3.00m 5.25m 0.41m 125mm 13.0kg WG1100-011 £154.05
2 x 13 3.50m 6.25m 0.41m 140mm 17.0kg WG1100-012 £185.70
2 x 15 4.00m 7.25m 0.41m 140mm 20.0kg WG1100-013 £219.95
2 x 17 4.50m 8.25m 0.41m 155mm 26.0kg WG1100-014 £264.15
2 x 19 5.00m 9.25m 0.41m 155mm 29.0kg WG1100-015 £319.15
2 x 21 5.50m 10.0m 0.41m 155mm 31.0kg WG1100-016 £324.85
Triples
3 x 9 2.50m 6.00m 0.46m 200mm 20.0kg WG1100-020 £211.55
3 x 11 3.00m 7.50m 0.48m 225mm 28.0kg WG1100-021 £284.00
3 x 13 3.50m 9.00m 0.48m 225mm 32.0kg WG1100-022 £300.39
3 x 15 4.00m 10.0m 0.48m 225mm 39.0kg WG1100-023 £396.20
SUMMIT
PROFESSIONAL
EXTENSION LADDER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Commercial duty double and triple extension ladders that can be split for use as
single sections. The comfortable ‘D’ shaped twist-proof rungs are secured into rigid
box section stiles for comfortable safe use.
> > Commercial strength box section construction
> > Reduce fatigue with deep, comfortable ‘D’ rungs
> > Slip resistant high traction rungs
> > Sections separate for use as single ladders
> > Anti-slip rubber feet
> > Twist proof rung joint
Rungs
Doubles
Closed
Length
Ext.
Length
Overall
Width
Depth Weight Ref Price
2 x 9 2.50m 4.0m 0.42m 125mm 9.0kg WG1102-000 £73.20
2 x 11 3.00m 5.0m 0.42m 125mm 11.0kg WG1102-001 £86.50
2 x 13 3.50m 6.0m 0.42m 125mm 13.0kg WG1102-002 £103.15
2 x 15 4.00m 7.0m 0.42m 135mm 17.0kg WG1102-003 £118.70
2 x 17 4.50m 8.0m 0.42m 155mm 22.0kg WG1102-004 £146.40
2 x 19 5.00m 9.0m 0.42m 155mm 24.0kg WG1102-005 £160.85
2 x 21 5.50m 10.0m 0.42m 155mm 29.0kg WG1102-006 £184.10
Triples
3 x 9 2.50m 5.5m 0.49m 210mm 17.0kg WG1102-007 £124.15
3 x 11 3.00m 7.0m 0.49m 210mm 20.0kg WG1102-008 £143.10
3 x 13 3.50m 8.5m 0.49m 330mm 26.0kg WG1102-009 £179.70
3 x 15 4.00m 10.0m 0.49m 330mm 33.0kg WG1102-010 £205.20
30
LADDERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
31
SUMMIT ROOF
LADDER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
175 KG
Rugged box-section stiles offer the combination of lightweight usability and
strength needed for roof work. The ladder is fitted with a roof hook to secure on
the central ridge with wheels to run the ladder up the roof. Protected bearers
fitted at intervals help spread the load across the roof tiles.
LADDERS
> > Fitted with ridge hook
> > Support bearers and wheels
> > Deep serrated anti slip rungs
> > Max load 175kg
> > Special box-section construction
designed for roof applications
> > Suitable for all roof pitches
Rungs Closed Length Ext. Length Overall Width Bearers Weight Ref Price
Singles
1 x 17 4.35m N/A 0.38m 4 9.75kg WG1305-000 £179.05
1 x 19 4.95m N/A 0.38m 4 10.65kg WG1305-001 £196.85
1 x 21 5.55m N/A 0.38m 5 11.75kg WG1305-002 £214.10
Doubles
11 + 9 3.00m N/A 0.40m 5 12.0kg WG1305-011 £226.90
13 + 11 3.60m N/A 0.40m 5 13.75kg WG1305-012 £236.95
15 + 13 4.00m N/A 0.40m 5 14.65kg WG1305-013 £246.10
17 + 15 4.60m N/A 0.40m 6 16.50kg WG1305-014 £264.50
SUMMIT
SURVEYORS
LADDER
> > Strong oval box section stiles
> > Fits in most car boots
> > Deep serrated round rungs
> > Anti-slip feet top and bottom
> > Max load 175kg
> > Compact for easy transport
and storage
Traditional sectional surveyor ladder with spigot fixings and deep serrated
round rungs. The sections simply fit together to form a straight ladder.
Rungs
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Ext.
Length
MAX LOAD
175 KG
Weight Ref Price
3 x 3 2.75m 6.0kg WG1306-003 £112.20
4 x 3 3.65m 8.0kg WG1306-004 £144.60
5 x 3 4.55m 10.0kg WG1306-005 £175.75
6 x 3 5.46m 11.8kg WG1306-006 £206.45
XTEND+CLIMB
PRO SERIES
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
> > Extends and locks rung by
rung up to 3.80m
> > Compacts down to a
remarkable 0.81m
> > Store in your car boot or
in a cupboard
> > Padded carry handle
> > Clean-touch anodised finish
> > Optional extra carry bag
> > Max load 150kg
Xtend+Climb® Pro has been enhanced specifically for the professional
contractor or surveyor. The ergonomic design means you can quickly and
easily adjust the Xtend+Climb® rung by rung, to exactly the height you need.
The tubular section is manufactured from aerospace aluminium with heavyduty
couplings and secure lock tabs that fit your thumbs better for smooth
and responsive adjustment.
Rungs
Closed
Length
Ext.
Length
Width Weight Ref Price
13 0.82m 3.8m 0.49m 13.0kg WG1303-010 £158.21
Small Carry Bag (Suit 9 & 11 rung) WG1303-011 £23.05
11 0.77m 3.20m 0.48m 10.6kg WG1303-050 £132.50
9 0.74m 2.60m 0.47m 8.4kg WG1303-015 £117.15
LADDERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
31

32
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LADDERS
PROFESSIONAL
ADJUSTABLE
LADDER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Compact four-section hinged ladder with multiple configurations. Use it as an
A-frame step, straight ladder, work bench, ladder with stand-off or stairwell ladder.
This ladder is fitted with stabiliser bars at both ends to help reduce sideways
movement and keep you safe while you work.
Model 1303-020 comes complete with a scaffold board that locks in place and
creates a simple low level platform to work from. Model 1303-021 is not to be
used as a scaffold in the trestle position
> > Strong square rungs
> > Spreader bars for additional stability
> > Maximum Static Vertical Load 150kg
> > Conforms to EN 131
Treads
Step
Height
Ext.
Length
Work
Bench
Height
Stored
Height
Overall
Width
Weight Ref Price
4 x 3 1.60m 3.40m 0.93m 0.95m 0.77m 14.1kg WG1303-020 £115.84
4 x 4 2.20m 4.50m 1.20m 1.23m 0.77m 16.1kg WG1303-021 £133.05
LITTLE GIANT®
REVOLUTION XE
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
The Little Giant Revolution XE is constructed of a special alloy that makes it 20%
lighter than any comparable industrial-rated ladder.
The Revolution XE also includes several innovative new features such as the
Quad-Lock hinge and the easy-to-use Rock-Locks for quick adjustment.
The Revolution XE’s wide-flared legs and aerospace-grade aluminium
construction provide an unmatched feeling of safety and stability.
> > 20% lighter than any comparable industrial-rated ladder
> > Easy-to-use Rock-Locks for quick adjustment
> > Unmatched stability thanks to the Quad-Lock hinge and wide-flared legs
> > Highest quality construction from aerospace grade aluminium
> > Tip & Glide wheels for manoeuvrability
> > Max load 150kg
Treads
Step
Height
4 1.24m -
2.08m
5 1.52m -
2.64m
6
1.80m -
3.20m
Ext.
Length
2.49m -
4.17m
3.05m -
5.28m
3.61m -
6.40m
Trestle
Height
Stored
Height
Overall
Width
Weight Ref Price
0.91m 1.30m 0.58m 15.1kg WG1303-344 £275.98
0.91m 1.57m 0.67m 18.4kg WG1303-345 £328.06
0.91m 1.85m 0.79m 22.8kg WG1303-346 £407.43
32
COMBINATION
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
33
HORIZON
COMBINATION
LADDER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Versatile multi-function ladder that can be used as a straight extension ladder,
basic A-frame step, extended A-frame step. Strong box section stiles that is
easy to use and light enough to carry comfortably between jobs.
COMBINATION
> > Use as a Stairway ladder
> > Extension ladder and free standing extending step
> > Large anti-slip feet
> > Can be used on stairs
> > Max load 150kg
Closed
Length
Extended
Length
Step
Ladder Height
(A-Frame)
Overall
Width
Rungs Weight Ref Price
2.02m 4.26m 4.04m 0.76m 3 x 7 12.0kg WG1300-310 £106.00
2.58m 5.94m 4.86m 0.86m 3 x 9 16.0kg WG1300-312 £128.18
3.14m 7.06m 5.68m 0.96m 3 x 11 20.0kg WG1300-314 £165.94
SUMMIT
COMBINATION
LADDER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
The Summit Combination Ladder is a versatile multi-function ladder that can be
used as a straight extension ladder, basic A-frame step and extended A-frame
step. Using the ladder and changing between configurations is easy thanks to
the tough cast aluminium guides.
> > Large box section stiles for strength and rigidity
> > Strong anti-splay nylon restraint straps
> > Heavy duty stile guides for smooth handling
> > Replaceable end caps ensure firm positioning
> > Stabiliser bar with oversized rubber feet to reduce slip
> > Max load 150kg
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Description Rungs Closed
Length
2.50m
Summit
Combi
3.0m
Summit
Combi
3.60m
Summit
Combi
Ext.
Length
(Ladder)
Max Tread
Height
(A-Frame)
Overall
Width
Weight Ref Price
3 x 7 2.49m 5.10m 2.25m 0.75m 16.0kg WG1300-211 £165.94
3 x 9 2.99m 7.20m 2.85m 0.93m 21.0kg WG1300-213 £204.78
3 x 11 3.56m 8.34m 3.45m 1.14m 30.0kg WG1300-215 £265.87
COMBINATION
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
33

34
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
FIBREGLASS
SUMMIT
FIBREGLASS
EXTENSION
LADDER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Tough and durable double extension ladders with rope-operation for ease of
adjustment. The reinforced D–shaped rungs make for comfortable climbing and
standing. The latest technology in rope-operated locking catches makes this
ladder simple and reliable to adjust. Dual action articulated feet provide sound
footing on hard surfaces or flip them over into “spike” mode for soft ground.
> > Electrically insulated fibreglass construction
> > Comfortable ‘D’ shaped rungs
> > Super strong reinforced stiles
> > Rope-operation
> > Dual-action articulated feet
> > Max load 150kg
Rungs
Closed
Length
Ext. Length
Overall
Width
Weight Ref Price
8 2.60m 3.80m 0.45m 16.0kg WG1119-003 £246.65
10 3.20m 5.00m 0.45m 19.0kg WG1119-004 £278.15
12 3.80m 6.20m 0.45m 22.0kg WG1119-005 £312.25
14 4.40m 7.40m 0.45m 25.0kg WG1119-006 £351.60
SUMMIT
FIBREGLASS
SWING BACK &
PLATFORM STEP
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
The Platform Steps have a reinforced aluminium checker plate platform and
aluminium anti slip treads. Both versions are tough no nonsense steps with superstrong
C-section insulated stiles. The top caps have an integrated tool holder for
added convenience and the aluminium hinged locking stays provide extra rigidity.
> > Electrically insulated fibreglass construction
> > Deep serrated aluminium treads
> > Hinged metal locking stays
> > Reinforced checker, plate platform (Platform Step only)
> > Large anti-slip rubber feet
> > Max load 150kg
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Description
Open
Height
Closed
Height
Open
Footprint
Weight Ref Price
4 Tread Swing Back 1.00m 1.05m 0.46m x 0.90m 6.0kg WG1235-004 £53.65
5 Tread Swing Back 1.25m 1.30m 0.49m x 0.98m 7.0kg WG1235-005 £64.15
6 Tread Swing Back 1.50m 1.55m 0.52m x 1.05m 8.5kg WG1235-006 £74.65
8 Tread Swing Back 2.00m 2.05m 0.59m x 1.42m 10.0kg WG1235-008 £97.50
10 Tread Swing Back 2.50m 2.55m 0.65m x 1.94m 12.0kg WG 1235-010 £122.45
Description
Platform
Height
Closed
Height
Open
Footprint
Weight Ref Price
4 Tread Platform 1.00m 1.67m 0.53m x 0.99m 8.0kg WG1236-004 £87.25
5 Tread Platform 1.25m 1.91m 0.56m x 1.16m 9.0kg WG1236-005 £97.95
6 Tread Platform 1.50m 2.14m 0.59m x 1.34m 10.0kg WG1236-006 £109.15
8 Tread Platform 2.00m 2.65m 0.66m x 1.68m 13.0kg WG1236-008 £133.90
10 Tread Platform 2.50m 3.15m 0.72m x 2.02m 17.0kg WG1236-010 £160.45
34
FIBREGLASS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
35
PINNACLE
INDUSTRIAL
SWING BACK
STEP
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
175 KG
A heavy duty step suitable for industrial and trade requirements fitted with
hinged metal locking stays to prevent twisting.
STEPS
> > Hinged metal locking stays
> > Box section back legs with heavy duty bracing
> > Deep serrated anti-slip treads
> > Anti-slip rubber feet
> > Max load 175kg
Description
Open
Height
Closed
Height
Open Footprint Weight Ref Price
3 Tread Swing Back 0.58m 0.69m 0.35m x 0.45m 2.7kg WG1200-003 £53.60
4 Tread Swing Back 0.81m 0.93m 0.37m x 0.61m 3.6kg WG1200-004 £56.15
5 Tread Swing Back 1.03m 1.18m 0.40m x 0.76m 4.5kg WG1200-005 £61.25
6 Tread Swing Back 1.26m 1.42m 0.42m x 0.92m 5.3kg WG1200-006 £71.50
8 Tread Swing Back 1.71m 1.92m 0.47m x 1.22m 7.1kg WG1200-008 £91.90
10 Tread Swing Back 2.16m 2.41m 0.52m x 1.53m 8.8kg WG1200-010 £112.30
12 Tread Swing Back 2.62m 2.91m 0.57m x 1.84m 12.3kg WG1200-012 £135.30
PINNACLE
INDUSTRIAL
PLATFORM STEP
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
175 KG
The platform step has the same construction and features of the swing back step
with the addition of a rugged checker-plate platform.
> > Reinforced checker-plate platform
> > Hinged metal locking stays
> > Box section back legs with heavy duty bracing
> > Deep serrated anti-slip treads
> > Anti-slip rubber feet
> > Max load 175kg
Description
Platform
Height
Closed
Height
Open Footprint Weight Ref Price
3 Tread Platform Step 0.59m 1.18m 0.40m x 0.76m 3.6kg WG1202-003 £83.55
4 Tread Platform Step 0.82m 1.42m 0.42m x 0.92m 5kg WG1202-004 £91.75
5 Tread Platform Step 1.05m 1.47m 0.45m x 1.07m 9kg WG1202-005 £100.90
6 Tread Platform Step 1.27m 1.92m 0.47m x 1.22m 10kg WG1202-006 £108.20
8 Tread Platform Step 1.72m 2.41m 0.52m x 1.53m 12kg WG1202-008 £126.90
10 Tread Platform Step 2.18m 2.90m 0.57m x 1.84m 14kg WG1202-010 £150.95
12 Tread Platform Step 2.63m 3.39m 0.61m x 2.15m 19kg WG1202-012 £175.95
STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
35

36
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STEPS
HORIZON
PLATFORM STEP
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Ideal for light trade use, with a slim design and continuous handrail positioned
extra high for ease and comfort in use.
> > Lightweight yet robust construction
> > High continuous handrail for ease of use
> > Deep comfortable treads
> > Strong sturdy platform
> > Max load 150kg
Treads
Platform
Height
Closed
Height
Open Footprint Weight Ref Price
3 0.61m 1.33m 0.68m x 1.21m 4.5kg WG1212-003 £28.40
4 0.825m 1.577m 0.85m x1.43m 5.2kg WG1212-004 £33.10
5 1.045m 1.8m 0.988m x 1.65m 6kg WG1212-005 £39.45
6 1.265m 2.03m 1.130m x1.87m 7.6kg WG1212-006 £46.45
7 1.48m 2.26m 1.295m x 2.08m 9kg WG1212-007 £63.65
SUMMIT
PROFESSIONAL
PLATFORM STEP
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
This lightweight and durable professional stepladder has an extra large
platform for comfortable working space. The twin handrails are fitted with
comfortable hand grips for an easy climb, with a high support rail for added
security whilst working from the platform. A deep working tray is provided for
small tools and materials.
MAX LOAD
150 KG
> > Twin safety handrails fitted with hand grips
> > Extra large standing platform
> > Strong, deep treads for comfort and security
> > High support rail and handy work tray
> > Max load 150kg
> > Conforms to EN131
Treads
Platform
Height
Closed
Height
Open Footprint Weight Ref Price
3 0.58m 1.42m 0.45m x 0.90m 5.0kg WG1203-003 £69.15
4 0.80m 1.66m 0.47m x 0.94m 6.0kg WG1203-004 £75.90
5 1.02m 1.90m 0.49m x 0.98m 6.5kg WG1203-005 £84.15
6 1.25m 2.14m 0.52m x 1.04m 7.5kg WG1203-006 £93.15
7 1.48m 2.38m 0.54m x 1.08m 9.0kg WG1203-007 £103.05
36
STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
37
PINNACLE
WAREHOUSE STEPS
> > Large checker-plate platform
> > Double handrail
> > Tip & Glide wheels
> > Knockdown format for transport
> > Max load 175kg
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
175 KG
Superb quality traditional fixed aluminium warehouse step – transports
in knockdown format. Constructed from heavy-duty channel-section
aluminium with double riveting throughout for extra rigidity. Large platform
(450mm x 360mm) for comfortable stock picking and double handrail for
assured access and egress. The lower handles work in conjunction with the
rear wheel to facilitate easy tip & glide movement around your warehouse.
WAREHOUSE
Treads
Platform
Height
Overall
Height
Overall Footprint Weight Ref Price
5 1.22m 1.80m 0.53m x 1.39m 11.3kg WG1275-005 £192.85
6 1.46m 2.04m 0.55m x 1.55m 12.7kg WG1275-006 £202.75
7 1.71m 2.29m 0.58m x 1.68m 14.5kg WG1275-007 £207.80
8 1.95m 2.53m 0.60m x 1.84m 15.9kg WG1275-008 £227.45
10 2.44m 3.02m 0.66m x 2.13m 20.0kg WG1275-010 £276.90
12 2.93m 3.51m 0.70m x 2.42m 23.6kg WG1275-012 £306.55
STORE PICKER
STEP LADDERS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
5 YEAR
WARRANTY
MAX LOAD
150 KG
The Pinnacle Double-Sided Store Picker has wheels fitted to both
sides for ease of manoeuvrability and top and side safety handrails for
comfortable climbing.
> > Folding double or single step for easy storage
> > Wheels fitted both sides for ease of manoeuvrability
> > Top and side safety handrails
Treads
Platform
Height
Overall
Height
Overall
Footprint
Weight Single Ref Price Double Ref Price
4 Tread Store Picker 0.95m 1.45m 0.42m x 0.95m 12.0kg WG1202-044 £187.40 WG1202-034 £244.05
5 Tread Store Picker 1.19m 1.69m 0.45m x 1.15m 13.0kg WG1202-045 £193.30 WG1202-035 £273.55
6 Tread Store Picker 1.43m 2.03m 0.45m x 1.35m 14.0kg WG1202-046 £208.05 WG1202-036 £339.90
7 Tread Store Picker 1.67m 2.17m 0.50m x 1.55m 15.0kg WG1202-047 £219.85 WG1202-037 £357.70
8 Tread Store Picker 1.91m 2.41m 0.53m x 1.75m 17.0kg WG1202-048 £231.65 WG1202-038 £385.50
PINNACLE
SUPER-PRO
PLATFORM STEP
> > Robust aluminium
construction
> > Double handrails
> > Extra large platform &
high support rail
> > Hinged metal locking stays
> > Integrated tool tray
> > Clean touch powder
coated finish
> > Tip & Glide wheels for
effortless manoeuvrability
> > Stress tested to 300kg
The SuperPro 360 industrial folding platform step is stress tested to 300kg and
made to exacting BS 2037 Class 1 standards designed for intensive use. Safety
features include 100% larger working platform, double handrails, high 360
degree work zone, easy close spreader to reduce twist and integrated tool tray.
Treads
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Platform
Height
Closed
Height
MAX LOAD
300 KG
Open Footprint
(W X D)
Weight Ref Price
4 0.98m 2.17m 0.61m x 1.20m 12.5kg WG1205-034 £214.55
5 1.22m 2.43m 0.63m x 1.35m 13kg WG1205-035 £244.90
6 1.46m 2.70m 0.66m x 1.50m 14kg WG1205-036 £286.85
8 1.95m 3.23m 0.71m x 1.80m 16kg WG1205-038 £335.85
10 2.44m 3.76m 0.76m x 2.10m 18kg WG1205-040 £373.70
12 2.92m 4.29m 0.81m x 2.40m 20kg WG1205-042 £411.95
WAREHOUSE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
37

38
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PODIUMS
PINNACLE
TELESCOPIC
PODIUM STEPS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Designed to conform to the Working at Height Regulations, the Telescopic
Podium is a fully enclosed work platform.
Using the specially designed telescopic guardrail frame, you are able to
use the podium at two platform heights. The optional stabilisers deliver
additional stability.
The unit is fitted with four locking castors as standard making it easily portable.
Optional anti-surf base plate pack illustrated, helps to prevent ‘surfing’ when in use.
> > Telescopic guardrail
> > Safety stabilisers available as an option
> > Fully enclosed work zone
> > Folds for transport
> > Four lockable castors fitted as standard
> > Tough scaffold tube construction
> > Platform size 600mm x 670mm
> > Max load 150kg
Treads Description Platform
Height
Overall
Width
Overall Depth Weight Ref Price
3 & 4 Telescopic
Podium
4 & 5 Telescopic
Podium
1.00m 1.05m 0.46m x 0.90m 6.0kg WG1274-085 £635.59
1.25m 1.30m 0.49m x 0.98m 7.0kg WG1274-087 £794.49
PAS250 Stabiliser Pack WG1274-086 £101.22
PINNACLE MIDI
WORK PLATFORM
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Providing the user with a high handrail incorporating a clip on chain “gate”
which completes the full surrounding guardrail system.
Folds for easy transport and distribution and fabricated from
industrial strength channel section material.
> > Extra wide working platform
> > Large, deep serrated treads
> > High handrails to both sides & back
> > Clip on/off Chain for entry/exit
> > Tip & Glide wheels for effortless manoeuvrability
> > Folds for storage & transportation
> > Max load 150kg
Treads
Platform
Height
Closed
Height
Width Weight Ref Price
3 0.68m 1.49m 0.75m 15.0kg WG1274-203 £258.65
4 0.89m 1.74m 0.78m 16.0kg WG1274-204 £291.95
5 1.12m 1.98m 0.85m 18.0kg WG 1274-205 £324.40
6 1.35m 2.23m 0.90m 19.0kg WG 1274-206 £351.90
38
PODIUMS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
39
LITTLE GIANT ®
SAFETY STEP
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
HOPUPS
The Little Giant Safety Step is a unique combination of strength and simplicity
featuring slip-resistant steps that give you unmatched comfort and stability.
> > Large 360mm deep
‘platform’ style treads
> > Open and close it with
one hand
> > Max load 150kg
> > Tough compact construction
for industrial use
> > Large checker-plate platform
> > Folding safety bar with
integrated tool tray (on 3 & 4 tread only)
> > Tip & Glide wheels for easy movement around site
> > Save space and store in only 127mm of space
The Safety Step is constructed with super-strong, lightweight aerospace grade
aluminium and operates so easily that you can open and close it with one hand.
Its slim storage depth (12cm) will let you store it just about anywhere.
Engineered for professional and industrial use the Safety Step is tested to hold
up to 130kg on each step. This tough, compact stepladder can handle just
about any task, from the lightest office chore to the heaviest industrial job.
Treads
Top Tread
Height
Closed
Height
Open Footprint Weight Ref Price
2 0.46m 0.80m 0.52m x 0.58m 6.8kg WG1216-002 £128.84
3 0.69m 1.12m 0.54m x 0.86m 9.1kg WG1216-003 £158.14
4 0.91m 1.42m 0.58m x 1.16m 11.3kg WG1216-004 £194.07
HORIZON
SAFETY STEP
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Ideal for accessing low shelves and wall cupboards. Features include deep
comfortable platform treads with anti-slip rubber surface. Wide base for extra
stability, slip resistant feet and a high knee rail for added safety.
> > Robust aluminium construction
> > Large, anti-slip rubber treads for extra safety
> > Folds away easily for storage
> > Smooth handrail surface that is comfortable to hold
> > Deep 260mm x 380mm platform treads
> > Anti-slip rubber feet
> > Max load 150kg
Treads
Top Tread
Height
Closed
Height
Open Footprint Weight Ref Price
2 0.48m 1.10m 0.47m x 0.47m 5.5kg WG1216-050 £29.71
3 0.73m 1.30m 0.49m x 0.64m 7.2kg WG1216-051 £40.31
HORIZON
HOPUP
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Ideal for quick and easy access to shelves, high cabinets or even ceilings.
When you need to get up high quickly, these folding steps with the large
standing area will always come in handy.
> > Tough, light and handy
> > Very compact, can be stowed away in the smallest of spaces
> > Deep ribbed aluminium treads with large sitting area
> > Ribbed feet
> > Max load 150kg
Treads
Top Tread
Height
Closed
Height
Open Footprint Weight Ref Price
2 0.40m 0.46m 0.43m x 0.45m 2.0kg WG1217-002 £33.54
3 0.62m 0.69m 0.46m x 0.63m 3.0kg WG1217-003 £39.90
HOPUPS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
39

40
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
FIXED STEPS
SUMMIT MACHINE
STEP
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Fixed aluminium platform step available as single or double-sided option,
complete with handrail (supplied loose).
Constructed from heavy duty channel section aluminium with deep
serrated anti-slip treads – these steps are typically used for performing
routine maintenance on machinery in factory environments.
> > Large checker-plate platform for comfortable
standing 420mm x 380mm
> > Handrail supplied for additional security
> > Ideal for access to machines or vehicles
> > Deep serrated anti-slip treads
> > Max load 150kg
Treads
Platform
Height
Overall
Height
Overall Depth Weight Ref Price Ref Price
Single Double Single Double Single Double
3 0.74m 1.54m 0.72m 1.00m 4kg 5kg WG1271-003 £135.88 WG1272-003 £140.37
4 0.98m 1.78m 0.76m 1.21m 5kg 6kg WG1271-004 £148.14 WG1272-004 £156.33
5 1.22m 2.02m 0.90m 1.42m 6kg 7kg WG1271-005 £159.39 WG1272-005 £173.35
6 1.46m 2.26m 1.12m 1.63m 7kg 9kg WG1271-006 £170.81 WG1272-006 £191.53
7 1.70m 2.51m 1.18m 1.84m 8kg 10.5kg WG1271-007 £184.68 WG1272-007 £210.97
PINNACLE STABLE
STEPS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Stable Steps provide safe and comfortable access to a range of apparatus in
industrial environments.
The high-strength, welded tubular construction ensures stability and long
service life with maximum stability thanks to the wide standing surface.
The deep platform like treads are made of anti-slip aluminium checker plate
to provide a comfortable standing platform. The robust construction means
they are a solid stationary solution that remains both lightweight and portable
as required.
> > Deep serrated anti-slip treads
> > High strength industrial aluminium construction
> > Large 500mm x 250mm platform
> > Deep anti-slip treads
> > Solid stationary solution
> > Comfortable wide standing surface
> > Max load 150kg
Treads Platform Height Footprint Weight Ref Price
1 0.20m 0.36m x 0.27m 1.9kg WG1271-101 £74.84
2 0.50m 0.50m x 0.50m 5.0kg WG1271-102 £197.00
3 0.75m 0.78m x 0.77m 8.5kg WG1271-103 £223.83
4 1.00m 0.78m x 0.97m 12kg WG1271-104 £349.42
40
FIXED STEPS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
41
PINNACLE
CONTRACTOR
TOWER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Built for the professional tradesman and focused on their needs: quick
assembly time, safety, durability and ergonomics. Manufactured from 50mm
thick ribbed aluminium tube to reduce slip and fitted with heavy duty splined
spigots for maximum strength and ease of tower assembly.
TOWERS
Advanced Guard Rail (AGR) option – This design lends itself to quick
easy assembly and provides collective fall prevention before the operator
accesses the platform and cannot be removed before the operator descends
from the platform.
3T option - The unique rung spacing enables climbable access internally
on either side of the tower reducing build time whilst still ensuring internal
access Through The Trapdoor (3T) method.
> > Fully compliant 3T or AGR options
> > Heavy duty spigot for maximum strength
> > Quality components for durability and ease of assembly
> > Welded abuse resistant joints
> > Robust brace hooks with dependable stainless steel springs
> > Large trapdoor opening for ease of access
> > Multi-start adjustable legs and castors
Platform
Height
Overall
Height
Footprint Weight Ref (3T) Price Ref (AGR) Price
2.3m 3.5m 0.70m x 2.0m 153kg WG3012-002 £1,701.68 WG3012-052 £1,742.96
3.2m 4.4m 0.70m x 2.0m 168kg WG3012-004 £2,127.73 WG3012-054 £2,304.66
4.2m 5.4m 0.70m x 2.0m 175kg WG3012-006 £2,340.97 WG3012-056 £2,466.48
5.2m 6.4m 0.70m x 2.0m 189kg WG3012-008 £2,558.68 WG3012-058 £3,116.55
6.0m 7.2m 0.70m x 2.0m 201kg WG3012-010 £2,686.24 WG3012-060 £3,278.37
8.0m 9.2m 0.70m x 2.0m 234kg WG3012-014 £3,325.54 WG3012-064 £4,001.91
10.0m 11.2m 1.35m x 2.0m 276kg WG3015-019 £4,508.46 WG3015-069 £5,934.23
12.0m 13.2m 1.35m x 2.0m 349kg WG3015-023 £5,464.95 WG3015-073 £6,997.46
SUMMIT
CENTERFOLD TOWER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
The Summit Centrefold is a one-man modular platform and tower system that
fits through standard doorways. Easy to assemble in minutes and being able
to adjust platform heights, it is ideal for both indoor and outdoor jobs including
painting windows frames, hanging wallpaper, working on gutters, or even
hedge trimming.
> > Easy to construct and dismantle
> > 3T (Through The Trapdoor) compliant
> > Ribbed 40mm tube for improved grip
> > Anti-slip trapdoor decking
> > Locking castors
> > Climbable frames for ease of assembly
Description
Platform
Height
Overall Height Width Length Weight Ref Price
Base Unit 0.20m – 1.70m 1.80m 0.70m 1.50m 29.0kg WG3010-003 £512.97
Guardrail Pack*1.70m* 1.70m* 2.80m 0.70m 1.50m 12.1kg WG3010-003A £349.53
3.0m Extension Pack** ** Extension Packs cannot be mixed & must used in WG3010-062B £911.25
3.6m Extension Pack**
conjunction with Base & Guardrail packs
WG3010-003C £994.16
5.5m Extension Pack** WG3010-003D £1,535.76
Adjustable Leg Pack (4)*** ***Required for use in uneven ground WG3010-003E £66.45
TOWERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
41

42
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LADDER ACCESSORIES
DOWNPIPE
STAND-OFF
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Provides clearance away from the wall, affording better
access to windows, sills, soffits and guttering, as well as
additional ladder stability.
> > Provides safe clearance from area of work
> > Fits most popular brands of ladder
> > Easy to fit, no tools needed
> > Max load 150kg
Span Depth Weight Ref Price
0.64m 0.33m 0.75kg WG1400-001A £30.15
LADDER
CLAMPS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Secure your ladders and steps safely to a roof or van rack.
> > Transport your ladders safely
> > Fits most popular brands of roof rack
> > Comes complete with padlock
Weight Ref Price
0.30kg WG1400-005 £13.50
LADDER
BASE
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
The Ladder Base is constructed from moulded reinforced vulcanised
rubber and provides superior grip on a range of surfaces by
increasing the amount of surface area. Helps compliance with
safety legislation.
> > TUV tested to NEN 2484 for Professional Use
Width Depth Weight Ref Price
1.0m 250mm 5.5kg WG1400-058 £30.00
LADDERM8RIX
PRO
This anti-slip device can be used on most hazardous exterior surfaces
such as grass, oily concrete, tarmac, decking, paving slabs, gravel, snow
and even ice.
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Helps compliance with latest safety legislation
> > Works on wide variety of surfaces – grass, oily concrete, tarmac etc
> > Non-marking pins
Width Depth Weight Ref Price
507mm 370mm 0.80kg WG1400-033 £81.80
42
LADDER ACCESSORIES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
43
WALL
BRACKETS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Ideal for convenient storage and to guard against theft.
> > Stores up to 3m triple section trade ladders
> > Quick and easy to use
> > Comes complete with padlock
Span Depth Weight Ref Price
0.64m 0.33m 0.75kg WG1400-001A £11.20
LADDER ACCESSORIES
LADDER
GUARD
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Restricts unauthorised ladder access on site.
> > Helps compliance with latest safety legislation
> > Padlock included
> > Restricts unauthorised access
> > Quick and easy to use
Span Depth Weight Ref Price
0.64m 0.33m 0.75kg WG1400-052 £80.55
ROOF HOOK
KIT
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Converts your existing extension ladder into a roof ladder.
> > Quick and easy assembly
Weight Ref Price
2kg WG1400-000 £30.15
LADDER ACCESSORIES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
43

44
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ACCESS PLATFORM
ACCESS
PLATFORM
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
For use with forklift trucks.
Manufactured according to Health and Safety executive
guidance note PM28 (3rd edition) December 2005.
Approved to be used by 2 persons of average weight
- max total load capacity 350kg
MAX LOAD
350 KG
The Access Platform has been designed to provide
easier access for your maintenance, repair and
installation requirements.
Fully welded with a raised expanded metal floor,
located and welded into a formed kickboard surround.
Tubular handrail.
Rear RSA frame with wire mesh panels.
Hinged entry gate with spring return to closed position
a spring loaded retention bolt holds the gate in the
closed position.
Platform locks onto the lift truck forks with threaded screw jacks.
Finish: Yellow epoxy.
Fork heel lock and screw jack
Raised gate lock and slam bolt
Capacity:
Platform Width x Length:
Handrail height:
Total height :
Overall width:
(not including screw jacks)
Overall depth:
Gate width :
Weight (approx.) :
Ref:
350 kg
1000 x 1000mm
1010mm
1925mm
1020mm
1020mm
510mm
78kg
WGASP1
Price £633.05
IMPORTANT ORDERING REQUIREMENTS:
In the interests of safety, we do not specify standard
fork location details. Platform must be manufactured
to your forklift truck specification.
On all orders please specify:
1. Length of fork
2. Width and depth (cross section) of fork
3. Maximum standard distance between forks
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
CASTORS
2 swivel, 2 fixed castors, 100 mm dia.
nylon wheels.Provides for ease of
movement and storage independent
of forklift truck. Increases height by
125mm
Ref: WGASP4
£44.45
TOOL TRAY
Welded tool tray hooks onto front guard
rail. Complete with locking screws.
L x W x D: 1000 x 200 x 200mm.
Weight: 10 Kg
Ref: WGASP2
£50.85
44
ACCESS PLATFORM
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HANDLING
45 - 146
Whatever type of handling gear you require, whether you are looking to shift, stack or store,
load or lift, we provide an extensive range of equipment to suit your every need.
Produced to the highest quality standards, each item of equipment offers maximum reliability
and safety, enabling you to transport drums, cylinders, gas bottles, pallets, parcels or other
goods with the greatest of ease, with budget or heavy duty options available, and variants for
every requirement from stairclimbers to winch lifters, from hydraulic stackers to lift tables.
TROLLEYS 46-54, 59-60
TRUCKS 55-57, 61-69
DRUM HANDLING 70-80
DRUM STORAGE 81-83
CYLINDER STORAGE 84-86, 92-93
CYLINDER HANDLING 87-92
TRAILERS 94-101
SACK TRUCKS 102-118
LIFTERS 119-123
PALLET TRUCKS & STACKERS 124-132
SCISSOR LIFTS 133-135
CORNERS & SKATES 136
BEAM & CARPET TROLLEY 137
SHEET & BAR HANDLING 138-141
PLATE TRUCKS 140
FURNITURE MOVERS 142
CASTORS 143-146

46
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HEAVY DUTY STEP TRAY TROLLEYS - 5 STEP
HEAVY DUTY STEP TRAY
TROLLEYS - 5 STEP
WGS193
3 tray tiers - 5 steps. Top tread height 1145mm. Fitted with 2
retractable castors in front and 2 fixed castors to rear, each
with 125mm rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings.
Operation: Front castors retract with hand operated lever to
immobilise trolley.
WGS196
WGS199
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
125 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
STEPS
Fixed steps, handrail fitted to each side and across top.
Construction: Fully welded from RSA angle and ERW tube.
Finish: Blue epoxy
TRAY OPTIONS
Fixed sheet steel trays - with 20mm lip all round, blue epoxy finish.
Fixed plywood shelves - recessed with 10 mm lip all round.
Removable steel trays - reversible to give either a flush finish,
or 25mm lip all round, white powder coated finish.
Removable wire baskets - 160mm high sides, white powder coated finish.
Tray type Tray heights mm Usable
W x L mm
Top Middle Bottom
Overall
H x W x L mm
*Dimension to top of basket. Maximum recommended step load is 125kg (operator and goods carried)
Trolley capacities as stated.
Wt.
kg
Order
Ref
Fixed blue trays 1115 650 185 525 x 935 2075 x 620 x 1730 67 WGS190 £577.15
Fixed ply shelves 1115 650 185 525 x 935 2075 x 620 x 1730 61 WGS193 £567.85
Reversible white trays 1115 650 185 510 x 920 2075 x 620 x 1730 71 WGS196 £666.90
Removable baskets 1245* 785* 320* 500 x 905 2075 x 620 x 1730 61 WGS199 £699.55
Price
REVERSIBLE
STEEL TRAYS
REMOVABLE
WIRE BASKETS
46
HEAVY DUTY STEP TRAY TROLLEYS - 5 STEP
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Steptek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
47
WGS185
HEAVY DUTY STEP TRAY
TROLLEYS - 3 STEP
WGS199
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
125 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
STEP TRAY TROLLEYS
WGS186
WGS192
View product
on YouTube
Heavy Duty Castors:
2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 125mm diameter
rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings.
Medium Duty Castors:
4 stem fitting swivel castors with 125mm diameter
wheels with grey non marking tyres and thread guards.
Ideal for stock picking and putting away in stores, warehouse,
office, library etc.
Spring loaded step unit, with ribbed rubber treads, locates firmly
on floor when foot placed on first step, immobilising trolley. Top
tread height 686mm. Fully welded construction, from RSA angle
and ERW tube. Rubber feet fitted to step unit. Blue epoxy finish.
Tray options (For medium or heavy duty trolleys):
Fixed sheet steel trays - with 20mm lip all round, blue epoxy finish.
Fixed plywood shelves - recessed with 10mm lip all round.
Removable steel trays - reversible to give either a flush finish,
or 25mm lip all round, white powder coated finish.
Removable wire baskets - 160mm high sides, white powder coated finish.
Tray Type Duty Cap.
kg
Fixed blue
trays
Fixed
plywood
shelf
Reversible
white trays
Removable
baskets
No. of
Tiers
Tray Heights mm
Top Middle Bottom
Usable
W x L mm
Overall
H x W x L mm
Wt.
kg
Order
Ref
Medium 125 2 920 - 310 465 x 780 1150 x 495 x 1325 33 WGS180 £315.00
Price
125 3 920 615 310 465 x 780 1150 x 495 x 1325 40 WGS181 £357.00
Heavy 175 2 955 - 180 465 x 780 1070 x 475 x 1325 36 WGS188 £334.20
175 3 955 570 180 465 x 780 1070 x 475 x 1325 43 WGS189 £385.00
Medium 125 2 920 - 310 465 x 780 1150 x 495 x 1325 30 WGS182 £310.55
125 3 920 615 310 465 x 780 1150 x 495 x 1325 35 WGS183 £342.00
Heavy 175 2 955 - 180 465 x 780 1070 x 475 x 1325 33 WGS191 £324.65
175 3 955 570 180 465 x 780 1070 x 475 x 1325 38 WGS192 £372.65
Medium 125 2 920 - 310 455 x 770 1150 x 495 x 1325 34 WGS184 £349.85
125 3 920 615 310 455 x 770 1150 x 495 x 1325 42 WGS185 £407.10
Heavy 175 2 955 - 180 455 x 770 1070 x 475 x 1325 38 WGS194 £365.55
175 3 955 570 180 455 x 770 1070 x 475 x 1325 46 WGS195 £430.55
Medium 125 2 1060 - 450 450 x 755 1150 x 495 x 1325 31 WGS186 £395.90
125 3 1060 755 450 450 x 755 1150 x 495 x 1325 37 WGS187 £473.60
Heavy 175 2 1095* - 320* 450 x 755 1095 x 475 x 1325 33 WGS197 £407.90
175 3 1095* 710* 320* 450 x 755 1095 x 475 x 1325 39 WGS198 £493.30
REVERSIBLE
STEEL TRAYS
REMOVABLE
WIRE BASKETS
* Dimension to top of basket. Recommended working height with Steptek models is 1.5m from top tread.
Steptek
STEP TRAY TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
47

48
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BOOK TROLLEYS
BOOK
TROLLEYS
WGTT24R
WGTT21B
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Popular design for libraries, offices, classrooms, laboratories etc.
Single sided with flat shelves and double sided with angled shelves
Strong all steel construction finished in cream epoxy.
Overall L x W: 840 x 470mm. Fitted with 4 swivel castors 100mm,
grey non-marking tyres and thread guards.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
4 handle frame colours, ideal for job or location coding
2 tier single sided double sided
Overall height 940mm 955mm
Shelf heights 185/580mm 185/655mm
Overall L x W 840 x 390mm 840 x 470mm
Weight 27kg 35kg
WGTT25B
WGTT22G
Ref WGTT24 WGTT21
Price £207.55 £253.70
3 tier single sided double sided
Overall height 1265mm 1325mm
Shelf heights 185/540/895mm 185/600/1020mm
Overall L x W 840 x 390mm 840 x 470mm
Weight 38kg 46kg
Ref WGTT25 WGTT22
Price £251.00 £297.90
Colour Options R B Y GN
BOOK
TROLLEY
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
250 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Popular design for libraries, offices, classrooms and
laboratories. Double sided with angled shelves. Tubular steel
frame with sheet steel shelves. Fitted with 4 swivel castors
125mm, grey non-marking tyres and thread guards.
Overall L x W x H
880 x 550 x 1115mm
Weight
37kg
Clearance between shelves 345mm
Ref
WGTT26
Price £361.25
Colour Options R B Y GN
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
(Always recommended)
Ref WGB052 (pair) £11.50
REVOLVING BUFFER
CORNERS
Ref WGB172(set) £20.45
48
BOOK TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
49
WGTT63
TRAY
TROLLEYS
WGTT65
Choice of elegant and smart removable and reversible white or blue trays in
blue frame, or fixed ply shelves. Tough durable epoxy finish throughout.
Choice of 2 or 3 removable steel trays or fixed ply shelves. Removable and
reversible steel trays for flush or recessed fitting. Welded tube and angle
construction.
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
TRAY TROLLEYS
Wheels: 125mm diameter stem fitting castors. Grey non marking tyres with
thread guards.
WGTT72
WGTT77
WGTT66
WGTT61
Overall Height mm 1065
No. of trays 2 - Tray 3 - Tray
Tray size L x W mm 760 x 457 1065 x 610 760 x 457 1065 x 610
Tray heights mm 245 : 945 245 : 595 : 945
Weight kgs 25 38 34 52
TTW Series Ref WGTT62 WGTT66 WGTT63 WGTT67
Price £221.90 £246.10 £277.10 £312.70
White epoxy trays
TTB Series Ref WGTT72 WGTT76 WGTT73 WGTT77
Price £209.75 £231.20 £259.75 £290.20
Blue epoxy trays
TT60 Series Ref WGTT60 WGTT64 WGTT61 WGTT65
Fixed ply trays Wt. kgs 20 31 27 41
Price £169.40 £198.25 £200.30 £239.90
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
(Always recommended)
Ref WGB047 (pair) £11.50
PHEUMATIC TYRES
Ref: WGB009 (pair) £126.00
REVOLVING BUFFER
CORNERS
Revolving Protector Buffers
to protect walls and trolley.
Factory fitted
Ref WGB171(set) £20.45
LOW COST TRAY
TROLLEYS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
2 or 3 fixed steel trays. Fully welded construction. Fixed steel trays with
smooth folded lips. Trays are welded in position at specified heights.
Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 125mm diameter. grey non-marking tyres with
thread guards. Powder coated finish.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref. WGB047 (pair) £11.50
Overall L x W mm 890 x 465
Overall H mm 840
Tray Size mm 662 x 457
Trays 2 Tier 3 Tier
Weight kg 19 23
Tray Heights mm 265 : 840 265 : 555 : 840
Blue Ref WGTT70 WGTT71
Price £132.65 £143.05
White Ref WGTT70W WGTT71W
Price £164.05 £180.35
Loadtek
TRAY TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
49

50
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
UTILITY TRAY TROLLEYS
WGTT40
UTILITY TRAY
TROLLEYS
WGTT41
DELIVERED
IN 5-7 DAYS
A unique range of robust tray trolleys designed for most environments,
including warehouses, garages, catering, serving and general everyday use.
The specially formed aluminium uprights and ribbed plastic shelves provide
strength, durability and stability. Fitted with 100mm diameter thermoplastic
swivel rubber castors (2 braked).
2 Shelf Trolleys
MAX LOAD
200 KG
Description Standard - 2 Shelves Large - 2 Shelves
Overall H x W x D mm 940 x 460 x 750 970 x 513 x 990
Shelves L x W mm 630 x 424 866 x 500
Capacity kg 100 120
Order Ref WGTT40 WGTT41
Price £134.00 £215.25
WGTT42
WGTT43
3 Shelf Trolleys
Description Standard - 3 Shelves Large - 3 Shelves
Overall H x W x D mm 980 x 460 x 750 1010 x 513 x 990
Shelves L x W mm 630 x 424 866 x 500
Capacity kg 150 200
Order Ref WGTT42 WGTT43
Price £159.85 £266.95
FOLDING FLATBED
TROLLEYS
DELIVERED
IN 5-7 DAYS
MAX LOAD
300 KG
A sturdy range of highly manoeuvrable steel trolleys suitable for transporting
various goods. Ideal for indoor and outdoor use.
WGTT44
> > Folds flat for compact storage
> > Non-slip rubber platforms and scuff resistant corners
> > Non-marking wheels (2 fixed and 2 swivel)
> > Powder coated steel handles
WGTT45
Description
Standard Folding
Flatbed
Large Folding Flatbed
Overall H x W x D mm 810 x 470 x 730 870 x 608 x 907
Folded Height mm 230 285
Wheels Ømm 100 125
Capacity kg 150 300
Order Ref WGTT44 WGTT45
Price £63.40 £120.40
50
UTILITY TRAY TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
51
TT350 SERIES
WGTT35
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
350 KG
Special heavyweight tray trolleys custom built to your
specification if required. Strong construction from square
and round section steel tubes and steel shelves with lip.
Height mm 1200
Overall H x L x W mm 1090 x 500 x 1200
External Tray Size L x W mm 900 x 500
Bottom Shelf H mm 280
Middle Shelf H mm 740
Top Shelf H mm 1200
Weight kg 58
Ref:
WGTT35
Price £218.95
MADE IN
BRITAIN
HEAVY DUTY TRAY TROLLEYS
WGTT34
Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with
200mm diameter red centred wheels fitted
with solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.
Finish: Blue epoxy
OPTIONAL EXTRAS
TOTAL STOP
BRAKES
Ref WGB013
(pair) £15.25
Height mm 900
Overall H x L x W mm 1090 x 500 x 900
External Tray Size L x W mm 900 x 500
Bottom Shelf H mm 280
Middle Shelf H mm 590
Top Shelf H mm 900
Weight kg 56
Ref:
WGTT34
Price £212.80
INDUSTRIAL TRAY
TROLLEYS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
300 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGTT37
2 or 3 tray in Varnished ply timber panel or sheet steel trays.
Tough, high capacity industrial design with heavy duty, fully
welded angle and tube construction. Highly suited to industrial
use in stores, workshops and factories.
Wheels: Plate fixing castors with 160mm diameter rubber
tyred wheels.Roller bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed.
Finish: Blue or red epoxy.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref WGB024
(pair) £12.15
Capacity 300kg 300kg
Overall
L x W x H mm
1070 x 615 x 1045 1070 x 615 x 1045
Top Shelf H mm 950 950
Middle Shelf
H mm
Bottom Shelf
H mm
Type
605 605
260 260
Timber panel trays
10mm raised edge
Steel panel trays
20mm raised edge
No. of trays 2 Tray 3 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray
O/all Weight kgs 40 45 50 57
Ref WGTT36 WGTT37 WGTT38 WGTT39
Price £249.45 £301.65 £277.15 £325.70
WGTT36 WGTT39R WGTT39
Colour Options
R
Loadtek
HEAVY DUTY TRAY TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
51

52
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HEAVY DUTY TABLE TRUCKS
HEAVY DUTY
TABLE TRUCKS
Ideal truck series for tough work in stores,
warehouses, factories and workshops.
Welded steel construction throughout with a
choice of timber or steel decks.
Overall length = Deck length + 135mm
Overall width = Deck width + 20mm
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors
200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels.
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Recessed Deck Option
Recessed top and bottom decks optional at
no extra cost. Add suffix RD to chosen Ref.
Heavy duty top deck
Height - 895mm
Ref: TT230T / TT240T / TT205T
Heavy duty steel top deck
Shelf Height mm: 895
Ref: TT230S / TT240S / TT205S
2 heavy duty steel decks
Shelf Heights mm: 275 : 895
Ref: TT210S / TT220S / TT200S
2 heavy duty timber decks
Shelf Heights mm: 275 : 895
Ref: TT210T / TT220T / TT200T
Overall size L x W x H mm:
1135 x 620 x 895mm
Weight: 50kgs
Deck size: 1000 x 600
Ref: WGSP6060S
Price: £811.35
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref WGB013 (pair) £15.25
BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)
Deck size 1000 x 600 - Ref: WGBS1 £40.70
Deck size 1000 x 700 - Ref. WGBS2 £42.50
Deck size 1200 x 800 - Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref. WGB229
(pair) £30.60
For WGSP606S only
Deck size 1000 x 600mm 1000 x 700mm 1200 x 800mm
Type Top deck only Top and bottom deck Top deck only Top and bottom deck Top deck only Top and bottom deck
Weight kgs 42 52 46 56 53 66
Timber Deck Ref WGTT205T WGTT200T WGTT230T WGTT210T WGTT240T WGTT220T
Price £236.95 £267.70 £245.60 £285.75 £245.60 £315.40
Weight kgs 40 48 44 52 50 64
Steel Deck Ref WGTT205S WGTT200S WGTT230S WGTT210S WGTT240S WGTT220S
Price £229.95 £273.55 £242.45 £286.80 £242.45 £323.25
52
HEAVY DUTY TABLE TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
53
Shelf heights mm
285 and 805
TT160 TROLLEY
SERIES
WGTT160
Shelf heights mm
285, 545 and 805
WGTT161
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
WGTT162
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WORKSHOP TROLLEYS
WGTT164
WGTT165
WGTT167
WGTT163 WGTT166 WGTT168
Welded tubular and flat steel chassis frame. All plywood shelves are fixed, polyurethane coated with
hardwood edge and have 20mm upstand. Steel shelves have 25mm upstand. All steelwork is finished in blue
epoxy. Cupboards and drawers supplied with lock and 2 keys. Wheels: Standard design 2 swivel and 2 fixed
125mm diameter rubber tyres. Overall H x W x L mm: 1045 x 620 x 1160.
Trolley Specification Weight Ref Price
2 plywood shelves 30kgs WGTT160 £230.60
3 plywood shelves 37kgs WGTT161 £285.45
Plywood top shelf and 2 plywood half shelves 1 steel
cupboard H x W x D 485 x 500 x 600mm
Plywood top shelf with 2 steel cupboards.
Each cupboard H x W x D 485 x 500 x 600mm
Removable steel top tray with deep 200 mm sides.
Bottom steel shelf
Top and bottom steel shelves 2 drawers each H x W x D
95 x 500 x 460mm
Top and bottom steel shelves, drawer and cupboard
drawer H x W x D 95 x 500 x 460mm
Top and bottom steel shelves 3 drawers each H x W x D
95 x 500 x 460mm
52kgs WGTT162 £371.10
58kgs WGTT163 £438.50
54kgs WGTT164 £268.95
51kgs WGTT165 £412.00
51kgs WGTT166 £463.10
51kgs WGTT167 £456.20
2 steel shelves 37gs WGTT168 £208.85
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
ALL SWIVEL CASTORS
125 diameter. RT castors
Ref: WGB031 £8.30
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref: WGB032 (pair) £10.95
PHEUMATIC TYRES
200 x 50mm
Ref: WGB008 (pair) £105.00
Loadtek
WORKSHOP TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
53

54
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LOUVRE PANEL TROLLEYS / STATIC TOOL PANEL
WGLPT-13
Double sided
louvre panel trolley
3 panel high £450.70
LOUVRE PANEL
TROLLEYS
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
‘A’ frame double sided louvre panel trolleys with integral sheet steel deck
storage area. Fully welded steel frame construction with bolt-on louvre
panels. Tubular push/pull handle. Available in 2 heights (2 or 3 panels).
Overall heights mm: 1220 and 1600.
Base L x W mm: 1000 x 600. Deck height mm: 205
Wheels: 2 swivel braked and 2 fixed castors fitted with 125mm blue resilex
wheels and roller bearings.
MAX LOAD
250 KG
Finish: Grey epoxy frame (BS00A05) with blue panels (BS18E53).
FOR ADDITIONAL
CONTAINERS,
SEE PAGE 211.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGLPT-12
Double sided louvre panel trolley
- 2 panel high £367.20
WGLPT-12C
Double sided louvre panel trolley
2 panel high complete with
72 x XL2 & 36 x XL3 bins £511.10
(bin colours as shown)
WGLPT-13C
Double sided louvre panel trolley
3 panel high complete with 108 x XL3
bins £648.50 (bin colours as shown)
STATIC TOOL
PANEL
DELIVERED
12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
200 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
‘A’ frame double sided tool panel trolleys with integral sheet steel deck storage
area. Fully welded steel frame construction with bolt-on tool panels. Tubular
push/pull handle.
WGLPT-03
Double sided tool panel
trolley - 3 panel high
£434.70
FOR TOOL
HOOKS - SEE
PAGE 255.
WGLPT-02
Double sided tool panel
trolley - 2 panel high
£354.35
Wheels: 2 swivel braked and 2 fixed castors fitted with 125mm blue resilex
wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Grey epoxy trolley (BS00A05) with Blue
panels (BS18E53).
Panels 2 3
Overall H mm 1220 1600
Base L x W mm 900 x 500
Deck H mm 280
Order Ref WGLPT-02 WGLPT-03
Price £354.35 £434.70
54
LOUVRE PANEL TROLLEYS / STATIC TOOL PANEL
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
55
SHELF
TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
Welded angle chassis with tubular end frames.
Fixed ply platform plus 3 drop-in ply shelves. 2
standard models. Both available as drawbar version.
Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 200mm
diameter rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
SHELF TRUCKS
WGTS31T
Model shown with drawbar handle.
WGTS30
Standard model.
Spring loaded catch
holds drawbar in
vertical position.
Model
Overall
Height mm
Overall
Length mm
Deck size
L x W mm
Deck
height mm
Shelf levels mm
Weight
kgs
Standard 1780 1200 1000 x 700 275 635 : 1005 : 1375 65 WGTS30 £442.10
With drawbar
handle
Ref
Price
1780 1400 1200 x 800 275 635 : 1005 : 1375 80 WGTS31 £456.55
1780 1200 1000 x 700 275 635 : 1005 : 1375 69 WGTS30T £468.80
1780 1400 1200 x 800 275 635 : 1005 : 1375 84 WGTS31T £483.25
OPTIONAL EXTRA:
TOTAL STOP
BRAKES
Ref: WGB013
(pair) £15.25
Capacity UDL kg: Truck max 500; per shelf max 50; base 350 when shelves fully loaded.
WGTS32
SHELF TRUCK
WITH ROD
SUPERSTRUCTURE
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
Welded angle chassis and tubular superstructure with vertical retaining rods.
Fixed ply platform and 4 removable ply shelves. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel
castors with 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
OPTIONAL
HOOK ON
FRONT
OPTIONAL
DRAWBAR
Model Standard With drawbar handle
Overall Height mm 1780 1780
Overall Length mm 1200 1400 1200 1400
Deck size L x W mm 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800
Shelf Heights at
300mm Centres
570 : 870 : 1170 : 1470 570 : 870 : 1170 : 1470
Clearance mm 280 280
Deck Height mm 275 275
Open Fronted
Weight kg 88 106 90 108
Ref WGTS32 WGTS34 WGTS32T WGTS34T
Price £508.75 £535.00 £535.40 £561.70
With Hook on Front
Weight kg 98 117 100 119
Ref WGTS33 WGTS35 WGTS33T WGTS35T
Price £603.80 £630.10 £630.50 £656.75
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref. WGB013 (pair) £15.25
Loadtek
SHELF TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
55

56
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SHELF TRUCKS / DIY TROLLEY
SHELF TRUCK
WITH MESH
SUPERSTRUCTURE
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
With mesh superstructure - 3 sides and top. Welded mesh infill
50 x 50mm panels 5 drop-in shelves. Welded angle chassis and
superstructure. Fixed ply platform and 5 removable ply shelves.
Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 200mm diameter rubber
tyred wheels and roller bearings.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
WGTS36
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref WGB013
(pair) £15.25
OPTIONAL
HINGED
DOORS
Model Standard With drawbar handle
Overall Height mm 1780 1780
Overall Length mm 1200 1400 1200 1400
Deck size L x W mm 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800
Shelf Heights at
250mm Centres
275 : 525 : 775 : 1025 :
1275 : 1525
Clearance mm 230 230
Deck Height mm 275 275
Open Fronted
275 : 525 : 775 : 1025 :
1275 : 1525
Weight kg 110 120 112 122
Order Ref WGTS36 WGTS38 WGTS36T WGTS38T
Price £651.70 £678.20 £678.35 £704.85
With Hinged Doors
Weight kg 127 138 129 140
Order Ref WGTS37 WGTS39 WGS37T WGTS39T
Price £779.65 £811.40 £806.30 £838.05
Capacity UDL kg: Truck max 500; per shelf max 50; base 250 when shelves fully loaded
DIY
TROLLEY
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
450 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Sectioned trolley designed for the transportation of mixed products such as
flat boards, boxes and tubes etc. Welded tube framework with flush fitting ply
wood deck. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed 160mm steel centred wheels with
rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Red epoxy.
Overall H x L x W mm 1200 x 600 x 1000
Deck Height mm 220
Rail Heights from Deck mm 650 : 980
Weight kg 36
Order Ref
WGTP37
Price £270.45
WGTP37
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref WGB083 (pair) £17.05
56
SHELF TRUCKS / DIY TROLLEY
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
57
STANDARD
CONTAINER TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
Popular container truck for all industries.
Strong chassis with inset timber base. Rugged superstructure
with standard half-drop side. Available with choice of mesh or
plywood infill panels.
Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed 200mm diameter castors with
rubber tyres and roller bearings.
MAX LOAD
500 KG
Finish: Blue epoxy Polyurethane coated ply.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
CONTAINER TRUCKS
Overall Dimensions mm 1150 x 730 1360 x 830
Side Type Mesh Ply Mesh Ply
Weight kg 62 82 71 93
Order Ref WGMT19 WGPLT19 WGMT20 WGPLT20
Price £462.30 £501.60 £492.25 £513.10
Bumper Strip Ref WGBS2 WGBS2 WGBS3 WGBS3
WGMT19
Popular container truck
for all industries
We can manufacture Standard or Security
Container Trucks to your special sizes.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref WGB013
(pair) £15.25
PROTECTIVE BUMPER
STRIPS
Deck size 1000 x 700
Ref. WGBS2 £42.50
Deck size 1200 x 800
Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
SECURITY
CONTAINER TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Security Container Trucks. Factory fitted with lockable lids. Steel framework in
filled with mesh or plywood, and hinged centrally along its own length and to
main body of truck. Fitted with 2 chain stays and padlock hasp (padlock not
included) When lid is closed, standard half drop side is prevented from opening.
Overall Dimensions mm 1150 x 730 1360 x 830
Side Type Mesh Ply Mesh Ply
WGPLT22
Truck offering
full security with
contents privacy.
Weight kg 73 98 85 112
Ref WGMT21 WGPLT21 WGMT22 WGPLT22
Price £547.05 £597.15 £594.05 £615.55
Bumper Strip Ref WGBS2 WGBS2 WGBS3 WGBS3
WGMT19
Truck offering full
security with visibility.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref WGB013
(pair) £15.25
PROTECTIVE BUMPER
STRIPS
Deck size 1000 x 700
Ref. WGBS2 £42.50
Deck size 1200 x 800
Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
Loadtek
CONTAINER TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
57

58
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WAREHOUSE TRUCKS
PARCEL
TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
With 3 fixed tubular sides. Push handle one end.
Polyurethane coated plywood platform flush fitted into
angle frame chassis.
Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 200mm diameter
rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Deck size
L x W mm
Overall
L x W x H mm
Effective
height
mm
Deck
height
mm
Weight
kgs
Ref
Price
1000 x 700 1190 x 730 x 1575 1300 275 60 WGWT20 £406.35
1200 x 800 1390 x 830 x 1575 1300 275 70 WGWT21 £416.50
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref WGB013
(pair) £15.25
PROTECTIVE BUMPER
STRIPS
Deck size 1000 x 700
Ref. WGBS2 £42.50
Deck size 1200 x 800
Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
STANCHION
TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Ideal for long bulky loads.
625mm removable corner stanchions for easier
loading and unloading. 2 deck sizes and 2 models:
500kg and 1000kg heavy duty fully welded
construction. Steel angle with tubular post pockets.
Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed castors with 200 or
250mm diameter rubber tyred wheels. Bright zinc
plated steel centres and roller bearings.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
WGWT23
Deck size L x W
mmw
Capacity
kgs
Wheel
dia.
mm
Deck
height mm
Weight
kgs
Ref
Price
1300 x 700 500 200 275 40 WGWT23 £321.40
Overall: 1310 x 770 1000 250 355 50 WGWT24 £435.20
1600 x 800 500 200 275 50 WGWT25 £336.65
Overall: 1610 x 870 1000 250 355 57 WGWT26 £446.10
58
WAREHOUSE TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
59
FOLDING ALUMINIUM
PLATFORM TROLLEYS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Lightweight Aluminium
> > Folds and extends easily
> > Telescopic handles
> > Great for storage and transport
MAX LOAD
150 KG
> > Slide-in platform to reduce trolley length
> > Two fixed wheels and two swivel castors
> > Choice of low resistance nylon wheels or
quiet running rubber wheels
Capacity Platform Size L x W Platform Folded L x W mm Wheels Diameter Wheels Weight Ref Price
150kg 710 x 420mm 500 x 420 100 Nylon 7.5 WG509/KI/PL £59.00
150kg 710 x 420mm 500 x 420 100 Solid Rubber 7.9 WG509/KI/PL/15/2 £64.00
BUDGET PLATFORM TROLLEYS
PLATFORM TROLLEYS
/ LARGE PLATFORM
TROLLEYS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Platform Trolleys
MAX LOAD
150-300 KG
Large Platform Trolleys
> > Handle folds down flat over
platform
> > Easy storage
> > Non-slip steel base
> > Two fixed wheels and
two swivel castors
> > Non-marking rubber wheels
> > Fixed handles for
added strength
> > Optional additional handle
> > Non-slip steel base
> > Two fixed wheels and
two swivel castors
> > Non-marking rubber wheels
Capacity Dimensions Platform Size (L x W) Handles Wheels Diameter Weight Ref Price
150kg 740 x 480 x 865mm 640 x 480mm 1 100mm 12.5kg WG501/KI/150 £74.00
250kg 930 x 620 x 865mm 930 x 620mm 1 125mm 18.5kg WG502/KI/250 £99.00
300kg 1160 x 760 x 875mm 1060 x 760mm 1 160mm 41.5kg WG505/KI/LUX/1 £169.00
300kg 1160 x 760 x 875mm 960 x 760mm 2 160mm 41.5kg WG505/KI/LUX/2 £179.00
PLATFORM TROLLEYS
/ LARGE PLATFORM
TROLLEYS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Lightweight aluminium design
> > Handle folds down flat over platform
> > Quiet running rubber wheels
> > Fitted with corner bumpers
MAX LOAD
150-250 KG
Capacity Dimensions Platform Size (L x W) Handles Wheels Diameter Weight Ref Price
150kg 740 x 480 x 865mm 650 x 470mm 1 100mm 9kg WG501/NPL/150 £109.00
250kg 930 x 620 x 865mm 800 x 610mm 1 127mm 14.2kg WG502/NPL/250 £119.00
BUDGET PLATFORM TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
59

60
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TROLLEYS & TRAILERS
ALUMINIUM
PLATFORM TROLLEYS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Lightweight aluminium design
> > Handle folds down flat over platform
> > Fitted with corner bumpers
> > Quiet running rubber wheels
MAX LOAD
350 KG
Folding Handles
Capacity Dimensions Platform Size (L x W) Handles Wheels Diameter Weight Ref Price
350kg 1520 x 750 x 950mm 1320 x 750mm 2 127mm 25kg WG503/NPL/350 £189.00
TWO AND THREE
TIER TROLLEYS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
120 KG
> > Lightweight Service Trolley
> > Fitted with two or three decks
> > Ideal for catering environments
> > Shelves have non-slip surface
> > Shelves have all-round protection buffer
> > Fitted with two handles
> > Two fixed wheels and two swivel castors
> > Non-marking rubber wheels
Capacity Dimensions Platform Size (L x W) Number of Tiers Wheels Diameter Weight Ref Price
120kg 745 x 485 x 865mm 700 x 450mm 2 125mm 20kg WG506/KI/SERV/2 £135.00
120kg 745 x 485 x 865mm 700 x 450mm 3 125mm 25kg WG507/KI/SERV/3 £165.00
SINGLE ACKERMAN
TRAILER WITH
FOLDING SIDES
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Heavy duty design
> > Single Ackerman steering
> > Sides and tailgate all fold down
> > Sides are easily removable
MAX LOAD
400 KG
> > Ideal for both garden and industrial use
> > Fitted with large 330mm wheels
> > Optional removable canvas lining
OPTIONAL EXTRA:
CANVAS LINING
Ref WG535/BI/TT/
LINING
£18.00
Capacity Dimensions (L x W) Height Of Walls Number of Sides Wheels Diameter Weight Ref Price
400kg 1380 x 615mm 280mm 4 Mesh 330mm 30kg WG535/BI/TT/300 £149.00
60
TROLLEYS & TRAILERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
61
WGLL31
JUNIOR LOW
LOAD TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Useful Standard Junior Platform Size. Fixed or folding frame. Strong welded
tubular construction. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 125mm diameter
red centred wheels, roller bearings and rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Type Tubular Tubular
Folding
Overall L x W x H mm 1070 x 450 x 1015
Deck L x W mm 850 x 450
Wheel Dia. mm 125
Capacity kg 150
Ply
Deck H mm 185 197
Weight kg 14 17
Ply
Folding
Order Ref WGLL01 WGLL31 WGLL01P WGLL31P
Price £136.80 £156.95 £155.90 £183.00
PLATFORM TRUCKS
WGLL31P
WGLL01P
WGLL01
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref WGB032 (pair) £10.95
SIDE FRAME
TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Designed for all-round load retention with simple robust construction and
removable ply side frames.
Wheels: 2 fixed 2 swivel castors. 160mm diameter. red centre wheels with
roller bearings and rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.
WGTC074P
Overall Height mm 985
Deck Height mm 235
Overall L x W mm 1085 x 725 1285 x 825
Platform L x W mm 1000 x 700 1200 x 800
Side Height mm 250 250
Weight 36 40
Order Ref WGTCO74P WGTCO84P
Price £269.65 £282.15
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref WGB024
(pair) £12.15
PROTECTIVE BUMPER
STRIPS
Deck size 1000 x 700
Ref. WGBS2 £42.50
Deck size 1200 x 800
Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
Loadtek
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
61

62
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PLATFORM TRUCKS
500
SERIES
Large Standard Euro Platform. Substantial timber deck.
All steel welded frame. General specification as the 250
Series above, but with the following wheel specification:
Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 160mm red
centre wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearing wheels.
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Type Overall Length Overall Width
Platform only
Single end
Double end
Deck length + 25mm
Deck length + 85mm
Deck length + 1455mm
Deck width + 25mm
WGTC702TB
Deck size L x W mm 1000 x 600mm 1000 x 700mm 1200 x 800mm
Platform only Ref WGTC600 WGTC700 WGTC800
Price £134.75 £140.65 £154.40
Weight kg 25 26 33
Single end Ref WGTC601TB WGTC701TB WGTC801TB
Price £176.40 £185.60 £197.90
Weight kg 29 30 38
Double end Ref WGTC602TB WGTC702TB WGTC802TB
Price £219.90 £234.05 £243.15
Weight kg 33 34 42
WGTC701TB
WGTC700
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref WGB024
(pair) £12.15
PROTECTIVE BUMPER STRIPS
Deck size 1000 x 600
Ref. WGBS1 £40.70
Deck size 1000 x 700
Ref. WGBS2 £42.50
Deck size 1200 x 800
Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
LONG GOODS
PLATFORM TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Substantial timber deck. All steel welded frame.
Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors 160mm diameter rubber
tyred wheels and roller bearings.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
WGTC705TB
WGTC705P
Overall Height mm 1035
Deck Height mm 235
Overall L x W mm 1025 x 625 1025 x 725 1225 x 825
Platform L x W mm 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800
2 straight sides - Tubular
Retaining Sides mm 800
Weight 40 41 47
Order Ref WGTC605TB WGTC705TB WGTC805TB
Price £284.25 £288.50 £304.15
2 straight sides - Timber
Retaining Sides mm 520
Weight 41 43 49
Order Ref WGTC605P WGTC705P WGTC805P
Price £242.80 £249.70 £262.30
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref. WGB024 (pair) £12.15
62
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
63
Highly manoeuvrable
Turns almost within own length
WGTC107M
250
SERIES
Overall Height mm 985
Deck Height mm 230
Load Restraint H mm 520
Overall Length
Overall Width
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
MAX LOAD
250 KG
3 deck sizes with timber or mesh removable panels.
Single end:
Deck length + 85mm
Deck width + 25mm
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Timber or mesh ends and sides. 160mm diameter wheels.
Double end:
Deck length + 145mm
Deck size L x W mm 1000 x 600mm 1000 x 700mm 1200 x 800mm
Deck only Ref WGTC006 WGTC007 WGTC008
Weight kg 27 29 36
Price £149.55 £155.80 £170.60
Tubular end Ref WGTC106TB WGTC107TB WGTC108TB
Weight kg 31 33 41
Price £192.90 £200.95 £213.65
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Timber Ends & Sides
WGTC307P
Single timber end Ref WGTC106P WGTC107P WGTC108P
Weight kg 34 37 43
Price £201.00 £209.40 £221.20
Double timber end Ref WGTC206P WGTC207P WGTC208P
Weight kg 40 42 50
Price £247.45 £257.70 £273.45
3-sided timber Ref WGTC306P WGTC307P WGTC308P
Weight kg 45 48 56
Price £268.95 £279.20 £295.65
4-sided timber Ref WGTC406P WGTC407P WGTC408P
Weight kg 50 53 62
Price £293.70 £303.40 £321.60
Removable Mesh Panels
WGTC407M
Single mesh end Ref WGTC106M WGTC107M WGTC108M
Weight kg 33 36 42
Price £215.40 £218.55 £235.85
Double mesh end Ref WGTC206M WGTC207M WGTC208M
Weight kg 39 41 49
Price £272.45 £283.00 £297.30
3-sided mesh Ref WGTC306M WGTC307M WGTC308M
Weight kg 42 45 53
Price £306.25 £316.70 £334.25
4-sided mesh Ref WGTC406M WGTC407M WGTC408M
Weight kgs 45 48 57
Price £336.70 £347.25 £377.05
Diamond Balance Wheels
This layout assists
manoeuvrability. Trucks turn
virtually in own length. 10mm
(approx) rocking balance. No
brakes available.
Loadtek
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
63

64
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PLATFORM TRUCKS
TC900
SERIES
Small deck size of 850 x 500mm. Choice of mesh
or plywood panels. Substantial timber deck. Blue epoxy finished
frame with zinc plated mesh infill end and side panels or clear
varnished plywood end and side panels. All steel welded frames.
All side and end panels removable.
Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 160mm diameter rubber tyred
roller bearing wheels.
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGTC901P
WGTC902P
WGTC903P
WGTC904P
WGTC901M WGTC902M WGTC903M WGTC904M
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref: WGB024 (pair) £12.15
NON MARKING TYRE 160MM
Ref. WGB040 (pair) £11.55
PNEUMATIC TYRES 200MM
Ref. WGB008 £105.00
Deck L x W mm 850 x 500
Overall Length
Overall Width mm 525
Overall Height mm 985
Deck Height mm 235
Load Restraint H mm 520
Single end:
Deck length + 85mm
Double end:
Deck length + 145mm
PNEUMATIC TYRES 260MM
Ref. WGB010 £126.00
N.B: B008 reduces the capacity to 250kgs,
B010 increase the deck height by 100mm.
BUMPER STRIPS
(FACTORY FITTED)
Deck size 1000 x 600
Ref: WGBS1 £40.70
Panel type Mesh Price Plywood Price
Single end ref: WGTC901M WGTC901P
Weight kgs: 28 £189.90 29 £175.50
Double end ref: WGTC902M WGTC902P
Weight kgs: 34 £244.90 35 £219.75
3 Sided ref: WGTC903M WGTC903P
Weight kgs: 37 £277.85 38 £239.35
4 Sided ref: WGTC904M WGTC904P
Weight kgs: 40 £308.00 41 £262.70
64
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
65
WGTC601M
500 SERIES WITH
MESH PANELS
WGTC603M
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
PLATFORM TRUCKS
WGTC602M
WGTC604M
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref: WGB024 (pair) £12.15
Mesh panelled platform trucks. Choice of 3 deck sizes, Substantial timber deck. Blue
epoxy finished frame with zinc plated infill end and side panels. All steel welded frames.
All side and end panels removable. Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed castors, with 160mm diameter
rubber tyred roller bearing wheels.
NON MARKING TYRE 160MM
Ref. WGB040 (pair) £11.55
PNEUMATIC TYRES 200MM
Ref. WGB008 £105.00
PNEUMATIC TYRES 260MM
Ref. WGB010 £126.00
Deck Height mm 235
Load Restraint Height mm 520
Overall Height mm 985
Overall Length
Overall Width mm
Single end:
Deck length + 85mm
Deck width + 25mm
Double end:
Deck length + 145mm
N.B: 8008 reduces the capacity to 250kgs,
B010 increase the deck height by 100mm. Deck size 1000 x
600mm
BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)
Deck size 1000 x 600
Ref: WGBS1 £40.70
Deck size 1000 x 700
Ref. WGBS2 £42.50
Deck size 1200 x 800
Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
Price
1000 x
700mm
Price
Overall Width mm 625 725 825
1200 x
800mm
Single end Ref: WGTC601M WGTC701M WGTC801M
Price
Weight kgs: 30 £200.35 32 £203.45 37 £218.60
Double end Ref: WGTC602M WGTC702M WGTC802M
Weight kgs: 36 £257.30 38 £267.45 44 £281.10
3 Sided Ref: WGTC603M WGTC703M WGTC803M
Weight kgs: 39 £290.95 41 £301.05 48 £317.90
4 Sided Ref: WGTC604M WGTC704M WGTC804M
Weight kgs: 42 £321.30 44 £331.40 52 £360.45
Loadtek
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
65

66
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PLATFORM TRUCKS
500 SERIES WITH
TIMBER PANELS
WGTC601P
WGTC602P
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGTC603P
WGTC604P
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref: WGB024 (pair) £12.15
NON MARKING TYRE 160MM
Ref. WGB040 (pair) £11.55
PNEUMATIC TYRES 200MM
Ref. WGB008 £105.00
PNEUMATIC TYRES 260MM
Ref. WGB010 £126.00
N.B: 8008 reduces the capacity to 250kgs,
B010 increase the deck height by 100mm.
BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)
Deck size 1000 x 600
Ref: WGBS1 £40.70
Deck size 1000 x 700
Ref. WGBS2 £42.50
Deck size 1200 x 800
Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
Timber panelled platform trucks. Choice of 3 deck sizes. Substantial timber deck. Blue
finished frame with varnished plywood infill end and side panels. All steel welded frames.
All side and end panels removable.
Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed castors, with 160mm diameter rubber tyred roller bearing wheels.
Deck Height mm 235
Load Restraint Height mm 520
Overall Height mm 985
Overall Length
Overall Width mm
With ply deck and zinc plated panels (Blue finish)
Deck size
1000 x
600mm
Single end:
Deck length + 85mm
Deck width + 25mm
Price
1000 x
700mm
Double end:
Deck length + 145mm
Price
Overall Width mm 625 725 825
1200 x
800mm
Single end Ref: WGTC601P WGTC701P WGTC801P
Price
Weight kgs: 31 £185.90 33 £194.00 38 £205.35
Double end Ref: WGTC602P WGTC702P WGTC802P
Weight kgs: 37 £232.05 38 £241.90 45 £256.95
3 Sided Ref: WGTC603P WGTC703P WGTC803P
Weight kgs: 42 £253.30 44 £263.20 51 £279.00
4 Sided Ref: WGTC604P WGTC704P WGTC804P
Weight kgs: 47 £277.50 49 £287.30 57 £304.65
66
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
67
STAINLESS STEEL
RANGE
304 Grade Stainless Steel platform trucks.
High specification range of platform trucks suitable for the food
and drink industry. Completely formed from 304 grade stainless
steel sheet, tube and wire mesh. Fixed mesh ends and removable
mesh sides.
DELIVERED
IN 18 DAYS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
WGSP701M
MADE IN
BRITAIN
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed stainless steel castors fitted with
200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with red centres and
stainless steel roller bearings.
WGSP702M
WGSP703M
WGSP704M
Overall Height mm 985
Deck Height mm 295
Mesh Panel Height mm 480
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref WGB229 (pair) £30.60
BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)
Deck size 1000 x 600
Ref: WGBS1 £40.70
Deck size 1000 x 700
Ref. WGBS2 £42.50
Deck size 1200 x 800
Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
Deck size L x W mm 1000 x 600 Price 1000 x 700 Price 1200 x 800 Price
Mobile bas e only
Ref: WGSP600 WGSP700 WGSP800
Weight kgs: 33 £385.65 35 £421.70 40 £463.05
Single end
Ref: WGSP601M WGSP701M WGSP801M
Weight kgs: 37 £599.15 39 £631.15 45 £682.55
Clear load area: 930 x 600mm 930 x 700mm 1130 x 800mm
Double end
Ref: WGSP602M WGSP702M WGSP802M
Weight kgs: 41 £805.30 44 £854.10 50 £924.15
Clear load area: 860 x 600mm 860 x 700mm 1060 x 800mm
3 Sided
Ref: WGSP603M WGSP703M WGSP803M
Weight kgs: 44 £928.15 47 £976.85 54 £1064.65
Clear load area: 860 x 555mm 860 x 655mm 1060 x 755mm
4 Sided
Ref: WGSP604M WGSP704M WGSP804M
Weight kgs: 47 £1050.95 50 £1099.70 58 £1,205.20
Clear load area: 860 x 510mm 860 x 610mm 1060 x 710mm
Loadtek
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
67

68
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PLATFORM TRUCKS
COLOUR
RANGE
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Coloured platform trucks. High quality powder coated decks in a range of
attractive colours, with bright zinc plated fixed mesh ends and removable sides.
End panels fixed, side panels removable. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors
with 200mm diameter. rubber tyred wheels with bright zinc plated centres and
roller bearings.
MAX LOAD
700 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
EP701MB
EP702MY
Overall Height mm 985
Deck Height mm 295
Mesh Panel Height mm 480
Deck size L x W mm 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800
Single End
Weight: 37 kgs 39 kgs 45 kgs
Clear load area: 930 x 600mm 930 x 700mm 1130 x 800mm
Blue ref: WGEP601MB WGEP701MB WGEP801MB
Green ref: WGEP601MG WGEP701MG WGEP801MG
Yellow ref: WGEP601MY WGEP701MY WGEP801MY
Red ref: WGEP601MR WGEP701MR WGEP801MR
Price £228.15 £237.50 £257.25
Double End
Weight: 41 kgs 44 kgs 50 kgs
Clear load area: 860 x 600mm 860 x 700mm 1060 x 800mm
Blue ref: WGEP602MB WGEP702MB WGEP802MB
Green ref: WGEP602MG WGEP702MG WGEP802MG
Yellow ref: WGEP602MY WGEP702MY WGEP802MY
Red ref: WGEP602MR WGEP702MR WGEP802MR
Price £282.45 £294.95 £320.40
3 Sided
Weight: 44 kgs 47 kgs 54 kgs
Clear load area: 860 x 555mm 860 x 655mm 1060 x 755mm
Blue ref: WGEP603MB WGEP703MB WGEP803MB
Green ref: WGEP603MG WGEP703MG WGEP803MG
Yellow ref: WGEP603MY WGEP703MY WGEP803MY
Red ref: WGEP603MR WGEP703MR WGEP803MR
Price £318.95 £331.70 £362.50
4 sided
Weight: 47 kgs 50 kgs 58 kgs
Clear load area: 860 x 510mm 860 x 610mm 1060 x 710mm
Blue ref: WGEP604MB WGEP704MB WGEP804MB
Green ref: WGEP604MG WGEP704MG WGEP804MG
Yellow ref: WGEP604MY WGEP704MY WGEP804MY
Red ref: WGEP604MR WGEP704MR WGEP804MR
Price £365.20 £374.40 £409.85
EP703MG
Deck colours: Blue as
standard, green, yellow
or red at no extra cost.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref: WGB073 (pair) £19.20
NON MARKING
TYRE 160MM
Ref: WGB041(pair) £11.55
PNEUMATIC
TYRES 260MM
Ref. WGB010 £126.00
BUMPER
STRIPS
(FACTORY
FITTED)
Deck size 1000 x 600
Ref: WGBS1 £40.70
Deck size 1000 x 700
Ref. WGBS2 £42.50
Deck size 1200 x 800
Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
EP704MR
N.B: WGB010 increases the deck height by 100mm.
68
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
69
SERIES 700 BRIGHT
ZINC PLATED
Comprehensive range of bright zinc plated platform trucks from basic
platform to 4 mesh sides. Choice of 3 deck sizes. Steel chassis with steel
deck. Fixed ends and removable long sides, bright zinc plated mesh infill.
Smart durable bright zinc plated finish.
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
700 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 200mm diameter
rubber tyred roller bearing wheels with bright steel centres.
WGZP700
PLATFORM TRUCKS
WGZP701T
WGZP703M
WGZP704M
WGZP701M
WGZP702M
OPTIONAL EXTRAS
TOTAL STOP
BRAKES
Ref WGB073
(pair) £19.20
BUMPER STRIPS
(FACTORY FITTED)
Deck size 1000 x 600
Ref: WGBS1 £40.70
NON MARKING
TYRE 200MM
Ref. WGB041
(pair) £11.55
N.B:B010 increases the deck height by 100mm.
Deck size 1000 x 700
Ref. WGBS2 £42.50
Deck size 1200 x 800
Ref. WGBS3 £46.75
WGZP705M
PNEUMATIC
TYRES 260MM
Ref. WGB010
£126.00
Overall Height mm 985
Deck Height mm 295
Mesh Panel Height mm 480
Deck size L x W mm 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800
Platform Only
Ref: WGZP600 WGZP700 WGZP800
Weight: 35kg 38kg 45kg
Price £187.45 £205.30 £228.90
Single Fixed Tube End
Ref: WGZP601T WGZP701T WGZP801T
Weight: 38kg 41kg 49kg
Clear load area: 930 x 600mm 930 x 700mm 1130 x 800mm
Price £239.75 £255.85 £282.70
Single fixed mesh End
Ref: WGZP601M WGZP701M WGZP801M
Weight: 39kg 42kg 49kg
Clear load area: 930 x 600mm 930 x 700mm 1130 x 800mm
Price £242.80 £261.70 £285.35
Double fixed mesh End
Ref: WGZP602M WGZP702M WGZP802M
Weight: 43kg 46kg 54kg
Clear load area: 860 x 600mm 860 x 700mm 1060 x 800mm
Price £294.60 £312.80 £342.15
3 Sided (1 removable)
Ref: WGZP603M WGZP703M WGZP803M
Weight: 46kg 49kg 58kg
Clear load area: 860 x 555mm 860 x 655mm 1060 x 755mm
Price £335.20 £354.65 £386.20
4 Sided (2 removable)
Ref: WGZP604M WGZP704M WGZP804M
Weight: 49kg 52kg 62kg
Clear load area: 860 x 510mm 860 x 610mm 1060 x 710mm
Price £373.50 £395.20 £426.60
2 Fixed Mesh Sides
Ref: WGZP605M WGZP705M WGZP805M
Weight: 45kg 48kg 56kg
Clear load area: 1000 x 510mm 1000 x 610mm 1200 x 710mm
Price £300.10 £320.75 £349.20
Loadtek
PLATFORM TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
69

70
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DRUM TRUCKS
NARROW AISLE
DRUM TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Overall width of truck is less than a standard 210 litre drum. Use as truck for
transporting and stand for dispensing without moving drum. Locking rod
secures drum to truck in upright position and doubles as support stabiliser
when in pouring position.
Wheels: 4 x 200mm diameter polyurethane wheels with roller bearings.
Finish: blue epoxy.
MAX LOAD
300 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGDT62
Overall L x W x H mm 1420 x 490 x 1090
Dipensing Height mm 390
Weight kg 30
Ref
WGDT62
Price £302.65
DRUM
TRANSPORTER AND
POURING STAND
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
350 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Suitable for 210 litre steel drums. Constructed from welded steel.
Removable 2-position handle.
Wheels: 2 x 400mm diameter. 2 x 160mm diameter castors, with solid rubber
tyres. 4 nylon drum rollers and strap supplied.
Finish: Red epoxy.
L x W mm 1250 x 780
Height of Bung mm 440
Weight kg 48
Ref
WGDT32
Price £457.10
WGDT32
OPTIONAL EXTRAS
HOOK-ON DRIP TRAY
Ref. WGDS33 £56.30
REPLACEMENT STRAP
Ref. WGSTP2 £11.50
70
DRUM TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
71
DRUM
LIFTERS
DRUM HANDLING
DELIVERED
IN 18 DAYS
MAX LOAD
250 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
These lifters are designed for loading, unloading and transporting 210 litre tight
head drums. Not for high level stacking. They are designed for medium use over
reasonable distances, on firm and level floors only.
Wheels: 2 x 150mm diameter. nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball
bearing journals. Castors fitted with toe guards and total stop brakes as
standard. The front of the straddle legs are fitted with polyurethane rollers.
Finish: Main frame and masts in orange powder coating. Traverse and drum
cradle in grey powder coating; drum grip matt black.
Type Weight Ref Price
Gearbox 66kg WGELID 605 G £1087.95
Power Unit
Maximum load capacities
Maximum lift height mm
to u/s of 210 litre drum
Load centres mm
Overall dimensions
Gearbox
250kg
530
305
Machine height mm 1540
Width - 605 straddles mm 745
Height of straddle legs mm 65
Approx.vertical lift per
one handle revolution mm
27
Caution:
Machines are guarded for operator safety. Care must be taken to operate the
machine and transport drums whilst standing at the rear of the machine only.
Documentation:
All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions covering
the use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended load
centres, data sheets on Healh & Safety and a signed Test Certificate and
declaration of conformit
Drum clamp:
Spring loaded hardened
steel jaws grip the chime
or ring of the drum.
Ezilift
DRUM HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
71

72
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DRUM HANDLING
DRUM TROLLEY
AND POURING
STAND
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Suitable for 210 litre steel drums.
Choose from pneumatic or solid tyred wheels: 2 x 400mm
diameter 4 Nylon drum rollers and strap supplied.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
MAX LOAD
250 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
As manufacturers we are pleased to quote for drum movers for
any specific diameter of kegs, drums, containers or rolls.
Tyres Weight Ref Price
Pneumatic 22kg WGDT30P £269.60
Solid 35kg WGDT30 £282.05
WGDT30P
DRUM TILT
LEVER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Suitable for 210 litre steel drums for tilting and
upending only. Wide twin tubular handle.
Cross member with rim hook.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGDT50
Overall L x W mm 1300 x 400
Weight kg 6
Order Ref
WGDT50
Price £66.10
UP-DOWN
ENDER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Suitable for 210 litre steel drums.
For up-ending and down-ending steel drums.
Finish: blue epoxy.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGDT51
Overall L x W mm 1725 x 250
Overall Handle Width mm 600
Weight kg 8
Order Ref
WGDT51
Price £79.05
72
DRUM HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
73
DRUM
LIFTERS
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
MAX LOAD
300 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Suitable for 210 litre steel drums.
DRUM HANDLING
Rear Bar
WGDT20
4-wheel
WGDT27
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
4-wheel
WGDT26
4-wheel
WGDT24
4-wheel
WGDT25
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Rear bar
WGDT22
Rear bar
WGDT23
Rear bar
WGDT21
Wheel
Configuration
Standard
2-wheel
(rear bar
support)
Tyre Type
Solid
Pneumatic
Wheel
Diameter
mm
Rear Castors
No. x Diameter
mm
Weight
kgs
Ref
Price
250 - 20 WGDT20 £227.95
400 - 34 WGDT21 £256.50
260 - 18 WGDT22 £228.30
400 - 21 WGDT23 £252.60
Standard 2-wheel design with rear bar support. 4-wheel
design with rear swivel castors, which helps operator move
and manoeuvre loaded truck. Tubular and hollow section
construction with centre beam adjustable drum retaining hook.
Choice of solid or pneumatic tyres. Finished in blue epoxy
with red plastic standard hand grips.
4-wheel
(rear castor
support)
Solid
Pneumatic
250 2 x 125 21 WGDT24 £260.90
400 2 x 125 36 WGDT25 £310.30
260 2 x 125 19 WGDT26 £278.55
400 2 x 125 23 WGDT27 £308.20
OPTIONAL EXTRA:
PROTECTIVE HAND GRIPS
Ref: WGEC010 (pair) £10.25
Loadtek
DRUM HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
73

74
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DRUM HANDLING
PALLET LOADING
DRUM TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Designed to assist loading and unloading 210 litre drums onto pallets
or platforms etc. with sliding drum retention clamp. 190mm maximum
pallet height for safe use.
Wheels: 2 x 250mm diameter. and 2 x 200mm diameter with roller
bearings and solid rubber tyres.
MAX LOAD
300 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGDT60
WGDT60 + WGDT61
WGDT60/ZP
Overall H x L x W mm 1100 x 1660 x 610
Weight kg 29
Model Description Finish Order Ref Price
Twin Loop Handles Blue epoxy WGDT60 £300.60
Twin Loop Handles Zinc plated WGDT60/ZP £336.95
Hand Grips & Bar Handle Red epoxy WGDT40 £305.15
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
CLAMP FOR PLASTIC DRUMS
(can be retro fitted) Weight: 6kg
Ref: WGDT61 £66.65
WGDT40
ZINC PLATED CLAMP
for Plastic Drums (can be retro fitted) Weight: 6kg
Ref: WGDT61/ZP £78.75
View product
on YouTube
LOW LOADING
DRUM CARRIER
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
For the transportation of 210 litre drums in the vertical position.
Fully welded construction.
MAX LOAD
250 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Wheels: 2 x 200mm diameter. wheels with bright zinc plated steel
centres, roller bearings and solid rubber tyres. Swivel rear castor
with 125mm diameter. bright zinc plated steel centred wheel, roller
bearing and total stop brake fitted as standard.
WGDT42
Finish: Red epoxy.
Overall H x L x W mm 890 x 800 x 810
Underside of Drum mm 25
Ground Clearance mm 15
Weight kg 24
Order Ref
WGDT42
Price £221.55
74
DRUM HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
75
UNIVERSAL
DRUM TRUCK
Suitable for steel, plastic or fibre drums. Welded construction flat and tube steel.
Wheels with roller bearings. Fitted with adjustable quick release strap
Finish: Blue epoxy.
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
250 KG
DRUM HANDLING
Overall H x W mm 1330 x 660
Weight kg 15
Nylon 200mm Wheels Order Ref DT250 £140.20
4 WHEEL
DRUM DOLLY
CIRCULAR
DRUM DOLLY
3 WHEELED
DOLLY
Max drum diameter 610mm. Immensely
strong fabricated construction 4 nylon wheels
in ball bearing swivel castors. 80mm wheel
diameter with thread guards. Finish: Red
epoxy. Weight 11kg.
Flat steel braces with 4 nylon wheels. 80mm
diameter in swivel castor housings. Flat
steel circular retention ring 610mm internal
diameter. Finish: Red epoxy. Weight 9kg
Suitable for 130 or 210 litre drums. Overall
Height x Diameter: 120 x 800mm. Load height
55mm, 3 x 80mm diameter nylon swivel
castors. Finish: Red epoxy.
Weight 8kg.
Ref: WGDT11 £111.00
Ref: WGDT10 £91.80
Ref: WGDT12 £109.75
MAX LOAD
500 KG
DELIVERED
IN 7 DAYS
MAX LOAD
300 KG
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
270 KG
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
STAINLESS
STEEL DRUM
DOLLY
ECONOMY
CIRCULAR
DRUM DOLLY
ECONOMY
DRUM DOLLY
Fully welded flat stainless steel bracers.
Flat stainless steel circular rentention ring,
610mm internal diameter. Retention ring
height: 40mm. Overall height: 153mm.
Wheels: 4 x swivel stainless steel castors
fitted with 80mm nylon wheels and roller
bearings. Finish: Stainless steel grade 304.
Weight: 10kg.
Manufactured from 3mm mild steel.
590mm internal diameter, minimum drum
diameter: 520mm. Overall height: 135mm.
Retention lip height: 24mm. Wheels: 4
x swivel castors fitted with 80mm nylon
wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Light
grey epoxy.
Weight: 7kg.
Manufactured from 4mm mild steel.
600mm internal diameter, minimum drum
diameter: 450mm. Overall height: 135mm.
Retention lip height: 20mm. Wheels: 4
x swivel castors fitted with 80mm nylon
wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Light
grey epoxy.
Weight: 6kg.
Ref: DT10SS £248.30
Ref: DT15 £71.50
Ref: DT16 £73.10
MAX LOAD
300 KG
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
250 KG
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
250 KG
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Loadtek
DRUM HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
75

76
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DRUM STANDS
DRUM
STANDS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
250 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Static and mobile. Proven stand design with 3 wheel options. Steel welded
chassis finished in red epoxy. Available with or without drum rotation rollers.
Mobile stand WGDS16
2 axles. fixed nylon
wheels 100 x 40mm
Static stand WGDS17
Mobile stand WGDS15
2 swivel, 2 fixed castors,
80mm nylon wheels
Without Drum Rotation
With Drum Rotation
Ref Weight kgs Price Ref Weight kgs Price L x W x H mm
WGDS17 9 £76.15 WGDS27 11 £98.70 880 x 585 x 490
WGDS16 11 £110.20 WGDS26 13 £131.00 880 x 585 x 530
WGDS15 16 £120.35 WGDS25 18 £141.20 880 x 585 x 560
OPTIONAL EXTRAS ALL MODELS:
HOOK ON DRIP TRAY
L x W x H 387 x 280 x 50mm
Available for all drum stands.
Ref: WGDS30
Price: £55.60
TILT LEVER
(FACTORY FITTED)
Length 1070mm
with hand grip
Ref: WGDS29
Price: £42.70
All drum stands on
this page available
with or without
nylon drum
rotation rollers.
COMPLETE MOBILE
DRUM STAND
WGDS19
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Suitable for 210 litre steel drums.
Welded steel construction.
Wheels: 2 fixed outrigger wheels 150 x 40mm,
2 swivel castor nylon wheels 80 x 35mm.
Tilt lever and drum rotation rollers.
Finish: Red epoxy.
MAX LOAD
250 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
View product
on YouTube
Overall H x L x W mm 580 x 725 x 880
Weight kg 17
Order Ref
WGDS19
Price £206.00
OPTIONAL EXTRA:
HOOK-ON SHEET STEEL DRIP TRAY
Ref: WGDS30 £55.60
76
DRUM STANDS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
77
For lifting 210 litre open top and tight head
steel drums. Fitted with 20mm steel pin
for attaching to overhead lifting gear or
fork lift adaptor beam. The jaw grips on
to the chime of the drum and the vertical
bar keeps the drum steady. All steel
construction.
DRUM
PINCER
Finish: Orange epoxy. Weight: 12kg.
Test certificate supplied.
Suitable for lifting 210 litre open top and
tight head steel drums with L or XL rings.
Welded gripping hooks. Fitted with 20mm
diameter steel pin for attaching to overhead
lifting gear or fork lift adaptor beam.
Finish: Orange epoxy. Weight: 4kg.
Test certificate supplied.
MANUAL
DRUM TONGS
Suitable for lifting 210 litre tight head steel
drums, using overhead lifting gear or fork
lift adaptor beam. Finish: Orange epoxy.
Weight: 3kg.
Finish: Orange epoxy. Weight: 3kg.
Test certificate supplied.
HORIZONTAL
DRUM TONGS
DRUM HANDLING
Ref: WGMDC6 £217.00
Ref: WGMDC5 £129.65
Ref: WGMDC10 £83.05
MAX LOAD
500 KG
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
360 KG
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
HORIZONTAL
DRUM TONGS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Suitable for lifting 210 litre tight head steel drums, using overhead lifting gear or fork lift
adaptor beam. To operate, set locking lever in locked open position. Hooks automatically
engage as drum is lifted, and automatically released when drum is set down. Suitable for
210 Litre steel drums 760 - 910mm long.
When central over the horizontal drum, release locking lever to allow hooks to fall and
locate under both rims. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Weight: 9kg. Test certificate
supplied.Plastic hand grip.
Orange Ref: WGMDC4 £122.75
Yellow Ref: WGMDC4Y £122.75
ADAPTOR BEAM WITH
SWIVEL HOOK
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
Use your fork lift truck as a mobile crane. Adaptor beam fitted with forged steel shackle
with a swivel hook. Suitable for use with drum handling attachments and other secure
lifting duties. Adaptor beam must be fitted at the load centre as specified by the fork lift
truck manufacturer. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Test certificate supplied.
W x D x H mm
Fork
pockets
mm
Fork
pocket
centres
Cap.
kgs
Wt
kgs
Orange
Ref
Yellow
Ref
Price
550 x 200 x 200 125 x 40 450 500 15 WGMDC305 WGMDC305Y £187.85
595 x 200 x 210 135 x 50 500 1000 16 WGMDC310 WGMDC310Y £208.10
625 x 200 x 235 150 x 75 450 2000 17 WGMDC320 WGMDC320Y £218.95
Loadtek
DRUM HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
77

78
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DRUM HANDLING
DRUM
ROTATOR
DELIVERED
IN 18 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Fully rotate drums through 360º. Drum held securely in 200mm wide steel
girdle harness with 2 ratchet clamps. Rotator secured to forks by ‘T’ bar
clamping screws. Finish: Yellow or red epoxy. Test certificate supplied.
Specifcations
Price
Overall W x D x H mm 1200 x 800 x 390
Fork Pockets W x H mm 165 x 50
Fork Centres mm 800
Weight kg 50
Max Load Steel Drum kg 360
Max Load Plastic Drum kg 250
Orange Order Ref WGMDC12 £1122.90
Yellow Order Ref WGMDC12Y £1122.90
DRUM
CLAW
DELIVERED
IN 18 DAYS
MAX LOAD
250 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Designed for transporting of 210 litre tight head drums. Spring loaded hardened
steel jaws grip the chime or rim of the drum. Secured to forks by ‘T’ bar
clamping screws. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Test certificate supplied.
Specifcations
Price
Overall W x L x H mm 550 x 660 x 600
Fork Pocket W x H mm 160 x 40
Fork Centres mm 380
Weight kg 35
Max Load kg 250
Orange Ref WGMDC11 £419.00
Yellow Ref WGMDC11Y £419.00
View product
on YouTube
DRUM
TINES
DELIVERED
IN 18 DAYS
MAX LOAD
360 KG
Fork truck attachment for transporting 210 litre open top and tight head
drums in the horizontal position. Drum tines fit over forks and are secured
in position with “T” bar clamping screws.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy.Test certificate supplied.
Specifcations
Price
Overall W x L x H mm 605 x 1240 x 140
Fork Pocket W x H mm 170 x 50
Fork Centres mm 380
Weight kg 36
Max Load kg 360
Orange Ref WGMDC9 £428.65
Yellow Ref WGMDC9Y £428.65
78
DRUM HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
79
210 LITRE
DRUM CLAMP
Lifts 210 Litre steel drums with rolling hoops with the drum clamp
attachment. Clamp fits over forks and is secured with ‘T’ bar clamping
screws.
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
DRUM CLAMPS
The two drum fingers have adjusting bolts complete with lock nuts fitted to
the underside to enable the fingers to be adjusted parallel.
Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy.
To operate: locate the clamp on to steel drum with jaws under the top
rolling hoop. The jaws will automatically close and open as the drum is
raised and lowered to the floor.
Test certificate supplied.
Specifcations
Price
For drum size Litres 210
Overall W x L x H mm 580 x 840 x 110
Fork pocket W x H mm 170 x 50
Fork centres mm 380
Weight kg 27
Maximum load kg 500
Orange Ref WGMDC1 £341.85
Yellow Ref WGMDC1Y £341.85
210 LITRE DOUBLE
DRUM CLAMP
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Similar to single drum clamp, but can lift a single or two 210 Litre steel drums
with rolling hoops. Clamp fits over forks of fork truck and is secured with ‘T’ bar
clamping screws.
MAX LOAD
1000 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Test certificate supplied.
Specifcations
Price
Overall W x L x H mm 1220 x 1070 x 140
Fork pocket W x H mm 170 x 50
Fork centres mm 380
Weight kg 48
Maximum load kg 1000
Orange Ref WGMDC2 £466.70
Yellow Ref WGMDC2Y £466.70
Loadtek
DRUM CLAMPS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
79

80
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
FORK LIFT ATTACHMENTS
SHORT ARM
PLASTIC DRUM
CLAMP
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Designed for lifting 210 litre “L”, “XL” and Mauser style plastic drums
- providing that the drum has a minimum of a solid 5mm lip. Bolt
adjustment allows for 2 diameters of drum to be lifted. Either 572mm
or 523mm drum lip diameter. Clamp fits over forks and is secured
with ‘T’ bar clamping screws.
Finish: Orange or Yellow epoxy.
Test certificate supplied.
MAX LOAD
450 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Operation: Adjust the width of the jaws to suit the diameter drum
you are lifting. Locate the jaws centrally underneath the top lip of the
drum and lift slowly. The jaws will automatically grip and release as
the fork attachment is raised and lowered to the floor.
Specifications
For Drum Size Litres
Overall W x L x H mm 580 x 840 x 110
Fork Pocket W x H mm 170 x 50
Fork Centres mm 380
Weight kg 24
Maximum Load kg 450
Orange Ref
Yellow Ref
“L”, “XL” and Mauser plastic drums
with minimum of 5mm lip
WGMDC13
WGMDC13Y
Price £350.60
PLASTIC DRUM
CLAMP
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Designed for lifting 210 litre “L”, “XL” and Mauser style plastic drums
- providing that the drum has a minimum of a solid 5mm lip. Clamp
fits over forks and is secured with ‘T’ bar clamping screws. The two
drum fingers have adjusting bolts complete with lock nuts to the
underside to enable the fingers to be adjusted parallel.
Finish: Orange or Yellow epoxy.
Test certificate supplied.
Operation: Locate the clamp on to plastic drum with jaws under the
top lip. The jaws will automatically close and open as the drum is
raised and lowered to the floor.
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Specifications
For Drum Size Litres
Overall W x L x H mm 580 x 840 x 110
Fork Pocket W x H mm 170 x 50
Fork Centres mm 380
Weight kg 27
Maximum load kg 500
Price
“L”, “XL” and Mauser plastic
drums with minimum of 5mm lip
For 572mm drum dia. Orange Ref WGMDC14 £341.85
Yellow Ref WGMDC14Y £341.85
For 523mm drum dia. Orange Ref WGMDC15 £360.00
Yellow Ref WGMDC15Y £360.00
80
FORK LIFT ATTACHMENTS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
81
STACKING DRUM
PALLET RACKING
SYSTEM
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Flexible, expandable storage system for 200/220 litre steel drums. Pallet Unit:
Holds 2 drums. Strong welded steel construction stackable pallet. Pallet feet
127mm square. Maximum stacking 3 units high. Also with Drum Rotation option.
Finish: Red epoxy.
Specifications
Overall H x W x D mm 890 x 1460 x 615
Fork Pocket W x H mm 240 x 70
Max Width Over Forks mm 920
Distance Between Pockets 430
Component Weight Ref Price
Pallet Unit 50kg WGDS100 £277.20
Sump Unit 70kg WGDS2 £253.15
Optional extras
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Drum rotation set (per drum) 4kg WGDS101 £61.15
Drum retaining bars (each) 6kg WGDS102 £46.95
Dispenser stand 6kg WGDS103 £62.55
DRUM HANDLING AND STORAGE
250 litre Secondary Containment
Sump Unit: Capacity 250 litres. Formed from 3mm sheet
steel, fully welded seams. Overall H x W x D: 300 x 1250 x
1000mm. Ground clearance 100mm. Finish: Grey epoxy.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS - RETRO FITTED
DRUM ROTATING SETS
Drum rotating sets: fitted with 4 x 65mm
diameter nylon rollers. Drops onto pallet unit
1 set per drum position. Finish: Zinc plated.
DISPENSER STAND
Hooks onto pallet. Overall H x W x D: 330 x
340 x 290mm. Finish: Grey epoxy.
DRUM RETAINING BARS
For added stability when moving pallets.
Overall H x W x D: 1420 x 170 x 40mm. Finish:
Red epoxy.
KEG
TROLLEY
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Designed to easily move 11 gallon casks or kegs. Manufactured with
centre spine with formed hook from flat to locate into hand hold of keg.
Formed tubular handle welded central.
Mounted on 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels.
Overall dimensions: Width 400mm Height 1190mm. Weight: 7kgs.
Finish: Black epoxy.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Ref: WGSC04 £90.80
Loadtek
DRUM HANDLING AND STORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
81

82
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DRUM SUMP STORAGE
DRUM SUMP
STORAGE SYSTEM
Designed to store drums either vertically or horizontally
for ease of use and access. In case of leakage, sumps
are designed to hold more than the contents of the
drum. Products designed to assist conformance with
Environmental Duties of Care and Oil Storage Regulations
(England) 2001. Sump capacity >125% of drum contents.
DELIVERED
IN 18 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Fully welded sump covered with removable galvanised steel
grid and retaining chain (vertical stores only). Stores without
roofs fitted with 125mm pallet feet for ease of stacking.
Maximum stack 3 high. All sumps fully welded liquid tight,
fitted with drain plug and fork locators.
WGDS401
£542.85
Drum sump for 2 vertical drums - capacity 250 ltrs removable galvanised
steel support grid. Overall L x W x H: 1365 x 735 x 345mm.
WGDS402
+ WGDS411
WGDS412
WGDS402
£89.60
Drum rotation frame for 1 horizontal drum,
fits over DS411, DS406, DS407 or DS408
Nylon wheels allow full rotation of drum.
Overall L x W x H: 480 x 745 x 495mm.
£867.75
Drum sump for 4 vertical drums - capacity 470
litres removable galvanised steel support grid.
Overall L x W x H: 1365 x 1365 x 345mm.
WGDS411
WGDS412
in use
£248.50
Drum stand to take 2 horizontal drums
fits over DS402. Overall L x W x H:
1375 x 540 x 940mm.
WGMS117
WGDS402
OPTIONAL EXTRA
DRAIN TAP £11.85
WGDS408
WGDS406
WGDS404
WGDS408 £1461.20
Drum sump with back and 2 sides for 4
horizontal drums. Stackable 2 high.
Overall L x W x H: 1440 x 1440 x 2130mm.
£1239.40
Drum sump with back and 2 sides for 2
horizontal drums - 470 ltr capacity sump.
Stackable 3 high. Overall L x W x H: 1440 x
1440 x 1500mm.
£1180.05
Drum sump with back and 2 sides for 4
vertical drums - 470 ltr capacity sump.
Stackable 3 high. Overall L x W x H: 1440 x
1440 x 1500mm
82
DRUM SUMP STORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
83
ENCLOSED DRUM
SUMP STORAGE
SYSTEM
WGDS405
Fully enclosed drum storage with integral sump. Fixed sump, back and 2 sides,
hinged roof and twin hinged doors with lock.
WGDS405: 4 vertical drums storage £1760.75
WGDS407: 2 horizontal drum storage £1795.75
WGDS409: 4 horizontal drum storage (H: 2130mm) £2016.80
(drum rotation frame DS412 fits DS407 - see previous page)
Sump capacity 470 litres
Fork locators
DELIVERED
IN 18 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Overall L x W x H: 1440 x 1440 x 1500mm
DRUM SUMP STORAGE
All drum sump storage systems comply with the Control of Pollution (Oil
Storage) England regulations 2001.
WGDS405
WGDS407
WGDS405
MOBILE DRUM
SUMP TROLLEY/
DISPENSER
DELIVERED
IN 18 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Drum trolley with integral sump. Sump trolley for 2 vertical or 1 horizontal
drum when used with drum rotation frame. Sump capacity 250 ltrs.
Removable galvanised steel support grid and drain plug. 2 fixed, 2 swivel
castors with 125mm nylon wheels and roller bearings. Braked castors
available as an option. Fitted with tubular push handle and fork locators.
WGDS405
Overall L x W x H mm: 1405 x 735 x 970.
Ref: WGDS403 £642.20
Drum rotation frame to fit drum sump trolley.
Ideal for transport and dispensing purposes.
4 nylon wheels allow full rotation of drum in
horizontal position.
Overall L x W x D mm: 480 x 505 x 155.
Ref: WGDS410 £118.10
WGDS410
WGDS410
Wheels on Ref: WGDS403 -
125mm diameter nylon wheels
on 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors
with roller bearings.
Braked option Ref: WGB175 £10.35
WGB175
DRUM SUMP STORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
83

84
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CYLINDER STORAGE
ECONOMY CYLINDER
WALL RACKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Wall storage for 1, 2 or 3 cylinders. To suit cylinders size ranges of either 100 -
180mm diameter or 140 - 270mm diameter. Manufactured from 3mm sheet steel
and supplied complete with zinc plated steel link retention chains.
Pre-drilled wall fixings holes (fixings not supplied). Wall racks must be fixed to
the wall at height of at least two-thirds of cylinder height.
Finish: Light Grey epoxy to BS00A05 or Stainless Steel 304 grade.
WGSC204
WGSC205
WGSC206
Cylinder diameter mm 100 - 180 140 - 270
No. Cylinders 1 2 3 1 2 3
Width mm 245 460 675 340 660 980
Depth mm 140 140 140 210 210 210
Weight kg 1 2 3 2 3 4
Light Grey epoxy ref WGSC204 WGSC205 WGSC206 WGSC207 WGSC208 WGSC209
Price £28.00 £35.70 £43.55 £29.70 £39.50 £47.55
Stainless Steel ref WGSC204SS WGSC205SS WGSC206SS WGSC207SS WGSC208SS WGSC209SS
Price £38.35 £55.45 £77.50 £43.25 £64.55 £83.90
WGSC212SS
ECONOMY STATIC
CYLINDER FLOOR
STANDS
WGSC212
DELIVERED
IN 5-7 DAYS
Static floor storage stands for 1,2 or 3 cylinders. To suit cylinders size ranges of
either 100-180mm diameter or 140-270mm diameter. Manufactured from 3mm
sheet steel and supplied complete with zinc plated steel link retention chains.
Pre-drilled fixings holes for wall or floor (fixings not supplied). Units must either
be bolted to the floor or a wall. Units can be bolted back to back to create
double sided storage areas.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Finish: Light Grey epoxy to BS00A0S or Stainless Steel 304 grade.
WGSC210SS
WGSC210
Cylinder diameter mm 100 - 180 140 - 270
No. Cylinders 1 2 1 2
Width mm 255 500 340 660
Depth mm 255 255 345 345
Height 1005 1005 1005 1005
Weight kg 7 10 9 14
Light Grey epoxy ref SC210 SC211 SC212 SC213
Price £73.20 £93.15 £76.85 £101.80
Stainless Steel ref SC210SS SC211SS SC212SS SC213SS
Price £110.55 £165.15 £147.65 £192.30
WGSC211
WGSC211SS
WGSC213SS
WGSC213
84
CYLINDER STORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
85
HEAVY DUTY
CYLINDER WALL
RACKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Wall storage units 2 or 3 cylinders. These racks must be fixed to the wall at a
height of at least two-thirds of cylinder height. Supplied with pre-drilled fixing
holes (fixings not supplied). All racks fitted with steel link retention chains.
Finish: Blue epoxy or Galvanised.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
CYLINDER STORAGE
Cylinder diameter mm 100 - 180 140 - 270
No. Cylinders 2 3 2 3
Width mm 538 765 765 1045
Depth mm 155 155 195 195
Weight kg 2 3 3 4
Blue Ref WGSC200 WGSC201 WGSC202 WGSC203
Price £55.35 £68.60 £59.40 £73.45
Galvanised Ref WGSC200G WGSC201G WGSC202G WGSC203G
Price £68.40 £71.35 £71.95 £75.65
HEAVY DUTY
FLOOR FIXING
CYLINDER
RACKS
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Single and double sided cylinder racks. Single sided units have
rear frames pre-drilled. We strongly recommend that single sided
units are fixed to the wall. Fully welded construction throughout.
Steel link retention chains fitted.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Finish: Blue epoxy. Overall height: 1000mm.
Single sided
Bases supplied pre-drilled for floor fixing (fixings not supplied)
Double sided
Type Single Sided Double Sided
Cylinder dia. mm 100 - 180mm 140 - 270mm 100 - 180mm 140 - 270mm
No. Cylinders 2 3 2 3 4 6 4 6
Width mm 540 770 725 1040 540 770 725 1040
Depth mm 370 370 400 400 685 685 685 685
Weight kg 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16
Ref WGSC300 WGSC301 WGSC302 WGSC303 WGSC304 WGSC305 WGSC306 WGSC307
Price £106.60 £124.65 £115.40 £134.25 £141.90 £172.55 £156.95 £190.90
single unit
HEAVY DUTY
STATIC CYLINDER
STANDS
back to back
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Build your own modular cylinder store. Welded steel construction with cylinder
support and sheet steel base, cylinder retention chains are fitted as standard.
Finish: Blue epoxy. Each unit holds two cylinders, multiple units can be joined
to each other, either side by side or back to back, or both, to build up banks of
stands for high capacity storage.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
side by side
side by side and back to back
Supplied with pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied).
Cylinder diameter 180mm 230mm 270mm
No. cylinders 2 2 2
Height mm 1000 1000 1000
Width mm 450 550 700
Depth mm 270 315 406
Weight kg 12 15 19
Ref WGSC100 WGSC101 WGSC102
Price £155.30 £162.30 £171.10
CYLINDER STORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
85

86
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CYLINDER STORAGE AND HANDLING
WGSC12
HINGED LATCH
STANDS /
CYLINDRICAL STANDS
WGSC18
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Hinged Latch Cylinder Stand:
3 sizes. 2 hinged access latches secured by wing nuts. RSA and mild steel flat
section, fully welded throughout. Heavy duty base plate and support. Base
plate pre-drilled for floor fixing (fixings not supplied).
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Cylindrical Stand: 3 sizes. Rolled and formed mild steel flat section, fully welded
throughout. Finish: Blue epoxy.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Type Cylindrical Stands Hinged latch Stands
Cylinder dia. mm 100 140 180 180 230 285
O/a height mm 330 380 610 605 605 605
O/a dia./base mm 310 345 420 420 x 420 420 x 420 420 x 420
Weight kg 9 10 11 14 15 16
Ref WGSC11 WGSC12 WGSC13 WGSC17 WGSC18 WGSC19
Price £88.75 £90.00 £93.50 £139.05 £143.50 £146.65
CYLINDER
TROLLEYS
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
250 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Tandem Cylinder Trolley. Steel link retaining chain fitted.
Wheels: 2 x 250mm diameter solid rubber tyres, 2 x 100mm
diameter rubber swivel castors.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Model
Cylinder
sizes mm
Overall
H x W x D mm
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
Tandem 230 & 265 1070 x 475 x 1005 34 WGSC115 £263.70
WGSC115
GAS BOTTLE
TROLLEY
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
75 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Single handle bottle trolley designed to carry small cylinders up to 240mm
diameter and 600mm tall. Secured in position by bottom steel lip and
adjustable top hook. Distance from hook to edge of cylinder: 75 mm.
WGSC148
Wheels: 2 x 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels fitted with roller bearings.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Cylinder
sizes mm
Overall
H x W x D mm
Capacity
kg
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
Up to 240 1015 x 460 x 200 75 6 WGSC148 £98.55
86
CYLINDER STORAGE AND HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
87
OXYGEN CYLINDER
TROLLEYS
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Ideal for all medical services, hospitals, medical centres, pharmaceutical
companies and laboratories (also industrial and factory medical services).
Easy to use, quiet and tough. Protective rotating buffers fitted to front corners.
One piece safety loop handle. Secure butterfly screw crossbar fitting for both
cradles. Top and bottom cradles both rubber lined for grip and noise reduction.
Wheels: Anti static 160/200mm diameter.
CYLINDER HANDLING
Finish: Grey or red epoxy.
3-5 day despatch on marked products only. Designed in accordance with BS 2718 1979.
Cylinder Sizes
Dia. mm
Litre
Overall
W x D x H mm
Wheel
Dia. mm
Weight
kg
Red
Ref
Grey
Ref
Price
140 1360 430 x 585 x 1100 160 11 WGSC08R* WGSC08G £205.50
175 3400 465 x 605 x 1100 200 12 WGSC09R WGSC09G £227.50
230 6800 520 x 610 x 1100 200 13 WGSC10R WGSC10G £230.95
WGSC08G
* DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Fitted with revolving
protective buffers as
standard.
SMALL CYLINDER
TROLLEY
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
120 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Cylinder trolley designed to carry either 12 x Size D or E oxygen cylinders.
Located in 108mm hole supports complete with rubber cushioning to deck
Wheels: 4 x 100mm swivel castors (2 braked) fitted with grey non-marking tyres
and roller bearings.
Finish: Light grey epoxy coated.
Overall
H x W x D mm
Capacity
kg
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
930 x 490 x 720 120 15 WGSC117 £208.20
Loadtek
CYLINDER HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
87

88
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CYLINDER HANDLING
WGSC143
Loop handle models
Loop handle and
steel retaining bar.
SINGLE CYLINDER
TROLLEY
Type
Bar
handle
Loop
Handle
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Cylinder sizes: 230 & 275mm diameter.
Wheels: 200mm diameter solid rubber tyred roller bearing wheels.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Cylinder
Dia. mm
MAX LOAD
200 KG
Overall
H x W x D mm
Weight
kg
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Ref
Price
230 1170 x 430 x 450 9 WGSC140 £138.20
275 1170 x 475 x 450 10 WGSC141 £141.90
230 1320 x 444 x 440 15 WGSC142 £170.60
275 1320 x 485 x 460 16 WGSC143 £174.50
WGSC140
Bar handle models
Single bar handle and
steel link retaining chain.
TALL CYLINDER
SUPPORT TRUCKS
Series FP
Adjustable rake back
Max o/a front-rear 135mm
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Designed to carry cylinder loads on 3-wheel base, thus
minimising operator fatigue and risk. Easy to load with bottom
support bar (FP) or flat foot plate (AR).
Wheels: All models with 200mm diameter. wheels with roller
bearings. FP models have stem fixing rear swivel castor 100mm
diameter. grey. AR models have plate fixing rear swivel castor
125mm diameter. rubber tyres.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
MAX LOAD
200 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Series
FP
AR
Cylinder
Dia. mm
Overall
W x H mm
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
230 430 x 1060 23 WGSC144 £166.70
275 475 x 1100 23 WGSC145 £175.85
230 430 x 1140 25 WGSC146* £222.85
275 475 x 1140 25 WGSC147* £226.70
* DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Series AR
Fixed single position
Max o/a front-rear 1200mm
88
CYILINDER HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
89
WELDERS
TROLLEY
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Trolleys to transport 1 Oxygen cylinder and 1 Acetylene cylinder with rods and
cable holders. Steel link retaining chains fitted.
Wheels: 400mm diameter pneumatic or solid rubber tyred wheels with roller
bearings - rear support models have 125mm swivel castors with solid rubber
tyres and roller bearings.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
MAX LOAD
250 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
CYLINDER HANDLING
WGSC114
WGSC118
WGSC119
Choice of 3 models:
- Standard
- With 1 rear support castor
- With 2 rear support castors
Model
Cylinder
sizes mm
Overall
H x W x D
Upright mm
2 Wheels 230 & 265 1085 x 915 x 540 N/A
Overall
H x W x D mm
Support Position
3 Wheels 230 & 265 1085 x 915 x 820 940 x 915 x 1050
4 Wheels 230 & 265 1085 x 915 x 820 940 x 915 x 1050
Tyres
Weight
kg
Order Ref
Price
solid 32 WGSC114 £233.40
pneu 25 WGSC114P £222.20
solid 35 WGSC118 £262.40
pneu 21 WGSC118P £251.15
solid 37 WGSC119 £288.60
pneu 23 WGSC119P £277.35
PROPANE AND
CALOR CYLINDER
TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Designed for cylinders diameter x height: 380 x 1250mm. Twin rear handles
fitted with protective hand grips. Solid foot plate and vertical side tubes with
cylinder retention chain.
MAX LOAD
250 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Wheels: 260mm diameter pneumatic or 200mm diameter solid rubber tryed
wheels with roller bearings - rear support models have 125mm swivel castors
with solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.
Finish: Blue epoxy
WGSC16
WGSC217
WGSC216
WGSC216
Choice of 3 models:
- Standard
- With 1 rear support castor
- With 2 rear support castors
* DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Model
Overall
H x W x D mm
Upright
2 Wheels 1400 x 700 x 540 N/A
Overall
H x W x D mm
Support Position
3 Wheels 1400 x 700 x 800 1010 x 700 x 1320
4 Wheels 1400 x 700 x 800 1010 x 700 x 1320
Tyres
Weight
kg
Order Ref
Price
solid 16 WGSC16* £171.20
pneu 16 WGSC16P* £182.35
solid 18 WGSC216 £199.70
pneu 18 WGSC216P £214.25
solid 20 WGSC217 £223.75
pneu 20 WGSC217P £235.75
Loadtek
CYLINDER HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
89

90
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PROPANE AND CYLINDER HANDLING
PROPANE
CYLINDER TRUCK
Designed for cylinders diameter x H: 380 x 1250mm.
Single rear handle. Steel cylinder hook plate and
retention chain.
Wheels: 200mm diameter solid or 260mm diameter
pneumatic tyre. Finish: Blue epoxy. Weight: 10kg.
Solid tyre: Order Ref: WGSC02 £126.70
Pneumatic tyre: Order Ref: WGSC02P £138.00
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
200 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
SINGLE HANDED
CALOR TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
100 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Designed for cylinders diameter x H: 325 x 535mm.
Single rear handle. Steel cylinder hook plate with
cylinder retention chain.
Wheels: 160mm diameter solid rubber tyres.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Weight: 8kg.
Ref: WGSC03 £105.20
‘T’ BAR
CALOR TRUCK
Designed for cylinders diameter x H: 325 x 535mm T-bar
handle. Steel cross member cylinder support and vertical
sides with cylinder retention chain.
Wheels: 200 mm diameter solid rubber tyres.
Finish: Blue epoxy. Weight: 10kg.
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
100 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Ref: WGSC15 £139.05
STAIRCLIMBER
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
100 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Designed for cylinders diameter x H: 325 x 535mm. Tubular
construction with star wheel stair climb facility. Continuous
loop handle. Tubular vertical side protection cylinder
retention with retention chain.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Weight: 15kg.
Ref: SC21 £169.75
90
PROPANE AND CYLINDER HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
91
OXYGEN CYLINDER
CRADLES
WGSC6230
DELIVERED
IN 18 DAYS
Cylinder cradle for use with overhead lifting gear with top and bottom cylinder
retention chains.
4-cylinder Cradle
Sheet steel base and 50mm diameter lifting eye.
6-cylinder Cradle
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Open frame base and twin lifting eyes suitable for fork lift.
CYLINDER HANDLING
Fork pocket to suit 150 x 50mm.
Fork pocket centres 600mm.
Finish: Red epoxy.
All cradles tested to 100% overload - test certificate supplied.
Cylinder
Capacity
4
6
Cylinder
Dia. mm
Load
Capacity
Overall
W x L x H mm
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
180-230 500kg 460 x 460 x 1850 22 WGSC4230 £314.05
230-305 500kg 610 x 610 x 1850 22 WGSC4305 £328.75
180-230 750kg 815 x 680 x 1830 86 WGSC6230 £623.30
230-305 750kg 1040 x 680 x 1830 90 WGSC6305 £634.25
WGSC6230
CYLINDER LIFTING
TROLLEYS
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Combined cylinder trolley / lifting cradle. One product allowing cylinders to be
moved with either overhead lifting gear, or wheeled into position.
WGSC25
Single cylinder lifting trolley
2 x 200mm diameter solid rubber wheels and 50mm diameter lifting eye. Top
and bottom cylinder retention chains.
Finish: Red epoxy.
Two cylinder lifting trolley
2 x 400mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and a single 160mm diameter swivel
castor on rear support frame for added safety and manoeuvrability. Top and
bottom cylinder retention chains.
Finish: Red epoxy.
All cradles tested to 100% overload - test certificate supplied.
WGSC27
2 cylinder model with
rear castor for added safety
and manoeuvrability
Cylinder
Capacity
1
2
Cylinder
Dia. mm
Load
Capacity
Overall
W x L x H mm
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
180-230 150 410 x 740 x 1870 23 WGSC25 £289.85
230-305 150 490 x 780 x 1870 24 WGSC26 £302.30
180-230 250 790 x 685 x 1870 56 WGSC27 £541.20
230-305 250 940 x 760 x 1870 60 WGSC28 £554.95
Loadtek
CYLINDER HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
91

92
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CYLINDER STORAGE
CYLINDER STORAGE /
TRANSPORT PALLET
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Heavy duty design to carry combinations of cylinder sizes.
Manufactured from strong box section supports, thick sheet steel fork pockets
and checker plate base. Cylinders secured with rachet straps mounted to
internal framework.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Fork pocket dimensions H x W: 70 x 195mm.
Deck sizes internal (W x D): Front 940 x 670mm. Rear 940 x 270mm.
Test certificate supplied.
MAX LOAD
1000 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGSC6100
Min Cylinder
Height mm
Overall
H x W x D mm
Weight kg Ref Price
1000 1000 x 1020 x 100 98 WGSC6100 £536.95
CYLINDER
TRANSPORT
PALLET
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Designed to carry up to 4 cylinders with diameter between 230mm and
290mm with a minimum cylinder height of 1000mm. Manufactured from strong
box section supports, thick sheet steel fork pockets and checker plate base.
Cylinders secured with steel link retention chains.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Fork pocket dimensions H x W: 45 x 150mm.
Test certificate supplied.
WGSC4100
Min Cylinder
Height mm
Overall
H x W x D mm
Weight kg Ref Price
1000 990 x 930 x 630 40 WGSC4100 £349.90
92
CYLINDER STORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
93
CYLINDER
STORAGE CAGES
CYLINDER STORAGE CAGES
WGSC502 WGSC500 WGSC501
WGSC503
WGSC501
WGSC503
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
MAX LOAD
1000 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Strong and sturdy design cylinder storage security cage with hinged doors fitted with padlock
facility (padlock not supplied). Doors open through 180 degrees. Manufactured from heavy duty
box and angle section. Supplied complete with gas storage warning identification label.
Mobile model mounted on 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors fitted with 200mm blue resilex wheels and
roller bearings complete with push handle at one end.
Static model mounted on 4 pallet feet. Available with or without centrally fixed shelf: Fixed shelf
model to carry a maximum of 16 x calor gas type cylinders (max 380mm diameter x 650mm tall).
Open shelf model to carry a maximum of 8 x propane type cylinders (max 380mm diameter x mm
x 1690mm tall). Finish: Blue epoxy.
Internal clearance:
Open shelf model (H x W x D): 1690 x 1695 x 980mm.
Fixed shelf model (H x W x D);
Base shelf: 850 x 1695 x 980mm, Shelf: 785 x 1695 x 980mm.
Model
Mobile
Static
Cylinder
and type
Shelves
No.
Shelf
Height mm
Overall H x W x D mm
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
8 x Propane 0 280 2030 x 1960 x 1040mm 204 WGSC500 £1050.20
16 x Calor 1 1185 2030 x 1960 x 1040mm 230 WGSC501 £1154.60
8 x Propane 0 280 2030 x 1830 x 1040mm 194 WGSC502 £984.05
16 x Calor 1 1185 2030 x 1830 x 1040mm 220 WGSC503 £1088.55
OPTIONAL EXTRA:
TOTAL STOP BRAKED
CASTORS (PAIR)
Ref: WGB200 £15.25
CYLINDER STORAGE CAGES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
93

94
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
TRADER TRUCK HAND
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
Fully welded construction from rectangular and round section
steel tube. Metalwork finished in red epoxy. Optional sides
finished in light grey epoxy.
> > 3 deck sizes
> > MDF or steel deck
> > Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres
> > Removable steel ends and sides option
> > Loop handle
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
350-1000 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGTR230
Handle dimensions:
Overall height above deck: 560mm
Overall length: Deck length + 240mm
WGTR126
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TEE BAR HANDLE
Factory fitted at time of manufacture as
alternative to loop handle, at no extra cost.
Add suffix “T” to reference.
PARKING BRAKE
Factory fitted at time of manufacture.
Brake is applied when handle is raised to
vertical position.
Ref: WGPB1 (extra) £66.55
WGTR230P
For side / end panel kits for these trailers, see next page.
WGTR120 WGTR121S WGTR226
WGTR121P
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Deck Size
mm
1200 x 600
1500 x 750
2000 x 1000
Deck
Height
Capacity
Wheel
Diameter.
Tyre Type MDF Deck Price Steel Deck Price End / Side Panel Kit Price
Wt kg Ref Wt kg Ref Wt kg Ref
425mm 350kgs 200mm Solid 37 WGTR120 £285.70 42 WGTR220 £300.70 14 WGTR126SS £112.50
450mm 500kgs 260mm Pneumatic 39 WGTR121P £322.60 44 WGTR221P £324.30 14 WGTR126SS £112.50
450mm 500kgs 250mm Solid 41 WGTR121S £303.90 46 WGTR221S £308.90 14 WGTR126SS £112.50
500mm 750kgs 400mm Solid 78 WGTR126 £460.35 94 WGTR226 £483.85 17 WGTR157SS £128.80
500mm 750kgs 400mm Pneumatic 55 WGTR126P £460.35 71 WGTR226P £483.85 17 WGTR157SS £128.80
500mm 1000kgs 400mm Solid 88 WGTR127 £505.20 104 WGTR227 £528.00 17 WGTR157SS £128.80
500mm 1000kgs 400mm Pneumatic 65 WGTR127P £505.20 81 WGTR227P £528.00 17 WGTR157SS £128.80
500mm 1000kgs 400mm Solid 120 WGTR130 £585.25 149 WGTR230 £625.30 22 WGTR201SS £145.10
500mm 1000kgs 400mm Pneumatic 98 WGTR130P £585.25 127 WGTR230P £625.30 22 WGTR201SS £145.10
94
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
95
REMOVABLE END /
SIDE PANEL KIT
WGTR126 +
WGTR157SS
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
End / side panel kit. 200mm high panels. Corner posts fit into steel tubes and
lock with simple bolt tightening. Formed steel side and end panels slot onto
steel channels, reduces usable length and width by 50mm.
Post socket - remove cap and insert post, then lock by tightening bolt. Sides
then simply slot in.
Ref: WGTR126 £460.35 with
Ref: WGTR157SS £128.80
MADE IN
BRITAIN
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
WGTR230 +
WGTR201SS
Ref: WGTR230P £625.30 with
Ref: WGTR201SS £145.10
PHENOLIC
TURNTABLE
TRAILERS
General purpose hand pulling turntable trailers with black, textured, anti-slip phenolic
deck surface. Choice of load capacities: 500, 750 and 1000kg.
3 Types:
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
> > Flatbed platform
MAX LOAD
500-1000 KG
> > Removable phenolic end and side panels
> > Wire mesh fixed ends and removable sides
Solid rubber or pneumatic tyred wheels, all roller bearing. Constructed from rectangular
and round section steel tube. Finish: Red epoxy.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGTR352P
WGTR342P
WGTR321
Trailer with flatbed platform
Cap.
kg
Deck
L x W mm
Deck Height
mm
500 1200 x 600 450 250
750 1500 x 750 500 400
1000 1800 x 900 500 400
Cap.
kg
Deck
L x W mm
Deck Height
mm
500 1200 x 600 450 250
750 1500 x 750 500 400
1000 1800 x 900 500 400
Cap.
kg
Deck
L x W mm
Deck Height
mm
500 1200 x 600 450 250
750 1500 x 750 500 400
1000 1800 x 900 500 400
Wheel
Dia. mm
Trailer with 200mm high removable Phenolic ends and sides
Wheel
Dia. mm
Wheel
Dia. mm
Wheel Weight Ref
Price
Type kg
Solid 44 WGTR321 £306.30
Pneu 41 WGTR321P £321.75
Solid 89 WGTR326 £467.30
Pneu 63 WGTR326P £467.30
Solid 120 WGTR329 £562.05
Pneu 94 WGTR329P £562.05
Wheel
Type
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
Solid 53 WGTR341 £370.70
Pneu 50 WGTR341P £386.20
Solid 137 WGTR342 £527.10
Pneu 111 WGTR342P £527.10
Solid 133 WGTR343 £651.85
Pneu 107 WGTR343P £651.85
Trailer with 400mm high wire mesh fixed ends and removable sides
Wheel
Type
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
Solid 66 WGTR351 £508.60
Pneu 63 WGTR351P £524.10
Solid 113 WGTR352 £679.80
Pneu 87 WGTR352P £679.80
Solid 152 WGTR353 £774.50
Pneu 126 WGTR353P £774.50
Loadtek
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
95

96
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
TURNTABLE TRAILER
WITH DROP DOWN
SIDE PANELS
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
General purpose hand pulling trailers with steel load retaining panels. Ends are
removable and slide out - sides are either fully removable or simply fold down.
Ends & Sides height: 200mm. Finish: Blue epoxy chassis, yellow epoxy sides.
> > 3 deck sizes
> > MDF or steel deck
> > Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres
> > Loop handle
> > Parking brake option
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Handle dimensions:
Overall height above deck: 560mm
Overall length: Deck length + 240mm
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TEE BAR HANDLE
factory fitted at time of manufacture as
alternative to loop handle, at no extra cost. Add
suffix “T” to reference.
WGTR126DDS
PARKING BRAKE
Factory fitted at time of manufacture.
Brake is applied when handle is raised
to vertical position.
Ref: WGPB1 (extra) £66.55
Deck Size
mm
1200 x 600
1500 x 750
2000x1000
Deck Height
mm
Capacity
kg
Wheel
Diameter mm
Tyre Type MDF Deck Price Steel Deck Price
Wt kg Ref Wt kg Ref
425 350 200 Solid 51 WGTR120DDS £428.35 56 WGTR220DDS £443.40
450 500 260 Pneu 53 WGTR121PDDS £465.25 58 WGTR221PDDS £466.95
450 500 250 Solid 55 WGTR121SDDS £446.55 60 WGTR221SDDS £451.55
500 750 400 Solid 95 WGTR126DDS £598.55 111 WGTR226DDS £621.95
500 750 400 Pneu 72 WGTR126PDDS £598.55 88 WGTR226PDDS £621.95
500 1000 400 Solid 105 WGTR127DDS £643.35 121 WGTR227DDS £666.15
500 1000 400 Pneu 82 WGTR127PDDS £643.35 98 WGTR227PDDS £666.15
500 1000 400 Solid 142 WGTR130DDS £748.80 171 WGTR230DDS £788.85
500 1000 400 Pneu 120 WGTR130PDDS £748.80 149 WGTR230PDDS £788.85
TURNTABLE TRAILER WITH
TUBULAR SUPPORTS
WGTR126TU
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
General purpose hand pulling trailers with tubular load
retaining panels. Ends are fixed - sides lift off and are fully
removable. Ends & Sides height: 610mm.
Finish: Blue epoxy chassis and ends, Yellow epoxy sides.
> > 3 deck sizes
> > MDF or steel deck
> > Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres
> > Loop handle
> > Parking brake option
Handle dimensions: Overall height above deck: 560mm
Overall length: Deck length + 240mm
Deck Size
mm
1200 x 600
1500 x 750
2000x1000
Deck Height
mm
Capacity
kg
Wheel
Diameter mm
Tyre
Type
MDF Deck Price Steel Deck Price
Wt kg Ref Wt kg Ref
425 350 200 Solid 56 WGTR120TU £535.50 61 WGTR220TU £550.55
450 500 260 Pneu 58 WGTR121PTU £572.40 63 WGTR221PTU £574.10
450 500 250 Solid 60 WGTR121STU £553.75 65 WGTR221STU £558.75
500 750 400 Solid 100 WGTR126TU £728.55 116 WGTR226TU £751.95
500 750 400 Pneu 77 WGTR126PTU £728.55 93 WGTR226PTU £751.95
500 1000 400 Solid 110 WGTR127TU £773.35 126 WGTR227TU £796.15
500 1000 400 Pneu 87 WGTR127PTU £773.35 103 WGTR227PTU £796.15
500 1000 400 Solid 147 WGTR130TU £882.20 176 WGTR230TU £922.25
500 1000 400 Pneu 125 WGTR130PTU £882.20 154 WGTR230PTU £922.25
96
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
97
TURNTABLE TRAILERS WITH
MESH CAGE SUPPORTS
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Detachable mesh sides. General purpose hand pulling trailers with
steel 50 x 50mm mesh load retaining panels. Ends are fixed - sides are
lift off and fully removable. Finish: Blue epoxy chassis and ends, yellow
epoxy sides.
> > Fixed mesh ends - detachable mesh sides
> > Sides 760mm high
> > 3 deck sizes
> > MDF or steel decks
> > Front turntable steering with loop handle
> > Solid or pneumatic tyres
> > Flush MDF deck polyurethane coated
> > Parking brake option
WGTR126MS
Mesh size 50 x 50mm
Panel heights above deck 760mm
Handle dimensions:
Overall height above deck: 560mm
Overall length: Deck length + 240mm
Deck Size
mm
1200 x 600
1500 x 750
2000 x 1000
Deck
Height mm
Capacity
kg
Wheel Dia.
mm
Tyre
Type
MDF Deck Price Steel Deck Price
Weight kg Ref Weight kg Ref
425 350 200 Solid 59 WGTR120MS £533.70 64 WGTR220MS £548.70
450 500 260 Pneu 61 WGTR121PMS £570.60 46 WGTR221PMS £572.25
450 500 250 Solid 63 WGTR121SMS £551.90 48 WGTR221SMS £556.90
500 750 400 Solid 104 WGTR126MS £708.65 120 WGTR226MS £732.10
500 750 400 Pneu 81 WGTR126PMS £708.65 97 WGTR226PMS £732.10
500 1000 400 Solid 114 WGTR127MS £753.50 130 WGTR227MS £776.25
500 1000 400 Pneu 91 WGTR127PMS £753.50 107 WGTR227PMS £776.25
500 1000 400 Solid 152 WGTR130MS £846.00 181 WGTR230MS £886.00
500 1000 400 Pneu 130 WGTR130PMS £846.00 159 WGTR230PMS £886.00
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TEE BAR HANDLE
factory fitted at time of manufacture as
alternative to loop handle, at no extra cost. Add
suffix “T” to reference.
PARKING BRAKE
Factory fitted at time of manufacture.
Brake is applied when handle is raised to vertical position.
Ref: WGPB1 (extra) £66.55
Loadtek
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
97

98
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CENTRE AXLE TRUCKS
DOUBLE ENDED CENTRE
AXLE TRUCKS
Fixed tubular ends Deck height
at centre line 460mm
Fixed panel ends and drop down steel
sides Panel height above deck 230mm
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
350 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Tubular or steel panel end frames with optional drop down sides which
are hinged on strong steel pins and securely latched. Sides available
with panel ends only.
Angle deck frame with inset polyurethane coated plywood platform.
Fully welded chassis constructed from rectangular hollow section
and tubular steel. Sturdy tubular ground supports with welded steel
protector pads.
Deck height: 460mm at centre line.
End and side panel height: 230mm above deck.
Wheels: High quality red centres with roller bearings.
400mm diameter. Choice of solid rubber or pneumatic tyres.
Finish: Blue epoxy chassis and end panels.
Yellow epoxy drop down sides.
Construction Tyre Type Effective Deck W x L mm Max Overall W x L mm Weight kg Ref Price
Fixed tubular ends
Fixed steel panel ends
Fixed panel ends and
drop down steel sides
Solid
63 WGWT07 £372.80
800 x 1500 800 x 1780
Pneumatic 48 WGWT07P £370.65
Solid
105 WGWT071 £520.00
1000 x 2000 1000 x 2280
Pneumatic 91 WGWT071P £520.00
Solid
67 WGWT08 £402.00
800 x 1500 800 x 1780
Pneumatic 54 WGWT08P £403.05
Solid
109 WGWT081 £547.40
1000 x 2000 1000 x 2280
Pneumatic 97 WGWT081P £547.40
Solid
860 x 1780
78 WGWT09 £484.70
750 x 1500
Pneumatic (sides dropped)
65 WGWT09P £630.05
Solid
1060 x 2280
120 WGWT091 £630.05
950 x 2000
Pneumatic (sides dropped)
108 WGWT091P £484.25
98
CENTRE AXLE TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TRAILERS
99
TRAILERS
WGTR110P
WGTR112P
WGTR160
Single Ackerman Steering
Front steering with rigid back
axle. Limited turning circle with
100% stability
Turntable Steering
Front axle mounted ball race
turntable. Highly manoeuvrable
with tight turning circle.
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
1000 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Standard deck height 510mm. Braced and reinforced
all steel welded chassis with high quality polyurethane
coated ply decks inset and finished flush. Protected all
round by steel side frame. Fixed optional headboard
complete with drop down sides and tailgate. All with
polyurethane coated ply panels.
Wheels: Large 400mm diameter roller bearing wheels
with either solid or pneumatic tyres.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Handles
Loop handles are supplied as standard. T bar handles
can be supplied at no extra cost. Please specify T bar
handle when ordering.
1 Tonne hand pull turntable or ackerman steering
2 Options
> > Flat Bed
> > Headboard Sides and Tailgate
UDL Capacity
1000kg
Deck Size mm 1500 x 800 2000 x 1000
Wheel Diameter x Tread 400 x 100 400 x 110 400 x 100 400 x 110
Tyre Type solid pneumatic solid pneumatic
TURNTABLE -
flat bed
Wt. 112kg 85kg 137kg 110kg
Ref: WGTR100 WGTR100P WGTR110 WGTR110P
Price £612.60 £612.60 £693.65 £693.65
TURNTABLE -
with headboard
sides & tailgate
Wt. 142kg 115kg 175kg 148kg
Ref: WGTR102 WGTR102P WGTR112 WGTR112P
Price £803.30 £803.30 £899.20 £899.20
ACKERMAN -
flat bed
Wt. 107kg 80kg 129kg 102kg
Ref: WGTR150 WGTR150P WGTR160 WGTR160P
Price £623.00 £623.00 £691.20 £691.20
ACKERMAN -
with headboard
sides & tailgate
Wt. 137kg 110kg 167kg 140kg
Ref: WGTR152 WGTR152P WGTR162 WGTR162P
Price £806.70 £806.70 £873.95 £873.95
Loadtek
TRAILERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
99

100
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TOWING TRAILERS
1000KG LONG LOAD
TOWING TRAILER
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
For in-plant operation. Welded steel construction with
sturdy metal platforms and side frame superstructures.
Ball bearing turntable plates 405mm diameter, 35mm
towing eye, 400mm diameter wheels with solid rubber
tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.
MAX LOAD
1000 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Deck Length: 3000mm
Drawbar : 1500mm
Platforms: 800 x 300mm
Load length: 5 - 6m
Weight: 145kgs
Order Ref: TR502 £1484.10
2000KG POLE OR
TIMBER TOWING
TRAILER
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
For in-plant operation. Heavy steel tube centre pole welded
to front cross bolster and turntable top frame. Ball bearing
turntable plates 610mm diameter. Rear carriage adjustable
at intervals of 305mm to give length between bolsters of 2m
minimum up to 3.9m max. Detachable chock posts 610mm high.
Distance between posts 1115mm.
Heavy duty triangular drawbar with 35mm diameter towing
eye, locks in vertical position when not in use. ‘Stop’ prevents
drawbar from dropping below 230mm from the ground.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Loading height: 660mm
Overall width: 1220mm
Capacity: 2000kg
MAX LOAD
2000 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Wheels
Dia. x
Tread mm
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
Solid rubber 405 x 100 300 WGTR501 £1888.75
Pneumatic 6 ply 460 x 125 285 WGTR501P £2065.25
100
TOWING TRAILERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
101
Turntable Steering
TURNTABLE STEERING HEAVY
DUTY TOWING TRAILERS
Good solo manoeuvring in confined spaces.
For in-plant operation - maximum towing speed
8 kph (5 mph). Fully welded steel chassis.
Anti-drop tow bar.
35mm tow eye - rear hitch and pin.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Flush ply decks - sanded and coated.
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Capacities from 1 tonne to 3 tonne.
TURNTABLE TRAILERS
Turntable Steering
Good solo manoeuvring in confined spaces.
Maximum UDL kg 1000 2000 3000
Deck height mm 500 500 515 550 575 720
Wheels Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic
Dia x tread mm 400 x 100 400 x 110 400 x 100 500 x 120 455 x 120 610 x 150
Deck 2 x 1m Wt: 200kg Wt: 185kg Wt:220kg Wt:205kg Wt: 250kg Wt: 235kg
Ref WGTR601 WGTR601P WGTR602 WGTR602P WGTR603 WGTR603P
Price £1088.00 £1088.00 £1261.85 £1450.35 £1572.90 £1641.20
Deck 2.5 x 1.25m Wt: 230kg Wt: 215kg Wt: 250kg Wt: 235kg Wt: 285kg Wt: 270kg
Ref WGTR611 WGTR611P WGTR612 WGTR612P WGTR613 WGTR613P
Price £1217.65 £1217.65 £1382.85 £1573.25 £1676.30 £1745.70
Rear hitch and pin.
DOUBLE ACKERMAN STEERING
HEAVY DUTY TOWING TRAILERS
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Double Ackerman Steering
Front and rear steering for accurate tracking in train
For in-plant operation - maximum towing speed
8 kph (5 mph). Fully welded steel chassis.
35mm tow eye - rear hitch and pin.
Finish Blue epoxy.
Flush ply decks - sanded and coated.
Double Ackerman
steering for towing in lines.
Maximum UDL 1000kg 2000kg 3000kg
Deck height mm 500 500 515 550 575 720
Wheels Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic
Dia x tread mm 400 x 100 400 x 110 400 x 100 500 x 120 455 x 120 610 x 150
Deck 2 x 1m Weight: 200kg 185kg 220kg 205kg 250kg 235kg
Ref WGTR700 WGTR700P WGTR710 WGTR710P WGTR720 WGTR720P
Price £1216.85 £1216.85 £1449.45 £1608.20 £1742.20 £1802.10
Deck 2.5 x 1.25m Weight: 230kg 215kg 250kg 235kg 285kg 270kg
Ref WGTR730 WGTR730P WGTR740 WGTR740P WGTR750 WGTR750P
Price £1467.25 £1467.25 £1649.20 £1830.05 £1918.50 £1979.35
Special Service
As manufacturers we are
able to offer custom built
trailers with many styles and
types of superstructure to
suit individual requirements.
Alternative deck sizes and
capacities also available.
Loadtek
TURNTABLE AND ACKERMAN TRAILERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
101

102
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HAND GRIPS & LOAD STRAPS / SACK TRUCKS
Protective Hand Grips
PROTECTIVE HAND GRIPS /
LOAD STRAPS
Fitted as standard to all sack trucks without loop handles. High impact, semiflexible
plastic. Comfortably contoured, protector runs full length of grip. Also
available for fixing to existing trucks.(hole for riveting to any 25mm outside
diameter tube). Colour: Red.
Red Ref: WGEC010 £10.25
Load Straps
Designed to enable trucks to be fully utilized with larger loads, particularly when
transporting a variety of products. Easy to use and a great help in cutting down
the number of necessary journeys.
Snap on to 25mm outside diameter tube (covers most of our truck range).
Integral friction locking buckle. The strap is simply pulled through into position.
Use for load retention only, not suitable for lifting.
Load Strap: Ref. WGSTP1 £10.25
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
N.B. Colour depends on current stock
SACK
TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 18 DAYS
MAX LOAD
200 KG
The Trader Range of Stainless Steel Sack Trucks.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
High quality range of three sack trucks manufactured from sheet and
tube stainless steel. Suitable for use in the food and drink industry.
Red centred wheels, two models with solid rubber tyres, one model
with pneumatic tyres. Safety hand protectors fitted as standard.
WGST20SS
Model WGST20SS WGST21SS WGST206PSS
Capacity kg 150 200 200
Overall Height x Width mm 1075 x 485 1175 x 535 1300 x 535
Toe L x W mm 150 x 375 200 x 420 200 x 286
Back Frame H x W mm 805 x 370 965 x 420 1300 x 280
Wheel Diameter. mm 160 200 260
Tyre Solid Solid Pneumatic
Weight kg 9 12 12
Ref WGST20SS WGST21SS WGST06PSS
Price £318.50 £364.20 £364.05
WGST06PSS
WGST21SS
102
HAND GRIPS & LOAD STRAPS / SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
103
Ruxxac Business
Hand Truck
Ref: WG471/RX/BUS/125
RUXXAC HAND
TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Designed to fold into compact size for easy storage
> > Ideal for both business and domestic use
> > Unfolds in seconds
> > Toe plate and wheels open simultaneously
> > Aluminium toe plate
> > Designed with synthetic handles for comfortable steering
> > Puncture proof wheels
RUXXAC HAND TRUCKS
Ruxxac BusinessXL
Hand Truck
Ref: WG472/RX/BXL/125
Ruxxac Exclusive
Hand Truck
Ref: WG475/RX/EX/125
Capacity
(kg)
Open Height (mm) Folded Height (mm) Width
(mm)
Thickness
Folded (mm)
Toe Plate
Depth (mm)
Toe Plate
Width (mm)
Weight
(kg)
125 1030 685 490 55 250 490 5.7 WG471/RX/BUS/125 £109.00
125 1130 735 490 55 410 490 6 WG472/RX/BXL/125 £129.00
125 1130 735 490 55 410 490 6 WG475/RX/EX/125 £199.00
Ref
Price
RUXXAC HAND TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
103

104
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
RUXXAC HAND TRUCKS
RUXXAC CROSS
HAND TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Designed to fold into compact size
> > Space saving storage
> > Ideal for both business and domestic use
> > Extra wide wheels with ball bearings
> > Moves easily on uneven or soft grounds
> > Aluminium toe plate
> > Steel parts chromed
> > Puncture proof wheels
Capacity
(kg)
Open Height
(mm)
Folded Height
(mm)
Width
(mm)
Thickness
Folded (mm)
Toe Plate
Depth (mm)
Toe Plate
Width (mm)
Weight
(kg)
75 1110 720 615 120 410 480 6.3 WG475/RX/TR/75 £149.00
Ref
Price
RUXXAC PARCEL
HAND TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Designed to fold into compact size
> > Space saving storage
> > Ideal for both business and domestic use
> > Stable grid of 50 x 100 mm between the bars
> > Aluminium toe plate
> > Steel parts chromed
> > Puncture proof wheels
Capacity
(kg)
Open Height
(mm)
Folded Height
(mm)
Width
(mm)
Thickness
Folded (mm)
Toe Plate
Depth (mm)
Toe Plate
Width (mm)
Weight
(kg)
125 1120 - 490 80 410 490 6 WG473/RX/PAR/125 £129.00
Ref
Price
RUXXAC JUMBO
HAND TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Designed to fold into compact size
> > Space saving storage
> > Ideal for both business and domestic use
> > Suitable for moving bulky and awkwardly shaped loads
> > Plastic hand protection grip handles
> > Aluminium toe plate
> > Pneumatic wheels
Capacity
(kg)
Open Height
(mm)
Folded Height
(mm)
Width
(mm)
Thickness
Folded (mm)
Toe Plate
Depth (mm)
Toe Plate
Width (mm)
Weight
(kg)
250 1250 870 655 120 460 595 12.8 WG474/RX/JU/250 £299.00
Ref
Price
104
RUXXAC HAND TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PAINLESS SELF-SUPPORTING
SACK TRUCK
105
SACK TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
This patented product is brand new to the UK market place.
This innovative new product is the worlds first and only self-supporting sack
truck. Allowing you to work safer and smarter, the high kick bar on the subframe
enables the sack truck complete with its load to tilt to 45° angle. The sack
truck supports the entire load weight reducing strain on the user and allowing
hands to be free to open doors and move around with ease.The sack truck
loads in the upright position like standard sack trucks.
View product
on YouTube
> > Overall dimensions H x W mm: 355 x 1380
> > Foot-iron W x D mm: 355 x 175
> > Wheels: 2 x 300mm diameter pneumatic rubber tyred.
2 x 100mm polyurethane tyred swivel castors
> > Weight: 18kg
Ref: HHS120 £179.00
SACK TRUCK
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
105

106
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BUDGET SACK TRUCKS
Universal Sack Truck
> > Durable red stove
enamelled paint finish
> > Solid rubber wheels
> > 150kg capacity
Ref: WG403/KI/150
BUDGET UNIVERSAL
SACK TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Universal Sack Truck
> > An all-round sack truck for
everyday general use
> > Pneumatic wheels
> > Curved back design
> > 200kg capacity
Ref: WG415/KI/2093/200
Universal Sack Truck
P Shape Handle Truck
> > Durable red stove
enamelled paint finish
> > Solid rubber wheels
> > 200kg capacity
> > The P-Shaped handle enables
one-handed steering
> > Pneumatic wheels
> > 200kg capacity
REF: WG403/KI/200
Ref: WG422/KI/P/200
Delivery Driver’s Truck
Heavy Duty Appliance Truck
> > Ideal for deliveries and everyday use
> > Solid rubber wheels
> > 200kg capacity
> > Fitted with anti-scratch strip
> > Pneumatic wheels
> > 200kg capacity
Ref: WG404/KI/99/200
Ref: WG422/KIAPL/200
Capacity Dimensions (H x W) Footplate (L x W) Wheels Diameter Weight Ref Price
150kg 1070 x 480mm 200 x 360mm 200mm 9kg WG403/KI/150 £54.00
200kg 1070 x 480mm 200 x 360mm 200mm 9kg WG403/KI/200 £59.00
200kg 1210 x 470mm 170 x 340mm 200mm 9kg WG404/KI/99/200 £69.00
200kg 1200 x 580mm 240 x 355mm 260mm 10.5kg WG415/KI/2093/200 £69.00
200kg 1300 x 590mm 205 x 355mm 260mm 12.5kg WG422/KI/P/200 £69.00
200kg 1330 x 550mm 225 x 500mm 260mm 16kg WG422/KIAPL/200 £79.00
106
BUDGET SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
107
SACK
TRUCKS
Meticulous build quality in a red epoxy finish
with a choice of solid or softride pneumatic tyres.
Exceptional value.
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
3 PLATE TOE MODELS
WGST22P
WGST22
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGST21
WGST20
SACK TRUCKS
Large plate toe model
available with choice of
200mm dia solid tyres:
Ref ST22 (illustrated)
or 260mm diameter
pneumatic tyred wheels:
Ref ST22P
WGST22
Capacity kg 150 200 250 250
Overall Height x Width mm 1070 x 495 1185 x 540 1300 x 610 1300 x 680
Toe L x W mm 150 x 375 200 x 430 250 x 500 250 x 500
Frame H x W mm 850 x 370 960 x 415 1070 x 500 1070 x 500
Wheel dia. mm 160 200 200 260 (pneu)
Weight kg 10 14 17 17
Ref WGST20 WGST21 WGST22 WGST22P
Price £85.10 £95.65 £121.90 £133.10
3 FOLDING TOE MODELS
WGST22FP
WGST22F
WGST21F
WGST20F
Large folding toe model
available with choice of
200mm dia solid tyres:
Ref ST22F (illustrated)
or 260mm diameter
pneumatic tyred wheels:
Ref ST22FP
WGST22F
OPTIONAL EXTRA: LOAD STRAP
Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25
Capacity kg 250 200 150 250
O/a Height x Width mm 1300 x 610 1185 x 540 1070 x 495 1300 x 680
Toe L x W mm 420 x 420 330 x 300 320 x 300 420 x 420
Frame H x W mm 1070 x 500 960 x 415 850 x 370 1070 x 500
Wheel dia. mm 200 200 160 260 (pneu)
Weight kg 16 12 9 16
Ref WGST22F WGST21F WGST20F WGST22FP
Price £138.70 £109.90 £105.30 £149.90
Loadtek
SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
107

108
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS
LIGHTWEIGHT
ALUMINIUM FOLDING
SACK TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Lightweight and compact sack truck
> > Designed for light commercial use
> > Folding toeplate
> > Telescopic handle
> > Easy storage
> > Easy transportation
MAX LOAD
90 KG
Capacity
Dimension
(H x W)
Footplate (L
x W)
Wheels
Diameter
Weight Ref Price
90kg 1120 x 400mm 240 x 350mm 160mm 6.5kg WG430/KI/F/90 £49.00
ALUMINIUM DUAL
PURPOSE SACK
TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Aluminium all-in-one versatile sack truck and trolley
> > Serves as both sack truck and platform trolley
> > Folds and unfolds at click of a catch
> > Two sizes available
> > 200kg capacity
MAX LOAD
200 KG
Capacity Dimensions (H x W) Footplate (L x W) Platform Size (L x W) Weight Ref Price
200kg 1310 x 510mm 190 x 460mm 1050 x 310mm 19kg WG435/KI/S £199.00
200kg 1560 x 510mm 190 x 460mm 1300 x 310mm 20kg WG436/KI/L £299.00
THREE WAY
ALUMINIUM SACK
TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
200 KG
> > Aluminium all-in-one versatile trolley
> > Serves as both sack truck and platform trolley
> > Folds and unfolds at click of a catch
> > Middle position allows support of load at an angle
Capacity Overall (H x W) Footplate (L x W) Platform Size (L x W) Weight Ref Price
200kg 1310 x 510mm 185 x 460mm 1050 x 310mm 19kg WG443/KI/3WAY £179.00
108
ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
109
ALUMINIUM SACK
TRUCKS
Aluminium Sack Truck with Skids
> > Fitted with low friction skids to
help go up and down
steps/kerbs
> > 180kg capacity
> > Pneumatic wheels
Ref: WG444/KI/AL/180
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
180-250 KG
Heavy Duty Aluminium Sack Truck
> > Lightweight yet strong alloy
truck with slightly curved back
> > 180kg capacity
> > Puncture Proof wheels
> > Fitted with low friction skids to
help go up and down
steps/kerbs
ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS
Ref: WG444/KIH/180
Aluminium Sack Truck
Premium Magliner
Aluminium Truck
> > Light weight yet very
heavy duty sack truck
> > 200kg capacity
> > Weight 12kg
> > Solid rubber wheels
> > Durable popular Magliner
hand truck
> > Solid rubber wheels
> > 225kg capacity
Ref: WG445/KI/GL/300
Ref: WG111-E1-825
Aluminium Sack Truck
with Folding Toe
Premium Tall Magliner
Aluminium Truck
> > Versatile aluminium
hand truck with
foldable footplate
> > Pneumatic wheels
> > 200kg capacity
> > Wide footplate ensures loads
are well-balanced and stable
> > Pneumatic wheels
> > 225kg capacity
Ref: WG230-G1-1060
Ref: WG434/BI/AL/200
Capacity Dimensions (H x W) Footplate (L x W) Wheels Diameter Weight Ref Price
180kg 1080 x 500mm 205 x 300mm 260mm 8kg WG444/KI/AL/180 £89.00
180kg 1305 x 520mm 275 x 320mm 260mm 8.5kg WG444/KIH/180 £99.00
250kg 1260 x 510mm 190 x 355mm 260mm 12kg WG445/KI/GL/300 £99.00
225kg 1245 x 460mm 220 x 355mm 200mm 9kg WG111-E1-825 £126.76
200kg 1310 x 500mm 240 x 240-280mm 260mm 10.5kg WG434/BI/AL/200 £129.00
225kg 1320 x 520mm 228 x 457mm 260mm 11kg WG230-G1-1060 £178.08
ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
109

110
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SACK TRUCKS
VERSATILE TRADER
TRUCK
WGST12/ZP
WGST12P
WGST12
WGST12P/ZP
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
200 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
This modern sack truck is available in bright zinc plated or blue epoxy finish.
Choice of solid rubber or pneumatic tyres. All welded steel construction, fitted
with protective hand grips as standard.
Capacity kg 200 200 200 200
Back curved curved curved curved
Height mm 1100 1100 1100 1100
Width o/a mm 580 580 580 580
Frame width mm 400 400 400 400
Front/rear mm 440 500 440 500
Toe width mm 410 410 410 410
Toe depth mm 230 230 230 230
Toe type solid solid solid solid
Tyre dia mm 200 260 200 260
Tyre type solid pneumatic solid pneumatic
Finish
Blue Blue Zinc Zinc
Epoxy Epoxy Plated Plated
Weight kg 12 13 12 13
Ref WGST12 WGST12P WGST12/ZP WGST12P/ZP
Price £113.05 £124.25 £137.20 £148.35
OPTIONAL EXTRA
LOAD STRAP:
Ref. WGSTP1
Price: £10.25
110
SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
111
WGST63
TRADITIONAL SACK
TRUCKS
WGST35
200kg capacity Curved back
WGST61
WGST62
TRADITIONAL SACK TRUCKS
200kg capacity Flat back
WGST02
WGST52
125kg capacity Curved back
DELIVERED
IN 7 DAYS
MAX LOAD
125-200 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Traditional, strong, parallel back sack trucks with a multitude of uses. High load capacity trucks.
Fully welded construction from tube, bar and sheet steel. Choice of straight or curved backs. Open or
solid toes and backs, with 160 or 200mm diameter solid rubber tyred wheels. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Capacity kg 200 200 125 125 200 200
Back curved / open curved / open curved / open curved / open flat / open flat / solid
Height mm 1065 1065 965 965 1090 1090
Width o/a mm 515 515 515 515 406 406
Frame width mm 370 370 370 370 395 395
Front/rear mm 420 420 380 380 450 450
Toe width mm 380 380 380 380 406 406
Toe depth mm 180 180 200 200 200 200
Toe type solid open open solid solid solid
Wheel dia mm 200 200 160 160 200 200
Weight kg 14 14 10 10 11 15
Ref WGST63 WGST35 WGST61 WGST62 WGST02 WGST52
Price £128.40 £122.70 £101.15 £106.85 £110.10 £133.30
OPTIONAL EXTRA
LOAD STRAP:
Ref. WGSTP1
Price: £10.25
Loadtek
TRADITIONAL SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
111

112
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ROUGH TERRAIN / SPLAY-BACK TRUCKS
Toe depth 450mm
ROUGH TERRAIN
TRUCK 6 MODEL
RANGE
Toe depth 305mm
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Made for rough ground and tough work. Choose from Solid or pneumatic tyres and 3
toe iron sizes. The large diameter wheels cope with rough and uneven ground with ease.
Solid tyred wheels should be chosen if the truck is likely to frequently come in contact
with sharp objects. The trucks are heavily built and very strong, coping easily with the
maximum load rating of 350kg. Protective handgrips are fitted as standard and this also
helps handling over rough terrain.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Capacity kg 350
Back
Flat
Height mm 1140
Width Overall mm 605
Frame Width mm 430
Toe Width mm 395
Tyre Diameter mm 355
MAX LOAD
350 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Front/rear 610mm 610mm 685mm 685mm 830mm 830mm
Toe depth 230mm 230mm 305mm 305mm 450mm 450mm
Tyre type solid pneumatic solid pneumatic solid pneumatic
Weight kg 29 23 30 24 32 26
Ref WGST10S WGST10P WGST101S WGST101P WGST102S WGST102P
Price £185.25 £179.65 £187.30 £181.65 £190.45 £184.85
Toe depth 230mm
TRADITIONAL
SPLAY-BACK
TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
An original design still meeting today’s demands. Originally designed for use in
markets, but suitable for many other applications. All models are manufactured
from tough welded angle and tube with a one piece toe iron and centre strap
for increased load support. 200mm diameter solid rubber or 260mm pneumatic
tyred wheels with roller bearing centres. Protective hand grips as standard.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
MAX LOAD
200 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Capacity kg 200
Back
Curved
Height mm 1170
Width Overall mm 635
Frame Width mm 510
Toe Width mm 355
Front/rear mm 445 520 588 672 740
Toe depth mm 230 305 305 450 450
Tyre dia mm 200 200 260 200 260
Tyre type Solid Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic
Weight kg 17 18 18 20 20
Ref WGST25 WGST26 WGST26P WGST27 WGST27P
Price £148.05 £150.75 £161.95 £153.05 £163.50
112
ROUGH TERRAIN / SPLAY-BACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
113
EURO LOOP HANDLE
TRUCKS
WGST19
WGST15
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
Continuous loop handles give convenient handling at all angles. Wide backs
and choice of large fold-up toe or fixed toe plate, make these trucks very
versatile. Mounted on 200mm diameter solid rubber tyred wheels.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Capacity kg 200
Back
Front/rear mm
Flat
Height mm 1150
Width Overall mm 595
Frame Width mm 400
MAX LOAD
200 KG
225 (Toe Folded) 480
600 (Toe Down)
Toe width mm 330 410
Toe depth mm 395 255
Toe type open folding solid
Weight kg 14kg 16kg
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Ref WGST19 WGST15
Price £153.15 £137.90
EURO TRUCKS / HIGH BACKED TRUCKS
HIGH BACKED
SACK TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 7 DAYS
Ideally suited for the movement of cases, cartons and crates. High back
allows for stacking of load. Steel welded construction. Choice of solid
rubber or pneumatic tyres.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
MAX LOAD
200 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGST06
WGST06P
Capacity kg 200
Back
Flat
Height mm 1300
Frame Width mm 275
Toe Width mm 290
Toe Depth mm 230
Toe Type
Solid
Width overall mm 450 490
Front/rear mm 500 560
Toe width mm 290 290
Tyre dia mm 200 260
Tyre type solid pneumatic
Weight kg 12 13
Ref WGST06 WGST06P
Price £113.20 £125.15
OPTIONAL EXTRA
LOAD STRAP:
Ref. WGSTP1
Price: £10.25
Loadtek
EURO TRUCKS / HIGH BACKED TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
113

114
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BUDGET HEAVY DUTY SACK TRUCKS
High Back Sack Truck with Mesh Back
> > With mesh back to stop
BUDGET HEAVY DUTY
SACK TRUCKS
smaller items falling through
> > Pneumatic/Solid rubber wheels
Ref: WG420/ME/6253/HBM
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Heavy Duty Sack Truck with Folding Toe
> > Fixed toeplate & larger folding
tubular toe for bulky items
> > Pneumatic/Solid rubber wheels
Ref: WG446/CO/90/DFL
Heavy Duty 3-way Sack Truck
> > Functions both as a
sack truck and platform trolley.
> > Pneumatic/solid rubber wheels
Ref: WG447/CO/91/3WAY
Heavy Duty Sack Truck
> > Fitted with large hard-wearing
wheels for rough terrain
> > Pneumatic wheels
Ref: WG416/CO/01B/400
Ref: WG416/CO/94/450
Universal Tall Sack Truck with Skids
> > Fitted with skids to help
overcome curbs and stairs
> > Pneumatic/solid rubber wheels
> > Two height options
> > 250kg capacity
Ref: WG424/CO/58/SK/250
Ref: WG424/CO/58/SK/B/250
White Goods Appliance Hand Truck
> > Ideal for moving white
goods and home appliances
> > Pneumatic wheels
> > Replaceable rubber
protector-strips
> > 250kg capacity
Ref: WG449/CO/03/WG
Ref: WG448/CO/73/WG
Capacity Dimensions (H x W) Footplate (L x W) Wheels Diameter Weight Ref Price
300kg 1350 x 500mm 300 x 475mm 260mm 19.5kg WG420/ME/6253/HBM £209.00
300kg 1260 x 620mm 290(600) x 420(340)mm 260mm 19kg WG446/CO/90/DFL £129.00
300kg 1310 x 750mm 305(610) x 410(345)mm 100/260mm 20kg WG447/CO/91/3WAY £189.00
400kg 1160 x 710mm 290 x 500mm 300mm 15.5kg WG416/CO/01B/400 £139.00
450kg 1170 x 620mm 230 x 500mm 300mm 18.5kg WG416/CO/94/450 £159.00
250kg 1320 x 550mm 270 x 300mm 260mm 14.5kg WG424/CO/58/SK/250 £119.00
250kg 1600 x 550mm 300 x 300mm 260mm 18.5kg WG424/CO/58/SK/B/250 £139.00
250kg 1075 x 560mm 155 x 340mm 260mm 15.5kg WG449/CO/03/WG £119.00
250kg 1320 x 630mm 250 x 350mm 260mm 15.5kg WG448/CO/73/WG £139.00
114
BUDGET HEAVY DUTY SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
115
MODEL ST55
3-POSITION TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Strong and very versatile, these trucks have a multitude of uses. Tubular
welded construction. Solid toe plate L x W mm: 200 x 420. Wheels: 200mm
diameter rubber tyred wheels. Rear Castors: 100mm diameter swivel castors
with rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy. Weight: 17kg.
Ref: WGST55 £197.90
MAX LOAD
250 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
THREE POSITION TRUCKS
View product
on YouTube
Positive retention in
each truck position.
Sack truck
Overall L x H x W:
460 x 1185 x 550mm
Platform truck
Overall L x H x W: 950 x 750 x 550mm
Effective platform L x H x W: 905 x 260 x 420mm
4 wheel transporter
Overall L x H x W:
1110 x 880 x 550mm
MODEL ST56
3-POSITION TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Super heavy duty. Rectangular section and round tube welded construction.
Wheels: 200mm diameter solid, or 260mm diameter pneumatic, rubber tyred
wheels. Rear Castors: 125mm diameter swivel castors with rubber tyres and
roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy
MAX LOAD
400 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Capacity kg 400
Toe Plate L x W mm 200 x 475
Weight kg 23
Solid Tyre Order Ref WGST56 £213.85
Pneumatic Tyre Order Ref WGST56P £228.85
Positive retention in
each truck position.
Sack Truck
Overall L x H x W mm:
ST56 / ST56P: 585 x 1250 x 480
Trader models WGST55 and WGST56 are easy to change
from mode to mode. Select mode before loading.
Platform Truck
Overall L x H x W mm
ST56 / ST56P: 1250 x 830 x 480
Effective platform L x H x W mm:
ST56: 1085 x 250 x 475
ST56P: 1085 x 320 x 475
4 Wheel Transporter
Overall L x H x W mm:
ST56 / ST56P:
1170 x 930 x 480
Loadtek
THREE POSITION TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
115

116
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STAIRCLIMBER SACK TRUCKS
STAIRCLIMBER
Fixed solid
toe model
Folding open
toe model
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
These trucks are ideal for transporting bulky loads up and down steps
or stairs, or over rough ground. Stairclimbing star wheel configuration.
Constructed from all welded tubular frame with integral loop handles.
Choice of folding open toe or fixed solid toe.
Wheels: 160mm diameter steel centred wheels with roller bearings and
rubber tyres. Finish: Red epoxy.
MAX LOAD
200 KG
Folding open toe model
Capacity kg 200 200
O/a Height x Width mm 1150 x 580 1150 x 580
Toe L x W mm 400 x 330 200 x 420
Back frame H x W mm 1080 x 415 1080 x 415
Wheel dia. mm 160 160
Weight kg 20 21
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Ref WGSM20 WGSM21
Price £200.05 £187.50
Fixed solid toe model
OPTIONAL EXTRA: LOAD STRAP
Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25
STAIRCLIMBING
TRUCKS
Folds for handy storage and transportation.
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Fitted with star wheel system to provide the greatest ease in
transporting loads up and down steps and stairways. Large toe folds
and locks to frame for compact storage. The star wheel system also
helps transportation over rougher terrain making these trucks ideal for
locations with variable terrain.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Wheels: 160mm diameter steel centred wheels with roller bearings
and rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Capacity kg 110 80
Back flat flat / folding
Height mm 1090 1090 / 600
Width o/a mm 470 470
Frame width mm 305 305
Front/rear mm 370 / 720 370 / 720
Toe width mm 245 245
Toe depth mm 350 350
Toe type open open
Tyre dia mm 160 160
Tyre type solid solid
Finish Blue epoxy Blue epoxy
Weight kg 14 14
Ref WGSM12 WGSM22
Price £152.10 £175.80
OPTIONAL EXTRA: LOAD STRAP
Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25
116
STAIRCLIMBER SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
117
STAIRCLIMBING
TRUCKS
Fitted with star wheel system to provide the greatest ease in transporting loads up
and down steps and stairways. The star wheel system also helps transportation over
rougher terrain making these trucks ideal for locations with variable terrain.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Capacity kg 240 250 125 200 125
Back flat flat flat flat flat
Height mm 1300 1150 1150 1150 1150
DELIVERED
IN 7 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
STAIRCLIMBER SACK TRUCKS
Width o/a mm 460 595 595 595 595
Frame width mm 280 400 400 400 400
Front/rear mm 635 665 705 405/810 445/850
Toe width mm 290 420 420 330 330
Toe depth mm 230 300 300 405 405
Toe type solid solid solid open open
WGSM13
Capacity: 240kg
Tall back with loop
handles and solid
steel toe
Tyre dia mm 160 160 200 160 200
Tyre type solid solid Pneumatic solid Pneumatic
Weight kg 18 21 21 19 19
Ref WGSM13 WGSM23 WGSM23P WGSM16 WGSM16P
Price £135.35 £200.30 £312.40 £205.20 £325.05
WGSM23
WGSM23P
WGSM16
Capacity: 250kg
Euro loop handles
and solid steel toe
Capacity: 200kg
Euro loop handles
and folding open toe
Loadtek
STAIRCLIMBER SACK TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
117

118
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STAIRCLIMBERS
STAIRCLIMBER /
SACK TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
MAX LOAD
200 KG
This sack truck is fitted with the star-wheel stairclimbing configuration, but it
has a simple locking device which enables the star-wheel system to be locked,
thus turning the stairclimber into a standard sack truck. Loop handles provide
convenience in use in both modes - either pushing or pulling. Tubular steel
construction with sheet steel toe. Finish: Red epoxy.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGSM28
The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher ground. This
feature, together with the star wheel lock, provides the ideal solution to
encountering varying terrain.
Star-wheel locking device
By simply turning the locking handle, the star-wheel
configuration is locked, turning the stairclimber into a
standard sack truck. Turning the handle back, reverts
the truck to full stairclimbing use.
Locking star-wheel model
Capacity kg 200
Overall Height x Width mm 1190 x 590
Toe L x W mm 420 x 215
Back frame H x W mm 1025 x 410
Wheel diameter mm 160
Weight kg 23
Ref
WGSM28
Price £285.60
OPTIONAL EXTRA: LOAD STRAP
Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25
STAIRCLIMBING
CHAIR SHIFTER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Steel pan base takes the rear legs of the chairs. The star wheel system also
helps transportation over rougher ground. Base pan W x D: 585 x 155mm.
Overall frame height 1295mm. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Wheels Wt. kg Overall H x W x D mm Ref Price
Solid tyres 18 1300 x 590 x 500 WGSM31 £202.05
WGSM31
Other chairshifters
available - see page 290.
118
STAIRCLIMBERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
119
PORTABLE
LOADERS
The Ezi-Lift portable range is ideal where
space is at a premium or access is difficult,
all are highly manoeuvrable.
PORTABLE LOADERS
WGELP 200 122
All Ezi-Lift products
are guarded for
operator protection
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
Wheels: 2 x 200mm diameter bright zinc plated steel centred wheels with
roller bearings and solid rubber tyres. The front of the straddle legs are fitted
with cast iron rollers.
2 Capacities; 4 Lift heights
Maximum load capacities kg 200
Maximum lift height mm 1220
Load centres mm
Overall dimensions
305
Lowered height mm 1500
Fully raised height mm 1660
Width mm 680
Front to rear mm
Fork dimensions
MAX LOAD
200 KG
Finish: Fully powder coated throughout. Colours: orange and grey. All models
are supplied complete with a load retention frame which includes anchor
points for load retention straps. Protective hand grips are fitted as standard.
735
Width mm 315
Projection mm 450
Lowered height mm 65
Height. of straddle legs mm 65
Approx. vertical lift per one handle revolution mm 27
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Capacity kg Lift height mm Weight kg Ref Price
200 1220mm 42kg WGELP 200 122 £852.20
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
PLATFORM
W x Projection 485 x 470mm
Ref: WGRPP 6 £78.90
RETENTION STRAPS
per strap Ref: WGSTP2 £11.50
BRAKING SYSTEM
Factory fitted at time of order
Ref: WGELBS1 £92.20
Gearbox
Manual Ezi-Lift gearbox has a self sustaining mechanism
which holds the load at any point immediately the handle is
released. Enclosed sprocket and chain drive, guarded for
operator protection.
IMPORTANT
Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before
moving the lifter. All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator
protection. All lifting equipment supplied complies to the
Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 No:3073 and
subsequent Amendment 1994 No:2063.
All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with
instructions covering the use of the machine, maximum load
labels or plates, recommended load centres, data sheets on
Health & Safety together with a signed Test Certificate and
declaration of conformity.
Ezilift
PORTABLE LOADERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
119

120
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
GENERAL PURPOSE LIFTERS
GENERAL PURPOSE
LIFTERS
WGELI 250 122
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
250 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection.
IMPORTANT:
Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before moving the lifter.
All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection. All lifting equipment
supplied complies to the Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992
No:3073 and subsequent Amendment 1994 No:2063.
All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions covering the
use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended load centres,
data sheets on Health & Safety together with a signed Test Certificate and
declaration of conformity.
2 Capacities; 3 Lift Heights
Maximum load capacities kg 250
Maximum lift height mm 1220
Load centres mm
305
Overall dimensions
Lowered height mm 1450
Fully raised height mm 1660
Width mm 550
Front to rear mm
870
Platform
Width mm 315
Projection mm 450
Lowered height mm 65
Height. of straddle legs mm
65 Approx
Approx.vertical lift per one handle revolution mm 27/30
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:
JIB
With swivelling hook.
Lowered height to centre of
hook: 265mm
Jib adds 200mm to lift height,
Ref: WGELIJ £36.40
BOOM
Length x Dia. 500 x 50mm
Ref: WGELIB £30.35
PLATFORM
W x Projection 485 x 470mm
Ref: WGRPP6 £78.90
RETENTION STRAPS
per strap Ref: WGSTP2 £11.50
Capacity kg Lift height mm Weight kg Ref Price
200 1220 40 WGELI 250 122 £920.10
120
GENERAL PURPOSE LIFTERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Ezilift

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
121
MIDI WINCH
LIFTERS
MIDI WINCH LIFTERS
WGELIM 200 150
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
250 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
The Midi range of general purpose lifters is ideal for many locations and uses,
particularly where the 1500mm lift height is required. Fitted with rear castors and
total stop brakes for full stability.
Wheels: 2 x 125mm diameter nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball
bearings. Castors fitted with total stop brakes as standard. The front of the straddle
legs are fitted with cast iron rollers.
Winch: Enclosed sprocket and chain drive, guarded for operator protection.
Manual winch unit with self sustaining feature to hold the load at any level when the
lever is released.
Load retention frame: All midi models are supplied with load retention frame fitted
as standard. Frame incorporates anchor points for load retention straps.
Finish: Main frame and masts in orange powder coating. Forks, carriage and
retention frame finished in grey powder coating.
Documentation: All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions
covering the use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended
load centres, data sheets on Health & Safety together with a signed Test Certificate
and declaration of conformity.
All lifting equipment supplied complies to the Supply of Machinery (Safety)
Regulations 1992 No: 3073 and subsequent Amendment 1994 No:2063.
IMPORTANT:
Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before moving the lifter.
250 kg Capacity; Maximum lift 1500 mm
Maximum load capacities kg 250
Maximum lift height mm 1500
Load centres mm
305
Overall dimensions
Lowered height mm 1845
Fully raised height mm 1985
Width mm 640
Front to rear mm
890
Fork dimensions
Width mm 410
Projection mm 500
Lowered height mm 65
Ht. of straddle legs mm 65
Approx vertical lift per one handle revolution mm 27
All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection.
Model Lift height Weight Ref Price
Winch 1500 mm 60 kg WGELIM 250 150 £1126.50
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:
Factory fitted in place of
standard forks at time of order
JIB
With swivelling hook.
Jib adds 200mm to lift height.
Lowered height to centre of
hook 265mm.
Ref: WGELIJM £38.85
BOOM
Length x Diameter. 600 x 50mm
Ref: WGELIB £32.80
PLATFORM
Platform: Width x Projection
485 x 470mm
Ref: WGRPP10 £91.10
RETENTION STRAPS
per strap Ref: WGSTP2 £11.50
Ezilift
MIDI WINCH LIFTERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
121

122
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BUDGET LIFTERS
BUDGET WINCH
LIFTERS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Lightweight and compact lifters
Winch Lifter - WGWSB150
> > Doubles as sack truck
> > Removable extension mast
> > Legs have 2 ball bearings each for short horizontal movement
> > Removable platform
MAX LOAD
250 KG
> > Special attachments are available - please contact us
WGWSB150
Winch Lifter - WGM200
> > Versatile and easy to operate
> > Comes with platform and forks
> > Other attachments are available - please see below
> > All swivel wheels - great, manoeuvrability
WGM200
Capacity Lift height Lift Ref Price
150 kg 1070/1700mm Manual WGWSB150 £675.00
200 kg 1500mm Manual WGM200 £685.00
OPTIONAL EXTRAS
PLATFORM Ref: WSB150-PL £75.00
V-PLATFORM Ref: WSB150-VPL £86.00
CRADLE Ref: WSB150-CR £99.00
BUDGET ELECTRIC
MINI LIFTERS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Electric motor
> > Electric overload protection
> > Service free battery
> > Automatic battery charger
MAX LOAD
100-250 KG
> > Portable hand control unit
> > Hand control cable
> > Comes with platform and forks
> > Other attachments are available
WGE100
WGE250
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES &
ATTACHMENTS
SINGLE BOOM
Ref: WG1/KI/MSS
Price: £60.00
DOUBLE SPINDLE
Ref: WG1/KI/MSD
Price: £75.00
Capacity Lift height Lift Ref Price
100 kg 1700mm Electric WGE100 £1375.00
150 kg 1500mm Electric WGE150 £1485.00
250kg 1900mm Electric WGE250 £1725.00
V BLOCK
Ref: WG1/KI/MSV
Price: £45.00
ROTATOR
Ref: WG1/KI/MSR
Price: £POA
122
BUDGET LIFTERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
123
So versatile it‘s 7 machines in one!
For winch specification - see page 121.
Hand Winch
500
UNIVERSAL
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
MIDI WINCH LIFTERS
Maximum load capacity kg 500
Maximum lift height mm 1725
Load centres mm
Overall dimensions
300
Lowered height mm 2130
Fully raised height mm 2130
Width mm 815
Front to rear mm
Adjustable forged forks
1210
Max width mm 655
Projection mm 600
Actual fork width mm 65
All Ezi-Lift products
are guarded for
operator protection.
Lowered height mm 85
Height of straddle legs mm 85
Ground clearance mm 35
When fitted with a winch,
vertical lift per handle revolution:
30/33mm
Stacker Capacity Weight Ref Price
Winch 500kg 138kg WGMSU 500 W £1734.25
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Simply change the accessory to increase its
uses. 500 Universals are supplied fitted with
forged forks as standard. These forks are
easily removed for the fitting of accessories,
which simply slide onto the rear carrier, and
are retained with a single 10mm set pin.
DRUM CLAW
Max load: 250kg. For transporting of 210 litre
tight head drums at low level only.
Ref: WGMSU515 £306.60
JIB
Max load: 500kg
Ref: WGMSU513 £140.10
PLATFORM
Max load: 500kg
Ref: WGMSU512 £96.05
BOOM
Max load: 500kg
Ref: WGMSU510 £144.35
DRUM TINES
Max load: 300kg
Ref: WGMSU511 £304.35
DRUM CLAMP
Max load: 300kg
Ref: WGMSU514 £171.25
Ezilift
MIDI WINCH LIFTERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
123

124
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PALLET STACKERS
MANUAL LIFT
PALLET STACKERS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Standard Stackers
> > Robust construction
> > 500, 1000 or 1500kg capacity
> > 1200mm to 3000mm lift height
> > Fixed or adjustable forks
> > Swivel castor steer wheels
> > Safety valve prevents overloading
Special versions available, including attachments, special sizes, lift heights or
capacities, galvanised and stainless steel finish and more.
Straddle Stackers
WGKI 500/1600A
WGKI 1000/1200
> > Robust construction
> > 1000kg capacity
> > 1600mm or 2500mm lift height
> > Adjustable forks fitted as standard
> > Can handle closed-bottom pallets up to 1200 x 1200mm
WGKI 1000/2500A
WGKI 1000/1600SA
Capacity Lift height Lift Forks Legs Ref Price
500kg 1600mm Manual Adjustable Standard WGKI 500/1600 A £965.00
1000kg 1200mm Manual Fixed Standard WGKI 1000/1200 £1085.00
1000kg 1600mm Manual Fixed Standard WGKI 1000/1600 £1145.00
1000kg 2500mm Manual Fixed Standard WGKI 1000/2500 £1435.00
1000kg 3000mm Manual Fixed Standard WGKI 1000/3000 £1490.00
1500kg 1600mm Manual Fixed Standard WGKI 1500/1600 £1665.00
1000kg 1600mm Manual Adjustable Standard WGKI 1000/1600 A £1195.00
1000kg 2500mm Manual Adjustable Standard WGKI 1000/2500 A £1490.00
1000kg 1600mm Manual Adjustable Straddle WGKI 1000/1600 SA £1375.00
1000kg 2500mm Manual Adjustable Straddle WGKI 1000/2500 SA £1720.00
WGVKIE 1000/3000
ELECTRIC LIFT
PALLET STACKERS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Battery powered lift, manual traction
> > Ideal for small to medium sized warehouses
> > 1000kg or 1500kg capacity Lift height from 1.6m to 3.7m
> > Fork widths 545mm
> > Fork length 1150mm
> > Minimum recommended aisle width: 2200mm
> > Straddle legs and other special versions available on request
Capacity Lift height Lift Ref Price
1000kg 1600mm Electric WGVKIE 1000/1600 £2295.00
1000kg 2500mm Electric WGVKIE 1000/2500 £2525.00
1000kg 3000mm Electric WGVKIE 1000/3000 £2640.00
1000kg 3500mm Electric WGVVE1000/3500 £4145.00
124
PALLET STACKERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
125
MINI HAND PALLET
TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
For use in vans and/or with small pallets.
> > Capacity: 500kg
> > 3 position control lever
> > Low profile forks
> > Polyurethane steering wheels and single nylon load rollers
> > Lift height: 60 – 170mm
> > Lightweight - weighs only 35kg
MAX LOAD
500 KG
> > Ideal for use in vehicles or for handling small pallets
> > NB: This pallet truck is not suitable for standard Euro or GKN pallets
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
Fork Length mm Width Over Forks mm Capacity kg Ref Price
800 380 500 WGLLT500 £285.00
STANDARD PALLET
TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Capacity: 2200kg
> > Fork size ideal for Euro-pallets
> > 3 position control lever
> > Tapered forks
> > Nylon steer wheels and single nylon load rollers
> > Lift height: 85 – 200mm
MAX LOAD
2200 KG
Fork Length mm
Width Over
Forks mm
Capacity
kg
Ref
Price
1150 550 2200 WGDF25-550x1150 £299.00
HEAVY DUTY PALLET
TRUCKS
Special Fork Sizes
& Capacities
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Designed for heavy duty industrial use
> > Choice of fork sizes
> > 3 position control lever
> > Comfortable grip, rubberised plastic handle
> > Tapered forks
> > Nylon steer wheels and single nylon load rollers as standard
> > Choice of different wheel materials and special sizes
> > Optional parking and travel brakes
> > Lift height: 85 – 200mm
MAX LOAD
2500 KG
> > 3000, 4000, 5000kg capacity also available
> > Galvanised and stainless steel versions also available
Fork Length mm
Width Over
Forks mm
Ref
Price
800 540 WGMA25-540x800 £329.00
1000 540 WGMA25-540x1000 £329.00
1150 540 WGMA25-540x1150 £329.00
1220 540 WGMA25-540x1220 £339.00
1000 680 WGMA25-680x1000 £355.00
1150 680 WGMA25-680x1150 £355.00
1220 680 WGMA25-680x1220 £365.00
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
125

126
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
VERY HEAVY DUTY
PALLET TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Designed for very heavy duty use
> > Lift height: 85-205mm
> > Fork widths: 540 or 680mm
> > Fork lengths: 1150 or 1220mm
MAX LOAD
3000-3500 KG
> > Nylon steer and load wheels as standard
> > Polyurethane, rubber and steel wheels available on request
Capacity Fork Length Width Over Forks Ref Price
3000kg 1150mm 540mm WGMA30-540x1150 £459.00
3000kg 1220mm 540mm WGMA30-540x1220 £459.00
3000kg 1150mm 680mm WGMA30-680x1150 £459.00
3000kg 1220mm 680mm WGMA30-680x1220 £459.00
3500kg 1150mm 540mm WGMA35-540x1150 £585.00
3500kg 1220mm 680mm WGMA35-680x1220 £585.00
EXTRA LONG HEAVY
DUTY PALLET TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
2000 KG
> > Nylon Steering wheels and single or tandem nylon
load rollers as standard
> > Choice of different wheel materials
> > Optional parking and travel brakes
> > Special fork lengths from 500 to 4000mm and widths from
300 to 2900mm can be made to order
> > 3000, 4000 and 5000kg capacity also available
> > Lift height: 85 - 200mm
Top quality, full specification, extra long hand pallet
trucks. Made from high grade steel to the latest design.
Note: See separate section for wheel & brake options.
Capacity kg Fork length mm Width over
forks mm
Order Ref
Price
2000 1500 540 WGMA20-540x1500 £515.00
2000 1800 540 WGMA20-540x1800 £595.00
2000 2000 540 WGMA20-540x2000 £645.00
2000 1500 680 WGMA20-680x1500 £555.00
2000 1800 680 WGMA20-680x1800 £645.00
2000 2000 680 WGMA20-680x2000 £760.00
PRINTER’S HEAVY
DUTY PALLET
TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Ideal for narrower and/or shorter pallets used in the printing industry.
> > Capacity: 2500kg
> > 3 position control lever
> > Comfortable rubberised plastic handle
> > Nylon steering wheels and single nylon load rollers as standard
> > Choice of different wheel materials
> > Optional parking and travel brakes
> > Lift height: 75 – 190mm
MAX LOAD
2500 KG
Capacity kg
Fork Length
mm
Width Over
Forks mm
Order Ref
Price
2500kg 800mm 460mm WGPT25-460x800 £345.00
2500kg 900mm 450mm WGMA25-450x900 £385.00
2500kg 1000mm 450mm WGMA25-450x1000 £385.00
126
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
127
LOW PROFILE PALLET
TRUCKS
Special Fork Sizes
& Capacities
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Designed for handling very low pallets or stillages where a
standard truck will not fit
> > Lift height: 51-170mm
> > Fork widths: 540 or 680mm
MAX LOAD
1500 KG
> > Fork lengths: 1000, 1150, 1220mm
> > Nylon steer and tandem nylon load wheels as standard
> > Polyurethane and rubber wheels available on request
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
Capacity Fork Length Width Over Forks Ref Price
1500kg 1000mm 540mm WGMA15-51-540x1000 £495.00
1500kg 1150mm 540mm WGMA15-51-540x1150 £495.00
1500kg 1220mm 540mm WGMA15-51-540x1220 £495.00
1500kg 1000mm 680mm WGMA15-51-680x1000 £495.00
1500kg 1150mm 680mm WGMA15-51-680x1150 £495.00
1500kg 1220mm 680mm WGMA15-51-680x1220 £495.00
EXTRA LOW PROFILE
PALLET TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Designed for handling very low pallets or stillages where a
standard or even low profile truck will not fit
> > Lift height: 35-96mm
> > Fork widths: 530 or 680mm
> > Fork length: 1120mm
MAX LOAD
1000 KG
> > Nylon steer wheels and steel load wheels as standard
Capacity Fork Length Width Over Forks Ref Price
1000kg 1120mm 530mm WGMA10/35-530x1120 £645.00
1000kg 1120mm 680mm WGMA10/35-680x1120 £645.00
ADJUSTABLE PALLET
TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
A hand pallet truck with adjustable width over forks to allow the handling
of different sized pallets with one machine. Available in three fork lengths and
two width ranges. Width over forks is adjustable either from 400 to 520mm
(ideal for the printing industry) or from 530 to 680mm (for general warehouse
and transportation use).
> > Revolutionary design
> > Adjustable width over forks
> > Economical and practical solution
> > High quality robust build
> > Lift height: 76 - 196mm
MAX LOAD
2200 KG
Fork Length mm Width Over Forks mm Capacity kg Order Ref Price
910 400-520 2200 WGPTA22MS £395.00
1060 400-520 2200 WGPTA22M £395.00
1160 400-520 2200 WGPTA22ML £395.00
910 530-680 2200 WGPTA22LS £395.00
1060 530-680 2200 WGPTA22LM £395.00
1160 530-680 2200 WGPTA22L £395.00
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
127

128
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
GALVANISED PALLET
TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Hot dip galvanised or zinc plated pallet trucks
> > Ideal for meat, seafood, dairy and pharmaceutical industries.
> > Lift height: 85-205mm
> > Fork widths: 540 or 680mm
> > Fork lengths: 1000 or 1150mm
MAX LOAD
2500 KG
> > Nylon steer and tandem nylon load wheels as standard
> > Other wheels available on request
Special Fork Sizes
& Capacities
Capacity Fork Length Width Over Forks Ref Price
2500kg 1000mm 540mm WGMA25G-540x1000 £595.00
2500kg 1150mm 540mm WGMA25G-540x1150 £595.00
2500kg 1000mm 680mm WGMA25G-680x1000 £595.00
2500kg 1150mm 680mm WGMA25G-680x1150 £595.00
STAINLESS STEEL
PALLET TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Ideal for environments where hygiene is paramount
> > Designed for environments where the pallet truck will come into
contact with corrosive substances such as salt water, acids and
various chemicals
> > Lift height: 90-205mm
> > Fork widths: 540 or 680mm
> > Fork lengths: 1000 or 1150mm
MAX LOAD
2000 KG
> > Nylon steer and tandem nylon load wheels as standard
> > Other wheels available on request
Capacity Fork Length Width Over Forks Ref Price
2000kg 1000mm 540mm WGMA20S-540x1000 £2395.00
2000kg 1150mm 540mm WGMA20S-540x1150 £2395.00
2000kg 1000mm 680mm WGMA20S-680x1000 £2495.00
2000kg 1150mm 680mm WGMA20S-680x1150 £2495.00
WEIGHING PALLET
TRUCKS
Special Fork Sizes
& Capacities
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Ideal for instant checking of incoming or outgoing goods
> > 0.5kg increments
> > 0.1% accuracy
> > 2200kg capacity
> > Lift height: 85 - 200mm or 75 - 190mm
> > Fork widths: 560 or 690mm
> > Fork length: 1150mm
MAX LOAD
2200 KG
> > Rubber steer wheels and tandem polyurethane load rollers
Capacity kg
Fork Length
mm
Width Over
Forks mm
Ref
Price
2200 1150 560 WGLMWS-560x1150 £995.00
2200 1150 690 WGLMWS-690x1150 £1095.00
128
HAND PALLET TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
129
SEMI-ELECTRIC
PALLET TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Designed for light duty applications
> > 1 - 2 hours battery life
> > Manual lift / Electric drive
> > Precision steering
> > High capacity electric motor
> > Built in charger
MAX LOAD
1500 KG
> > Highly manoeuvrable with 180° steering
Capacity Fork Length Width Over Forks Ref Price
1500kg 1000mm 540mm WGLEMP15/540x1000 £1995.00
1500kg 1150mm 540mm WGLEMP15/540x1150 £1995.00
1500kg 1000mm 680mm WGLEMP15/680x1000 £1995.00
1500kg 1220mm 680mm WGLEMP15/680x1220 £1995.00
POWERED PALLET TRUCKS
ELECTRIC PALLET
TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Compact design
> > Designed for light to medium duty applications
> > 3 - 4 hours battery life
> > Integral charger
> > Maintenance free batteries
MAX LOAD
1500 KG
> > Rechargeable from any standard wall socket
Capacity
Fork
Length
Width Over
Forks
Battery Ref Price
1500kg 1000mm 520mm 2x12V/75Ah WGLEPT15/520x1000 £2750.00
1500kg 1150mm 520mm 2x12V/75Ah WGLEPT15/520x1150 £2750.00
1500kg 1000mm 680mm 2x12V/75Ah WGLEPT15/680x1000 £2750.00
1500kg 1150mm 680mm 2x12V/75Ah WGLEPT15/680x1150 £2750.00
ELECTRIC PALLET
TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Compact design
> > Designed for light to medium duty applications
> > 6 - 8 hours battery life
> > Rechargeable from any standard wall socket
> > 3000, 5000 and 8000kg options
MAX LOAD
2000 KG
> > Galvanised or stainless steel finish also available
Capacity
Fork
Length
Width Over
Forks
Battery Ref Price
2000kg 1150mm 540mm 24V/240Ah WGLEPT20/540x1150 £4650.00
POWERED PALLET TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
129

130
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PALLET TRUCKS / PALLET TILTERS
ROUGH TERRAIN
PALLET TRUCKS
WGTNV500
Capacity
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Transports loads on uneven ground
> > Little maintenance required
> > Great manoeuvrability
> > Adjustable width over fork
> > Wheels fitted onto sealed bearings
> > Pneumatic tyres
> > Ideal for building sites, garden centres, farms etc.
Special Versions Available
Fork
Length
Width Over
Forks
MAX LOAD
500-1200 KG
Max Pallet Size Ref Price
500kg 620mm 170 - 570mm 600 x 800mm TNV500 £795.00
1200kg 800mm 340 - 650mm 1000 x 1200mm TNV1200 £1095.00
1500kg 820mm 320 - 660mm 1200 x 1200mm TNV1500 £1165.00
1200kg 880mm 170 - 570mm 1200 x 1200mm TNE1200 £7495.00
WGTNV1200
WGTNV1500
WGTNE1200
MANUAL & ELECTRIC
PALLET TILTERS
WGLT10M
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Forks can be tilted up to 90 O
MAX LOAD
1000 KG
> > Handle can be turned and locked in position away from the work area
> > Both models supplied with parking brake and foot protectors as standard
> > Manual type: lift and tilt are performed by hand hydraulic action
> > Electric type: lifting and lowering functions are built
into handle, tilting action is operated by remote control
Capacity
Angle of
Tilt
Lift / Tilt Fork Width Fork Length Ref Price
1000kg 90 o Manual 560mm 800mm WGLT10M £945.00
1000kg 90 o Electric 560mm 800mm WGLT10E £1949.00
WGLT10E
130
PALLET TRUCKS / PALLET TILTERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
131
HIGH LIFT
PALLET TRUCKS
WGMHL540E
WGMHL540M
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > The high lifters easily lift up to 1000 or 1500kg
> > Automatically braked when raised above 400mm
> > Helps minimise back strain
> > Three position control lever
> > Automatic descending speed control
> > Quick lift as standard on manual model
> > Manual lift in case of flat battery
Fork Dimensions
(L x W)
MAX LOAD
1000-1500 KG
Lift Type Capacity Ref Price
1170 x 540mm Manual 1000kg WGMHL540M £539.00
1170 x 680mm Manual 1000kg WGMHL680M £549.00
1170 x 560mm Manual 1500kg WGHBL15-560M £599.00
1170 x 680mm Manual 1500kg WGHBL15-680M £629.00
1170 x 540mm Electric 1000kg WGMHL540E £1545.00
1170 x 680mm Electric 1000kg WGMHL680E £1595.00
1170 x 560mm Electric 1500kg WGHBL15-560E £1645.00
1170 x 680mm Electric 1500kg WGHBL15-680E £1695.00
HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCKS
SKID
LIFTERS
WGPL50
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Raise pallets or other items to correct working height
> > Helps minimise back strain
> > Combination of high lift pallet truck and lift table
> > Fully welded heavy duty steel frame
> > Total stop brake on castor wheel
MAX LOAD
500-1000 KG
> > Foot operated pedal for easier and faster lifting
MADE IN
BRITAIN
> > Steering tiller handle on 1000kg models for easier and comfortable turning
Capacity
Fork
Width
Fork
Length
Platform Size (L x W) Ref Price
500kg 526mm 1115mm 1115 x 538mm WGPL50S £629.00
500kg 690mm 1115mm 1115 x 703mm WGPL50L £629.00
1000kg 526mm 1115mm 1115 x 538mm WGPL100S £699.00
1000kg 690mm 1115mm 1115 x 703mm WGPL100L £699.00
WGPL100
HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
131

132
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
POWERED PALLET STACKERS
WGLES10.16
UNIVERSAL FULLY
POWERED STACKERS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Designed specifically for small warehouses and factories.
LES models have fixed width wrapover forks and are designed for handling
Euro pallets and other open bottom pallets and cages.
> > Battery powered lift and drive
> > Light and versatile; compact and reliable
> > Suitable for small factories and warehouses
> > Wrapover forks
> > On board charger
> > Chargeable from standard 230V/13A 3-pin socket
> > CE certified
> > Full 12 months warranty
MAX LOAD
1000 KG
WGLES10.30
Max Lift
Height
mm
Capacity
kg
Forks
L x W mm
Overall
Lowered
Height mm
Mast Battery Ref Price
1600 1000 1150 x 560 1990 Single 12V / 120Ah WGLES10.16 £3600.00
3000 1000 1150 x 560 1990 Double 12V / 120Ah WGLES10.30 £3995.00
WGF12 APE 1.6
STANDARD POWERED
PALLET STACKER
WGF12 APE 3.5
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Compact design
> > Up to 5 hours continuous use per day.
> > Battery: 2 x 12V / 130Ah
> > Mast type: Duplex
> > Optional straddle legs
> > Optional adjustable forks
MAX LOAD
1200 KG
> > Optional attachments: booms, crane jibs, drum clamps etc
Capacity Max Lift Height Forks (L x W) Ref Price
1200kg 1600mm 1150 x 540mm WGF12 APE 1.6 £7895.00
1200kg 2500mm 1150 x 540mm WGF12 APE 2.5 £7995.00
1200kg 3000mm 1150 x 540mm WGF12 APE 3.0 £8295.00
1200kg 3500mm 1150 x 540mm WGF12 APE 3.5 £8595.00
Options
Optional straddle legs WGAPE-STR £980.00
Optional adjustable forks WGAPE-ADJ £860.00
HEAVY DUTY
COUNTERBALANCED
PALLET STACKER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Pallet stackers suitable for use with any pallet type.
> > Built-in battery charger
> > Tilting mast
> > Suitable for Euro and UK type pallets
> > Multi-function tiller head
> > Fully powered
MAX LOAD
1000 KG
> > Adjustable forks: 200 to 580mm
Capacity
Max Lift
Height
Forks
Length
Mast Battery Ref Price
1000kg 2500mm 1070mm Duplex 24V/240Ah WGLCS10.25 £8,495.00
1000kg 3300mm 1070mm Duplex 24V/240Ah WGLCS10.33 £8,995.00
1200kg 2500mm 1070mm Duplex 24V/280Ah WGLCS12.25 £8,995.00
1200kg 3300mm 1070mm Duplex 24V/280Ah WGLCS12.35 £9,995.00
132
POWERED PALLET STACKERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
133
Our range of scissor lift tables consist of medium to
heavy duty single and diouble, manual and electric
lift tables which are easy to operate.
> > Capacity range from 150kg to 1500kg
> > Heavy duty design
BUDGET SCISSOR
TABLES
> > Great stability and manoeuvrability
> > Foot pump to lift platform
> > Hand lever to release / lower platform
> > Can be used safely at any height
> > Special bespoke designs available
> > Both swivel wheels are fitted with total stop brakes as standard
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
WGBSL25
MOBILE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES
WGTXL500L
WGTXL1000
Capacity Platform (L x W) Closed Height Raised Height Handle Height Wheels Diameter Weight Ref Price
150kg 700 x 450mm 225mm 740mm 935mm 100mm 43kg WGTXL150 £295.00
200kg 1000 x 500mm 340mm 1000mm 1055mm 200mm 70kg WGTXL200 £345.00
250kg 830 x 500mm 330mm 910mm 1085mm 150mm 78kg WGBSL25 £365.00
300kg 855 x 500mm 340mm 915mm 970mm 125mm 75kg WGTXL300 £385.00
500kg 855 x 500mm 280mm 910mm 970mm 125mm 79kg WGTXL500 £425.00
500kg 1600 x 800mm 310mm 910mm 970mm 125mm 134kg WGTXL500L £645.00
700kg 1220 x 610mm 230mm 1075mm 935mm 100/125mm 158kg WGBZ70B £875.00
750kg 1010 x 520mm 442mm 1000mm 1100mm 150mm 120kg WGBSL75 £525.00
800kg 1000 x 510mm 420mm 1000mm 970mm 150mm 115kg WGTXL800 £545.00
1000kg 1015 x 515mm 380mm 1010mm 970mm 150mm 121kg WGTXL1000 £635.00
1500kg 1220 x 610mm 420mm 1010mm 970mm 150mm 142kg WGTXL1500 £725.00
MOBILE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
133

134
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MOBILE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES
BUDGET DOUBLE
MANUAL SCISSOR
LIFT TABLES
WGTXL680D
Capacity Platform (L xW) Closed
Height
Raised
Height
Handle
Height
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Capacity range from 150kg to 800kg
> > Heavy duty design
> > Great stability and manoeuvrability
> > Foot pump to lift platform
Wheels
Diameter
MAX LOAD
150-800 KG
> > Hand lever to release/lower platform
> > Special bespoke designs available
Weight Ref Price
150kg 830 x 500mm 435mm 1450mm 1050mm 150mm 91kg WGBSL15D £395.00
300kg 1010 x 520mm 435mm 1620mm 1130mm 150mm 134kg WGBSL30D £525.00
450kg 1030 x 610mm 295mm 1555mm 950mm 130/160mm 143kg WGSCL450DM £795.00
500kg 1010 x 520mm 450mm 1500mm 1185mm 150mm 144kg WGBSL50D £575.00
680kg 1210 x 610mm 475mm 1510mm 1020mm 150mm 176kg WGTXL680D £625.00
800kg 1220 x 610mm 485mm 1500mm 970mm 150mm 181kg WGTXL800D £685.00
BUDGET ELECTRIC
DOUBLE SCISSOR
LIFT TABLES
WGESL50D
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Robust construction
> > Simple handle mounted control pad
> > Easily accessible battery unit
> > 12V maintenance free battery
> > 700W dc power pack
MAX LOAD
300-800 KG
Capacity Platform (L xW) Closed
Height
Raised
Height
Handle
Height
Wheels
Dia.
Weight Ref Price
300kg 1010 x 520mm 495mm 1600mm 1180mm 150mm 183kg WGESL30D/ES30D £1645.00
500kg 1010 x 520mm 435mm 1618mm 1180mm 150mm 198kg WGESL50D/ES50D £1795.00
800kg 1010 x 520mm 510mm 1440mm 1180mm 150mm 208kg WGESL80D/ES80D £1895.00
BUDGET LOW PROFILE
SCISSOR LIFTS
WGHU1000
WGHY1001
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Low profile pallet positioner
> > Safe 415V 3-phase operation
> > Safety anti-trap bar under table edge
> > WGHY1001 model is suitable for all pallets up
to 1100 x 1200mm
> > WGHU1000 model is suitable for open-bottom
pallets e.g. Euro Pallets
MAX LOAD
1000 KG
Type Capacity Platform (L x W) Closed
Height
Raised
Height
Weight Ref Price
Table with ramp 1000kg 1420 x 1140mm 85mm 860mm 91kg WGHY1001 £2245.00
U-shape 1000kg 1420 x 1140mm 85mm 860mm 134kg WGHU1000 £2245.00
134
MOBILE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
135
WGSSL200
STAINLESS STEEL
MOBILE LIFT TABLES
MOBILE LIFT TABLES
WGSSL500
DELIVERED
IN 18 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Suitable for a variety of lifting and loading operations.
Also ideal as a variable height work table for use in food
preparation and other clean areas.
Stainless Steel mobile lift table. 200kg & 500kg Capacity;
Max lift 800 & 1000 mm. Each machine is supplied with
a test certificate, operating instructions and a product
Health and Safety Data sheet.
All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection
Maximum load capacity kg 200 500
Table W x L mm 500 x 900 600 x 1100
Raised height mm 800 1000
Lowered height mm
Overall dimensions
280 360
length mm 1125 1310
width mm 500 600
height mm 935 980
Weight kg 54 114
Ref WGSSL200 WGSSL500
Price £2205.45 £2935.55
Manufacture: British design and manufacture to comply with BS EN
1570 - 1: 2011 + AI:2014. Fully welded steel construction. All Ezi-Lift
products are guarded for operator protection.
Wheels: Front, 200kg: 125mm diameter; 500kg: 160mm diameter
nylon wheels fitted with polyurethane tyres, ball bearing journals.
Rear, swivel castors, fitted with total stop brakes and 125mm
diameter polyurethane tyred nylon wheels, ball bearing journals.
Finish: The lift table is manufactured from 304 Stainless Steel.
(note: hydraulic pump, foot pedal and ram not stainless).
Operation: Foot operated hydraulics to lift and lower the table.
Maintenance: Hydraulic pump and ram unit is easily removed for
maintenance and is fitted with a hose burst valve. Table top is hinged
when in the fully lowered position, for easy access to working parts.
Ezilift
MOBILE LIFT TABLES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
135

136
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ROLLING CORNERS, PLATFORMS AND SKATES
ROLLING
CORNERS
Sold in sets of 4, rolling corners allow large items to be moved with little effort.
Manufactured from formed and welded sheet steel, platforms fitted with 3mm
thick black ribbed rubber matting. Metalwork finished in high quality powder
coating. Wheels: 3 castors, all swivel with 50mm wheels with grey non marking
rubber tyres.
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
IMPORTANT: Weight must be evenly distributed on the four corners.
Platform Height mm 20
Overall H x L x W mm 75 x 300 x 300
Capacity kg (over 4 corners) 400 600
Weight kg (set of 4) 8 10
Finish Grey Epoxy Orange Epoxy
Order Ref: WGRMD1 WGRMD2
Price £173.45 £208.70
WGRMD2
WGRMD1
ROLLER
PLATFORMS
WGRMD3
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Unique, tough and versatile. A heavy load shifter fitted with 3 heavy duty
swivel castors housing white nylon wheels 50mm diameter. Steel deck with
ribbed rubber pad.
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Deck Height mm 90
Side Lengths mm 300 x 300 x 300
Capacity kg (over 4 corners) 500
Weight kg (set of 4) 10
Finish
Yellow Epoxy
Order Ref:
WGRMD3
Price £156.95
STACKING BAR
CRADLES
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
1000 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Flexible stacking cradles for storage of varying lengths of bar, tube, flats, and
angles. Stacked at a maximum of 5 high with a load capacity of 1000kg per
cradle. Fitted with 127mm square pallet feet and finished in blue epoxy.
Overall H x D x L mm Effective W x H mm Wt. kg Ref Price
470 x 790 x 385 610 x 305 21 WGSBC1 £99.05
625 x 790 x 385 610 x 460 24 WGSBC2 £104.35
470 x 1095 x 385 915 x 305 25 WGSBC3 £106.15
625 x 1095 x 385 915 x 460 28 WGSBC4 £112.04
Units MUST be sited on solid level ground.
136
ROLLING CORNERS, PLATFORMS AND SKATES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
137
BEAM
TROLLEY
Easy transportation of long loads in factories,
showrooms and warehouses, for carpets, floor
coverings, poles and timber products.
Tubular construction throughout with centre axle
mounted with large 400mm diameter pneumatic tyred
wheels for maximum mobility and soft ride, or 400mm
diameter solid rubber tyred wheels.
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
350 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
BEAM / CARPET TROLLEY
Finish: Blue epoxy.
We can manufacture to your special sizes on request.
Overall H x W x L mm 420 x 660 x 1010
Capacity kg 350
Tyres 400mm Solid 400mm Pneumatic
Weight kg 26 13
Order Ref TP46 TP46P
Price £204.35 £192.45
Softride Pneumatic Tyres
CARPET
TROLLEY
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Maximum 5 high. Flexible stacking cradles for storage
of varying lengths of: bar, tube, flats, angles etc. Load
capacity per cradle 1000kg. Fitted with 127mm square
pallet feet.
Finish: Red epoxy.
Overall H x W x L mm 505 x 550 x 1540
Central Frame Height mm 420
Capacity kg 500
Tyres 400mm Solid 400mm Pneumatic
Weight kg 27 14
Order Ref TP42 TP42P
Price £177.75 £169.05
Loadtek
BEAM / CARPET TROLLEY
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
137

138
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BAR AND SHEET STORAGE
VERTICAL
BAR RACK
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Fully welded steel construction with steel base 600 x 250mm storage bays.
Pre-drilled for bolting to floor (fixings not supplied), finished in blue epoxy.
No. of bays O/A H x D x L mm Weight. kgs Ref Price
4 1500 x 600 x 1200 84 WGVBR4 £287.65
6 1500 x 600 x 1800 108 WGVBR6 £370.80
8 1500 x 600 x 2400 135 WGVBR8 £441.15
MULTI-HEIGHT
SHEET RACK
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Ideal for off-cuts and other variable sizes of sheet and plate. Fitted with sheet
steel base and pre-drilled for floor fixing. Finished in blue epoxy.
Overall H x W x D mm 1000 x 1400 x 800
Support Bar Heights mm 400 : 550 : 700 : 850 : 1000
Distance Between Bars mm 160
Weight kg 75
Order Ref
MPR
Price £280.10
FULL-HEIGHT
SHEET RACK
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Multipurpose rack with formed sheet steel base. Pre-drilled for floor fixing (bolts
not supplied), finished in blue epoxy.
Overall H x W x D mm 1220 x 1080 x 1015
Distance Between Uprights mm 305
Central Support Beam Height mm 575
Weight kg 53
Order Ref
FHSR
Price £309.55
138
BAR AND SHEET STORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
139
STANDARD
SHEET RACK
DELIVERED
IN 25 DAYS
Vertical storage of all sheet material with floor bracing for sheet support.
Finished in blue epoxy.
Overall
H x L x W mm
Bays
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Capacity
Tonne
Wt. kg Ref Price
1040 x 2060 x 1200 4 4 152 WGSPR1 £834.40
1040 x 2060 x 1400 5 5 170 WGSPR2 £951.10
1040 x 2060 x 1600 6 6 188 WGSPR3 £1092.85
1040 x 2060 x 1800 7 7 206 WGSPR4 £1220.35
1040 x 2060 x 2000 8 8 224 WGSPR5 £1397.30
1040 x 2060 x 2200 9 9 242 WGSPR6 £1512.80
1040 x 2060 x 2400 10 10 260 WGSPR7 £1666.25
BAR AND SHEET STORAGE
HORIZONTAL
BAR RACK
DELIVERED
IN 25 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Single or double sided freestanding units with a maximum load of 500kg per
level single sided, 1000kg per level double sided.
Six storage levels on single sided units, seven levels on double sided units.
Starter bay - 2 uprights + cross bracing
Extension bay - 1 upright + cross bracing
Centre line of uprights: 1575mm. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Description O/A H x D x L mm Wt. kg Ref Price
Single sided starter bay 1880 x 860 x 2445 100 WGHBR1 £743.90
Single sided extension bay 1880 x 860 x 2010 53 WGHBR1E £429.05
Double sided starter bay 1985 x 920 x 2445 128 WGHBR2 £861.95
Double sided extension bay 1985 x 920 x 2010 68 WGHBR2E £468.20
Loadtek
BAR AND SHEET STORAGE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
139

140
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PLATE HANDLING
HI-FRAME
PLATE TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 18 DAYS
The Big Plate Trucks. Capacity 500 and 750kg. Heavy duty angle
chassis with high tubular support frame for sheet material transport
and storage. Fully welded throughout. Open frame or ply deck.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed castors with rubber tyred wheels, bright steel
centres and roller bearings.
MAX LOAD
500-750 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Open frame model
UDL Capacity 500 kg 750 kg
Overall height mm 1500 1570
Frame height mm 1175 1175
Max load depth mm 450 450
Overall L x W mm 2250 x 700 2250 x 700
Wheel diameter mm 200 250
Open frame
Platform height mm 285 355
Weight kg 84 92
Ref WGTP31 WGTP32
Price £518.05 £646.45
Ply deck
Platform height mm 300 370
Weight kg 94 104
Ref WGTP31P WGTP32P
Price £561.50 £691.45
Ply deck model
STANDARD
PLATE TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
500 KG
Welded angle chassis with removable bars, 2 supplied (extras available).
Support bar height 725mm from deck with a deck height of 275mm.
Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 200mm diameter rubber tyred
wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Platform
L x W mm
Bars (2 supplied) Ply Platform Price
Position Centres mm Weight kg Ref
1000 x 700 5 168 46 WGTP35 £326.45
1200 x 800 6 155 54 WGTP36 £340.15
Optional Extras Ref Price
1000 mm length additional Support Bars WGTP7 £26.80
1200 mm length additional Support Bars WGTP8 £28.85
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB013 £15.25
View product
on YouTube
140
PLATE HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Loadtek

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
141
PLATFORM AND
FRAME DOLLIES
WGTD602
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
300 KG
A range of dollies to suit most industrial needs. Steel frame construction with a
choice of deck types in a compact 600 x 600mm deck size. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 125mm diameter rubber tyred roller bearing
wheels with bright zinc plated centres.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Deck type timber steel open frame
Capacity kgs 300 300 300
Deck L x W mm 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600
Platform height mm 198 198 198
Wheel dia. mm 125 125 125
Weight kgs 19 21 15
Ref: WGTD600 WGTD601 WGTD602
Price £137.50 £136.60 £111.55
PLATFORM / PLATE AND SHEET HANDLING
WGTD600
WGTD601
SHEET
BUGGIES
WGTP41
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
For in-plant or on-site use; timber and metal sheets, frames and doors,
chipboard and hardboard. Tubular steel construction, with plastic hand grips
and finished in blue epoxy.
MAX LOAD
300 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Wheels: 2 axle mounted 200mm diameter solid tyred wheels, or 260mm
diameter pneumatic tyred wheels (all wheels roller bearings).
Platform Type Plywood Ribbed Rubber
Capacity kg 300 300
Overall H x W mm 1220 x 550 1220 x 590
Platform L x W mm 800 x 250 500 x 200
Handle Length mm 2000 1180
Weight kg 19 21
Wheels mm 200 Solid 260 Pneumatic 200 Solid 260 Pneumatic
Order Ref WGTP41 WGTP41P WGTP40 WGTP40P
Price £230.20 £242.00 £181.50 £193.05
WGTP40
Loadtek
PLATFORM / PLATE AND SHEET HANDLING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
141

142
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
FURNITURE MOVERS
HYDRAULIC
FURNITURE &
EQUIPMENT
MOVER SETS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > For professional transport of heavy and bulky items
> > Ideal for removal, maintenance and installation applications
> > Hydraulic lifting mechanism
> > A set consists of two transport units
> > Supplied with two 5 metre long securing load straps
> > Steering handle for direct control
> > Polyurethane wheels
MAX LOAD
1800 KG
Capacity
(kg)
Raised Height
(mm)
Dimensions
W x D x H (mm)
Toe Plate
W x D (mm)
Toe Plate
Thickness (mm)
Wheels DIA
(mm)
Weight
(kg)
1800 345 650 x 425 x 1240 590 x 60 7 Ø 150 90 WGFML180 £795.00
Ref
Price
FURNITURE &
APPLIANCE
MOVER SET
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
600 KG
> > Robust lifting mechanism
> > Designed for use with heavy and bulky items
> > Ideal for removal, maintenance and installation applications
> > Manual lift using spindle winch with safety stop
> > A set consists of two transport units
> > Supplied with two 5 metre long securing load straps
> > Polyurethane wheels
Capacity
(kg)
Raised Height
(mm)
Dimensions
W x D x H (mm)
Toe Plate
W x D (mm)
Toe Plate
Thickness (mm)
Wheels DIA
(mm)
Weight
(kg)
600 410 600 x 410 x 810 225 x 120 7 Ø 150 25 WGFML60 £495.00
Ref
Price
142
FURNITURE MOVERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
143
LIGHT DUTY
APPARATUS CASTORS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
WGDRLGRG WGDRLTPR WGDRLTPRAZ WGGDGRG WGLWATPR/BJ WGDR2GRG WGDR2NY WGDRLNY
50mm Wheel
Tread
Width
Load
Cap.
Overall
Height
Plate
Dim.
Plate
Wheel
Type
Bearing Offset Swivel
Castor
17mm 40kg 73mm 50 x 50mm 35 x 35mm Rubber Plain 25mm WG50DRL4GRG £2.61 WG50DRL4GRGSWB £3.33 - -
20mm 40kg 73mm 50 x 50mm 35 x 35mm Synthetic Rubber Plain 25mm WG50DRL4TPR £2.69 WG50DRL4TPRSWB £3.41 - -
20mm 40kg 73mm 50 x 50mm 35 x 35mm Anti-Static Plain 25mm WG50DRL4TPRAZ £3.56 WG50DR4TPRAZSWB £4.12 - -
17mm 40kg 72mm 50 x 50mm 35 x 35mm Synthetic Rubber Plain 28mm WG50GD4GRG £3.80 WG50GDL4GRGSWB £5.54 WG50GD8GRG £3.17
20/20mm 60kg 72mm 60 x 60mm 46 x 46mm Synthetic Rubber Plain 26mm WG50DR24GRG £3.48 WG50DR24GRGWB £4.75 - -
20/20mm 60kg 72mm 60 x 60mm 46 x 46mm Nylon Plain 26mm WG50DR24NY £3.48 WG50DR24NYSWB £4.75 - -
20mm 40kg 73mm 50 x 50mm 35 x 35mm Nylon Plain 25mm WG50DRL4PP £2.61 WG50DRL4PPSWB £3.33 - -
Price
Braked
Castor
Price
Fixed
Castor
Price
LIGHT DUTY APPARATUS CASTORS
75mm Wheel
Tread
Width
Load
Cap.
Overall
Height
Plate
Dim.
Plate
Wheel
Type
Bearing Offset Swivel
Castor
35mm 200kg 100mm 60 x 60mm 43 x 43mm Rubber Plain 32mm WG75DRL4GRG £3.96 WG75DRL4GRGSWB £4.75 - -
30mm 150kg 100mm 60 x 60mm 43 x 43mm Synthetic Rubber Plain 32mm WG75DRL4TPR £4.75 WG75DRL4TPRSWB £4.75 - -
32mm 150kg 100mm 60 x 60mm 43 x 43mm Anti-Static Plain 32mm WG75DRL4TPRAZ £5.94 WG75DR4TPRAZSWB £5.94 - -
30mm 80kg 103mm 65 x 65mm 45 x 45mm Synthetic Rubber Plain 35mm WG75GD4GRG £6.89 WG75GDL4GRGSWB £8.47 WG75GD8GRG £5.07
21mm 50kg 100mm 60 x 60mm 43 x 43mm Nylon Plain 32mm WG75DRL4PP £3.96 WG75DRL4PPSWB £4.75 - -
Price
Braked
Castor
Price
Fixed
Castor
Price
100mm Wheel
Tread
Width
Load
Cap.
Overall
Height
Plate
Dim.
Plate
Wheel
Type
Bearing Offset Swivel
Castor
27mm 80kg 130mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Rubber Plain 38mm WG100DRL4GRG £3.75 WG100DRL4GRGSWB £5.97 - -
27mm 75kg 130mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Synthetic Rubber Plain 38mm WG100DRL4TPR £3.75 WG100DRL4TPRSWB £6.53 - -
27mm 75kg 130mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Anti-Static Plain 38mm WG100DRL4TPRAZ £4.40 WG100DR4TPRAZSWB £5.66 - -
24mm 80kg 124mm 65 x 65mm 45 x 45mm Synthetic Rubber Plain 39mm WG100GD4GRG £5.27 WG100GDL4GRGSWB £5.71 WG100GD8GRG £4.31
32mm 90kg 135mm 67 x 77mm 51.5 x 51.5 Synthetic Rubber Plain 38mm WG100LWATPR £5.05 WG100LWATPRSWB £7.01 - -
32mm 90kg 135mm 67 x 77mm 51.5 x 51.5 Synthetic Rubber Ball 38mm WG100LWATPRBJG £7.71 WG100LWATPRBJGSWB £8.02 - -
27mm 80kg 130mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Nylon Plain 38mm WG100DRL4PP £5.23 WG100DRL4PPSWB £4.70 - -
Price
Braked
Castor
Price
Fixed
Castor
Price
125mm Wheel
Tread
Width
Load
Cap.
Overall
Height
Plate
Dim.
Plate
Wheel
Type
Bearing Offset Swivel
Castor
27mm 100kg 153mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Rubber Plain 40mm WG125DRL4GRG £4.70 WG125DRL4GRGSWB £5.58 - -
27mm 90kg 153mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Synthetic Rubber Plain 40mm WG125DRL4TPR £4.70 WG125DRL4TPRSWB £5.58 - -
27mm 90kg 153mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Anti-Static Plain 40mm WG125DRL4TPRAZ £5.58 WG125DR4TPRAZSWB £6.45 - -
32mm 110kg 160mm 67 x 77mm 51.5 x 51.5 Synthetic Rubber Plain 41mm WG125LWATPR £5.79 WG125LWATPRSWB £7.01 - -
32mm 110kg 160mm 67 x 77mm 51.5 x 51.5 Synthetic Rubber Ball 41mm WG125LWATPRBJG £7.01 WG125LWATPRBJGSWB £8.23 - -
27mm 100kg 153mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Nylon Plain 40mm WG125DRL4PP £4.70 WG125DRL4PPSWB £5.58 - -
Price
Braked
Castor
Price
Fixed
Castor
Price
150mm Wheel
Tread
Width
Load
Cap.
Overall
Height
Plate
Dim.
Plate
Wheel
Type
Bearing Offset Swivel
Castor
32mm 130kg 184.5mm 67 x 77mm 51.5 x 61.5mm Synthetic Rubber Plain 45mm WG150LWATPR £7.19 WG150LWATPRSWB £12.24 - -
32mm 130kg 184.5mm 67 x 77mm 51.5 x 61.5mm Synthetic Rubber Ball 45mm WG150LWATPRBJG £9.37 WG150LWATPRBJGSWB £14.42 - -
Price
Braked
Castor
Price
Fixed
Castor
Price
LIGHT DUTY APPARATUS CASTORS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
143

144
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MEDIUM DUTY STAINLESS STEEL CASTORS
SSDRNY SSDRPNO SSDREPN SSDRGRB SSDRHTBJG SSDRBNB
80mm Wheel
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
MEDIUM DUTY STAINLESS
STEEL CASTORS
Wheel
Type
106mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate / 37.5mm Offset
Bearing
Swivel
Castor
Price
Braked
Castor
Price
Fixed
Castor
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
35mm 200kg Nylon Plain WGSS80DR4NY £18.64 WGSS80DR4NYSWB £22.35 WGSS80DR8NY £14.85
30mm 100kg Poly Nylon Plain WGSS80DR4PNO £19.21 WGSS80DR4PNOSWB £22.91 WGSS80DR8PNO £15.42
32mm 100kg Elastic Poly Nylon Plain WGSS80DR4EPN £20.26 WGSS80DR4EPNSWB £23.96 WGSS80DR8EPN £16.47
30mm 65kg Grey Rubber Roller WGSS80DR4GRB £17.86 WGSS80DR4GRBSWB £21.56 WGSS80DR8GRB £14.07
30mm 200kg Phenolic (High Temp) Ball WGSS80DR4HTBJ260 £31.54 WGSS80DR4HTBJ260SWB £35.24 WGSS80DR8HTBJ260 £27.75
34mm 150kg Blue Elastic Rubber Roller WGSS80DR4BNB £18.99 WGSS80DR4BNBSWB £22.69 WGSS80DR8BNB £15.20
Price
100mm Wheel
128mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate / 40mm Offset
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
Wheel
Type
Bearing
Swivel
Castor
Price
35mm 200kg Nylon Plain WGSS100DR4NY £18.99 WGSS100DR4NYSWB £22.65 WGSS100DR8NY £13.68
30mm 150kg Poly Nylon Plain WGSS100DR4PNO £19.73 WGSS100DR4PNOSWB £23.39 WGSS100DR8PNO £14.42
32mm 150kg Elastic Poly Nylon Plain WGSS100DR4EPN £22.17 WGSS100DR4EPNSWB £25.83 WGSS100DR8EPN £16.86
30mm 80kg Grey Rubber Roller WGSS100DR4GRB £18.38 WGSS100DR4GRBSWB £22.04 WGSS100DR8GRB £13.07
32mm 220kg Phenolic (High Temp) Ball WGSS100DR4HTBJ260 £36.11 WGSS100DR4HTBJ260SWB £39.77 WGSS100DR8HTBJ260 £30.80
34mm 180kg Blue Elastic Rubber Roller WGSS100DR4BNB £19.99 WGSS100DR4BNBSWB £23.65 WGSS100DR8BNB £14.68
Braked
Castor
Price
Fixed
Castor
Price
125mm Wheel
152mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate / 47mm Offset
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
Wheel
Type
Bearing
Swivel
Castor
Price
35mm 270kg Nylon Plain WGSS125DR4NY £19.21 WGSS125DR4NYSWB £23.09 WGSS125DR8NY £17.90
35mm 200kg Poly Nylon Plain WGSS125DR4PNO £20.56 WGSS125DR4PNOSWB £24.44 WGSS125DR8PNO £19.25
32mm 175kg Elastic Poly Nylon Plain WGSS125DR4EPN £21.87 WGSS125DR4EPNSWB £25.74 WGSS125DR8EPN £20.56
37mm 100kg Grey Rubber Roller WGSS125DR4GRB £18.38 WGSS125DR4GRBSWB £22.26 WGSS125DR8GRB £17.08
40mm 250kg Phenolic (High Temp) Ball WGSS125DR4HTBJ260 £37.37 WGSS125DR4HTBJ260SWB £41.25 WGSS125DR8HTBJ260 £36.07
36mm 250kg Blue Elastic Rubber Roller WGSS125DR4BNB £20.56 WGSS125DR4BNBSWB £24.44 WGSS125DR8BNB £19.25
Braked
Castor
Price
Fixed
Castor
Price
150mm Wheel
185mm Overall Height / 135 x 105mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 65mm Offset
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
Wheel
Type
Bearing
Swivel
Castor
Price
42mm 200kg Elastic Poly Nylon Plain WGSS150DR4EPN £48.13 WGSS150DR4EPNSWB £62.47 WGSS150DR8EPN £40.25
Braked
Castor
Price
Fixed
Castor
Price
160mm Wheel
195mm Overall Height / 135 x 105mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 65mm Offset
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
Wheel
Type
Bearing
Swivel
Castor
Price
45mm 350kg Nylon Plain WGSS160DR4NY £39.55 WGSS160DR4NYSWB £53.88 WGSS160DR8NY £31.67
38mm 250kg Poly Nylon Plain WGSS160DR4PNO £42.65 WGSS160DR4PNOSWB £56.98 WGSS160DR8PNO £34.76
40mm 175kg Grey Rubber Roller WGSS160DR4GRB £37.94 WGSS160DR4GRBSWB £52.27 WGSS160DR8GRB £30.06
45mm 350kg Blue Elastic Rubber Roller WGSS160DR4BNB £42.86 WGSS160DR4BNBSWB £57.19 WGSS160DR8BNB £34.98
Braked
Castor
Price
Fixed
Castor
Price
200mm Wheel
237mm Overall Height / 135 x 105mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 65mm Offset
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
Wheel
Type
Bearing
Swivel
Castor
Price
60mm 350kg Nylon Plain WGSS200DR4NY £48.22 WGSS200DR4NYSWB £58.85 WGSS200DR8NY £37.72
50mm 350kg Poly Nylon Plain WGSS200DR4PNO £56.06 WGSS200DR4PNOSWB £66.69 WGSS200DR8PNO £45.56
50mm 250kg Elastic Poly Nylon Plain WGSS200DR4EPN £64.34 WGSS200DR4EPNSWB £74.97 WGSS200DR8EPN £53.84
50mm 205kg Grey Rubber Roller WGSS200DR4GRB £46.30 WGSS200DR4GRBSWB £56.93 WGSS200DR8GRB £35.81
45mm 350kg Blue Elastic Rubber Ball WGSS200DR4BNB £60.11 WGSS200DR4BNBJSWB £70.74 WGSS200DR8BNB £49.61
Braked
Castor
Price
Fixed
Castor
Price
144
MEDIUM DUTY STAINLESS STEEL CASTORS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
145
LIGHT / MEDIUM DUTY
INDUSTRIAL CASTORS
WGDRNY WGDRPNO WGDREPN WGDRPSB WGDRBSB WGDRBNB
80mm Wheel - 106mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
Wheel
Type
Bearing Offset Swivel
Castor
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
35mm 200kg Nylon Plain 37.5mm WG80DR4NY £5.88 WG80DR4NYSWB £7.45 WG80DR8NY £5.23
30mm 100kg Poly Nylon Plain 37.5mm WG80DR4PNO £6.45 WG80DR4PNOSWB £8.02 WG80DR8PNO £5.79
32mm 100kg Elastic Poly Nylon Plain 37.5mm WG80DR4EPN £7.49 WG80DR4EPNSWB £9.06 WG80DR8EPN £6.84
30mm 65kg Rubber Red Centre Roller 37.5mm WG80DR4PSB £5.10 WG80DR4PSBSWB £6.66 WG80DR8PSB £4.44
30mm 65kg Rubber Steel Centre Roller 37.5mm WG80DR4BSB £5.05 WG80DR4BSBSWB £6.62 WG80DR8BSB £4.40
34mm 150kg Blue Elastic Rubber Roller 37.5mm WG80DR4BNB £6.23 WG80DR4BNBSWB £7.80 WG80DR8BNB £5.58
Price
Braked
Castor
Price
Fixed
Castor
Price
LIGHT / MEDIUM DUTY CASTORS
100mm Wheel - 128mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
Wheel
Type
Bearing Offset Swivel
Castor
35mm 200kg Nylon Plain 40mm WG100DR4NY £6.14 WG100DR4NYSWB £7.80 WG100DR8NY £5.49
30mm 150kg Poly Nylon Plain 40mm WG100DR4PNO £6.88 WG100DR4PNOSWB £8.54 WG100DR8PNO £6.23
32mm 150kg Elastic Poly Nylon Plain 40mm WG100DR4EPN £9.32 WG100DR4EPNSWB £10.98 WG100DR8EPN £8.67
30mm 80kg Rubber Red Centre Roller 40mm WG100DR4PSB £5.18 WG100DR4PSBSWB £6.84 WG100DR8PSB £4.53
30mm 80kg Rubber Steel Centre Roller 40mm WG100DR4BSB £5.40 WG100DR4BSBSWB £7.06 WG100DR8BSB £4.75
34mm 180kg Blue Elastic Rubber Roller 40mm WG100DR4BNB £7.14 WG100DR4BNBSWB £8.80 WG100DR8BNB £6.49
125mm Wheel - 152mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
Wheel
Type
Bearing Offset Swivel
Castor
35mm 270kg Nylon Plain 47mm WG125DR4NY £7.54 WG125DR4NYSWB £9.15 WG125DR8NY £6.97
35mm 200kg Poly Nylon Plain 47mm WG125DR4PNO £8.89 WG125DR4PNOSWB £10.50 WG125DR8PNO £8.32
32mm 175kg Elastic Poly Nylon Plain 47mm WG125DR4EPN £10.19 WG125DR4EPNSWB £11.80 WG125DR8EPN £9.63
37mm 100kg Rubber Red Centre Roller 47mm WG125DR4PSB £6.14 WG125DR4PSBSWB £7.75 WG125DR8PSB £5.58
37mm 100kg Rubber Steel Centre Roller 47mm WG125DR4BSB £6.49 WG125DR4BSBSWB £8.10 WG125DR8BSB £5.92
36mm 250kg Blue Elastic Rubber Roller 47mm WG125DR4BNB £8.89 WG125DR4BNBSWB £10.50 WG125DR8BNB £8.32
160mm Wheel - 195mm Overall Height / 135 x 105mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
Wheel
Type
Bearing Offset Swivel
Castor
45 350kg Nylon Plain 65mm WG160DR4NY £15.12 WG160DR4NYSWB £17.29 WG160DR8NY £13.11
38 175kg Rubber Red Centre Roller 65mm WG160DR4PSB £12.98 WG160DR4PSBSWB £15.16 WG160DR8PSB £10.98
40 175kg Rubber Steel Centre Roller 65mm WG160DR4BSB £14.07 WG160DR4BSBSWB £16.25 WG160DR8BSB £12.07
45 350kg Blue Elastic Rubber Roller 65mm WG160DR4BNB £14.07 WG160DR4BNBSWB £16.25 WG160DR8BNB £12.07
Price
Price
Price
Braked
Castor
Braked
Castor
Braked
Castor
Price
Price
Price
Fixed
Castor
Fixed
Castor
Fixed
Castor
Price
Price
Price
200mm Wheel - 237mm Overall Height / 135 x 105mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
Wheel
Type
Bearing Offset Swivel
Castor
60 350kg Nylon Plain 68mm WG200DR4NY £18.91 WG200DR4NYSWB £21.13 WG200DR8NY £17.51
50 205kg Rubber Red Centre Roller 68mm WG200DR4PSB £15.51 WG200DR4PSBSWB £17.73 WG200DR8PSB £14.11
50 205kg Rubber Steel Centre Roller 68mm WG200DR4BSB £16.73 WG200DR4BSBSWB £18.95 WG200DR8BSB £15.33
50 350kg Blue Elastic Rubber Ball 68mm WG200DR4BNB £24.26 WG200DR4BNBSWB £26.48 WG200DR8BNB £22.87
Price
Braked
Castor
Price
Fixed
Castor
Price
LIGHT / MEDIUM DUTY CASTORS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
145

146
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HEAVY / EXTRA HEAVY DUTY CASTORS
HEAVY / EXTRA HEAVY
DUTY CASTORS
WGDRH/
GDHNY
100mm Wheel - 128mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate / 39mm Offset
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
WGDRH/
GDHCI
Wheel
Type
WGDRH/
GDHPNBJ
WGGDHPXBJ
Bearing
WGDRH/
GDHBNB
Swivel
Castor
WGDRH/
GDHRT
Price
Braked
Castor
Price
Fixed
Castor
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
35mm 200kg Nylon Roller WG100DRH4NYB £10.72 WG100DRH4NYBSWB £12.81 WG100DRH8NYB £9.76
38mm 250kg Poly Nylon Ball WG100DRH4PNBJ £14.98 WG100DRH4PNBJSWB £17.08 WG100DRH8PNBJ £14.03
36mm 200kg Blue Elastic Rubber Roller WG100DRH4BNB £8.19 WG100DRH4BNBSWB £10.28 WG100DRH8BNB £7.23
40mm 180kg Elastic Rubber Ally Centre Ball WG100DRH4EABJ £21.95 WG100DRH4EABJSWB £24.05 WG100DRH8EABJ £21.00
40mm 250kg Poly on Aluminium Ball WG100DRH4PTABJ £20.56 WG100DRH4PTABJSWB £22.65 WG100DRH8PTABJ £19.60
125mm Wheel - 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate / 44mm Offset
WGDRH/
GDHE ABJ
WGDRH/
GDHPTBJ
WGDRH/
GDHPRBJRP
WGDRH/
GDHPTABJ
WGDRH/
GDHE PABJ
Price
Tread
Width
150mm Wheel - 194mm Overall Height / 135 x 110mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 55mm Offset
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
Wheel
Type
Bearing
Swivel
Castor
45mm 700kg Nylon Ball WG150GDH4NYBJ £38.16 WG150GDH4NYBJSWB £41.90 WG150GDH8NYBJ £30.71
45mm 800kg Cast Iron Ball WG150GDH4CIBJ £41.08 WG150GDH4CIBJSWB £44.82 WG150GDH8CIBJ £33.63
50mm 430kg Poly Nylon Ball WG150GDH4PNBJ £36.11 WG150GDH4PNBJSWB £39.86 WG150GDH8PNBJ £28.66
50mm 400kg Elastic Rubber CI Centre Ball WG150GDH4RTBJ £41.51 WG150GDH4RTBJSWB £45.26 WG150GDH8RTBJ £41.51
50mm 800kg Poly Cast Iron Ball WG150GDH4PTBJ £47.79 WG150GDH4PTBJSWB £51.53 WG150GDH8PTBJ £47.79
50mm 650kg Round Profile Poly Cast Iron Ball WG150GDH4PTBJRP £52.14 WG150GDH4PTBJRPSWB £51.53 WG150GDH8PTBJRP £52.14
50mm 550kg Poly on Aluminium Ball WG150GDH4PTABJ £41.49 WG150GDH4PTABJSWB £45.24 WG150GDH8PTABJ £41.49
Price
Braked
Castor
160mm Wheel - 199mm Overall Height / 135 x 110mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 55mm Offset
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
Wheel
Type
Bearing
Swivel
Castor
45mm 350kg Blue Elastic Rubber Roller WG160GDH4BNB £28.58 WG160GDH4BNBSWB £32.32 WG160GDH8BNB £28.58
50mm 350kg Elastic Rubber Ally Centre Ball WG160GDH4EABJ £48.74 WG160GDH4EABJSWB £52.49 WG160GDH8EABJ £48.74
50mm 600kg Poly on Aluminium Ball WG160GDH4PTABJ £42.38 WG160GDH4PTABJSWB £46.13 WG160GDH8PTABJ £42.38
50mm 600kg Elastic Urethane 80 Shore A Ball WG160GDH4EPABJ £46.57 WG160GDH4EPABJSWB £50.31 WG160GDH8EPABJ £46.57
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
Wheel
Type
Bearing
Swivel
Castor
60mm 800kg Nylon Ball WG250GDH4NYBJ £66.60 WG250GDH4NYBJSWB £69.22 WG250GDH8NYBJ £60.33
50mm 800kg Cast Iron Ball WG250GDH4CIBJ £69.65 WG250GDH4CIBJSWB £72.27 WG250GDH8CIBJ £63.38
50mm 700kg Elastic Rubber CI Centre Ball WG250GDH4RTBJ £61.33 WG250GDH4RTBJSWB £63.95 WG250GDH8RTBJ £55.06
50mm 500kg Elastic Rubber Ally Centre Ball WG250GDH4EABJ £95.79 WG250GDH4EABJSWB £98.40 WG250GDH8EABJ £89.52
50mm 800kg Poly Cast Iron Ball WG250GDH4PTBJ £71.22 WG250GDH4PTBJSWB £73.83 WG250GDH8PTBJ £64.95
Price
Price
Braked
Castor
200mm Wheel - 239mm Overall Height / 135 x 110mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 55mm Offset
Tread
Width
Load
Capacity
Load
Capacity
Overall
Height
Wheel
Type
Wheel
Type
Bearing
Bearing
Swivel
Castor
Swivel
Castor
35mm 270kg 152 Nylon Roller WG125DRH4NYB £12.28 WG125DRH4NYBSWB £14.37 WG125DRH8NYB £11.33
38mm 280kg 166 Poly Nylon Ball WG125DRH4PNBJ £16.73 WG125DRH4PNBJSWB £18.82 WG125DRH8PNBJ £15.77
36mm 250kg 166 Blue Elastic Rubber Roller WG125DRH4BNB £9.98 WG125DRH4BNBSWB £12.07 WG125DRH8BNB £9.02
38mm 200kg 152 Elastic Rubber Ally Centre Ball WG125DRH4EABJ £24.83 WG125DRH4EABJSWB £26.92 WG125DRH8EABJ £23.87
38mm 350kg 166 Poly Cast Iron Ball WG125DRH4PTBJ £24.92 WG125DRH4PTBJSWB £27.01 WG125DRH8PTBJ £23.96
40mm 300kg 152 Poly on Aluminium Ball WG125DRH4PTABJ £22.35 WG125DRH4PTABJSWB £24.44 WG125DRH8PTABJ £21.39
50mm 800kg Nylon Ball WG200GDH4NYBJ £45.74 WG200GDH4NYBJSWB £49.05 WG200GDH8NYBJ £38.25
45mm 800kg Cast Iron Ball WG200GDH4CIBJ £46.17 WG200GDH4CIBJSWB £49.48 WG200GDH8CIBJ £38.68
50mm 600kg Poly Nylon Ball WG200GDH4PXBJ £37.42 WG200GDH4PXBJSWB £40.73 WG200GDH8PXBJ £29.93
50mm 600kg Elastic Rubber CI Centre Ball WG200GDH4RTBJ £49.48 WG200GDH4RTBJSWB £52.79 WG200GDH8RTBJ £41.99
50mm 450kg Elastic Rubber Ally Centre Ball WG200GDH4EABJ £56.19 WG200GDH4EABJSWB £59.50 WG200GDH8EABJ £48.70
50mm 800kg Poly Cast Iron Ball WG200GDH4PTBJ £56.41 WG200GDH4PTBJSWB £59.72 WG200GDH8PTBJ £48.92
50mm 800kg Round Profile Poly Cast Iron Ball WG200GDH4PTBJRP £64.29 WG200GDH4PTBJRPSWB £59.72 WG200GDH8PTBJRP £56.80
50mm 800kg Poly on Aluminium Ball WG200GDH4PTABJ £48.87 WG200GDH4PTABJSWB £52.18 WG200GDH8PTABJ £41.38
50mm 800kg Elastic Urethane 80 Shore A Ball WG200GDH4EPABJ £54.01 WG200GDH4EPABJSWB £57.32 WG200GDH8EPABJ £46.52
Price
Price
Braked
Castor
Braked
Castor
Braked
Castor
250mm Wheel - 291mm Overall Height / 135 x 110mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 55mm Offset
Price
Price
Price
Price
Price
Fixed
Castor
Fixed
Castor
Fixed
Castor
Fixed
Castor
Fixed
Castor
Price
Price
Price
Price
Price
146
HEAVY / EXTRA HEAVY DUTY CASTORS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SHELVING
& RACKING
147 - 174
If you require shelving or racking systems, we provide a wide range of equipment, with value,
standard of heavy duty options available, depending on your needs. Our range includes stockroom
shelving and warehouse racking systems, with longspan or shortspan variants; heavy duty pallet
racking; and an extensive range of accessories, including floor markers, waste disposal sack and
magnetic letters and numbers - all manufactured in the UK to the highest levels of specification.
SHELVING 148-150, 153-157
RACKING 151-152, 158-161
RACKING PROTECTION 161
BARRIERS & POSTS 162-163
MEZZANNINE FLOORING 164-165
SIGNS, LABELS & MARKERS 166-168
WASTE DISPOSAL SACKS 169
PLATES & RAMPS 170-171
WHEEL CHOCKS 172
DOCK LIGHTS 172
DOCK BUMPERS 173
TRAFFIC LIGHTS 173
CONVEYORS 174

148
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SHELVING
STANDARD DUTY
SHELVING
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
Simple, tap together, fully adjustable shelving for quick and economic storage
solutions. Take a standard bay profile and tailor it to your needs by adding
additional shelf levels. Just Shelving maximises the storage of archive boxes,
bankers boxes, box files, arch file, magazine holders and much more.
5 Shelf units with 18mm chipboard. Bays comprise 4 uprights, 5 shelf levels
with J beams, beam ties as required, feet and assembly instructions. Bays
are available with 4 upright colours as standard and will be supplied with
Light Grey beams unless otherwise specified. More sizes are available please
ask for details.
Size (H x W x D) mm Shelves Shelf Load Kg Ref Price
1980 x 900 x 300 5 360 WGSX001GU £142.60
1980 x 1200 x 300 5 350 WGSX002GU £178.25
1980 x 900 x 450 5 320 WGSX004GU £149.50
1980 x 1200 x 450 5 350 WGSX005GU £189.75
Standard Colour Choice:
Red
(RD)
Blue
(GB)
Dark
Grey (GX)
Light Grey
(GU)
HEAVY DUTY
SHELVING
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
Strong and robust adjustable shelving for manufacturing, engineering and
production environments. The heavy duty design offers simple and fast
assembly, giving you quick solutions to your storage needs.
3 Shelf units with 18mm chipboard. Bays comprise 4 uprights,
3 shelf levels with channel beams, beam ties as required, feet and assembly
instructions. Bays are available with 4 upright colours as standard and will be
supplied with Light Grey beams unless otherwise specified. More sizes are
available please ask for details.
Size (H x W x D) mm Shelves Shelf Load Kg Ref Price
1980 x 1500 x 450 3 510 WGSX020GU £179.40
1980 x 1500 x 600 3 275 WGSX021GU £192.05
1980 x 1800 x 600 3 365 WGSX024GU £224.25
1980 x 1800 x 900 3 210 WGSX025GU £270.25
1980 x 2400 x 600 3 445 WGSX013GU £258.75
1980 x 2400 x 900 3 210 WGSX014GU £307.05
Unpack and assemble
framework by simply
tapping together.
With the framework
complete, just put the
shelves into position.
148
SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
149
VALUE
SHELVING
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Economy shelving system - great for the office, stockrooms or stores.
> > 175kg UDL* capacity per shelf
> > Economy system for general use
> > No nuts or bolts - just tap together for simple assembly
> > Steel structure with chipboard decks
> > Shelves adjust every 35mm
VALUE SHELVING
Size (H x W x D) mm Shelf Load UDL kg Ref Price
1780 x 900 x 300 175 WG150A £51.70
1780 x 900 x 450 175 WG150B £58.45
1780 x 900 x 600 175 WG150C £64.00
*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load
SMALL BUSINESS
STARTER KIT
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
A great 5-piece starter kit for your business or home.
Size (H x W x D) mm Ref Price
4 bays 1780 x 900 x 300 + 1 Bench WGSK1 £254.85
4 bays 1780 x 900 x 450 + 1 Bench WGSK2 £282.90
4 bays 1780 x 900 x 600 + 1 Bench WGSK3 £302.70
> > Kit contains:
> > 4 x 5-shelf units
> > 1 x Assembly mallet
> > 1 x Workbench
> > 3 x Bay connector sets
Bay connectors and mallet included
VALUE SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
149

150
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STOCKROOM SHELVING
BIG 340
SHELVING
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Classic stockroom shelving is the original low profile boltless shelving.
> > Amazing value, incredibly strong 2mm thick steel shelf beams
> > Simple, rapid assembly with no nuts, bolts or clips
just tap together with a rubber mallet
> > Each shelving bay comes with 6 levels
> > Each shelf carries up to 340kg UDL*
> > Powder coated in high visibility orange and blue
> > Shelves adjust in height every 38mm
> > Complete with 15mm chipboard decks and protective plastic feet
> > Tie plates for joining bays and wall brackets are also available
> > Choose from 1980mm
> > 2440mm and 3050mm high shelving available please call for details
Size
(H x W x D) mm
Shelf
Load
UDL kg
Shelving Unit
Ref
Price
Extra Level
Ref
Price
1980 x 915 x 305 340 WGB31909036BO £97.80 WGB3XL0903O £19.25
1980 x 915 x 455 340 WGB31909046BO £107.40 WGB3XL0904O £20.85
1980 x 915 x 610 340 WGB31909066BO £117.05 WGB3XL0906O £24.05
1980 x 915 x 730 340 WGB31909076BO £126.65 WGB3XL0907O £25.65
1980 x 915 x 915 340 WGB31909096BO £141.05 WGB3XL0909O £27.25
1980 x 1220 x 305 200 WGB31912036BO £107.40 WGB3XL1203O £20.85
1980 x 1220 x 455 200 WGB31912046BO £121.85 WGB3XL1204O £24.05
1980 x 1220 x 610 200 WGB31912066BO £131.45 WGB3XL1206O £25.65
1980 x 1220 x 730 200 WGB31912076BO £141.05 WGB3XL1207O £27.25
1980 x 1220 x 915 200 WGB31912096BO £150.60 WGB3XL1209O £30.45
LABELS, RACKING
STRIPS & MARKERS
ON PAGES 166-168
Protective plastic feet
*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load
Boltless assembly
150
STOCKROOM SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
151
CLASSIC WAREHOUSE
RACKING
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
The Original Boltless Orange and Blue Racking, used by thousands of
businesses and homes across the UK. Classic Warehouse Racking is a
timeless design so simple to build yet incredibly strong.
> > Amazing value and comprehensive choice of sizes
> > Simple, rapid assembly with no nuts, bolts or clips
just tap together with a rubber mallet
> > Strong ‘C’ Section main beams for maximum durability
> > Each shelf carries up to 400kg UDL*
> > Powder coated in high visibility orange and blue
> > Levels adjust every 38mm
> > Complete with 15mm chipboard decks and protective plastic feet
> > Tie plates for joining bays, metal feet and wall brackets are also available
> > For 3000mm high bays please call for details
WAREHOUSE RACKING
400KG
UDL*
400KG
UDL*
Size
(H x W x D) mm
Shelf Load
UDL kg
Shelving Unit
Ref
Price
Extra Level
Ref
Price
1980 x 1525 x 455 400 WGB41915044BO £161.90 WGB4XL1504O £36.90
1980 x 1525 x 610 400 WGB41915064BO £176.35 WGB4XL1506O £41.70
1980 x 1525 x 760 400 WGB41915074BO £190.75 WGB4XL1507O £46.50
1980 x 1525 x 915 400 WGB41915094BO £200.40 WGB4XL1509O £51.30
1980 x 1525 x 1220 400 WGB41915124BO £224.40 WGB4XL1512O £56.10
1980 x 1830 x 455 400 WGB41918044BO £176.35 WGB4XL1804O £41.70
1980 x 1830 x 610 400 WGB41918064BO £195.55 WGB4XL1806O £46.50
1980 x 1830 x 760 400 WGB41918074BO £205.20 WGB4XL18070 £51.30
1980 x 1830 x 915 400 WGB41918094BO £214.80 WGB4XL1809O £56.10
1980 x 1830 x 1220 400 WGB41918124BO £243.65 WGB4XL1812O £60.95
1980 x 2440 x 455 400 WGB41924044BO £214.80 WGB4XL2404O £51.30
1980 x 2440 x 610 400 WGB41924064BO £229.25 WGB4XL2406O £56.10
1980 x 2440 x 760 400 WGB41924074BO £253.25 WGB4XL2407O £60.95
1980 x 2440 x 915 400 WGB41924094BO £272.50 WGB4XL2409O £65.75
1980 x 2440 x 1220 400 WGB41924124BO £291.75 WGB4XL2412O £70.55
LABELS, RACKING
STRIPS & MARKERS
ON PAGES 166-168
Strong ‘C’ Section Steel Beams
*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load
WAREHOUSE RACKING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
151

152
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LONGSPAN RACKING
BULK STORAGE
LONGSPAN RACKING
850kg
UDL*
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
If you like your racking big, strong and very long then look no further. Our
Longspan Racks are perfect for bulky items and really heavy loads up to 850kg.
> > Bolted frames with powder coated posts and galvanised bracing supplied
fully assembled
> > Sturdy beam connectors lock into posts and come with safety clips
> > Each level carries up to 850kg UDL*
> > Powder coated in high visibility Orange and Blue
> > Levels complete with 22mm P2 chipboard decking
> > Choice of 3 heights, 4 widths and 2 depths
Bulk Storage Longspan 1 x Frame † Bulk Storage Longspan 1 x Level ††
Description (H x D) mm Ref Price
Frame 2000 x 600 WGMLF206B £62.30
Frame 2000 x 900 WGMLF209B £67.35
Frame 2500 x 600 WGMLF256B £74.05
Frame 2500 x 900 WGMLF259B £80.80
Frame 3000 x 600 WGMLF306B £82.50
Frame 3000 x 900 WGMLF309B £90.90
†
Supplied assembled with footplates
*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load
Description (W x D) mm Capacity kg Ref Price
Level 1825 x 600 850 WGMLXLS1860 £53.90
Level 1825 x 900 850 WGMLXLS1890 £57.25
Level 2225 x 600 710 WGMLXLS2260 £69.00
Level 2225 x 900 710 WGMLXLS2290 £75.75
Level 2300 x 600 775 WGMLXLS2360 £72.40
Level 2300 x 900 775 WGMLXLS2390 £82.50
Level 2700 x 600 550 WGMLXLS2760 £85.85
Level 2700 x 900 550 WGMLXLS2790 £94.25
††
Supplied with 22mm thick chipboard decks.
Load capacity per frame is 3600kg UDL at a max. beam
pitch of 500mm.
1 x Frame 2 x Levels
How to order:
Order frames and levels separately.
To order your longspan racking,
select the size and quantity of blue
frames required and then choose
the corresponding number of orange
shelves required. We recommend all
frames are bolted to the floor.
LABELS, RACKING
STRIPS & MARKERS
ON PAGES 166-168
152
LONGSPAN RACKING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
153
BOLTLESS INDUSTRIAL
SHELVING
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Shelving for everyday use up to 800kg
bay capacity providing exceptional value
for money.
> > Galvanised steel
> > 750, 1000, 1300mm, widths available
> > 300, 400, 500, 600mm depths available
> > 100kg shelf capacity
> > Lots of accessories available
> > 4 frame finishes as standard
> > Modular in design
> > Easy to assemble and adjust
BOLTLESS INDUSTRIAL SHELVING
Assembling without stiffening
beams helps create our budget
shelving option, yet still offers an
industrial duty bay capacity.
Choose your upright finish
Blue Red Grey Galvanised
(Please specify when ordering)
LABELS, RACKING
STRIPS & MARKERS
ON PAGES 166-168
Height (mm) 1850 2000 2200 2500
Qty Shelves 4 5 5 6
Width Depth Starter Extension Starter Extension Starter Extension Starter Extension
750 300 WGFEL18375G* WGFEL18375A* WGFEL20375G* WGFEL20375A* WGFEL22375G* WGFEL22375A* WGFEL25375G* WGFEL25375A*
Price £76.00 Price £49.00 Price £85.00 Price £57.00 Price £89.00 Price £60.00 Price £104.00 Price £69.00
400 WGFEL18475G WGFEL18475A WGFEL20475G WGFEL20475A WGFEL22475G* WGFEL22475A* WGFEL25475G* WGFEL25475A*
Price £81.00 Price £54.00 Price £92.00 Price £63.00 Price £99.00 Price £69.00 Price £110.00 Price £76.00
500 WGFEL18575G WGFEL18575A WGFEL20575G WGFEL20575A WGFEL22575G WGFEL22575A WGFEL25575G WGFEL25575A
Price £88.00 Price £59.00 Price £99.00 Price £70.00 Price £110.00 Price £79.00 Price £120.00 Price £84.00
600 WGFEL18675G WGFEL18675A WGFEL20675G WGFEL20675A WGFEL22675G WGFEL22675A WGFEL25675G WGFEL25675A
Price £94.00 Price £64.00 Price £106.00 Price £76.00 Price £120.00 Price £89.00 Price £127.00 Price £92.00
1000 300 WGFEL1831G* WGFEL1831A* WGFEL2031G* WGFEL2031A* WGFEL2231G* WGFEL2231A* WGFEL2531G WGFEL2531A
Price £76.00 Price £51.00 Price £81.00 Price £57.00 Price £89.00 Price £61.00 Price £104.00 Price £73.00
400 WGFEL1841G WGFEL1841G WGFEL2041G WGFEL2041A WGFEL2241G* WGFEL2241A* WGFEL2541G* WGFEL2541A*
Price £83.00 Price £57.00 Price £96.00 Price £69.00 Price £100.00 Price £72.00 Price £113.00 Price £81.00
500 WGFEL1851G WGFEL1851A WGFEL2051G WGFEL2051A WGFEL2251G WGFEL2251A WGFEL2551G WGFEL2551A
Price £89.00 Price £63.00 Price £103.00 Price £76.00 Price £104.00 Price £75.00 Price £122.00 Price £89.00
600 WGFEL1861G WGFEL1861A WGFEL2061G WGFEL2061A WGFEL2261G WGFEL2261A WGFEL2561G* WGFEL2561A*
Price £96.00 Price £74.00 Price £111.00 Price £82.00 Price £115.00 Price £85.00 Price £132.00 Price £97.00
1300 300 WGFEL18313G* WGFEL18313A* WGFEL20313G* WGFEL20313A* WGFEL22313G* WGFEL22313A WGFEL25313G* WGFEL25313A*
Price £83.00 Price £58.00 Price £88.00 Price £64.00 Price £101.00 Price £71.00 Price £114.00 Price £83.00
400 WGFEL18413G WGFEL18413A WGFEL20413G WGFEL20413A WGFEL22413G* WGFEL22413A WGFEL25413G* WGFEL25413A*
Price £91.00 Price £66.00 Price £106.00 Price £79.00 Price £110.00 Price £80.00 Price £126.00 Price £93.00
500 WGFEL18513G WGFEL18513A WGFEL20513G WGFEL20513A WGFEL22513G WGFEL22513A WGFEL25513G WGFEL25513A
Price £99.00 Price £72.00 Price £115.00 Price £88.00 Price £120.00 Price £90.00 Price £136.00 Price £103.00
600 WGFEL18613G WGFEL18613A WGFEL20613G WGFEL20613A WGFEL22613G WGFEL22613A WGFEL25613G WGFEL25613A
Price £102.00 Price £88.00 Price £125.00 Price £96.00 Price £130.00 Price £100.00 Price £150.00 Price £115.00
* Bay requires floor fixing, because of the height to depth ratio. Fixings included.
BOLTLESS INDUSTRIAL SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
153

154
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CORNER SHELVING
CORNER
SHELVING
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Full utilisation of space when installing shelving into corners
> > Can be connected to standard shelving (see page 152)
> > Fast and easy boltless assembly
> > Other sizes available - just ask.
Standard shelves leave
wasted corner space
Corner shelf utilises corner
space more efficiently
1000mm
1000mm
1000mm
1000mm
1000mm
1000mm
LABELS, RACKING
STRIPS & MARKERS
ON PAGES 166-168
3000mm
Shelving height
9 stiffening beams
14 galvanised steel shelves
bay load 1400kg
2500mm
Shelving height
8 stiffening beams
12 galvanised steel shelves
bay load 1200kg
2000mm
Shelving height
7 stiffening beams
10 galvanised steel shelves
bay load 1000kg
Height 2000mm 2500mm 3000mm
Depth mm Ref Price Ref Price Ref Price
324 WGFLTE2031 £175.00 WGFLTE2531 £209.00 WGFLTE3031 £244.00
424 WGFLTE2041 £188.00 WGFLTE2541 £225.00 WGFLTE3041 £262.00
524 WGFLTE2051 £201.00 WGFLTE2551 £241.00 WGFLTE3051 £281.00
624 WGFLTE2061 £215.00 WGFLTE2561 £259.00 WGFLTE3061 £302.00
Choose your upright finish
Blue Red Grey Galvanised
(Please specify when ordering)
154
CORNER SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
155
HEAVY DUTY
CHROME SHELVING
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Fantastic Chrome Shelving with a nickel chrome finish.
The wire finish is chrome plated then treated with a transparent
coating which resists corrosion.
> > Wire bars are welded front to back for extra strength
> > Super looking nickel chrome finish
> > Available in 4 heights
> > No nuts or bolts for easy assembly
> > Improved product visibility and air circulation
> > Less moisture and dust accumulation
> > Hard wearing smooth snag Afree finish
> > Shelves adjust every 25mm
> > Full range of accessories available
> > Adjustable levelling feet
> > Maximum bay load 1,000 kilos
CHROME SHELVING
Simple assembly
LABELS, RACKING
STRIPS & MARKERS
ON PAGES 166-168
W x D mm
Shelf Load
UDL*
1625mm High
4 Shelves Ref
Price
1800mm High
4 Shelves Ref
Price
Extra Chrome
Shelves
460 x 460 200kg WGCS44 £95.45 WGCS446 £120.45 WGCXL44 £19.00
915 x 355 300kg WGCS93 £120.60 WGCS936 £126.55 WGCXL93 £29.95
915 x 460 300kg WGCS94 £134.85 WGCS946 £140.80 WGCXL94 £34.70
915 x 610 300kg WGCS96 £146.75 WGCS966 £152.70 WGCXL96 £37.10
1220 x 355 250kg WGCS123 £146.75 WGCS1236 £152.70 WGCXL123 £38.30
1220 x 460 250kg WGCS124 £158.75 WGCS1246 £164.60 WGCXL124 £41.85
1220 x 610 250kg WGCS126 £182.50 WGCS1266 £188.40 WGCXL126 £44.25
1520 x 460 200kg WGCS154 £186.25 WGCS1546 £192.15 WGCXL154 £44.25
1520 x 610 200kg WGCS156 £206.45 WGCS1566 £212.40 WGCXL156 £49.00
1820 x 460 200kg WGCS184 £201.90 WGCS1846 £208.85 WGCXL184 £49.00
1820 x 610 200kg WGCS186 £221.95 WGCS1866 £227.90 WGCXL186 £53.75
Price
*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load
CHROME SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
155

156
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
COMPARTMENT SHELVING
COMPARTMENT
SHELVING
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Ideal for small volume picking.
> > Compliments existing BITO range
> > Uprights available in 4 finishes
> > Fast and easy boltless assembly
Ref: WGPH184.13.63G
Choose your upright finish
Blue Red Grey Galvanised
(Please specify when ordering)
Ref: WGPH183.10.133G
Starter Bay
Extension Bay
Height 1850mm Min Compartment Size (mm) Starter Bay Extension Bay
Bay Width Bay Depth QTY Comp’s H x W x D Ref Price Ref Price
1000mm 300mm 10 310 x 475 x 300 WGPH183.10.61G £215.00 WGPH183.10.61A £180.00
1000mm 300mm 21 210 x 295 x 300 WGPH183.10.82G £250.00 WGPH183.10.82A £220.00
1000mm 300mm 28 210 x 245 x 300 WGPH183.10.83G £280.00 WGPH183.10.83A £250.00
1000mm 300mm 48 110 x 245 x 300 WGPH183.10.133G £340.00 WGPH183.10.133A £310.00
1000mm 400mm 10 310 x 475 x 400 WGPH184.10.53G £230.00 WGPH184.10.53A £195.00
1000mm 400mm 21 210 x 295 x 400 WGPH184.10.82G £270.00 WGPH184.10.82A £230.00
1000mm 400mm 28 210 x 245 x 400 WGPH184.10.83G £295.00 WGPH184.10.83A £260.00
1000mm 400mm 48 110 x 245 x 400 WGPH184.10.133G £365.00 WGPH184.10.133A £330.00
1000mm 400mm 10 210 x 625 x 400 WGPH184.13.61G £235.00 WGPH184.13.61A £210.00
1000mm 400mm 20 210 x 295 x 400 WGPH184.13.63G £270.00 WGPH184.13.63A £235.00
156
COMPARTMENT SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
157
INCLINED
SHELVING - STATIC
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Ideally suited for containers in Euro size.
> > Makes picking easier and faster
> > Easy to assemble and adjust
> > Shelves adjustable on 25mm increments
> > Max load 100kg per shelf, 800kg per bay
INCLINED SHELVING
Starter Bay
Shelving Height
mm
Shelving Depth mm Ref Price
1.850 524 (600mm shelf) WGESS18.613G £165.00
Extension Bay
Shelving Height
mm
Shelving Depth mm Ref Price
1.850 524 (600mm shelf) WGESS18.613A £135.00
Choose your upright finish
Additional inclined
shelf level
Ref
Price
WGSBS613.4 £25.70
Starter Bay
Extension Bay
Blue Red Grey Galvanised
(Please specify when ordering)
INCLINED
SHELVING - MOBILE
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Ideally suited for containers in Euro size.
> > With or without bins
> > Complete with 4 castors, 2 swivel
with brakes and 2 fixed
> > Ergonomic carry handle
> > Max load 100kg per shelf,
500kg per bay
Ref: WGRW64271
Ref: WGRW64271D
Containers available in red or blue
- please specify.
Single
Sided
Description
No of
levels
Bay Dimensions
W x H x D
Bin Details Code Price
Low - With bins 2 1358 x 1020 x 524 6 off XL64271 WGRWL64271 £350.00
Low - No bins 2 1358 x 1020 x 524 N/A WGRWL1354 £265.00
High - With bins 4 1358 x 1800 x 524 12 off XL64271 WGRW64271 £495.00
High - No bins 4 1358 x 1800 x 524 N/A WGRW1354 £310.00
Double
Sided
Description
No of
levels
Bay Dimensions
W x H x D
Bin Details Code Price
Low - With bins 2 x 2 1358 x 1020 x 1100 12 off XL64271 WGRWL64271D £610.00
Low - No bins 2 x 2 1358 x 1020 x 1100 N/A WGRWL1354D £440.00
High - With bins 4 x 2 1358 x 1800 x 1100 24 off XL64271 WGRW64271D £870.00
High - No bins 4 x 2 1358 x 1800 x 1100 N/A WGRW1354D £540.00
Ref: WGRW1354
INCLINED SHELVING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
157

Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
158 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PALLET
RACKING
Our Heavy-duty Pallet Racking is fully FEM compliant
and conforms to all the latest safety regulations.
> > Choose from our comprehensive range of frames, beams
and accessories direct from stock for fast delivery
> > Designed for storing palletised loads with fork lift trucks
> > Frames are bolted and supplied assembled with floor
fixings and levelling plates
> > Beams are supplied in pairs with integrated locking pins
for even greater safety
> > Manufactured to BSEN ISO9001 quality standards with
5-year manufacturer’s warranty
> > Corrosion resistant powder coated beams and frame
uprights with galvanised cross bracing
> > Please contact us for advice and installation
Pallet Racking Frames*
Height x Depth mm Capacity kg Ref Price
2500 x 900 9000 WGMPF2590 £107.60
3000 x 900 9000 WGMPF3090 £120.90
3500 x 900 9000 WGMPF3590 £134.25
4000 x 900 9000 WGMPF4090 £147.75
4500 x 900 9000 WGMPF4590 £157.50
5000 x 900 9000 WGMPF5090 £170.90
2500 x 1100 9000 WGMPF2511 £110.85
3000 x 1100 9000 WGMPF3011 £124.80
3500 x 1100 9000 WGMPF3511 £138.70
4000 x 1100 9000 WGMPF4011 £152.75
4500 x 1100 9000 WGMPF4511 £162.55
5000 x 1100 9000 WGMPF5011 £176.55
*Supplied with floor fixings and levelling plates
Pallet Racking Beams**
Length x Profile mm Capacity kg Ref Price
1150 x 80 x 50 2200 WGMP2B1122 £57.85
1350 x 100 x 50 2250 WGMP2B1322 £67.50
1825 x 120 x 50 2450 WGMP2B1824 £75.55
2225 x 120 x 50 2150 WGMP2B2221 £86.75
2700 x 130 x 50 2000 WGMP2B2702 £102.85
2700 x 130 x 50 3600 WGMP2B2736 £118.90
3300 x 130 x 50 3600 WGMP2B3336 £151.05
**Beams are supplied in pairs with integrated locking pins for even
greater safety
IMPORTANT:
Pallet Racking must be installed by a professional, qualified team onto
a structurally sound base. Single bays or single level configurations are
not recommended. If in doubt, please call for advice.

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
159
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
159

160
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PALLET RACKING
ADJUSTABLE
PALLET RACKING
DELIVERED
IN 10-18 DAYS
Simple and quick to install using standard tools.
> > Frames are pierced on a 75mm pitch to allow for positioning of beams
> > Beam loads are 2000kg per pair, uniformly distributed load
> > Graphite grey uprights, galvanised cross braces and high visibility
Yellow Orange (RAL2000) beams as standard
Extra Level, 1 Pair Of Beams & Clips
Dimensions W x D (mm) Ref Price
2250 x 900 WGPL229 £103.20
2250 x 1100 WGPL2211 £103.20
2700 x 900 WGPL279 £141.60
2700 x 1100 WGPL2711 £141.60
Galvatite Steel Decking
Dimensions
W x D (mm)
Capacity
UDL (kg)
Ref
Price
2250 x 900 2000 WGPSL2290 £289.20
2250 x 1100 2000 WGPSL2211 £337.20
2700 x 900 2000 WGPSL2790 £165.60
2700 x 1100 2000 WGPSL2711 £252.00
2250mm Wide Bays
Dimensions
W x D (mm)
Beam
Levels
Starter Bay
Extension Bay
Ref Price Ref Price
3000 x 2250 x 900 2 WGPS22930 £520.80 WGPE22930 £366.00
4800 x 2250 x 900 3 WGPS22948 £760.80 WGPE22948 £537.60
6000 x 2250 x 900 4 WGPS22960 £955.20 WGPE22960 £686.40
3000 x 2250 x 1100 2 WGPS221130 £530.40 WGPE221130 £370.80
4800 x 2250 x 1100 3 WGPS221148 £774.00 WGPE221148 £544.80
6000 x 2250 x 1100 4 WGPS221160 £970.80 WGPE221160 £694.80
160
PALLET RACKING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
161
Racking Upright Protectors
Racking end protection barriers manufactured from formed 4mm mild steel.
400mm high and brightly epoxy coated yellow finish.
Rack protection must be bolted to the floor (fixings not supplied).
‘L’ shaped protector gives protection to the end and fornt of the upright, ‘U’
shaped protector gives protection to the front and both sides of the upright.
Internal clearance on the ‘U’ shaped protector 155mm.
Description Dimensions H x W x D mm Ref Price
U-Shape upright protector 406 x 250 x 290 WGREP-1 £44.40
L-Shape upright protector 406 x 195 x 195 WGREP-2 £37.25
RACKING PROTECTORS
WGREP-1
WGREP-2
Racking End Protector Kits
Specification as Racking Upright Protectors above, but supplied with
formed sheet steel connection beam.
WGREP-1/930
WGREP-2/930
Type
U-Shape
L-Shape
Kit length
(internal) mm
Overall Dimensions
H x W x D mm
Order Ref
Price
930 427 x 1020 x 290 WGREP-1/930 £108.50
1130 427 x 1220 x 290 WGREP-1/1130 £111.10
2030 427 x 2120 x 290 WGREP-1/2030 £120.85
2430 427 x 2520 x 290 WGREP-1/2430 £125.95
930 427 x 1025 x 195 WGREP-2/930 £94.20
1130 427 x 1225 x 195 WGREP-2/1130 £96.80
2030 427 x 2125 x 195 WGREP-2/2030 £106.55
2430 427 x 2525 x 195 WGREP-2/2430 £111.65
2700mm Wide Bays
Dimensions
W x D (mm)
Beam
Levels
Starter Bay
Extension Bay
Ref Price Ref Price
3000 x 2700 x 900 2 WGPS27930 £596.40 WGPE27930 £442.80
4800 x 2700 x 900 3 WGPS27948 £874.80 WGPE27948 £651.60
6000 x 2700 x 900 4 WGPS27960 £1107.60 WGPE27960 £838.80
3000 x 2700 x 1100 2 WGPS271130 £606.00 WGPE271130 £446.40
4800 x 2700 x 1100 3 WGPS271148 £888.00 WGPE271148 £658.80
6000 x 2700 x 1100 4 WGPS271160 £1123.20 WGPE271160 £846.00
Other frame heights, depths, beam lengths and
load capacities are available. Please contact us
for further information.
Bays must be securely floor fixed - customers
must ensure that existing floors are suitable for
the loads imposed on them
RACKING PROTECTORS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
161

162
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BARRIERS
WAREHOUSE
IMPACT BARRIERS
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
Steel Barrier System.
Designed to suit all applications and can be tailor made to
your specifications.
Twin Channel
> > 750mm high
> > Posts 100W x 100Dmm
> > Channel rails 100 x 50mm
Length up to 1250 mm 1251 - 2500mm Long
Barrier System Ref Price Ref Price
Twin Channel WGW100/1250 £230.00 WGW100/2500 £270.00
Heavy Duty Rail WGW101/1250 £242.00 WGW101/2500 £287.00
Impact Barrier WGW101S/1250 £306.00 WGW101S/2500 £355.00
Low Level Tubular WGW103/1250 £200.00 WGW103/2500 £236.00
Heavy Duty Rail
> > 750mm high
> > Posts 100W x 100Dmm
> > Rail 310mm high
Low Level Tubular
> > Heavy Duty
> > 500mm high posts
> > 89mm diameter rail
Base plates with floor
fixings included.
Orange RAL2011 as standard.
Alternative colours and finishes available at
extra cost.
Impact Barrier
> > 750mm high
> > Posts 100W x 100Dmm
> > Rail 200 x 8mm flat
PROTECTION
POSTS
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
3 variations to suit light to heavy duty applications.
> > Alternative heights are available
> > Standard items available to short lead time
> > Pre-drilled base plates with floor fixings included
Dimensions
H x Diameter mm
Per Post
Per Quantity 5 (each)
Ref Price Ref Price
760 x 89 WGPP10 £115.00 WGPP10/5 £93.00
915 x 114 WGPP20 £128.00 WGPP20/5 £117.00
1100 x 168 WGPP30 £208.00 WGPP30/5 £172.00
162
BARRIERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
163
Product details
BLACK &
YELLOW CORNER
PROTECTION HOOP
76mm outside diameter galvanised steel tube.
Installation & use
Each leg requires bolting down to a suitable concrete surface
(not less than 300mm cubed) by means of three 12mm bolts.
This product is guaranteed for 12 month
(if installed and used correctly).
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
The AUTOPA Black & Yellow Corner Protection Hoop.
The AUTOPA range of Black & Yellow products are ideal for providing High
Visibility protection in both internal and external warehousing environments.
The product is designed to be located in any corner where protection against
accidental damage is required.
Dimensions Weight Ref Price
500mm 19.0kg WG138177765 £179.00
1000mm 22.0kg WG138177775 £229.00
Accessories & installation parts Ref Price
M12 Expanding Bolt (9 required per hoop) WG138100994 £1.50
M12 Foundation Bolt (9 required per hoop) WG138100993 £3.00
M12 Rawl Bolt (9 required per hoop) WG138100995 £3.80
PROTECTION BARRIERS
BLACK & YELLOW
LOW LEVEL
PROTECTION RAIL
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
The AUTOPA Black & Yellow Low Level Protection Rail.
The Low Level Protection Rail is made in 76mm outside diameter tube, is coated
yellow with black reflective bands and is available in 500mm, 1,000mm &
2,000mm long versions (500 & 1,000 versions shown).
Product details
76mm outside diameter galvanised steel tube.
Installation & use
Please refer to Corner Protection Hoop
installation information above.
Dimensions Weight Ref Price
500mm 4.0kg WG138177905 £39.00
1000mm 6.0kg WG138177910 £79.00
2000mm 12.0kg WG138177915 £119.00
Accessories & installation parts Ref Price
M12 Expanding Bolt (4 required per rail) WG138100994 £1.50
M12 Foundation Bolt (4 required per rail) WG138100993 £3.00
M12 Rawl Bolt (4 required per rail) WG138100995 £3.80
HANDRAIL
BARRIER
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITIAN
The barrier is manufactured from 51mm diameter heavy duty form ERW steel
tube. 4mm thick sheet steel feet complete with holes for floor fixings (fixings
not supplied). Brightly epoxy coated yellow finish.
WGBAR-3
Barrier Length mm Overall Height mm Order Ref Price
1000
WGBAR-1 £116.45
1530 WGBAR-2 £122.50
975
2060 WGBAR-3 £128.55
2600 WGBAR-4 £134.60
PROTECTION BARRIERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
163

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MEZZANINE
FLOORS
Mezzanine floors are a cost effective means of achieving greater
utilisation of vertical space within your existing premises. Typically
designed and fabricated to suit your exact requirements, they can be
manufactured to fill defined spaces without you necessarily having to
undertake major reconfiguration.
Loading requirements are taken into
account when the initial design
discussions take place - office space,
storage, assembly and retail uses can
all be accommodated easily.
Personnel / customer access and bulk
loading facilities are carefully considered
and then incorporated as necessary,
with current building regulations
guidelines forming part of the proposal in
order to ensure compliance with existing
UK legislation.
Special finishes can be introduced for
staircase and handrail componentry -
stainless steel, glass infill panels, timber
capping and tread overlays and powder
coating are all feasible options when
considering aesthetics.
Harsh environmental requirements and
conditions can be accounted for - steel
plate, mesh or moisture resistant timber
decking, galvanised structural steel
components, and fire protection can all
be easily incorporated within the design
as necessary.
Planning applications are not normally
required when introducing a mezzanine
floor within your premises, although
building regulations approval is a
requirement. We are happy to advise you
and handle this undertaking as necessary
on your behalf for a small fee as part of
the mezzanine provision.
For further information about Mezzanine Floor installation
or to arrange a free site survey please contact us.
164
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
165
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
165

166
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LABEL HOLDERS / RACKING STRIPS
MAGNETIC / SELF
ADHESIVE LABEL
HOLDERS
Easy to update and move. Available in rolls of up to 50 metres.
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Our magnetic and self-adhesive label holders are supplied from stock in
pre-cut lengths but special sizes can be supplied on request. Each holder is
supplied with white card inserts and a cover strip. Pre-printed inserts can also
be supplied for each of the holders incorporating barcodes and location codes.
Please contact our sales office for further details.
Magnetic are ideal for applications where regular changes are required, easier
and quicker to move than adhesive backed holders. They are also suitable for
use in cold stores.
> > Instant and highly visible identification
> > Easy to update and cut to size
> > Standard sizes supplied from stock
Magnetic Label Holders - Brown
Size Pack Ref Price
20 x 80mm 100 WGML28X £37.80
30 x 80mm 100 WGML38 £45.30
40 x 80mm 100 WGML48 £59.70
50 x 80mm 100 WGML58 £73.80
60 x 100mm 100 WGML610 £85.20
80 x 200mm 50 WGML820 £114.00
Magnetic Label Holder Rolls - Brown
Size Ref Price
30mm x 5m WGMLR3/5 £28.20
40mm x 5m WGMLR4/5 £36.90
50mm x 5m WGMLR5/5 £45.30
30mm x 10m WGMLR3/10 £55.80
40mm x 10m WGMLR4/10 £73.20
50mm x 10m WGMLR5/10 £90.00
Self Adhesive Label Holders - White
Size Pack Ref Price
15 x 80mm 100 WGAL18 £40.50
30 x 80mm 100 WGAL38 £55.20
50 x 80mm 100 WGAL58 £68.10
15mm x 1m 10 WGAL1/10 £31.50
30mm x 1m 10 WGAL3/10 £42.90
50mm x 1m 10 WGAL5/10 £50.40
MAGNETIC EASY
WIPE RACKING STRIP
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
The magnetic easy wipe racking strip provides a fast and cost effective updating
system for identifying product codes and stock level information.
> > Write on - Wipe off
> > Easily cut to size
> > Cost effective
> > Use wet wipe marker pens only
Available in Blue (B), Green (G), Red (R), White (W), Yellow (Y).
Please add colour reference to code when ordering.
Size Ref Price Size Ref Price Size Ref Price
10mm x 10m WGMSR1 £12.90 30mm x 10m WGMSR3 £30.00 70mm x 10m WGMSR7 £53.70
15mm x 10m WGMSR15 £18.30 40mm x 10m WGMSR4 £38.40 80mm x 10m WGMSR8 £57.60
20mm x 10m WGMSR2 £22.40 50mm x 10m WGMSR5 £45.90 90mm x 10m WGMSR9 £61.80
25mm x 10m WGMSR25 £26.40 60mm x 10m WGMSR6 £46.50 100mm x 10m WGMSR10 £67.20
MAGNETIC SELF-
ADHESIVE STRIP
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Supplied in 4 widths each backed with a strong permanent self-adhesive for
mounting onto steel surfaces. This magnetic strip is ideal for many jobs in the
factory or warehouse, eliminating the need for drilling or other methods of fixing.
Size (H x W) Adhesive Ref Price
13mm x 30m Clear WGMSSA/13 £66.30
20mm x 10m Foam WGMSSA/20 £35.40
25mm x 10m Foam WGMSSA/25 £43.20
50mm x 10m Foam WGMSSA/50 £55.20
166
LABEL HOLDERS / RACKING STRIPS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
167
FLOOR GRAPHIC
MARKERS
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Each of the highly visible markers are printed onto the underside of a clear PVC
film and then laminated on the back surface with an aggressive permanent
adhesive. They are suitable for use on dry, clean, flat sealed surfaces and
although designed for the floor, the markers can be used on walls or anywhere
a tough permanent sign is required.
> > High visibility graphic floor signs
> > Designed to highlight warnings or special requirements
> > Each sign is 430mm diameter
FLOOR MARKERS
Size: 430mm diameter
Ref: WGFM01 – WGFM35
Language: English
Price: £18.90
FLOOR
SIGNALS
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
A simple but effective solution for marking out areas on the floor.
Tough PVC with an aggressive adhesive capable of withstanding everyday
traffic in a busy warehouse environment. Available in 6 different shapes and 6
different colours (Red, Black, White, Yellow, Green, Blue). Ideal for use in 5S
and Lean areas.
Size Pack Ref Price
300 x 300mm 10 WGFS/+ £21.00
200 x 200mm 10 WGFS/L £14.40
Circle 90mm diameter 100 WGFS/0 £33.00
200 x 300mm 10 WGFS/T £14.40
300 x 100mm 10 (5 right, 5 left) WGFS/F £14.40
90mm 100 WGFS/A £33.00
FRAMES
4 FLOORS
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Tough, flat colour coded floor identification frames available in 2 sizes
(A4 and DL) and in 6 colour choices. Ideal for identifying bulk stack
locations or to highlight important information.
Description Ref Price
DL Blue pk 10 WGFFDLB/10 £31.80
DL Black pk 10 WGFFDLBK/10 £31.80
DL Green pk 10 WGFFDLG/10 £31.80
DL Red pk 10 WGFFDLR/10 £31.80
DL Yellow pk 10 WGFFDLY/10 £31.80
DL Mix pack pk 10 WGFFDLMIX/10 £31.80
DL Yellow/Black pk 10 WGFFDLBY/10 £39.00
A4 Blue pk 10 WGFF4B/10 £54.00
A4 Black pk 10 WGFF4BK/10 £54.00
A4 Green pk 10 WGFF4G/10 £54.00
A4 Red pk 10 WGFF4R/10 £54.00
A4 Yellow pk 10 WGFF4Y/10 £54.00
A4 Mix pack pk 10 WGFF4MIX/10 £54.00
A4 Yellow/Black pk 10 WGFF4BY/10 £62.70
FLOOR MARKERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
167

168
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
POCKETS
INDUSTRIAL STRENGTH
CLEAR POCKETS
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
> > Industrial quality pockets with welded edges
> > Keeps documentation clean
> > Suits A3-A7 inserts in vertical and horizontal formats
A range of document pockets to suit most environments with magnetic or selfadhesive
fixings. Also available as clip on and tie on to suit wire bins and cages.
The magnetic pockets are supplied with a magnetic strip along the top, so that
they can be simply lifted and relocated when necessary. The adhesive pockets
are supplied with an aggressive adhesive tape along the top and bottom edge for a
permanent fixing. A7 pocket has aggressive adhesive to the top edge only.
Size mm (H x W) Suitable for documents Pack Magnetic Ref Price Self-adhesive Ref Price
215 x 310 A4 Horizontal 10 WGMP4H/10 £27.90 WGAP4H/10 £19.20
310 x 220 A4 Vertical 10 WGMP4V/10 £27.90 WGAP4V/10 £19.20
155 x 230 A5 Horizontal 10 WGMP5H/10 £22.80 WGAP5H/10 £15.90
215 x 160 A5 Vertical 10 WGMP5V/10 £22.80 WGAP5V/10 £15.90
316 x 215 A3 Horizontal 10 WGMP3H/10 £58.80 WGAP3H/10 £53.10
436 x 215 A3 Vertical 10 WGMP3V/10 £58.80 WGAP3V/10 £53.10
60 x 110 A7 Horizontal 100 WGMP7H/100 £77.40 WGAP7H/100 £58.50
FRAMES 4
DOCS
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
> > A unique range of colour coded frames
> > Magnetic or self-adhesive
> > To fit A3 - A5
> > Available in 5 colours: Blue, Black, Green, Red & Yellow
> > Can be used vertically or horizontally
Size Pack Magnetic Ref Price Self-adhesive Ref Price
A5 10 WGMFD5/10 £45.60 WGSFD5/10 £46.80
A4 10 WGMFD4/10 £56.70 WGSFD4/10 £58.50
A3 10 WGMFD3/10 £87.00 WGSFD3/10 £89.40
A2 10 WGMFD2/10 £144.00 WGSFD2/10 £141.00
TICKET POUCHES
- MAGNETIC &
SELF-ADHESIVE
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
> > Cost effective ticket pouches in 4 sizes
> > Suitable for racking or shelving
> > Magnetic or self-adhesive fixing
> > 5 colour options allow areas to be colour coded
> > Complete with white card insert
> > Clear front for easy barcode scanning
> > Open on top & side to enable easy updates
> > Ideal for 5S & lean manufacturing systems
Available in Red, Black,
Blue, Yellow and Green.
Magnetic or Self-adhesive fixing options:
Self-Adhesive
Size Pack Ref Price
30 x 100 100 WGSAP310 £55.80
40 x 120 100 WGSAP412 £58.80
60 x 100 100 WGSAP610 £61.80
60 x 140 100 WGSAP614 £69.00
Magnetic
Size Pack Ref Price
30 x 100 100 WGMP310 £64.20
40 x 120 100 WGMP412 £75.90
60 x 100 100 WGMP610 £88.20
60 x 140 100 WGMP614 £102.00
Operating Temperature Range –Magnetic Minimum temperature: -5°C, Maximum temperature: +40°C, Adhesive: -20°C to +40°C (When applied at 10°C)
168
POCKETS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
169
Rollcage sack - suits
cages up to 800mm wide
TROLLEY AND ROLL
CAGE SACKS
Trolley sack- suits trolleys
up to 580mm wide
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Keep your picking areas clean and tidy as you go by fitting these
recycling sacks.
> > Organise waste packaging materials as you go
> > Easy collection & segregation of waste
> > Hard wearing and re-usable
> > Can be overprinted for volume orders
> > Trolley sack available with single or double pockets
WASTE DISPOSAL SACKS
Trolley sack capacity
Cage sack capacity
Cage sacks are simple to hang, quick to secure, and allow for
volume overprinting.
Description
Single
Pack Ref
Price Pack of 5
Ref
Price Pack of 10
Ref
Price
Cagesack WGC2B/1 £29.70 WGC2B/5 £142.80 WGC2B/10 £285.00
Single
Pocket Sack
Double
Pocket Sack
WGT1B/1 £16.50 WGT1B/5 £80.70 WGT1B/10 £160.50
WGT2B/1 £21.90 WGT2B/5 £104.70 WGT2B/10 £209.10
RACKSACK WASTE
DISPOSAL SACKS
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
> > Easy collection of waste
> > Easy to fix, easy to remove
> > Helps waste segregation
> > Hard wearing and re-usable
> > Hook fixings supplied
Suitable for most warehouse racking systems, the Racksack quickly fixes to the
end of your racking frame.
Designed for racking and shelving systems between 900mm and 1100mm.
Easily removed and emptied.
14 Design options available, 13 printed waste segregation options and a
completely blank sack. Please add sack type reference to code when ordering.
Custom printed designs including company names and some logos can
be arranged.
Size mm Pack Ref Price
1000 x 920 1 WGRSB1 £23.40
1000 x 920 5 WGRSB5 £108.30
1000 x 920 10 WGRSB10 £199.50
Colour choice of blue or green –
please stipulate when ordering.
WASTE DISPOSAL SACKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
169

170
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DOCK LEVELLERS
DOCK
PLATES
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
> > Safe vehicle access from a loading dock
> > High tensile aluminium
> > Anti-slip tread surfaces
> > Loop-type lifting handle
> > Lighter plates, suitable for manual positioning
Dimensions
W x L mm
Max Height
Diff mm
Capacity
kg
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
915 x 1220 178 770 32 WG3648 £587.10
915 x 1220 178 1360 33 WGH3648 £697.68
1220 x 610 76 2040 22 WG4824 £462.84
1220 x 915 127 1360 32 WG4836 £585.96
1220 x 915 127 2450 43 WGH4836 £697.68
1220 x 1220 178 1020 42 WG4848 £709.08
1220 x 1220 178 1810 56 WGH4848 £850.44
1220 x 1525 228 810 52 WG4860 £829.92
1220 x 1525 228 1450 70 WGH4860 £1,006.62
1525 x 915 127 1700 39 WG6036 £677.16
1525 x 915 127 3040 52 WGH6036 £811.68
1525 x 1220 178 1270 51 WG6048 £829.92
1525 x 1220 178 2270 69 WGH6048 £1,005.48
1525 x 1525 228 1020 64 WG6060 £983.82
Optional Fork Truck Lifting Handles (pair) WGFTH-1 £132.24
Optional Side Curbs with Castors WGSCC-2 £216.60
Optional Fixed Span Locking Legs WGFSL-1 £51.87
Please note - non-standard sizes are also available.
DOCK
BOARDS
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
> > Optional adjustable spanlocks allow safe operation where it is necessary for
vehicle to stand away from loading dock
> > Optional fork lift handles for easy movement
> > Chain fitting sets prevent movement of board in ground level
container loading
Please note - non-standard sizes are also available.
Dimensions
W x L mm
Useable
Width
mm
Max
Height
Diff mm
Max
Load
kg
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
1520 x 910 1450 130 3640 52 WG8-6036 £927.96
1520 x 1220 1420 180 3640 73 WG8-6048 £1097.82
1520 x 1520 1420 230 3640 90 WG8-6060 £1291.62
1520 x 1830 1420 280 3640 115 WG8-6072 £1502.52
1520 x 910 1450 130 5450 62 WG12-6036 £1051.08
1520 x 1220 1420 180 5450 86 WG12-6048 £1258.56
1520 x 1520 1420 230 5450 115 WG12-6060 £1504.80
1520 x 1830 1420 280 5450 135 WG12-6072 £1744.20
1830 x 910 1750 130 5450 72 WG12-7236 £1166.22
1830 x 1220 1730 180 5450 100 WG12-7248 £1412.46
1830 x 1520 1730 230 5450 130 WG12-7260 £1697.46
1830 x 1830 1730 280 5450 155 WG12-7272 £1983.60
1520 x 1520 1390 230 6360 115 WG14-6060 £1507.08
1830 x 1830 1680 280 6360 160 WG14-7272 £2000.70
Optional Adjustable Spanlocks (pair) WGASL/1 £383.04
Optional Fork Truck Lifting Handles (pair) WGFTH1 £132.24
Optional Ground Level Loading Fittings (set) WGGLF1 £182.40
170
DOCK LEVELLERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
171
HINGED BRIDGE
PLATES
Dimensions
W x L mm
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
> > A hinged rail will accommodate one or more bridge plates,
which can be slid sideways into position as required
> > Locate into a hinge rail (sold seperatley) fixed to the loading dock
> > 75mm wide guidelines are painted along sides of plates
> > Plates can be stored either lowered against dock face, or vertically (locking
clamp is provided)
Span
mm
Max Height
Diff mm
Max Load
kg
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
1524 x 510 550 62 4000 32 WGBH6020 £570.00
1524 x 460 500 53 3250 22 WGB-6018 £503.88
1524 x 510 550 62 3000 26 WGB-6020 £508.44
1524 x 980 1020 145 2500 55 WGBH6038 £860.70
1220 x 980 1020 145 2250 44 WGBH4838 £722.76
1220 x 1280 1320 194 1000 48 WGBX4850 £786.60
1220 x 980 1020 145 1000 36 WGB-4838 £620.16
1220 x 1280 1320 194 500 46 WGB-4850 £747.84
Hinge Rail with Clips & Fixings (in multiples of 2.5m lengths) WGHRCF-1 £232.56
Lifting handle for bridgeplates WGHRH-1 £56.09
Please note - non-standard sizes are also available.
BRIDGE PLATES / ACCESS RAMPS
GROUND LEVEL
CONTAINER ACCESS
RAMPS
Designed to allow access into standard shipping containers that are located at
ground level. Typically supplied in 6,000kg or 10,000kg capacities to suit your
operations. Two heavy duty steel designs available depending on the nature of
the goods to be (un)loaded:
Ramp only - a one piece design, moved from the front by FLT. Provides a steady
slope incline to access the container floor.
Ramp and platform - a one piece design, moved from the side by FLT. Provides
a level working platform (typically 1850mm in length) to allow horizontal access
and thus prevent tightly packed goods from impacting the top of the container.
A lightweight aluminium version is also available for more lightweight
applications.
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
Please note - these units are designed to be used with standard shipping
containers. Anti-slip grit surface is available as an optional extra.
(Note - Ramp and Platform
design requires side-shift
functionality of the fork truck
to aid/simplify positioning)
Movement by simple
fork truck pocket
allows quick and
easy movement by
one operative only
Heavy duty steel
Lightweight aluminium
Description Dimensions W x L mm Container floor height Max Load kg Weight kg Ref Price
Steel - Ramp Only 2200 x 1250 150 6000 275 WGGLAR-R-6 £1012.32
Steel - Ramp Only 2200 x 1250 150 10000 290 WGGLAR-R-10 £1174.20
Steel - Ramp & Platform 2200 x 3000 150 6000 750 WGGLAR-P-6 £1924.32
Steel - Ramp & Platform 2200 x 3000 150 10000 860 WGGLAR-P-10 £2294.82
Lightweight Aluminium Ramp 1220 x 1525 150 810 52 WGGLAR-4860 £881.22
Please note - non-standard sizes are also available.
BRIDGE PLATES / ACCESS RAMPS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
171

172
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WHEEL CHOCKS & DOCK LIGHTS
WHEEL
CHOCKS
Wheel chocks are a low cost effective way of preventing the unexpected
movement of vehicles whilst either parked or being loaded and unloaded.
> > All chocks have a safety grip face for maximum adhesion
between vehicle wheel and chock
> > Moulded units have built-in lifting handles
> > Optional anti-theft chain available for WGTWC-1, WGTWC-3
and WGTWC-10
WGTWC-1 & 2
Description L x W x H mm Weight kg Ref Price
WGTWC3
WGTWC10
WGTWC8
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
Moulded Wheel Chock 270 x 190 x 190 6.5 WGTWC-1 £33.52
Retaining Chain 5 Metres Long 1 WGTWC-2 £31.81
Cast Aluminium Chock 400 x 180 x 180 3.25 WGTWC-3 £88.46
MYR Chock 150 x 175 x 150 3.5 WGTWC-8 £24.17
Steel Chock 268 x 200 x 230 4.5 WGTWC-10 £35.91
STANDARD PLUS
DOCK LIGHT
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
> > The Standard Plus Dock Light moves in two planes and pivots
at three points, allowing the light to be accurately positioned to
illuminate the inside area of a vehicle during loading and unloading
> > The installation of a Dock light provides additional safety and
convenience to the loading dock operatives
> > When not in use the unit can be swung to one side of the
doorway opening
> > Available in 80W halogen or 12W LED versions, both with
equal 1,000 lumen light output
> > Full metal guards are included, to protect against
theft & breakages
> > Arm length 1060mm
> > Optional LED versions available with same light output
but lower running costs
> > IP21 for indoor applications only
Supply voltage Lamp Weight kg Ref Price
WGTWDL-3-240
240v 80W Halogen 7 WGTWDL-3-240 £216.60
110v 80W Halogen 7 WGTWDL-3-110 £216.60
110-240v 12W LED 7 WGTWDL-3L-240 £256.50
DELUXE DOCK
LIGHT
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
> > The Deluxe Dock Light is similar in design to the Standard Plus
unit, but has an IP rating of IP54 making it ideal for both indoor
and outdoor aplications
> > Features an 8.5W LED head for reduced power consumption,
providing approximately 450 lumens light output
> > Switches included for stand alone operation, or the units can be
supplied without switches for integration into existing controls
> > Arm length of 1000mm when fully extended
WGTWDL-4L-240
Supply voltage Lamp Weight kg Ref Price
240v LED 6.5 WGTWDL-4L-240 £311.22
172
WHEEL CHOCKS & DOCK LIGHTS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
173
HEAVY DUTY DOCK
BUMPER SELECTION
> > Serious consideration should always be given to fitting Dock Bumpers at loading
bays. They reduce damage to loading docks, equipment and buildings caused by
vehicle impact and consequently significantly reduce maintenance bills.
> > Optional fixings are available for securing bumpers.
WGTWB-1018-2
WGTWB-1018-4
WGTWB-1018-6
Rectangular Bumpers
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
> > Standard units have tapered side for
improve appearance
DOCK BUMPERS & TRAFFIC LIGHTS
WGTWB-1030-2 WGTWB-1030-2 WGTWB-E-100
Type W x L x T mm No. of
holes
Weight kg
Recommended
Fixings
Ref
Price
2 254 x 457 x 50 2 7.5 TWB-F4 TWB-1018-2 £33.29
2 254 x 457 x 101 2 14 TWB-F4 TWB-1018-4 £63.27
2 254 x 457 x 150 2 18.5 TWB-F5 TWB-1018-6 £76.84
2 254 x 762 x 50 3 13 TWB-F4 TWB-1030-2 £51.30
2 254 x 762 x 101 3 22 TWB-F4 TWB-1030-4 £80.60
4 100x to order x 100 - 10/m TWB-F1 TWB-E-100 £69.43
Holes in ‘D’ Section Bumper Price/Hole (optional) TWB-EH £13.22
Fixing strip for TWB-E (optional) TWB-EST £3.99
Extruded D Section Bumper
> > Photo above shows the application
of a D section bumper fitted to a dock edge.
> > Can be provided in lengths up to 3,000mm
> > Can be assembled end to end for long runs
> > Holes can be incorporated for 12mm fixings
or bumpers can be fitted with an optional
fixing strip through the centre if required
> > Contact us for fixing recommendations
as many require use of additional
special washers
TRAFFIC
LIGHTS
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
Deluxe LED
> > High impact ABS outer casing and lens
hoods to reduce interference from other
light sources, with large shatterproof
Polycarbonate lenses.
> > 150mm diameter lenses.
> > Based on the Deluxe model with LED
light heads.
> > Features a very powerful output for
increased visibility.
> > The average LED lifetime is significantly
greater than that of standard bulbs.
> > The unit comes with a five-year warranty.
> > Suitable for wall or post mounting.
> > 5W power consumption.
Ultra Bright LED
> > With 24 LED’s per array, these traffic lights are
approximately equivalent in brightness to a
60W incandescent lamp, but offer significant
energy savings.
> > Compact, easy to install design
> > Supplied with 4m of cable for electrical installation
> > 100mm diameter LED array
> > Unit measures approx. 270x140x50mm
> > High visibility units – LED’s in direct view;
no lens required
> > A regulated power supply with a maximum voltage
of 24.5v DC is required. We recommend our power
supply is used to ensure correct voltages.
Deluxe LED without sensor
Ref: TDL-2L-N/S
Weight: 4 kg
Price: £462.84
24 LED per array without sensor
Ref: TDL-4L-24-N/S
Weight: 4 kg
Price: £192.66
100-240V AC > 24VDC Power Supply
Ref: TDL-4L-TR
Weight: 4 kg
Price: £82.88
DOCK BUMPERS & TRAFFIC LIGHTS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
173

174
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CONVEYORS
Roller
EXPANDING
CONVEYORS
Higher load capacity suits ridged base loads.
Telescopic leg supports are included.
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
Standard construction 50mm diameter plastic rollers or skatewheels.
> > All metal parts zinc plated
> > 100mm swivel braked castors with locking knob
> > Roller pitch 125mm when fully extended
> > Three different heights available
Three different heights are available, L2 is supplied unless otherwise specified.
L1 470-700mm L2 670-1100mm L3 920-1500mm
Roller Conveyors
Conveyor Length 400mm Wide 600mm Wide
Extended Closed Ref Price Ref Price
2.00 0.94 WGPR-400-2.0 £321.00 WGPR-600-2.0 £414.00
3.50 1.56 WGPR-400-3.5 £500.00 WGPR-600-3.5 £648.00
5.00 2.18 WGPR-400-5.0 £678.00 WGPR-600-5.0 £882.00
6.50 2.80 WGPR-400-6.5 £856.00 WGPR-600-6.5 £1116.00
8.00 3.42 WGPR-400-8.0 £1035.00 WGPR-600-8.0 £1350.00
9.50 4.04 WGPR-400-9.5 £1213.00 WGPR-600-9.5 £1584.00
Prices are ex-works prices only – carriage is extra, price on application
Roller on loadings at maximum extension
Products to be conveyed must touch 3 rollers.
Boxes 250mm or more are suitable, 250mm
or less are not suitable.
Roller
400W mm
600W mm
100kg per meter
125kg per meter
Skatewheel
Very compact when folded - suits flat base loads only.
Telescopic leg supports are included.
Skatewheel Conveyors
Conveyor Length 400mm Wide 600mm Wide
Extended Closed Ref Price Ref Price
2.00 0.626 WGPW-400-2.0 £410.00 WGPW-600-2.0 £443.00
3.50 1.016 WGPW-400-3.5 £643.00 WGPW-600-3.5 £696.00
5.00 1.406 WGPW-400-5.0 £876.00 WGPW-600-5.0 £949.00
6.50 1.796 WGPW-400-6.5 £1108.00 WGPW-600-6.5 £1201.00
8.00 2.186 WGPW-400-8.0 £1341.00 WGPW-600-8.0 £1454.00
9.50 2.576 WGPW-400-9.5 £1573.00 WGPW-600-9.5 £1707.00
Prices are ex-works prices only – carriage is extra, price on application
Roller on loadings at maximum extension
Skatewheel
400W mm
600W mm
80kg per meter
100kg per meter
Connecting Hooks
Use to link two conveyors
Ref: WGCONH £25.00
Optional End Stops
Roller
Ref: WGRES £32.00
Plate
Ref: WGPES £32.00
174
CONVEYORS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STORAGE
175 - 225
Modular, stand alone or wall mounted, plastic or steel, we offer a wide selection of lockers,
cabinets, cupboards, bins and container systems with many different options available. Depending
on your requirements, our storage equipment ranges from laptop charging to personal item
lockers; wall, bin or drawer cabinets; volume, mesh door or hazardous cabinets; disposal, oily rag,
hazardous or grit bins; drawer or bin cabinets; and a selection of containers, trolleys, trucks and
carriers to meet every need.
LOCKERS 176-179
CABINETS 180-193,196-199
HAZARDOUS BINS 195
PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS 200-210
PLASTIC CONTAINERS 211-223
SKIP BINS 224-225
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
175

176
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LOCKERS
STRONG PLASTIC
LOCKERS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
These stylish stackable plastic lockers are ideal for swimming pools, schools,
commercial and industrial environments.
> > Locker combinations - 4 x STLK01, 3 x STLK02 and 2 x STLK03 all measure
the same height when stacked (1800mm)
> > Strong lockers moulded in tough polyethylene, will not dent like steel lockers
> > Hard wearing material will not rust or corrode
> > Available in a wide variety of colours
> > Anti-theft, with a double locking design
> > Supplied as standard with padlockable or key operated locks
Small, medium and large
plastic lockers avaliable in
various colours
Description Dimensions (L x W x H) Colours Ref Price
Single modualr units
Small plastic locker 320 x 460 x 450mm red, yellow, WGSTLK01 £94.50
Medium plastic locker 320 x 460 x 600mm
blue, green,
grey
WGSTLK02 £108.00
Large plastic locker 320 x 460 x 900mm WGSTLK03 £129.00
Locker kits - Full height stacks
Small plastic locker -
kit (4 compartments)
Medium plastic locker -
kit (3 compartments)
Large plastic locker kit
(2 compartments)
Accessories
Sloping top
Wet / harsh environment
key cam lock
Coin return lock for dry
environments
Coin return lock for wet
environments
Powder coated steel stand
two locker
Powder coated steel stand
three locker
Powder coated steel stand
four locker
320 x 460 x 1800mm red, yellow, WGSTLK01K £378.00
blue, green,
320 x 460 x 1800mm
grey
WGSTLK02K £324.00
320 x 460 x 1800mm WGSTLK03K £258.00
320 x 460 x 150mm
WGSTST01 £29.50
N/A WGHCLOCK £16.90
N/A WGCRLOCK1 £19.25
N/A WGCRLOCK2 £23.50
N/A
640 x 465 x 147/176mm WGSTAND2 £62.00
960 x 465 x 147/176mm WGSTAND3 £67.50
1280 x 465 x 147/176mm WGSTAND4 £72.00
176
LOCKERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
177
Mild Steel Modular Lockers for maximum security.
Epoxy-polyester powder coat colours with BioCote® protection.
Standard Body colour is Light Grey (RAL 7035)
Choice of door colours:
Light Grey (RAL 7035)
Blue (RAL 5002)
Red (RAL 3020)
MILD STEEL
MODULAR LOCKERS
Door colour option must be specified at point of order
DELIVERED
IN 5 DAYS
N.B: Quantity and postcode restrictions apply.
Standard Dead Lock
This simple and economical
cam lock provides user
access with a small, easily
replaced key. The lock is
supplied with two keys and
a master key is available.
MODULAR LOCKERS
Single-Door
> > Fixed top shelf.
> > Fixed garment hanging rail (except 300mm deep)
> > Two coat hooks
Two-Door
> > One intermediate fixed shelf.
> > Each compartment has a fixed garment
hanging rail (except for 300mm deep)
> > Each compartment has two coat hooks.
Three-Door
> > Two intermediate fixed shelves
Four-Door
> > Three intermediate fixed shelves
Six-Door
> > Five intermediate fixed shelves
> > Full range of accessories available
Height mm Width mm Depth mm No. of doors Ref Price
1800 300 300 1 WGZ12211 £83.60
1800 300 300 2 WGZ12212 £93.50
1800 300 300 3 WGZ12213 £113.30
1800 300 300 4 WGZ12214 £122.10
1800 300 300 6 WGZ12216 £148.50
1800 300 450 1 WGZ12511 £97.90
1800 300 450 2 WGZ12512 £107.80
1800 300 450 3 WGZ12513 £128.70
1800 300 450 4 WGZ12514 £138.60
1800 300 450 6 WGZ12516 £167.20
MODULAR LOCKERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
177

178
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
LOCKERS
LAPTOP
CHARGING UNITS
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
These purpose-designed locker units provide a safe sanctuary and charging
facility for laptops and real peace of mind for users.
> > Full height locker accommodates ten laptops.
> > Half height locker accommodates five laptops.
> > Single door locker version allows access to all compartments under one key.
> > Key-operated cam locks with two keys are supplied as standard. The cam
locks through the door and frame for added security. Hasp & Staple Padlock
fitting also available.
> > Choice of door colours, light grey, blue or red.
> > Single standard UK 3-pin socket in each compartment
> > The maximum current consumption in normal use is 1amp per compartment.
Type
Height
mm
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Ref
Price
Single Door 1800 450 450 WGM15511GU00LCS £476.30
Ten Door 1800 450 450 WGM1551TGU00LCS £666.60
Five Door 900 450 450 WGM15515GU00LCS £418.00
PERSONAL
ITEM LOCKERS
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
Personal Item Lockers provide secure storage and charging facility for small
but valuable possessions in public areas and throughout the workplace.
> > Choose from four or eight-doors.
> > Units can be hung on walls, fitted on top of each other or side to side.
> > Key-operated cam locks are supplied as standard.
> > Options are Hasp & Staple fitting (for use with a padlock) and coin return
lock (four-door only) at an additional cost.
> > Choice of door colours, light grey, blue or red.
> > Single standard UK 3-pin socket in each compartment
> > The maximum current consumption in normal use is 1amp per compartment.
Type
Height
mm
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Ref
Price
Four Door 915 250 155 WGA100641POCF £319.00
Eight Door 915 250 155 WGA100681POCF £431.20
178
LOCKERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
179
IN CHARGE TM
LOCKERS
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
LOCKERS
In Charge TM Lockers - providing power to your security.
With trailing cables, the risk of theft and health & safety issues, finding access
to safe and protected power points is a common problem in today’s workplace.
In Charge TM Lockers are specifically designed to help overcome this and
provide a secure, easy and safe solution.
A choice of sizes to suit many applications, all with locking and colour options.
Lockers are fully portable as a single unit- simply place the unit in a convenient
location, plug the unit into a power point and the lockers are ready for use.
Choice of door colours,
light grey, blue or red.
All doors are independently
earthed to the locker body.
One side of the locker and
the doors are perforated to
help prevent heat build-up
during charging.
Choice of locks to suit
different applications
Each shelf has an additional
front-to-rear reinforcing
box section to strength.
Each compartment is fitted
with either one or two
standard UK three-pin
sockets depending on the
locker size.
Power lead is supplied with
fitted RCD plug. Lead plugs
into the In ChargeTM Locker
enabling easy replacement
of the lead if damaged.
No. of
doors
Height mm Width mm Depth
mm
Ref
Price
4 1800 300 300 WGM12214GU00TCS £345.40
6 1800 300 300 WGM12216GU00TCS £441.10
8 1800 300 300 WGM12218GU00TCS £525.80
4 1800 300 450 WGM12514GU00TCS £364.10
6 1800 300 450 WGM12516GU00TCS £462.00
8 1800 300 450 WGM12518GU00TCS £548.90
Supply Voltage 230v.
The maximum current
consumption in normal use
is 1amp per compartment.
LOCKERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
179

180
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EURO CABINET SYSTEM
EURO CABINET
SYSTEM
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
This page shows ‘easy order’ popular combinations as examples.
Constructed from 18 and 20swg steel sheet.
Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys.
Drawers on ball bearing runners, 25kg capacity.
Individual drawers in combination units lockable.
7 & 8 drawer cabinets lockable as unit. Powder coated finish, grey
cabinets, blue doors and drawer fronts, other colours on request.
Ref: WGECO £2390.70
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Strong steel storage cabinet system for tough environments.
The Euro cabinet system is a versatile range of steel work
cabinets which combine to form complete working layouts.
Individual cabinets are detailed on pages 184 - 185.
180
EURO CABINET SYSTEM
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
181
Popular Combinations
Ref Cabinet combination Price
ECA EC0903; EC0900; WC10; WP05; WTL10 £1094.95
ECB EC0900; EC0904; WC02; WC10 WTL15 £1177.95
ECC EC0901; EC0900; EC0904; 2xWC10; WTB20 £1665.00
ECE EC2005; EC0903; EC0900; WC10; WP05; WTL10 £1426.10
ECH EC0900; EC0901; EC0920B; EC0917E; EC0905; EC0904; WTB10; WTB20 £2487.45
ECJ EC0904; EC0900; EC0901; EC0905; WTL20; WTL10 £1729.65
ECK EC0905; EC0901; EC0900; WTB20 £1288.65
ECL EC0900F; 2xEC0901; EC0920B; EC0917E; EC0905 EC0900; EC0904; 2xWTB10; WTB20 £2777.65
ECM EC0904;EC0920B; EC0905; 2xWTB10 £1622.25
ECN EC0920L; EC0901; EC0900; WTL10 £944.95
ECO EC0903; EC0900; EC0910; EC2005; WC01 2xWC05; WP09; WP04; TSO; WTL20 £2390.70
ECP EC0920B; EC0904; 2xEC0917E; EC0905; EC0901; EC0906; EC0910; WTB10; WTB15; WTB20 £3623.75
EURO CABINET SYSTEM
ECA
ECB ECC ECE
ECH
ECJ
ECL
ECM
Note: These selected combinations
shown here can be varied with
alternative worktops or individual
units to suit your particular needs.
See individual cabinet details on
pages 182 – 185.
ECK
ECN
Redditek
EURO CABINET SYSTEM
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
181

182
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WALL CABINETS
WALL
CABINETS
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
Heavy duty wall cupboards manufactured from 1mm steel
sheet, with high quality grey epoxy cabinet finish and a choice
of cabinet door colours.
MAX LOAD
50 KG
Standard H x D: 600 x 300mm with 1 fixed shelf in all cabinets.
400 and 500mm width units have single lockable door.
800 and 1000mm width units have 2 lockable doors.
Available with or without internal drawers (not 1000mm),
(400 and 500mm single drawer, 800mm 2 drawers).
Fixing holes provided (no fixings supplied).
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Drawers
Without
drawers
Door
colour
400mm 500mm 800mm 1000mm
Blue WGWC01B WGWC02B WGWC05B WGWC10B
Red WGWC01R WGWC02R WGWC05R WGWC10R
Green WGWC01G WGWC02G WGWC05G WGWC10G
Grey WGWC01GY WGWC02GY WGWC05GY WGWC10GY
Price £157.30 £161.30 £215.20 £260.80
With
drawers
Blue WGWC03B WGWC04B WGWC06B -
Red WGWC03R WGWC04R WGWC06R -
Green WGWC03G WGWC04G WGWC06G -
Grey WGWC03GY WGWC04GY WGWC06GY -
Price £187.30 £202.95 £267.70 -
182
WALL CABINETS
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
183
EURO 900 FLOOR
CABINET SYSTEM
900mm high - ‘working height’ storage cabinet system.
Range of cabinets constructed from 18 and 20swg steel sheet. Lever lock
handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, supplied with 2 keys.
Drawers on telescopic slides, individual drawers in combination units
lockable. 7 & 8 drawer cabinets lockable as unit.
Powder coated finish, grey cabinets, blue doors and drawer fronts, other
colours on request. Drawer capacity: 45kgs UDL.
Euro cabinets can be combined to form comprehensive work / storage
layouts. See previous page for ‘easy order’ example layouts.
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
EURO 900 FLOOR CABINET SYSTEM
WGEC0904
W x D: 1000 x 500mm
2 drawers, cupboard, 1 adjustable shelf
Ref: WGEC0904 £437.60
WGEC0900
W x D: 500 x 500mm
Cupboard with 2 adjustable shelves
Ref: WGEC0900 £239.20
WGEC0900F
W x D: 500 x 500mm
Fire resistant cupboard with
1 punched adjustable shelf, 1
removable sump, warning sticker,
yellow finish
Ref: WGEC0900F £298.55
WGEC0901
W x D: 500 x 500mm
1 drawer, cupboard with 1
adjustable shelf
Ref: WGEC0901 £286.15
WGEC0902
W x D: 500 x 500mm
2 drawers, cupboard with 1
adjustable shelf
Ref: WGEC0902 £341.60
WGEC0903
W x D: 500 x 500mm
8 drawers (ht:85mm)
Ref: WGEC0903 £474.90
WGEC0910
W x D: 1000 x 500mm
Cupboard, 2 adjustable shelves
Ref: WGEC0910 £312.05
WGEC0915
W x D: 1000 x 500mm
Sliding door cupboard, 2
adjustable shelves
Ref: WGEC0915 £353.05
WGEC0905
W x D: 1000 x 500mm
7 drawers (ht: 2x 140, 5x 85mm)
Ref: WGEC0905 £550.70
Worktop - Depth 500mm
Laminate (with rear upstand)
W: 500mm Ref: WGWTB05 £102.35
W: 1000mm Ref: WGWTB10 £147.60
W: 1500mm Ref: WGWTB15 £184.65
W: 2000mm Ref: WGWTB20 £230.70
Laminate (without rear upstand)
W: 500mm Ref: WGWTL05 £89.20
W: 1000mm Ref: WGWTL10 £101.90
W: 1500mm Ref: WGWTL15 £115.25
W: 2000mm Ref: WGWTL20 £141.25
Redditek
EURO 900 FLOOR CABINET SYSTEM
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
183

184
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TALL CABINET SYSTEM
TALL CABINET
SYSTEM
1500, 1800, 2000MM
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
A flexible range of tough steel cabinets 3 heights - 2 widths - hinged or sliding
doors - with a range of accessories to create just the storage solution you need.
Quarter rear louvre panel (option)
Quarter rear tool panel (option)
Tool panel reinforced door (louvre panel doors option)
Tool clips (option)
Leverlock handle with 2 rod locking top and bottom, 2 keys
Drawer unit (option)
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Full width robust doors for maximum aperture
Adjustable shelves - 50mm pitch - shelf capacity 45kg
Base pre-drilled for floor fixing - recommended (fixings not supplied)
EASY ORDER
Complete cabinet (as above) comes with:
> > 1 drawer (at 1010mm)
> > 2 adjustable shelves
> > Quarter louvre panel back
> > Quarter tool panel back
> > Tool panel doors with 10 tool hooks
1800mm high
Ref: WGEC1837 £646.75
2000mm high
Ref: WGEC2037 £668.00
SLIDING DOOR
W x D: 1000 x 500mm
Height Shvs Ref Price
1500mm 3 WGEC1515 £489.95
1800mm 4 WGEC1815 £500.50
2000mm 4 WGEC2015 £519.15
Extra shelf WGECA025 £27.60
DOUBLE DOOR
W x D: 1000 x 500mm
Height Shvs Ref Price
1500mm 3 WGEC1510 £468.00
1800mm 4 WGEC1810 £490.95
2000mm 4 WGEC2010 £509.90
1800mm 0 WGEC1800 £420.30
2000mm 0 WGEC2000 £440.55
SINGLE DOOR
W x D: 500 x 500mm
Height Shvs Ref Price
1500mm 2 WGEC1505 £317.20
1800mm 2 WGEC1805 £337.25
2000mm 2 WGEC2005 £352.20
Extra shelf WGECA024 £23.90
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
ADJUSTABLE SHELF
- CAPACITY 45KG
1000mm wide shelf
Ref: WGECA025 £27.60
500mm wide shelf
Ref: WGECA024 £23.90
QUARTER REAR
LOUVRE PANEL
DRAWER UNIT
Internal W x D: 888 x 375mm
Front height: 95mm. Available at 50mm
pitch (min 100mm between drawers) -
please state height when ordering.
Max 12 drawers to cabinet. Only one
drawer to be opened at a time
Ref: WGECA020 £96.35
Please state position
height when ordering.
Max 4 per cabinet
Ref: WGECA023 £33.90
QUARTER REAR
TOOL PANEL
Please state position
height when ordering.
Max 4 per cabinet.
Ref: WGECA022 £33.90
LOUVRE PANEL DOORS
Replaces standard tool
panel doors (factory fitted)
Accepts size 2 & 3 bins
(see page 136 for
container bin packs)
Ref: WGECA021 £13.85
TOOL CLIPS
(SET OF 10)
3 single hooks,
3 double hooks,
2 snap-in hooks,
1 hammer hook,
1 pliers hook
(For additional hooks
see page 255)
Ref: WGECA009 £34.95
184
TALL CABINET SYSTEM
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
185
EURO TALL -
EASY ORDER
A selection of cabinet and extras combinations
that provide single reference ordering.
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Note: Only items listed are included, not photographic props.
EURO TALL - EASY ORDER
Cabinet with 8 drawers, half tool panel back, 1 shelf, tool
panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips
1800mm high Ref: WGEC1831 £1,293.50
2000mm high Ref: WGEC2031 £1,308.75
Cabinet with 2 drawers (base & 560mm) 1 shelf, half louvre
panel back, 24 x No.2 bins, 12 x No.3 bins tool panel doors and
1 pack of assorted tool clips
1800mm high Ref: WGEC1832 £764.05
2000mm high Ref: WGEC2032 £780.25
Cabinet with 4 drawers (base, 460, 760 & 860mm), 2 shelves, half
tool panel back, tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips
1800mm high Ref: WGEC1833 £935.70
2000mm high Ref: WGEC2033 £953.00
Cabinet with 4 drawers (from base) 2 shelves, half louvre panel
back, 16 x No.2 bins, 18 x No.3 bins tool panel doors and 1 pack of
assorted tool clips
1800mm high Ref: WGEC1834 £986.55
2000mm high Ref: WGEC2034 £1,004.80
Cabinet with full louvre panel back,
tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips
1800mm high Ref: WGEC1835 £583.25
2000mm high Ref: WGEC2035 £602.45
Cabinet with full tool panel panel back,
tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips
1800mm high Ref: WGEC1836 £590.60
2000mm high Ref: WGEC2036 £610.80
Redditek
EURO TALL - EASY ORDER
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
185

186
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BIN CABINETS
BIN CABINETS -
LOUVRE SUPPORT
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
Robust, heavy duty steel cupboards with plastic bin combinations with louvre
or shelf bin support systems.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Heavy duty steel cupboard with full louvre back to accept plastic storage bins.
Overall H x W x D: 2000 x 1000 x 500mm. Lockable doors supplied with 2 keys,
finished in epoxy grey cabinet and blue doors.
Empty cupboard to accept your own bins, or choice of units complete with bins.
Empty unit.
Cupboard with Louvre back (no bins)
Ref: WGBCL01 £591.65
78 bin unit.
Cupboard with 42 x No. 2 bins;
20 No. 3 bins; 16 No. 4 bins
Ref: WGBCL78
£747.00
54 bin unit.
Cupboard with
30 x No. 3 bins;
24 No. 4 bins
Ref: WGBCL54
£755.10
60 bin unit.
Cupboard with
60 x No. 3 bins
Ref: WGBCL60
£739.85
126 bin unit.
Cupboard with
126 x No. 2 bins
Ref: WGBCL126
£730.85
BIN CABINETS -
SHELF SUPPORT
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Cupboard with steel adjustable shelves (25mm pitch) to accept your own
bins, or choice of units complete with bins.
Empty unit.
Cupboard with shelves (no bins)
4 Shelves Ref: WGBCS04 £553.20
8 Shelves Ref: WGBCS08 £642.55
10 Shelves Ref: WGBCS10 £696.50
12 Shelves Ref: WGBCS12 £750.45
Extra shelf Ref: WGBCSES £27.00
44 bin unit.
Cupboard with 11 shelves and 44 No. 4 bins
Ref: WGBCS48
£917.55
66 bin unit.
Cupboard with
11 shelves and
66 No. 3 bins.
Ref: WGBCS72
£856.55
68 bin unit.
Cupboard with 12
shelves, 24 No. 2 bins,
24 x No. 3 bins and
20 x No. 4 bins.
Ref: WGBCS72C
£918.15
54 bin unit.
Cupboard with 9
shelves, 24 x No. 2
bins, 18 x No. 3 bins,
12 x No. 4 bins and 4
drawer unit.
Ref: WGBCS60
£1151.65
186
BIN CABINETS
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
187
800 Series
MOBILE DRAWER
CABINETS
WGMDC601
WGMDC602
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
Fully welded mobile drawer cabinets, mounted on 4 swivel 125mm castors
(2 braked) with blue resilex wheels and roller bearings.
Drawers on telescopic slides with 45kg capacity. Internal drawer size W x
D: 425 x 450mm. Drawer heights: 90mm and 185mm. All drawers ready
equipped to accept adjustable small parts divider storage system (dividers
optional extra - see below). Drawers lockable as a unit, 2 keys provided.
Fitted with 3 sided lipped tool tray top with cushioned matting (laminate top
available as optional extra - see below)
Finish: Grey epoxy body (BS00A05), Blue epoxy drawers (BS18E53). Other
colours available on request.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
MOBILE DRAWER CABINETS
600 Series
WGMDC801
WGMDC802
Overal
H x W x D mm
Cabinet
W x D mm
Drawers Ref Price
90 mm 185 mm
780 x 500 x 615 500 x 500 3 1 WGMDC601 £389.05
780 x 500 x 615 500 x 500 1 2 WGMDC602 £375.15
980 x 500 x 615 500 x 500 5 1 WGMDC801 £460.30
980 x 500 x 615 500 x 500 3 2 WGMDC802 £446.95
MOBILE
MAINTENANCE
CABINETS
WGMDC812
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Fully welded mobile drawer cabinets, mounted on 4 swivel 125mm castors
(2 braked) with blue resilex wheels and roller bearings.
Drawers on telescopic slides with 45kg capacity. Internal drawer size
W x D: 425 x 450mm. Drawer heights: 90mm and 185mm. All drawers ready
equipped to accept adjustable small parts divider storage system (dividers
optional extra - see below). Drawers lockable as a unit, 2 keys provided.
Cupboard door fitted with recessed handle with integral lock with 2 rods
locking top and bottom, tool panel and 1 adjustable shelf.
Fitted with 3 sided lipped tool tray top with cushioned matting
(laminate top available as optional extra - see below).
Finish: Grey epoxy body (BS00A05), Blue epoxy drawers (BS18E53).
Other colours available on request.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS
WGMDC811
Overall
H x W x D mm
Cabinet
W x D mm
Drawers Ref Price
90mm 185mm
980 x 1120 x 500 1000 x 500 5 1 WGMDC811 £602.10
980 x 1120 x 500 1000 x 500 3 2 WGMDC812 £586.40
DRAWER TROLLEY TOP
18mm Laminate top with plasic
edging (replaces lipped tray)
Ref: WGLWT01 £51.00
Maintenance trolley top
Ref: WGLWT02 £64.95
DRAWER DIVIDER PACK
Complete with 2 vertical and 9
horizontal dividers for 90mm deep
Ref: WGDDP01 £44.75
for 185mm deep
Ref: WGDDP02 £55.35
Redditek
MOBILE DRAWER CABINETS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
187

188
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CB CUPBOARDS / STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS
CB CUPBOARDS
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
Upgrade to 100kgs per
shelf, maximum 400kgs
for cabinet.
Ref: WGCBHD £17.35
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Range of steel cabinets constructed to imperial sizes, designed to combine
with existing imperial size cabinets. Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top
and bottom, 2 keys. Powder coated finish in grey as standard, blue doors on
request. Shelf capacity 50kgs, maximum 250kgs per cabinet.
Size H x W x D Shelves Ref Price
915 x 457 x 457mm 1 adjustable shelf WGCB 11 £183.05
915 x 915 x 457mm 2 adjustable shelves WGCB 60 £296.10
1220 x 915 x 457mm 2 adjustable shelves WGCB 65 £303.40
1830 x 915 x 457mm 3 adjustable shelves WGCB 70 £394.25
1830 x 915 x 305mm 3 adjustable shelves WGCB 80 £360.00
Size
Extra Shelves
(Imperial) Ref Price
457 x 457mm (18” x 18”) WGES1 £21.85
915 x 457mm (36” x 18”) WGES2 £30.35
915 x 305mm (36” x 12”) WGES4 £28.30
STAINLESS STEEL
CABINETS
DELIVERED
IN 25 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
A range of stainless steel cabinets manufactured from 304 grade stainless.
Ideal for clean and hygienic work environments.
Stainless Steel CB Cupboards are supplied complete with adjustable shelves,
leverlock handle with 2 rods locking top and bottom and 2 keys.
Cabinet
Extra Shelf
Size (H x W x D) mm Shelves Ref Price
915 x 457 x 457 1 WGCB11SS £551.85
915 x 915 x 457 1 WGCB60SS £763.45
1220 x 915 x 457 2 WGCB65SS £895.70
1830 x 915 x 457 3 WGCB70SS £1,189.55
457 x 457 WGES1SS £33.65
915 x 457 WGES2SS £49.30
188
CB CUPBOARDS / STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
189
STANDARD
CUPBOARDS
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
A versatile and robust range of steel cupboards providing secure storage in the
workplace. Cupboards meet the stringent requirements of BS EN 14073:2004
(Parts 1, 2 & 3) and BS EN14074:2004.
Cupboards feature:
MADE IN
BRITAIN
> > Door vertical stiffening for added strength
> > Adjustable shelves on a 25mm vertical pitch
> > Shelves carry a maximum of 78kg UDL
> > Choice of door colours, light grey, red or blue.
STEEL CUPBOARDS
Height mm Width mm Depth mm Shelves Ref Price
984 915 505 2 WGCH961CGU29S12 £344.30
1820 915 505 3 WGC1961CGU29S13 £235.40
Handle designed for easier
operation, allows door closing
without the key.
Three point locking
as standard.
LARGE VOLUME
CUPBOARDS
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Spacious storage of larger items in the workplace. Large Volume Cupboards
are available with various internal configurations and feature the following:
> > Semi-concealed hinges
> > Magnetic door catches
> > Door vertical stiffening for added strength
> > High quality lock operating 3-point locking bars
> > Shelves supported on clips, height adjustable on 25mm increments
> > Robust, all-steel construction
> > Choice of door colours, light grey, red, blue or green
Height mm Width mm Depth mm Shelves Ref Price
1829 1220 457 3 WGC7248A3S13GU £421.30
Large Volume
Cupboards have
a high quality
metal lock operation
with a 3 point
locking system.
STEEL CUPBOARDS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
189

190
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
FIRST AID / PPE CABINETS
FIRST AID
CABINETS
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
Storage cabinets for First Aid supplies and equipment
> > Instantly recognisable
> > Clear identification labelling
> > Clean, durable white powder coated finish
Wall-fixing Cabinets
> > Strong welded 20swg steel construction
> > Fixed shelf and internal drawer tray(s), lock with 2 keys
> > Cabinets pre-drilled for fixing (fixings not included)
> > Powder coated finish
> > Identification labelling
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Floor-standing Cabinets
> > Strong welded 20swg steel construction
> > Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch
> > Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys
> > Powder coated finish
> > Identification labelling
First Aid Cabinets - White BS00E55
Type H x W x D mm Shelves Drawer
Trays
Floor Cabinet
Wall Cabinet
Extra shelf
Ref
Price
915 x 457 x 457 1 - WGFAC10 £183.05
915 x 915 x 457 2 - WGFAC60 £296.10
1220 x 915 x 457 2 - WGFAC65 £303.40
1830 x 915 x 457 3 - WGFAC70 £394.25
600 x 400 x 300 1 1 WGFAWC3 £187.30
600 x 500 x 300 1 1 WGFAWC4 £202.95
600 x 800 x 300 1 2 WGFAWC6 £262.70
457 x 457 WGES1 £21.85
915 x 457 WGES2 £30.35
PPE
CABINETS
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Storage cabinets for Personal Protective equipment.
Designed and manufactured to meet the requirements of The Personal
Protective Equipment at Work Regulations 1994.
PPE Cabinets
> > Strong welded 20swg steel construction
> > Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch
> > Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys
> > Powder coated finish
> > Identification labelling
PPE Cabinets
Cabinet Grey BS00A05
Doors BS18E53
Cabinets
Extra Shelves
H x W x D mm Shelves Price
457 x 457 WGES1 £21.85
915 x 457 WGES2 £30.35
H x W x D mm Shelves Ref Price
915 x 457 x 457 1 WGPPE10 £183.05
915 x 915 x 457 2 WGPPE60 £296.10
1220 x 915 x 457 2 WGPPE65 £303.40
1830 x 915 x 457 3 WGPPE70 £389.25
1830 x 915 x 457 * WGPPE71 £484.65
*WGPPE71 complete with centre divider, 3 adjustable shelves and hanging rail.
190
FIRST AID / PPE CABINETS
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
191
POLYCARBONATE
DOOR CABINETS
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
Strong welded construction with polycarbonate door panels for
enclosed visibility whilst maintaining security.
Wall-fixing Cabinets
> > Strong welded 20swg steel construction
> > Fixed shelf, lock with 2 keys
> > Cabinets pre-drilled for wall fixing (fixings not included)
> > Powder coated finish, body: grey (BS00A05)
> > Doors: Blue, grey, green, yellow or red
(Blue supplied if not specified)
Floor-standing Cabinets
> > Strong welded 20swg steel construction.
> > Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch
> > Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys
> > Powder coated finish, body: grey (BS00A05)
> > Doors / shelves: blue, grey, green, yellow or red
(Blue supplied if not specified)
MADE IN
BRITAIN
POLYCARBONATE / MESH DOOR CABINETS
Type H x W x D mm Shelves Ref Price
Floor
Cabinet
915 x 457 x 457 1 WGCBP11 £220.60
915 x 915 x 457 1 WGCBP60 £340.15
1220 x 915 x 457 2 WGCBP65 £390.75
1830 x 915 x 457 3 WGCBP70 £476.60
Wall Cabinet 600 x 1000 x 300 1 WGWCP10 £296.10
Extra shelf
457 x 457 WGES1 £21.85
915 x 457 WGES2 £30.35
MESH DOOR
CABINETS
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Strong welded construction with mesh door panels for visibility
and ventilation whilst maintaining security.
> > Strong welded 20swg steel construction.
> > Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch.
> > Leverlock handles with 2 rod locking top and bottom, 2 keys
> > Powder coated finish, body: grey (BS00A05)
> > Doors / shelves: Blue, grey, green, yellow or red
(Blue supplied if not specified)
WGCBM71
WGCBM65
Type H x W x D mm Shelves Ref Price
915 x 457 x 457 1 WGCBM11 £198.45
915 x 915 x 457 1 WGCBM60 £308.40
Cabinet
1220 x 915 x 457 2 WGCBM65 £304.00
1830 x 457 x 457 3 WGCBM29 £343.65
1830 x 915 x 457 3 WGCBM70 £406.60
1830 x 915 x 457 * WGCBM71 £489.65
Extra shelf
457 x 457 WGES1 £21.85
915 x 457 WGES2 £30.35
*CBM71 complete with centre divider,
3 adjustable shelves and hanging rail.
Redditek
POLYCARBONATE / MESH DOOR CABINETS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
191

192
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HAZARDOUS CABINETS
HAZARDOUS
CABINETS
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Storage cabinets for hazardous materials.
Strong welded 20swg steel construction.
Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top
and bottom, 2 keys.
Pesticide/chemical cabinets have door vents
to prevent fume build-up. Adjustable punched
trays to contain spills and allow them to drain
into removable sump. Removable sump for
convenient removal of spills.
Powder coated finish. Warning stickers. Shelf
capacity 35kgs, maximum 250kgs per cabinet.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
Upgrade to 80kgs per shelf,
maximum 400kgs for cabinet.
Ref: WGFBHD £17.35
Reinforced doors
Door vents in pesticide/
chemical cabinets prevent
build-up of fumes
Lever handles and two rod
locking and 2 keys
Shelf trays have punched
drain holes to allow any
spillages to drain into
base sump
Shelf trays are adjustable
to a 25mm pitch
Removable sump collects
any spillages and permits
convenient removal.
Flammable Cabinet
D. Grey BS632
Yellow BS08E51
Acid Cabinet
White RAL9003
Pesticide / Chemical Cabinet
Red RAL3020
Green RAL6029
Coshh Cabinet
L. Grey BS00A05
192
HAZARDOUS CABINETS
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
193
HAZARDOUS
CABINETS
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Flammable Liquids Storage
All cabinets meet the requirements of the
Highly Flammable and Liquefied Petroleum
Gases Regulations 1972 (Section 5 Part D),
The Health and Safety Executive Guide
HS(G)51 1990 and the Factory Inspectorate
Certificate of Approval No 1 Parts 3 and 4.
The maximum volume of any flammable
liquid with a flashpoint below 32˚C that may
be stored in a flame resistant cabinet within
a workroom is 50 litres (regardless of the
total capacity of the storage cabinet).
HAZARDOUS CABINETS
Flammable Cabinets
Yellow BS08E51
Item H x W x D mm Shelves Sump
Cap. Ltrs
Flammable
Yellow
Flammable
D. Grey
Coshh
L. Grey
Acid
White
Pesticide/chemical
Red
Green
Price
Cabinet
Extra
shelf
Stand
457 x 457 x 457 1 14.5 WGFB2 WGFB2G WGCFB2 WGAFB2 WGPFB2 WGPFB2G £153.50
610 x 457 x 457 1 14.5 WGFB4 WGFB4G WGCFB4 WGAFB4 WGPFB4 WGPFB4G £155.00
712 x 355 x 305 2 4.0 WGFB5 WGFB5G WGCFB5 WGAFB5 WGPFB5 WGPFB5G £179.05
915 x 457 x 457 1 14.5 WGFB10 WGFB10G WGCFB10 WGAFB10 WGPFB10 WGPFB10G £191.80
712 x 915 x 457 1 27.0 WGFB15 WGFB15G WGCFB15 WGAFB15 WGPFB15 WGPFB15G £270.10
915 x 915 x 457 1 27.0 WGFB20 WGFB20G WGCFB20 WGAFB20 WGPFB20 WGPFB20G £286.85
900 x 1200 x 500 1 42.5 WGFB22 WGFB22G WGCFB22 WGAFB22 WGPFB22 WGPFB22G £431.60
1220 x 915 x 457 2 27.0 WGFB25 WGFB25G WGCFB25 WGAFB25 WGPFB25 WGPFB25G £346.50
1525 x 915 x 457 3 27.0 WGFB26 WGFB26G WGCFB26 WGAFB26 WGPFB26 WGPFB26G £376.95
1830 x 457 x 457 3 14.5 WGFB29 WGFB29G WGCFB29 WGAFB29 WGPFB29 WGPFB29G £325.55
1830 x 915 x 457 3 27.0 WGFB30 WGFB30G WGCFB30 WGAFB30 WGPFB30 WGPFB30G £405.90
1800 x 1200 x 500 3 42.5 WGFB40 WGFB40G WGCFB40 WGAFB40 WGPFB40 WGPFB40G £518.25
457 x 457 WGES1 WGES1 WGES1 WGES1 WGES1 WGES1 £21.85
915 x 457 WGES2 WGES2 WGES2 WGES2 WGES2 WGES2 £30.35
1200 x 500 WGES5 WGES5 WGES5 WGES5 WGES5 WGES5 £34.10
460 x 355 x 305 WGSS10 WGSS10G WGCSS10 WGASS10 WGPSS10 WGPSS10G £97.90
460 x 915 x 457 WGSS11 WGSS11G WGCSS11 WGASS11 WGPSS11 WGPSS11G £104.25
460 x 457 x 457 WGSS12 WGSS12G WGCSS12 WGASS12 WGPSS12 WGPSS12G £85.80
Storage cabinets for hazardous materials. Strong welded 20swg steel
construction. Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys.
Pesticide/chemical cabinets have door vents to prevent fume build-up.
Adjustable punched trays to contain spills and allow them to drain into
removable sump. Removable sump for convenient removal of spills.
Powder coated finish. Warning stickers. Shelf capacity 35kgs, maximum
250kgs per cabinet.
Stands
460mm high stand
355 x 305mm suitable for FB5
915 x 457mm suitable for FB15 and FB20
457 x 457mm suitable for FB2, FB4 and FB10
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
Upgrade to 80kgs per shelf, maximum 400kgs for cabinet Ref: WGFBHD £17.35
Redditek
HAZARDOUS CABINETS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
193

194
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS
STAINLESS STEEL
CABINETS
Stainless Steel Hazardous FB Cabinets are supplied
complete with punched adjustable shelf trays,
removable sump, leverlock handle with 2 rods locking
top and bottom and 2 keys.
Type
Cabinet
Extra
Shelf
DELIVERED
IN 25 DAYS
Size
(H x W x D) mm
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Shelves
Sump
Cap. Litres
Ref
Price
915 x 457 x 457 1 14.5 WGFB10SS £554.90
915 x 915 x 457 1 27 WGFB20SS £779.60
1220 x 915 x 457 2 27 WGFB25SS £932.35
1830 x 915 x 457 3 27 WGFB30SS £1,293.65
457 x 457 WGES1SS £33.65
915 x 457 WGES2SS £49.30
Punched Shelf Trays
Removable sump
contains spillages and
permits convenient
removal.
OILY RAG
BINS
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
> > Strong 16swg steel construction.
> > Hinged lid with tubular lift handle.
> > Available with or without removable steel liner
> > Powder coated finish red
Type
Oily rag bin
Size
(H x W x D) mm
Liner Ref Price
680 x 410 x 410 No WGORB01 £170.70
830 x 600 x 450 No WGORB02 £197.55
680 x 410 x 410 Yes WGORB03 £212.00
830 x 600 x 450 Yes WGORB04 £253.15
194
STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
195
HAZARDOUS
BINS
Flat top or sloping top bins
> > Strong 14swg steel construction
> > Hinged lid with restraining arm, hasp and staple
> > Welded seams
> > Drain plug
Flat top bin
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
> > Powder coated finish
> > Colour choice: red, yellow, grey, white
> > Warning stickers
Sloping top bin
MADE IN
BRITAIN
H x W x D mm Ref Price
500 x 600 x 350 WGFTB01 £250.75
600 x 600 x 600 WGFTB02 £304.70
600 x 1200 x 600 WGFTB03 £413.70
900/500 x 900 x 750 WGSTB04 £456.45
900/500 x 1200 x 750 WGSTB05 £524.60
HAZARDOUS BINS / CIGARETTE BINS
WALL MOUNTED
CIGARETTE
DISPOSAL BINS
DELIVERED
IN 5-7 DAYS
> > Stainless steel or powder coated steel
> > Range of stylish options - will look good and provide convenient and
efficient cigarette disposal
> > Stainless steel liner - fitted as standard
> > Internal removable, long-lasting, zintec steel liner, collects the cigarettes
and provides for easy removal for emptying.
> > Wall mounted cigarette bin
Small 370 x 200 x 70mm
Powder coated steel Ref: WGCD001 £109.00
Stainless steel Ref: WGCD002 £139.30
Large 445 x 245 x 70mm
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Powder coated steel Ref: WGCD003 £116.25
Stainless steel Ref: WGCD004 £149.75
Redditek
HAZARDOUS BINS / CIGARETTE BINS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
195

196
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STEEL BIN CABINETS
STEEL BIN
CABINETS
DELIVERED
IN 25 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
All units supplied complete and fully assembled ready for immediate use.
Finish
Powder coated finish in a
choice of colours:
Colour Options:
Grey (as standard)
Red
Blue
Green
Full range of 72 models see next page.
Bin sizes Bin capacity Shelf capacity
Widths: 148mm (6 bins across) 10kg 60kg
222mm (4 bins across) 12.5kg 50kg
296mm (3 bins across) 15kg 45kg
445mm (2 bins across) 20kg 40kg
900mm (1 bin across) 30kg 30kg
Heights: 148mm (12 bins down)
220mm (8 bins down)
293mm (6 bins down)
440mm (4 bins down)
Depths
Cabinet: 377, 427, 532mm
Internal: 305, 355, 460mm
Shelf: 253, 304, 409mm
Shelf Profiles
Cabinet heights
Doors
Dished D
Flush F
Lipped L
Shelf Profile Sizes:
Dished 50mm
Flush 25mm
Lipped 50mm
“F” Flush shelves supplied
unless other specified
Full height: 1820mm
Cabinet width
All cabinets:
942mm
Doors are available as an option
for all units. Twin steel doors, lock
and 2 keys
Height Ref
1820mm WGSBC6D £224.40
196
STEEL BIN CABINETS
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
197
STEEL BIN CABINETS
72 bins
Bin size W x H: 148 x 148mm
48 bins
Bin size W x H: 222 x 148mm
36 bins
Bin size W x H: 296 x 148mm
24 bins
Bin size W x H: 445 x 148mm
Depth
mm
Ref: 1820mm
high units
Price
305 WGSBC601 £581.40
355 WGSBC602 £636.20
460 WGSBC603 £698.25
Depth
mm
Ref: 1820mm
high units
Price
305 WGSBC604 £523.20
355 WGSBC605 £565.95
460 WGSBC606 £625.05
Depth
mm
Ref: 1820mm
high units
Price
305 WGSBC607 £478.10
355 WGSBC608 £511.65
460 WGSBC609 £565.70
Depth
mm
Ref: 1820mm
high units
Price
305 WGSBC610 £436.45
355 WGSBC611 £466.35
460 WGSBC612 £514.55
48 bins
Bin size W x H: 148 x 220mm
32 bins
Bin size W x H: 222 x 220mm
24 bins
Bin size W x H: 296 x 220mm
16 bins
Bin size W x H: 445 x 220mm
Depth
mm
Ref: 1820mm
high units
Price
305 WGSBC613 £505.90
355 WGSBC614 £546.95
460 WGSBC615 £601.25
Depth
mm
Ref: 1820mm
high units
Price
305 WGSBC616 £444.25
355 WGSBC617 £477.00
460 WGSBC618 £541.10
Depth
mm
Ref: 1820mm
high units
Price
305 WGSBC619 £404.85
355 WGSBC620 £437.80
460 WGSBC621 £481.65
Depth
mm
Ref: 1820mm
high units
Price
305 WGSBC622 £366.85
355 WGSBC623 £390.75
460 WGSBC624 £426.20
36 bins
Bin size W x H: 148 x 293mm
8 bins
Bin size W x H: 445 x 440mm
18 bins
Bin size W x H: 296 x 293mm
12 bins
Bin size W x H: 445 x 293mm
Depth
mm
Ref: 1820mm
high units
Price
305 WGSBC625 £494.05
355 WGSBC626 £548.15
460 WGSBC627 £582.25
Depth
mm
Ref: 1820mm
high units
Price
305 WGSBC646 £331.30
355 WGSBC647 £349.30
460 WGSBC648 £384.00
Depth
mm
Ref: 1820mm
high units
Price
305 WGSBC631 £388.60
355 WGSBC632 £413.60
460 WGSBC633 £454.60
Depth
mm
Ref: 1820mm
high units
Price
305 WGSBC634 £358.20
355 WGSBC635 £392.85
460 WGSBC636 £420.55
Redditek
STEEL BIN CABINETS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
197

198
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
DRAW CABINETS
SYSTEM ‘D’ DRAWER
CABINETS
High density small parts storage system.
DELIVERED
IN 25 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Steel construction throughout.
All cabinets 895mm wide.
Cabinet depths: 305 and 460mm.
Available with or without lockable doors.
(doors not available for 535mm and
675mm high units).
Drawer dividers available for further stock separation
(not available for 205 x 180mm size drawers).
Steel drawers have rear retaining lip to hold
drawer in unit while contents.
32 drawers (combination)
1070mm high W x H
18 drawers: 135 x 75mm
6 drawers: 280 x 75mm
8 drawers: 205 x 180mm
Depth
mm
Without
doors
Price
305 WGDCD33 £545.75
460 WGDCD34 £619.75
Depth
mm
With
doors
Price
305 WGDCD33D £678.10
460 WGDCD34D £753.40
Finish: powder coated - drawers: grey
Cabinets in choice of: grey, red, blue, green or yellow
(grey supplied if not specified) are viewed / accessed.
198
DRAW CABINETS
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
199
DRAW CABINETS
Drawer W x H: 135 x 75mm
Drawer D: 285 or 440mm
Divider slots at 20mm centres
Drawer W x H: 280 x 75mm
Drawer D: 285 or 440mm
Divider slots at 20mm centres
Drawer W x H: 205 x 180mm
Drawer D: 285 or 440mm
30 drawers - 675mm high
Depth
mm
Without
doors
Price
305 WGDCD00 £559.55
460 WGDCD01 £590.50
15 drawers - 535mm high
Depth
mm
Without
doors
Price
305 WGDCD19 £386.45
460 WGDCD20 £409.35
8 drawers - 535mm high
Depth
mm
Without
doors
Price
305 WGDCD25 £276.60
460 WGDCD26 £289.65
60 drawers - 1070mm high
Depth
mm
Without
doors
Price
305 WGDCD06 £943.35
460 WGDCD07 £978.85
Depth
mm
With
doors
Price
305 WGDCD06D £1082.25
460 WGDCD07D £1119.95
30 drawers - 1070mm high
Depth
mm
Without
doors
Price
305 WGDCD21 £601.85
460 WGDCD22 £649.65
Depth
mm
With
doors
Price
305 WGDCD21D £743.05
460 WGDCD22D £793.65
20 drawers - 1070mm high
Depth
mm
Without
doors
Price
305 WGDCD27 £445.55
460 WGDCD28 £481.40
Depth
mm
With
doors
Price
305 WGDCD27D £588.20
460 WGDCD28D £624.90
90 drawers - 1600mm high
Depth
mm
Without
doors
Price
305 WGDCD09 £1419.95
460 WGDCD10 £1471.75
Depth
mm
With
doors
Price
305 WGDCD09D £1571.05
460 WGDCD10D £1626.50
45 drawers - 1600mm high
Depth
mm
Without
doors
Price
305 WGDCD23 £770.55
460 WGDCD24 £836.90
Depth
mm
With
doors
Price
305 WGDCD23D £916.30
460 WGDCD24D £979.15
28 drawers - 1500mm high
Depth
mm
Without
doors
Price
305 WGDCD29 £571.70
460 WGDCD30 £629.25
Depth
mm
With
doors
Price
305 WGDCD29D £729.05
460 WGDCD30D £788.95
Packs of drawers and dividers
135mm wide x 75mm high
Packs of drawers and dividers
280mm wide x 75mm high
Packs of drawers
205mm wide x 180mm high
Steel Drawers Depth Ref Price
6 285mm WGDCD12 £82.40
6 440mm WGDCD13 £88.05
Dividers Ref Price
50 - WGDCD15 £34.35
Steel Drawers Depth Ref Price
3 285mm WGDCD16 £53.00
3 440mm WGDCD17 £58.35
Dividers Ref Price
50 - WGDCD18 £34.35
Steel Drawers Depth Ref Price
3 285mm WGDCD31 £93.70
3 440mm WGDCD32 £100.95
Redditek
DRAW CABINETS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
199

200
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
MOBILE TRAY
RACKS
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Complete with specified Euro Container Box Trays external dimensions
L x W 600 x 400mm.
Rack construction: Welded square section steel tube construction
with formed tray supports and steel top cover. Metal strap prevents
trays being pushed through when loading.
Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels.
Finish: Blue epoxy coated.
MAX LOAD
200 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Full tray specifications and prices for extra trays:
See Euro Containers panel, bottom of page.
Model No of trays Internal
tray ht.
Weight
kg
O/all
rack ht.
Ref
Price
1 6 x PC005 105mm 38 1100mm WGCT206 £347.90
2 8 x PC005 105mm 46 1405mm WGCT208 £398.95
3 10 x PC005 105mm 53 1710mm WGCT210 £450.15
WGCT208
WGCT210
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB013 £15.35
WGCT206
EURO
CONTAINERS
DELIVERED
IN 7 DAYS
Robust grey plastic containers that can interstack modularly with various
sizes. Ideal for protective storage during transportation of goods. Lids
and dollies can be supplied separately. All containers and accessories are
manufactured from high-density food grade polypropylene which has a
temperature resistance from -5˚ C to +70˚ C.
Size litre
External Dimensions mm External Dimensions mm
Pallet Quantity
Ref Price
Length Width Height Length Width Height No. on Pallet Pallet Ref Price
22 600 400 120 555 358 105 WGPC005 £21.05 72 WGPC005/72 £724.55
30 600 400 170 560 360 157 WGPC020 £23.35 52 WGPC020/52 £622.05
52 600 400 270 560 358 257 WGPC021 £24.90 36 WGPC021/36 £484.35
60 600 400 320 552 353 304 WGPC022 £27.65 32 WGPC022/32 £499.25
200
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
201
MOBILE TRAY
RACKS
WGCT606
WGCT604
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Complete with specified Euro container box trays
600 x 400 external L x W.
Rack construction: Welded square section steel tube construction
with formed tray supports and steel top cover. Metal strap prevents
trays being pushed through when loading.
Overall rack L x W: 700 x 525mm
MAX LOAD
200 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels.
Finish: Blue epoxy coated.
4 Deep Tray Models, 164mm and 220mm internal tray heights.
Full tray specifications and prices for extra trays:
See Euro Containers panel, bottom of left hand page.
WGCT508
WGCT506
No. of trays
Internal
tray height
Overall
rack height
Weight Ref Price
6 x PC020 164mm 1420mm 42kg WGCT506 £377.70
8 x PC020 164mm 1830mm 51kg WGCT508 £435.50
4 x PC021 220mm 1250mm 37kg WGCT604 £336.80
6 x PC021 220mm 1780mm 49kg WGCT606 £411.25
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB013 £15.35
MOBILE TRAY
RACKS
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
200 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
A versatile range of mobile steel racks. Welded square section steel tube
construction with formed tray supports. Supplied complete with grey
European 600 x 400mm plastic containers.
WGCT401
Wheels: All swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels.
WGCT408
Finish: Red epoxy.
WGCT406
Trays: 22 litre solid grey containers Ref: WGPC005
(for full specification see bottom of left hand page).
WGCT405
No. of
Trays
Overall size
L x W x H
Weight
Uniform load
total capacity
Ref
Price
2 x 5 955 x 650 x 945mm 50kg 200kg WGCT405 £438.15
6 525 x 650 x 1100mm 33kg 200kg WGCT406 £314.70
8 525 x 650 x 1405mm 41kg 200kg WGCT408 £369.40
10 525 x 650 x 1710mm 48kg 200kg WGCT410 £425.25
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB013 £15.35
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
201

202
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CONTAINER TROLLEYS
EURO DOLLY /
TROLLEY
Euro Dolly
DELIVERED
IN 7 DAYS
Euro Dolly with optional tug handle.
Maximum total capacity: 250kg
Finish: Blue epoxy.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Wheels: 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors with 125mm diameter wheels,
solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.
Containers are NOT included. For containers, please see below.
Type
Overall dims
L x W x H mm
Max Load
Kgs
Weight
kgs
Ref
Price
Euro Dolley 640 x 415 x 195 250 12 WGCT64 £93.45
Handle (optional) 920 x 305 x 30 1.5 WGTD804 £28.75
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB032 £10.95
Euro Trolley
Maximum total capacity: 350kg
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Wheels: 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors with 160mm diameter wheels, solid rubber
tyres and roller bearings.
Type
Overall dims
L x W x H mm
Max Load
Kgs
Weight
Kgs
Ref
Price
Euro Trolley 950 x 615 x 985 350 24 WGCT81 £140.75
Designed to carry European
600 x 400mm range of containers
in any combination of heights
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB024 £12.15
EURO
CONTAINERS
DELIVERED
IN 7 DAYS
Robust grey plastic containers that can interstack modularly with various
sizes. Ideal for protective storage during transportation of goods. Lids
and dollies can be supplied separately. All containers and accessories are
manufactured from high-density food grade polypropylene which has a
temperature resistance from -5˚ C to +70˚ C.
Size litre
External Dimensions mm External Dimensions mm
Pallet Quantity
Ref Price
Length Width Height Length Width Height No. on Pallet Pallet Ref Price
22 600 400 120 555 358 105 WGPC005 £21.05 72 WGPC005/72 £724.55
30 600 400 170 560 360 157 WGPC020 £23.35 52 WGPC020/52 £622.05
52 600 400 270 560 358 257 WGPC021 £24.90 36 WGPC021/36 £484.35
60 600 400 320 552 353 304 WGPC022 £27.65 32 WGPC022/32 £499.25
202
CONTAINER TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
203
SMALL PARTS
STORAGE TRAY
RACKS
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
200 KG
Complete with specified Euro container box trays
(L x W x H) 400 x 300 x 120mm external.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
TRAY RACKS
WGCT226
Rack construction:
Welded square section steel tube construction with formed tray
supports. Metal strap prevents trays from being pushed through
when loading.
Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels and
roller bearings.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
WGCT216
Model No of trays Overall size
(H x W x D)
Weight Ref Price
1 12 1115 x 730 x 440mm 29kg WGCT216 £443.25
2 24 1115 x 1420 x 440mm 49kg WGCT226 £696.85
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB10 £15.35
ADDITIONAL TRAYS
Ref: WGPC-023 (single tray) £16.45
ADJUSTABLE
TRAY RACK
WGCT271
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Complete with specified Euro container box trays.
(L x W) 600 x 400mm external.
MAX LOAD
200 KG
Rack constructions: Welded square section steel tube base, formed sheet
steel uprights and zinc plated tray supports.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGCT272
Fully adjustable tray levels with 60 possible runner positions - making this tray
rack extremely versatile. Just choose the container required and where to
position it - multiple combinations - supplied complete with 10 x pairs of tray
runners. Metal strap prevents trays from being pushed through when loading.
Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels and roller bearings.
Finish: Light grey epoxy.
Weight: 25kgs empty
Overall size (H x W x D): 1725 x 500 x 650mm.
Model No of trays Tray heights supplied Ref Price
4 Empty None WGCT270 £338.30
5 10 10 x 120mm WGCT271 £474.45
6 8 3 x 120mm, 4 x 175mm, 1 x 235mm WGCT272 £460.10
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB103 £15.35
For additional trays, please see previous page.
View product
on YouTube
TRAY RACKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
203

204
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
MOBILE TRAY
RACKS
WGCT310
WGCT316
WGCT312
Food Grade
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
With white non-toxic polyethylene trays.
Capacity 200kg UDL all models.
MAX LOAD
200 KG
All welded angle construction. Finished in red epoxy.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Plastic trays slide onto fixed metal tray supports. Metal strap prevents trays
being pushed through when loading. Optional steel top cover.
Wheels: 4 swivel castors, white nylon 100mm diameter wheels.
Tray specification
All round grip. Solid base and sides
External H x W x L: 80 x 450 x 754mm
Internal H x W x L: 68 x 412 x 717mm
Thermal resistance: -30˚ C to +60˚ C
Washable up to 110˚ C
Alternative sizes or models to suit customers
own containers available on request.
WGCT308
WGCT306
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB103 £15.35
ADDITIONAL TRAYS
Ref: WGPC004 (single tray) £26.95
TOP COVER SHEET STEEL
(factory fitted) weight: 5 kg Ref: WGCT3 £30.35
No. of
Trays
Overall floor
area
Overall height Weight Ref Price
6 780 x 530mm 890mm 36kg WGCT306 £347.95
8 780 x 530mm 1120mm 45kg WGCT308 £413.60
10 780 x 530mm 1320mm 53kg WGCT310 £482.60
12 780 x 530mm 1580mm 62kg WGCT312 £549.75
16 780 x 530mm 2000mm 74kg WGCT316 £683.80
MOBILE TRAY
RACKS
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Mobile tray racks with welded tubular and angle frame construction and
drop-in ply shelves or Euro trays. Overall H x L x W : 1200 x 915 x 470mm.
Swivel tiers can be
tilted 15˚or 30˚ in
either direction
Wheels: 2 fixed — 2 swivel castors with 125mm diameter rubber tyred wheels.
Roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.
Tray specification (Stock Trolleys and Container Trolleys). Solid base/sides -
Hand grips 4 sides. External H x W x L: 118 x 400 x 600mm. Internal H x W x
L: 105 x 355 x 554mm. Thermal resistance -30˚ C to +60˚ C. Washable up to
110 o C Non toxic polyethylene. Not suitable for food or medical etc.
Frame levels: 200; 650; 1200 mm
Equipment supplied Construction Weight Ref Price
3 x drop-in ply shelves 3 fixed tiers 24kg WGCT04 £209.60
3 x drop-in grey trays (WGPC005) 3 fixed tiers 28kg WGCT05 £238.50
3 x drop-in grey trays (WGPC005)
1 fixed, 2
swivel tiers
30kg WGCT06 £297.60
WGCT06
1 fixed, 2 swivel tiers
OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB032 £10.95
ADDITIONAL GREY TRAYS
Ref: WGPC005 £21.05
204
MOBILE TRAY RACKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
205
MULTI-TRIP
CONTAINER TROLLEY
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
To carry 2 x 54ltr containers (containers extra).
Welded tubular steel construction.
Overall H x L x W: 1010 x 952 x 420mm. Blue epoxy finish
Wheels: 4 x 125mm diameter castors fitted with grey
non-marking tyres. Weight: 12kg
MAX LOAD
50 KG
Ref (without containers): WGCT03 £157.60
MADE IN
BRITAIN
CONTAINER TROLLEYS
Attached Lid Containers
Capacity ltr 54
Internal H x L x W 547 x 365 x 345mm
External H x L x W 600 x 400 x 365mm
Order Ref
WGPC019
Price £33.00
Lid Colour Options B R Y GN
CONTAINER
CARRIER
TROLLEY
To carry 2 x 50ltr containers without lids (containers extra). Welded tubular
steel construction. Overall H x L x W: 940 x 1180 x 440mm. Blue epoxy finish
Wheels: 4 x 125mm diameter swivel castors fitted with grey non-marking tyres.
Weight: 14kg
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
50 KG
Ref (without containers): WGCT07 £159.70
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Containers
Capacity
50 litres
Lids
Without
Internal H x L x W 270 x 460 x 340mm
External H x L x W 300 x 600 x 400mm
Weight
2.3kg
Colour
Grey/ Light Grey
Ref
WGPC070
Price £37.85
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
STEEL CLIPBOARD
(factory fitted) Blue epoxy finish Ref: WGT07 £28.65
CONTAINER TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
205

206
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TAPERED TRUCKS / BOTTLE SKIPS
MOBILE TAPERED
TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
Please note: 7-10 days delivery applies to blue, red, & recycled black bins only.
Manufactured from 100% medium density food grade polyethylene.
> > Lids available for all trucks
> > Colours available: red, blue, green, yellow, natural
> > Delivery is 10-15 days for green, yellow & natural colours
> > Also available in Recycled Black (non food grade)
> > Ref’s WGRB0317 and WGRB0412 are supplied with a plastic
base for extra strength
> > References WGRB0003, WGRB0120 and WGRB0121 are fitted
with 4 x 75mm swivel castors
> > Reference WGRB0227 is fitted with 4 x 100mm swivel castors
> > References WGRB0317 and WGRB0412 are fitted with
2 x 100mm fixed and 2 x 100mm swivel castors
> > WGRB0317K-RC & WGRB0412K-RC fitted with a plywood base
Ext. Dimensions
L x W x H
Int. Dimensions
L x W x H
Capacity
(liters)
Colour
Truck Ref
Price Lid Ref Price Recycled Black
Truck Ref
Price Black lid ref Price
460 x 460 x 510mm 410 x 410 x 410mm 72 WGRB0003 £60.00 WGRL0092 £21.45 WGRB0003K-RC £54.30 WGRL0092K-RC £21.45
460 x 460 x 760mm 410 x 410 x 660mm 118 WGRB0120 £67.15 WGRL0093 £21.45 WGRB0120K-RC £60.00 WGRL0093K-RC £21.45
630 x 530 x 690mm 560 x 465 x 580mm 135 WGRB0121 £72.90 WGRL0094 £24.30 WGRB0121K-RC £64.30 WGRL0094K-RC £24.30
825 x 480 x 750mm 740 x 410 x 645mm 200 WGRB0227 £84.30 WGRL0095 £25.75 WGRB0227K-RC £74.30 WGRL0095K-RC £25.75
1010 x 685 x 725mm 905 x 575 x 590mm 320 WGRB0317 £118.60 WGRL0096 £34.30 WGRB0317K-RC £110.00 WGRL0096K-RC £34.30
1345 x 730 x 755mm 1225 x 595 x 620mm 455 WGRB0412 £157.15 WGRL0097 £41.45 WGRB0412K-RC £147.15 WGRL0097K-RC £41.45
BOTTLE
SKIPS
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
Manufactured from 100% food grade medium density polyethylene.
All trucks fitted with 4 x 2” swivel castors. Bolts moulded into base
of truck to give greater strength, also makes the skips watertight.
Available in blue and recycled black.
Ext. Dimensions L x W x H Internal Dimensions L x W x H Capacity Litres Colour Truck Ref Price Recycled Black Truck Ref Price
650 x 460 x 660mm 600 x 390 x 580mm 135 WGRB0111 £61.45 WGRB0111K-RC £54.30
615 x 455 x 750mm 555 x 400 x 685mm 150 WGRB0113 £61.45 WGRB0113K-RC £54.30
820 x 455 x 620mm 780 x 405 x 555mm 165 WGRB0115 £61.45 WGRB0115K-RC £54.30
970 x 380 x 620mm 910 x 320 x 555mm 165 WGRB0118 £61.45 WGRB0118K-RC £54.30
670 x 615 x 620mm 610 x 555 x 560mm 185 WGRB0119 £61.45 WGRB0119K-RC £54.30
206
TAPERED TRUCKS / BOTTLE SKIPS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
207
PLASTIC CONTAINER
TRUCKS
WGCT82
Capacity 360 litres. Welded steel angle construction with removable
steel tube side bars to hold containers.
Overall L x W x H: 1040 x 730 x 810mm
Finish: Blue or red epoxy (to match container colour)
Wheels:
DELIVERED
IN 7 DAYS
Standard: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 160mm diameter rubber tyred
wheels with roller bearings.
Balance Configuration: (highly manoeuvrable):
2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with
roller bearings.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
PLASTIC CONTAINER TRUCKS
Standard wheel configuration
WGCT89
Container Bins:
Red or blue, polyethylene, non-food quality with smooth snag-free interiors;
suitable for general products including clothing and textiles. Containers are
removable and stackable when empty. Containers are also available separately.
Temperature range -10˚ to +60˚ c
Internal L x W x H: 930 x 640 x 610mm
External L x W x H: 1040 x 730 x 615mm
Wheel type Colour Weight Ref Price
Standard Blue 32kg WGCT82 £290.95
Wheels Red 32kg WGCT88 £290.95
Optional total stop brakes (pair) WGB024 £12.15
Balance Blue 32kg WGCT87 £323.05
Wheels Red 32kg WGCT89 £323.05
Brakes not available on balance wheel models
Balance wheel configuration
Extra bins and lids available on request.
LAUNDRY
TROLLEY
WGCT82
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Versatile laundry trolley featuring a chrome plated steel tubular frame and a
strong removable canvas sack.
> > Easy to assemble
> > Steel tubular frame with a chrome finish
> > Plastic bumper protected corners
> > Strong durable canvas sack
> > 4 no. all swivel 100mm rubber castor (two braked)
Description H x W x D (mm) Capacity (kg) Ref Price
Quad laundry
trolley
Sack to suit quad
laundry trolley
880 x 920 x 550 100 WGLT/2 £168.00
- - WGLT/2S £24.00
PLASTIC CONTAINER TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
207

208
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS
STORE AND
DISTRIBUTION
TROLLEYS
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Supplied complete with containers, this versatile mobile range offers
good capacity and flexibility. Removable tote style, open fronted, red plastic
containers for storage and distribution of a wide range of goods.
Finish: grey epoxy.
Wheels: 4 x 100mm diameter swivel castors fitted with grey non-marking
rubber tyres and thread guards.
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Choice of tops: Flush sheet steel or recessed tray lined with ribbed rubber.
OPTIONAL EXTRA: TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Extra (pair) Ref: WGB051 £11.50
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGCT20
WGCT25
WGCT23
WGCT26
No.of tote containers Ext. H x W x L (mm)
Model Top Surface 180 x 415 x 375 290 x 415 x 455 O/all H x W x L mm Load Cap. kg Weight kg Ref Price
CT20 sheet steel 4 - 1010 x 510 x 590 150 27 WGCT20 £278.15
CT21 lined tray 4 - 1010 x 510 x 590 150 27 WGCT21 £289.15
CT22 sheet steel 2 1 1010 x 510 x 590 150 26 WGCT22 £265.70
CT23 lined tray 2 1 1010 x 510 x 590 150 26 WGCT23 £279.95
CT24 sheet steel 8 - 1010 x 510 x 1050 150 47 WGCT24 £421.55
CT25 lined tray 8 - 1010 x 510 x 1050 150 47 WGCT25 £440.90
CT26 sheet steel 2 4 1010 x 510 x 1050 150 45 WGCT26 £419.65
CT27 lined tray 2 4 1010 x 510 x 1050 150 45 WGCT27 £432.45
208
STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
209
STORE AND
DISTRIBUTION
TROLLEYS
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Supplied complete with containers. Finish: Grey epoxy.
All the trolleys on this and opposite page are fitted with 100mm diameter
swivel castors with grey rubber non-marking tyres and thread guards.
STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS
WGCT28 WGCT19 WGCT29
OPTIONAL EXTRA:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
extra (pair)
Ref: WGB051 £11.50
No. and type
of containers
Containers
H x W x L mm
(exterior)
Overall
H x W x L mm
Load
capacity kg
Weight
kg
2 x tote 295 x 415 x 455 890 x 520 x 610 150 19 WGCT28 £201.80
4 x tote 295 x 415 x 455 890 x 540 x 1130 150 22 WGCT29 £265.85
2 x box 320 x 400 x 600 890 x 510 x 800 150 25 WGCT19 £224.85
Ref
Price
ADDITIONAL
CONTAINERS
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Note: Tote bins PC007/PC008 will stack.
WGPC006
Container Type Container H x W x L mm Ref Price
Box 320 x 400 x 600 WGPC006 £46.95
Tote 180 x 415 x 375 WGPC007 £21.55
Tote 295 x 415 x 455 WGPC008 £28.80
WGPC007
WGPC008
STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
209

210
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS
CONTAINER SHELF
TROLLEYS
A versatile range designed for 600 x 400 Euro containers and/or open fronted
yellow stock boxes.
Containers
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Use your own containers or choose from the selection below.
General trolley specification: Welded steel tube and angle construction.
WGCT47 - Capacity: 400kg UDL.
4 standard 600 x 400mm Euro containers per shelf (containers not included).
Overall L x W x H: 1730 x 615 x 1315mm. Shelf heights: 235; 595; 955;
1315mm. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel, 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels
with roller bearings.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGCT47
WGCT48 - Capacity: 350kg UDL.
3 standard 600 x 400mm Euro containers per shelf (containers not included).
Overall L x W x H: 1280 x 650 x 1410mm. Shelf heights: 245; 520; 805;
1090mm. Shelf L x W: 1250 x 600mm.
Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel, 160mm diameter rubber tyred grey non marking
wheels with roller bearings.
Finish: Red epoxy with varnished plywood shelves.
WGCT49 - Capacity: 400kg UDL.
Accepts 2 standard 600 x 400mm Euro containers, or 6 yellow stock boxes
per shelf (containers not included.
Overall L x W x H: 1280 x 450 x 1410mm. Shelf heights: 245; 520; 805;
1090mm. Shelf L x W: 1250 x 405mm.
Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel, 160mm diameter rubber tyred grey non marking
wheels with roller bearings.
Finish: Red epoxy with varnished plywood shelves.
WGCT48
Overall size
L x W x H mm
Capacity
Kg
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
1730 x 615 x 1315 400 75 WGCT47 £437.10
1280 x 650 x 1410 350 63 WGCT48 £386.35
1280 x 450 x 1410 400 51 WGCT49 £353.40
CONTAINERS
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Plastic containers, available in packs, suitable for trolleys above.
Suit models: WGCT46; WGCT47; WGCT48 & WGCT49
Euro Containers
Euro Red Box
Capacity
Litres
Internal
height
External
Height
Weight
Kgs
Min.
Order
Ref
Dark Grey Euro Containers - solid - L x W: 600 x 400mm
Price
21 105mm 118mm 1.5 6 WGPC005 £21.05
33 164mm 175mm 1.87 6 WGPC020 £23.35
45 220mm 235mm 2.25 4 WGPC021 £24.90
60 300mm 319mm 2.73 4 WGPC022 £27.65
Suit models: WGCT46; WGCT47; WGCT48 & WGCT49
Euro Red Boxes - solid - L x W: 600 x 400mm
60 300mm 320mm 2.73 4 WGPC006 £46.95
210
PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
211
SEMI-OPEN FRONTED
CONTAINERS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
A simple and effective small parts storage system for a wide range
of materials. Manufactured from polypropylene, can be stacked or
used with louvre panels, cabinets and shelving systems.
Containers can be manufactured in specific brand colours for high
volume users.
> > Strong, heavy duty with reinforced base, sides and stacking rim
> > Durable and resistant to most industrial solvents
> > Capable of withstanding a temperature range of -15 o C to +50 o C
> > Smooth inside faces guard against build of grease
> > Index card slot for identification labels (not supplied)
> > Available in 6 sizes and 4 colours as standard
BIN CONTAINER PACKS
Decription No.2 No.3 No.4 No.5 No.6 No.7
Length mm 165 240 350 350 375 520
Width mm 100 150 205 205 420 310
Height mm 75 132 132 182 182 200
Pack Quantities
No. Per Pack 20 10 10 10 5 5
Order Ref WGPC101 WGPC102 WGPC103 WGPC104 WGPC105 WGPC106
Price £32.75 £34.95 £44.85 £60.25 £65.50 £68.00
Pallet Quantities
No. Per Pallet 90 54 25 20 20 16
Order Ref WGPC101/90 WGPC102/54 WGPC103/25 WGPC104/20 WGPC105/20 WGPC106/16
Price £1,649.00 £1,068.50 £842.50 £942.50 £1,002.50 £954.50
78 bin unit cupboard with 42 x No 2 bins.
Find on page 186.
Double sided louvre panel trolley
3 panel high complete with 108 x No 3 bins.
Find on page 54.
Workbench louvre panels
Find on page 257.
BIN CONTAINER PACKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
211

212
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS
RK CONTAINER
Manufactured from high quality 100% recycled polypropylene. These
plastic storage trays are ideal for use in shelving or carousels and as well
as being environmentally friendly they are economical in price. Complete
with a 5 year warranty.
WGRK4109.ECO
WGRK4209.ECO
WGRK4214.ECO
WGRK6109.ECO
View online for more sizes and accessories.
WGRK6209.ECO
WGRK6214.ECO
Depth mm
400
600
Width
mm
Height
mm
Volume
(Litres)
Weight
Capacity kg
Ref Price Ref 10+ Price
10+
Ref 100+
117 90 2.7 2.5 WGRK4109.ECO £3.20 WGRK4109.ECO/10+ £2.88 WGRK4109.ECO/100+ £2.56
234 90 6 5.4 WGRK4209.ECO £4.95 WGRK4209.ECO/10+ £4.46 WGRK4209.ECO/100+ £3.96
234 140 9.9 9 WGRK4214.ECO £6.00 WGRK4214.ECO/10+ £5.40 WGRK4214.ECO/100+ £4.80
117 90 4.2 4.5 WGRK6109.ECO £5.50 WGRK6109.ECO/10+ £4.95 WGRK6109.ECO/100+ £4.40
234 90 9.4 9 WGRK6209.ECO £8.35 WGRK6209.ECO/10+ £7.52 WGRK6209.ECO/100+ £6.68
234 140 15.4 13.5 WGRK6214.ECO £9.30 WGRK6214.ECO/10+ £8.37 WGRK6214.ECO/100+ £7.44
Price
100+
RK CONTAINER IN
SHELVING
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
The shelving and bin tray combination maximises floor space and creates
a clean and tidy area for storage and picking of small parts. Shelving is
galvanised, easy to assemble and shelves adjustable on 25mm increments.
Starter Bay Extension Bay Why not add a carry / safety handle?
> > Helps retain bin in shelf
> > Doubles as a convenient
carry handle
> > Easy to fit
Suits RK Ref Price
Each
100+
Each
Type 109 WGTSB1 £1.25 £1.05
Type 209, 214 WGTSB2 £1.50 £1.25
WGSKR4209G.ECO
Shelving
Depth mm
Shelving
Width mm
400 1000 1850
600 1000 1850
Shelving
Height mm
Ref
Qty Bins
per bay
Qty Shelves
per bay
Starter
Bay Ref
Price Extension Bay Ref Price
WGRK4109.ECO 112 14 WGSKR4109G.ECO £370.00 WGSKR4109A.ECO £350.00
WGRK4209.ECO 56 14 WGSKR4209G.ECO £315.00 WGSKR4209A.ECO £295.00
WGRK4214.ECO 40 10 WGSKR4214G.ECO £270.00 WGSKR4214A.ECO £245.00
WGRK6109.ECO 112 14 WGSKR6109G.ECO £565.00 WGSKR6109A.ECO £545.00
WGRK6209.ECO 56 14 WGSKR6209G.ECO £470.00 WGSKR6209A.ECO £450.00
WGRK6214.ECO 40 10 WGSKR6214G.ECO £375.00 WGSKR6214A.ECO £355.00
212
PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SHELF BINS
Available in 17 sizes, tough, blue polypropylene bins a practical alternative solution to
cardboard or steel.
DELIVERED
IN 5-15 DAYS
213
SHELF BINS
Shelf bins are impervious to most oils, greases and chemicals and make the best use of
available shelf space, particularly when used with shelving systems.
The bin design includes a semi-open front, a facility for transparent dividers and a bin stop.
For identification, durable plastic holders (complete with labels) are available.
When not in use the bins will nest, reducing the amount of storage space required.
WG066508
WG066507
WG066507
WG066505
BIN STOP
Type L x W x H (mm) Max Dividers per Bin Pack Size Ref Price
3009 Bin 300 x 90 x 95 5 40 WG066501 £137.31
3012 Bin 300 x 120 x 95 3 30 WG066502 £114.60
3018 Bin 300 x 180 x 95 3 20 WG066503 £100.00
3024 Bin 300 x 240 x 95 3 15 WG066504 £81.02
4009 Bin 400 x 90 x 95 7 40 WG066505 £174.98
4012 Bin 400 x 120 x 95 4 30 WG066506 £153.84
4018 Bin 400 x 180 x 95 4 20 WG066507 £118.48
4024 Bin 400 x 240 x 95 3 15 WG066508 £105.44
4024-15 Bin 400 x 240 x 150 3 10 WG066509 £86.97
5009 Bin 500 x 90 x 95 9 40 WG066510 £211.94
5012 Bin 500 x 120 x 95 6 30 WG066511 £181.02
5018 Bin 500 x 180 x 95 6 20 WG066512 £138.81
5024 Bin 500 x 240 x 95 3 15 WG066514 £130.97
5024-15 Bin 500 x 240 x 150 3 10 WG066515 £121.64
6012 Bin 600 x 120 x 95 7 30 WG066516 £219.83
6024 Bin 600 x 240 x 95 7 15 WG066517 £142.75
6024-15 Bin 600 x 240 x 150 4 10 WG066518 £142.68
Bin Stop 80 x 40 N/A 100 WG066520 £65.68
P09 Divider 90 x 95 N/A 50 WG066525 £23.45
P12 Divider 120 x 95 N/A 50 WG066526 £25.76
P18 Divider 180 x 95 N/A 25 WG066527 £22.57
P24 Divider 240 x 95 N/A 25 WG066529 £33.76
P24-15 Divider 240 x 150 N/A 10 WG066530 £14.71
Label Holder inc. label 75 x 30 N/A 100 WG066536 £25.97
Please note: Bins are not supplied with dividers/ labels or bin stops, please order separately. 5-15 days delivery applies to blue bins only.
Other colours are available. Delivery is 4-5 weeks for other colours - please contact our sales department for details.
SHELF BINS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
213

214
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EURO STACKING CONTAINERS
EURO STACKING
CONTAINERS -
GREY RANGE
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Euro Stacking Containers stack securely with other sizes.
> > Standard Euro sizes for compatibility with 1200 x 1000mm or
1200 x 800mm pallet
> > Compatible with many other standard Euro stacking containers
> > Highly durable and easy to clean
> > Ergonomic shell handles
> > High stacking load
> > Loads of sizes available online
> > Keep your items safe and secure
Euro Stacking Container - Lids
Turn your containers into cases with
hinged lids, snap locks and handles.
> > Snap fit to Euro stacking container
> > Secure with locking snap locks
> > Drop on lids also available
WG3-203-0 WG3-204-0 WG3-202-0
WG3-203-0
with handle
WG3-202-0
with lid
Size (mm)
Pack
Qty
Drop-On Lids
Hinged Lids
Ref Price Ref Price
for 200 x 150 5 WG3-944-0 £24.00 WG3-944-1 £24.00
for 300 x 200 5 WG3-215-0 £31.20 WG3-215-1 £31.20
for 400 x 300 5 WG3-214-0 £32.85 WG3-214-1 £32.85
for 600 x 400 5 WG3-213-0 £45.00 WG3-213-1 £45.00
for 800 x 600 2 WG3-223-0 £48.64 - -
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
HINGE CLIP
Ref: WG89-3-832
£0.91 (pair)
SNAP LOCKS
for hinged lids Ref:
Snap lock £0.91 (pair)
HANDLE
on side or ends Ref:
Handle £3.00 (each)
External
Dimensions
(mm) L x W x H
Internal
Dimensions
(mm) L x W x H
Cap.
(Ltr)
Details* Ref Pack
Qty
Pack
Price
200 x 150 x 120 162 x 112 x 114 2 WG3-237-0 5 £29.00
300 x 200 x 120 258 x 158 x 114 5 WG3-206-0 5 £32.10
300 x 200 x 220 260 x 160 x 217 9 WG3-210-0 5 £48.45
400 x 300 x 65 355 x 255 x 62 6 WG3-211-0 5 £44.90
400 x 300 x 120 352 x 252 x 114 10 WG3-203-0 5 £51.70
400 x 300 x 145 364 x 264 x 130 11 r/base WG3-4313-0 5 £64.05
400 x 300 x 145 364 x 264 x 142 12 WG3-4313-53 5 £68.35
400 x 300 x 170 352 x 252 x 165 15 WG3-207-0 5 £59.05
400 x 300 x 220 359 x 259 x 217 20 WG3-204-0 5 £65.30
400 x 300 x 235 355 x 255 x 232 20 WG44-4324 5 £65.85
400 x 300 x 270 352 x 252 x 268 25 WG3-212-0 5 £75.55
400 x 300 x 325 352 x 252 x 320 30 WG3-205-0 5 £74.10
600 x 400 x 75 552 x 352 x 71 14 WG3-227-0 5 £62.90
600 x 400 x 120 552 x 352 x 114 20 WG3-200-0 5 £71.05
600 x 400 x 145 565 x 365 x 130 26 r/base WG3-6143-0 5 £92.40
External
Dimensions
(mm) L x W x H
Internal
Dimensions
(mm) L x W x H
Cap.
(Ltr)
Details* Ref Pack
Qty
Pack
Price
600 x 400 x 145 567 x 367 x 130 26 WG3-6413-02 5 £92.40
600 x 400 x 170 552 x 352 x 165 30 WG3-208-0 5 £85.60
600 x 400 x 220 558 x 358 x 217 40 WG3-201-0 5 £93.40
600 x 400 x 235 555 x 355 x 232 45 WG44-6424 5 £94.20
600 x 400 x 278 561 x 361 x 262 53 r/base WG3-6426-0 5 £119.60
600 x 400 x 278 556 x 356 x 275 53 WG3-6426-1 5 £122.75
600 x 400 x 325 556 x 356 x 320 60 WG3-202-0 5 £114.65
600 x 400 x 425 558 x 358 x 422 90 WG3-209-0 2 £67.24
800 x 600 x 120 748 x 548 x 113 45 WG3-222-0 2 £92.74
800 x 600 x 220 749 x 549 x 202 90 r/base WG3-221-72 2 £94.26
800 x 600 x 220 748 x 548 x 216 90 WG3-221-0 2 £68.32
800 x 600 x 325 750 x 550 x 305 130 r/base WG3-220-72 2 £105.78
800 x 600 x 325 748 x 548 x 319 134 WG3-220-0 2 £86.28
800 x 600 x 425 748 x 548 x 408 170 r/base WG3-219-72 2 £126.82
800 x 600 x 425 748 x 548 x 422 175 WG3-219-0 2 £110.02
* r/base = with reinforced base • h/holes = with hand holes †Approximately 15mm internal height may be lost when stacked.
Size (L x W) Colour Cap. Ref Price
610 x 410 x 170mm Red or Blue 250kg WGPLAS64D Dolly £35.53
Size (L x W) Colour Cap. Ref Price
800 x 600 x 200mm Dark Grey 450kg WGBK-86Dolly £74.43
214
EURO STACKING CONTAINERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
215
EURO CONTAINER
INSERTS
Removable container inserts
For use with standard European size
containers 600 x 400mm.
WG3-939-42
Euro Case
with inserts
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
EURO CONTAINER INSERTS
WG3-903-43
Euro Container
with inserts
WG3-902-43
WG3-929-3
WG3-901-43
WG3-930-2
EURO CONTAINER
DIVIDER STRIPS
Euro Container with divider strips
For use with standard European size containers 400 x 300, 600 x 600mm,
800 x 600mm
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Divider strips snap to size and interlock for ease of assembly, offering a
flexible divider system.
WG80190
Dimensions
(mm)
Weight
(Kg)
Material Details Ref Pack
Qty
Price
139 x 89 x 99 - Polypropylene 1/16 WG3-939-42 1 £2.81 *
177 x 139 x 99 - Polypropylene 1/8 WG3-903-43 1 £3.64 *
277 x 177 x 99 - Polypropylene 1/4 WG3-902-43 1 £4.57
355 x 277 x 99 - Polypropylene 1/2 crossways WG3-901-43 1 £7.77 *
555 x 89 x 99 - Polypropylene 1/4 lengthways WG3-930-2 1 £8.19 *
555 x 177 x 99 - Polypropylene 1/2 lengthways WG3-929-3 1 £9.55*
1100 x 190 0.54 Polypropylene Divider strips WG80190 10 £64.40
1100 x 150 0.44 Polypropylene Divider strips WG80150 10 £55.70
1104 x 88 0.22 Polypropylene Divider strips WG80088 10 £43.10
1104 x 45 0.11 Polypropylene Divider strips WG80045 10 £39.20
WG80150
WG80088
All dimensions are shown in millimetres and displayed as L x W x H
*Delivery charge may apply if sold without Euro containers, please ask for details.
WG80045
EURO CONTAINER INSERTS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
215

216
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EURO PICKING CONTAINERS
EURO PICKING
CONTAINERS
WGBK-OP64/22
WGBK-OP64/27
WGBK-OP64/32
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Easy filling and emptying even when stacked
> > Strong and durable design
> > Can be easily transported using dollies
> > Euro standard sizes for simple palletization
> > Available with or without clear doors (600 x 400mm models only with doors)
> > 400 x 300mm & 600 x 400mm footprint sizes available with different
heights available
> > Large pick access areas
> > Drop on lids available
> > Create container pick walls, see items below
WGBK-WD64/32
with lid
ACCESSORIES: DROP-ON LIDS
Size mm Ref Pack Quantity Price
400 x 300 WGBK-DE43 5 £23.95
600 x 400 WGBK-DE64 5 £28.00
External
Dimensions
(L x W xH) mm
Open End Only
Internal
Dimensions**
(L x W xH) mm
Details Ref: Pack
Qty.
Price
400 x 300 x 320 356 x 256 x 317 Open End WGBK-OP43/32 5 £62.81
600 x 400 x 220 567 x 367 x 217 Open End WGBK-OP64/22 5 £68.91
600 x 400 x 270 567 x 367 x 267 Open End WGBK-OP64/27 5 £76.88
600 x 400 x 320 567 x 367 x 317 Open End WGBK-OP64/32 5 £78.15
With Clear Drop Down Doors
600 x 400 x 220 567 x 367 x 217 With Door WGBK-WD64/22 5 £87.99
600 x 400 x 270 567 x 367 x 267 With Door WGBK-WD64/27 5 £97.11
600 x 400 x 320 567 x 367 x 317 With Door WGBK-WD64/32 5 £97.95
**If stacked without lids, internal height may be up to 20mm less.
Size (L x W) Colour Cap. Ref Price
610 x 410 x 170mm Red or Blue 250kg WGPLAS64D Dolly £35.53
Size (L x W) Colour Cap. Ref Price
800 x 600 x 200mm Dark Grey 450kg WGBK-86Dolly £74.43
WGPWBK-OP64/32-20
PICK
WALLS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Lightweight containers, easy to reconfigure
> > Transform, build and breakdown in seconds
> > Easy to clean
> > Ready made combinations, making it easier for you to order and visualize
> > A great alternative to fixed shelving
WGPWBK-WD64/32-20
WGPWBK-OP64/27-24
WGPWBK-WD64/27-24
WGPWBK-OP64/22-32
WGPWBK-WD64/22-32
Ref Details Wall Dimensions
(W x D x H) mm
Container Type
Container
Qty per Wall
WGPWBK-OP64/22-32 Open end, no door 1600 x 600 x 1690 WGBK-OP64/22 32 £379.63
WGPWBK-OP64/27-24 Open end, no door 1600 x 600 x 1570 WGBK-OP64/27 24 £339.69
WGPWBK-OP64/32-20 Open end, no door 1600 x 600 x 1560 WGBK-OP64/32 20 £299.23
WGPWBK-WD64/22-32 Open end, with closable door 1600 x 600 x 1690 WGBK-WD64/22 32 £501.73
WGPWBK-WD64/27-24 Open end, with closable door 1600 x 600 x 1570 WGBK-WD64/27 24 £436.75
WGPWBK-WD64/32-20 Open end, with closable door 1600 x 600 x 1560 WGBK-WD64/32 20 £378.43
Price
216
EURO PICKING CONTAINERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
217
RE-USABLE FOLDING
DISTRIBUTION
EURO CONTAINERS
>
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> Fold flat to save up to 80% of space
> > Stackable, folded or open
> > Manufactured from recyclable polypropylene
> > Lightweight, space saving and re-usable
> > Complete range of interstacking sizes
> > Lids, dollies and accessories available
FOLDING EURO CONTAINERS
ISO standard modular transport system
Folding Euro Containers
Volume
litres
External Dims
H x L x W mm
Internal Dims
H x L x W mm
Capacity
kg
Description Colour Ref Price*
22 220 x 400 x 300 215 x 370 x 270 25 Solid side folding box Blue WG-432-22 £15.00
22 230 x 400 x 300 210 x 370 x 270 25 Solid side folding box with lid Blue WG-432-22-DL £18.00
40 275 x 530 x 350 260 x 500 x 320 40 Solid side folding box Blue WG-532-40 £20.00
44 220 x 600 x 400 215 x 570 x 330 40 Solid side folding box Blue WG-643-44 £19.00
44 220 x 600 x 400 215 x 570 x 330 40 Solid side folding box with lid Blue WG-643-44-DL £26.00
60 315 x 600 x 400 300 x 570 x 370 60 Perforated side folding box Blue WG-643-61-blue £24.00
60 315 x 600 x 400 300 x 570 x 370 60 Perforated side folding box Yellow WG-643-61-yell £24.00
65 320 x 600 x 400 315 x 570 x 370 60 Solid side folding box Blue WG-643-66 £25.00
65 320 x 600 x 400 315 x 570 x 370 60 Solid side folding box with lid Blue WG-643-66-DL £30.00
Dolly 165 x 600 x 400 – 250 Open deck, suits all 600 x 400 containers Black WG-643-110 £55.00
Dolly 200 x 800 x 600 – 450 Solid deck, double stack 600 x 400 containers Black WG-864-210 £69.00
Tamper evident lid stoppers (pack of 100) Snap-off security seal, suits all containers with lids Red WG-643-89 £11.00
*inclusive delivery is subject to a minimum order value of £200.00.
FOLDING EURO CONTAINERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
217

218
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EURO STACKING CONTAINERS
EURO STACKING
CONTAINERS BASICLINE
RANGE - SOLID
>
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> Ergonomic hand holes (except shallow versions)
> > High strength
> > Excellent value for money
> > Cold and heat resistant
> > Euro standard sizes for simple palletization
Accessories
External
dimensions
mm (L x W x H)
Internal
dimensions mm
(Base) L x W x H
Cap.
(Ltr)
Details Ref Pack
Qty.
Price
400 x 300 x 70 367 x 268 x 67 6.4 Hand grips WGBK-ES43/70HG 5 £32.05
400 x 300 x 120 367 x 268 x 117 11.2 Hand grips WGBK-ES43/12HG 5 £33.95
400 x 300 x 170 367 x 268 x 167 15.9 Hand holes WGBK-ES43/17 5 £37.95
400 x 300 x 220 367 x 268 x 217 20.8 Hand holes WGBK-ES43/22 5 £41.95
400 x 300 x 270 367 x 268 x 267 25.6 Hand holes WGBK-ES43/27 5 £47.90
400 x 300 x 320 367 x 268 x 317 30 Hand holes WGBK-ES43/32 5 £51.25
600 x 400 x 70 567 x 367 x 67 13.7 Hand grips WGBK-ES64/70HG 5 £38.85
600 x 400 x 120 567 x 367 x 117 23.9 Hand grips WGBK-ES64/12HG 5 £48.65
600 x 400 x 170 567 x 367 x 167 35.6 Hand holes WGBK-ES64/17 5 £55.80
600 x 400 x 220 567 x 367 x 217 44.2 Hand holes WGBK-ES64/22 5 £62.65
600 x 400 x 270 567 x 367 x 267 54.4 Hand holes WGBK-ES64/27 5 £71.45
600 x 400 x 320 567 x 367 x 317 64.5 Hand holes WGBK-ES64/32 5 £70.20
Products can be sold as single units, please ask for details and prices.
Size
(mm)
Drop-On Lids
Ref Pack Qty. Price
400 x 300 WGBK-DE43 5 £23.95
600 x 400 WGBK-DE64 5 £28.00
Size (L x W) Colour Cap. Ref Price
610 x 410 x
170mm
Red or
Blue
250kg
WGPLAS64D
Dolly
£35.53
Size (L x W) Colour Cap. Ref Price
800 x 600 x
200mm
Dark
Grey
450kg
WGBK-86
Dolly
£74.43
EURO STACKING
CONTAINERS BASICLINE
RANGE - VENTILATED
>
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> Strong base
> > Ventilated base and sides
> > Food grade Polypropylene
> > Ergonomic hand holes
> > Easy to clean, ideal for food logistics
> > Excellent value for money
> > Euro standard sizes for simple palletization
Accessories
External
dimensions
mm (L x W x H)
Internal
dimensions mm
(Base) L x W x H
Cap.
(Ltr)
Details Ref Pack
Qty.
Price
400 x 300 x 70 367 x 268 x 58 5.4 Hand grips WGBK-EV43/70HG 5 £32.05
400 x 300 x 120 367 x 268 x 108 10.2 Hand grips WGBK-EV43/12HG 5 £33.95
400 x 300 x 170 367 x 268 x 158 14.9 Hand holes WGBK-EV43/17 5 £37.50
400 x 300 x 220 367 x 268 x 208 19.8 Hand holes WGBK-EV43/22 5 £41.55
400 x 300 x 270 367 x 268 x 258 24.6 Hand holes WGBK-EV43/27 5 £46.65
400 x 300 x 320 367 x 268 x 308 29 Hand holes WGBK-EV43/32 5 £49.50
600 x 400 x 70 567 x 367 x 55 11.2 Hand grips WGBK-EV64/70HG 5 £39.70
600 x 400 x 120 567 x 367 x 105 21.4 Hand grips WGBK-EV64/12HG 5 £48.65
600 x 400 x 170 567 x 367 x 155 33.1 Hand holes WGBK-EV64/17 5 £54.55
600 x 400 x 220 567 x 367 x 205 41.7 Hand holes WGBK-EV64/22 5 £61.40
600 x 400 x 270 567 x 367 x 255 51.9 Hand holes WGBK-EV64/27 5 £69.80
600 x 400 x 320 567 x 367 x 305 62 Hand holes WGBK-EV64/32 5
Products can be sold as single units, please ask for details and prices.
£66.55
Size
(mm)
Drop-On Lids
Ref Pack Qty. Price
400 x 300 WGBK-DE43 5 £23.95
600 x 400 WGBK-DE64 5 £28.00
Size (L x W) Colour Cap. Ref Price
610 x 410 x
170mm
Red or
Blue
250kg
WGPLAS64D
Dolly
£35.53
Size (L x W) Colour Cap. Ref Price
800 x 600 x
200mm
Dark
Grey
450kg
WGBK-86
Dolly
£74.43
218
EURO STACKING CONTAINERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
219
ECONOMY RANGE
CASES STACKABLE
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Ergonomic hand holes or hand grips
> > High strength
> > Excellent value for money
> > With hinged lids and snap locks
> > Stackable
> > Lightweight and easy to carry
ECONOMY RANGE CASES STACKABLE
External
dimensions mm
(L x W x H)
Internal dimensions
mm (Base)
L x W x H
Cap.
(Ltr)
Details Ref Pack
Qty.
Price
400 x 300 x 85 367 x 268 x 67 6.4 Hand grips WGBK-CASE43/70HG 5 £54.10
400 x 300 x 135 367 x 268 x 117 11.2 Hand grips WGBK-CASE43/12HG 5 £56.05
400 x 300 x 185 367 x 268 x 167 15.9 Hand holes WGBK-CASE43/17 5 £59.95
400 x 300 x 235 367 x 268 x 217 20.8 Hand holes WGBK-CASE43/22 5 £63.95
400 x 300 x 285 367 x 268 x 267 25.6 Hand holes WGBK-CASE43/27 5 £69.90
400 x 300 x 335 367 x 268 x 317 30 Hand holes WGBK-CASE43/32 5 £73.25
600 x 400 x 85 567 x 367 x 67 13.7 Hand grips WGBK-CASE64/70HG 5 £64.90
600 x 400 x 135 567 x 367 x 117 23.9 Hand grips WGBK-CASE64/12HG 5 £74.75
600 x 400 x 185 567 x 367 x 167 35.6 Hand holes WGBK-CASE64/17 5 £81.85
600 x 400 x 235 567 x 367 x 217 44.2 Hand holes WGBK-CASE64/22 5 £88.65
600 x 400 x 285 567 x 367 x 267 54.4 Hand holes WGBK-CASE64/27 5 £97.55
600 x 400 x 335 567 x 367 x 317 64.5 Hand holes WGBK-CASE64/32 5 £96.25
Strong Snap Locks
Strong Hinged Lids
Accessories - Dollies
Size (L x W) Colour Cap. Ref Price
610 x 410 x
170mm
Red or
Blue
250kg
WGPLAS64D
Dolly
£35.53
Size (L x W) Colour Cap. Ref Price
800 x 600 x
200mm
Dark
Grey
450kg
WGBK-86
Dolly
£74.43
ECONOMY RANGE CASES STACKABLE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
219

220
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS
ATTACHED LID
CONTAINERS
WGPLAS55LE/CLEAR
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Securely stack with lids closed and nest with lids open, saving valuable
storage space.
> > Large variety of sizes and colours available
> > Pimple pads for easy removal of adhesive labels
> > Label holders available on most models
> > Tamper evident seals available
> > Strong and robust
> > Lightweight and easy to carry
> > Euro sizes available for simple palletization
> > Coloured options available for colour coding
> > Easy to clean (food grade models available)
WGPLAS21 WGPLAS24ALC WGPLAS40ALC
WGPLAS52ALC
WGPLAS55LE
WGPLAS62ALC
External mm
L x W x H
Internal mm
(Base) L x W x H
Capacity
(Litres)
Weight
Kg
Info Colours Ref Pack
Qty
400 x 300 x 265 336 x 252 x 240 21.1 1.63 Recycled PP Red Lid, Black Base WGPLAS21ALC 5 £55.67 10 £94.67
400 x 300 x 310 332 x 249 x 285 24 1.74 Recycled PP Base Red Lid, Black Base WGPLAS24ALC 5 £61.67 10 £106.67
600 x 400 x 250 533 x 355 x 230 40 2.9 Recycled PP Base Red Lid, Black Base WGPLAS40ALC 5 £73.67 10 £134.00
600 x 400 x 310 517 x 349 x 283 52.7 2.9 Recycled PP Base Red Lid, Black Base WGPLAS52ALC 5 £76.37 10 £139.40
600 x 400 x 306 510 x 340 x 260 55 3.2 Virgin, PP
Blue, yellow, red,
green, orange, purple
Pack
Price
Pack
Qty
Pack
Price
WGPLAS55LE 5 £83.87 10 £154.40
600 x 400 x 306 510 x 340 x 260 55 3.2 Virgin, PP Transparent WGPLAS55LE/CLEAR 5 £86.99 10 £160.64
600 x 400 x 365 512 x 345 x 338 62 3.1 Recycled PP Base Red Lid, Black Base WGPLAS62ALC 5 £79.67 10 £146.00
Can be sold as single units, please ask for details and prices. Accessories can be found on page 221.
220
ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
221
ATTACHED LID
CONTAINERS
(CONTINUED)
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Securely stack with lids closed and nest with lids open, saving valuable
storage space.
> > Wide comfortable handles
> > Integral lid can not become separated from containers
Can be sold as single units, please ask for details and prices.
ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS
WGLC6 Black
WGLC3Coloured
WGLC3PLAS
WGLC3-V/PLASTOR/BLK/BLK
External mm
(L x W x H)
Internal mm
(Base) L x W x H
Cap.
(Ltrs)
1160 x 480 x 365 1000 x 370 x 330 126 7.5
710 x 460 x 368 597 x 374 x 330 80 4.3
710 x 460 x 368 597 x 374 x 330 80 4.3
Weight
Kg
Info Colours Ref Pack
Qty
Pack
Price
Pack
Qty
Pack
Price
Recycled
PP Base
Black WGLC6 Black 2 £72.80 - -
Virgin, Food Blue, Red or
Grade PP Green
WG10083ALC 5 £103.88 10 £191.09
Recycled PP Red Lid, Black
Base Base
WGLC3PLAS 5 £90.51 10 £164.33
710 x 460 x 368 597 x 374 x 330 80 4.3 Virgin PP Black WGLC3-V/PLASTOR/BLK/BLK 5 £99.51 10 £182.33
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
Info Ref Pack Qty Pack
Price
610 x 410 x 170mm. Red or Blue. All wheels swivel , 250kg capacity WGPLAS64D Dolly 1 £35.53
Tamper evident seals (Pack of 500 seals) WGBLO1 1 Pack (of 1000) £31.33
Label Holders for 24 Litre ALCs WGPLAS24 Label 10 £6.93
Label Holder for 40, 52 and 62 Litre Crates WGPLAS40/52/62 10 £6.93
Label Holders for 55 Litre Crates WGPLAS55LE/LABEL 10 £9.33
Label Holder for 80 Litre Crates WGLC3 Label 10 £6.93
TAMPER EVIDENT
SECURITY SEALS
for all attached lid containers.
Two required per container.
Ref: WGBLO1
LABLE HOLDER COVER
Ref: WGPLAS40/52/62
EURO DOLLY
Ref: WGPLAS64D Dolly
ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
221

222
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STACK NEST CONTAINERS
BALE ARM
CONTAINERS
WGSN431802
WGPLASBA6432
WGSN641902
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Securely stack or nest with swinging bale arms, saving valuable
storage space.
> > Large variety of sizes
> > Safe stacking
> > Ventilated models for good air circulation
> > Ideal for temperature controlled environments
> > Ideal for fresh produce
> > Pimple pads for easy removal of adhesive labels
> > Easy to carry, lightweight with comfortable hand holes
> > As found in leading supermarkets
Bale Arm Containers (Maxinest)
External mm
(L x W x H)
Internal mm
(Base) L x W x H
Capacity
(Litres)
Weight
(Kg)
Info Colours Ref Pack
Qty
400 x 300 x 180 364 x 264 x 144 15 1 2 Bale Arms Blue WGSN431802 5 £46.55 10 £83.10
600 x 400 x 199 546 x 349 x 172 35 1.7 2 Bale Arms Blue WGSN641902 5 £52.70 10 £95.40
600 x 400 x 320 502 x 330 x 307 53 2.5 2 Bale Arms Blue WGPLASBA64/32 5 £70.65 10 £131.30
All products can be purchased as single units, please ask for details and prices.
Pack
Price
Pack
Qty
Pack
Price
180º STACK NEST
CONTAINERS
WGPLASSN50
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Ideal for colour coding
> > Stack or nest when rotated by 180º
> > 50 Litre capacity
> > Available in blue, green, red or black
> > Food grade
> > Heavy duty! Very durable!
> > Far superior to anything you will find on the high street
Products can be sold as single units, please ask for details and prices.
External mm
(L x W x H)
Internal mm
(Base) L x W x H
Capacity
(Litres)
Weight
(Kg)
610 x 407 x 275 480 x 335 x 245 50 2 Solid Sides and Base
Info Colours Ref Pack
Qty
Blue, Red,
or Green
Pack
Price
Pack
Qty
Pack
Price
WGPLASSN50 5 £66.50 10 £123.00
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
Info Ref Pack of Pack Price
600 x 400mm Euro dolly.
All wheels swivel, 300kg capacity
WGRM90D Dolly 1 £57.15
222
STACK NEST CONTAINERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
223
PALLET
BOXES
WGML1210F
Box with 4 feet
WGML1210K3
With 3 skids (*1210K3) or with feet (*1210F) Volume: 610 Litres.
> > Made of high density polyethylene (HDPE) bottom and walls
are solid
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Virgin material - guaranteed and certified
> > Fully recyclable
> > Resistant to infra-red and ultra-violet rays
> > Resistant to extreme temperatures
> > It can be stacked to facilitate transport, storage, materials handling
> > Available in various configurations with options of four feet, three
skids and dropon stackable lids
PALLET BOXES
Box with 3 skids
External mm
(L x W x H)
Internal mm
(Base) L x W x H
Cap.
(Ltr)
With Feet /
Runners
Units Delivered
on a Pallet
Ref
Pack
Qty
Pack
Price
Pack
Qty
Pack
Price
1200 x 1000 x 760 1108 x 908 x 600 610 4 Feet 1-3 WGML1210F 1 £200.28 3 £500.84
1200 x 1000 x 760 1108 x 908 x 600 610 3 Runners 1-3 WGML1210K3 1 £217.59 3 £552.77
COLLAPSIBLE
PALLET BOXES
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Space saving, fully collapsible pallet boxes with drop down doors for easy
access. Designed with pallet-style base, allowing for easy transportation with
forklift or pallet truck, even when stacked.
> > Stackable even with lid (see below) and when collapsed
> > Easy access drop down doors on all sides. Can even be opened when
pallet boxes are stacked
> > Optional wheels available (for models with feet only) see below
> > Also available in Euro (1200 x 800mm) sizes and with runners, please ask
for details
External mm
L x W x H
WGPLASKLK1210
(with 4 feet)
Internal mm
L x W x H
Capacity
(Litres)
With Feet /
Runners
Compatible
with Wheels
Units Delivered
on a Pallet
1200 x 1000 x 1000 1110 x 910 x 820 900 4 Feet Yes 1-5 WGPLASKLK1210 1 £303.47 5 £1,317.35
Also available in Euro (1200 x 800mm) sizes and with runners, please ask for details.
Ref
Pack
Qty
Pack
Price
Pack
Qty
Pack
Price
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
DROP ON LIDS
FOR PALLET BOXES
External Dimensions (L x W)
1200 x 1000 Ref: WG4410.820 £52.79
> > Stackable when on pallet boxes
> > Robust
> > Compatible with all 1200 x 1000mm
boxes above
> > Also available in Euro (1200 x 800mm)
sizes, please ask for details
WHEELS FOR FOLDING
PALLET BOXES
Braked (Set of 4) Ref:
WGPLASMR04065 £58.00
> > Suits pallet boxes with
feet only
> > All castors are braked and will
require self-assembly
> > Pallet boxes with wheels have
450kg max. load capacity
PALLET BOXES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
223

224
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SKIPS AND BINS
TILTING
SKIP BIN
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
Choice of two capacities – 200kg (200 litres) or 400kg (260 litres).
Fabricated sheet steel body mounted on square frame chassis.
Reinforced body rim. No sharp edges. Handle for pushing and load dumping.
Load will not tip until retaining latch is released by the operator.
Welded fork guides are available as an option.
Finish: Blue epoxy
Wheels: 200mm diameter axle mounted front wheels with single 200mm
diameter rear swivel castor, fitted with solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
on single swivel castor.
Ref: WGB013/1 £7.75
Loose fitting
perforated base
and drain tap.
Capacity 250kg 400kg
Body size L x W x H mm 1050 x 580 x 525 1200 x 630 x 700
Overall size L x W x H mm 1175 x 850 x 790 1320 x 900 x 970
Weight 68kg 75kg
Ref WGSB08 WGSB10
Price £476.50 £521.65
Including perf. base & drain tap
Weight 71kg 78kg
Ref WGSB08DT WGSB10DT
Price £555.85 £601.05
Fork lift pockets (factory fitted extra) 125 x 40mm
Ref WGSB/FP WGSB/FP
Price £87.50 £87.50
WHEELBARROW
SKIP
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
Fully welded construction in sheet steel with formed top edge and front nose
strengthening. Tubular push handle continues down length of body for extra
strength. Front and rear tubular supports allow for static and tipping use.
Finish: Blue epoxy.
Wheels: Fully supported tubular axle fitted with choice of 400mm diameter
solid rubber or pneumatic tyred wheels with roller bearings.
Body dims
L x W x H mm
Overall dims
L x W x H mm
Weight
Kgs
Wheel
type
Ref
Price
1155 x 625 x 460 1650 x 900 x 680 58 Solid WGSB12 £373.75
1155 x 625 x 460 1650 x 900 x 680 47 Pneumatic WGSB12P £365.30
224
SKIPS AND BINS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
225
B2
B1
AUTOMATIC SELF-
TIPPING SKIPS
B2
Volume
(Litres)
DELIVERED
IN 5-7 DAYS
Automatic self-tipping skips.
A robust range of rear entry automatic tipping skips ideal for all types
of waste handling. The tipping mechanism is activated by running the
container against the side of a larger container - see image below. For best
performance the skip must be full.
External Size mm
(L x W x H)
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Designed for use with fork lift trucks but can also be used with Stackers
(conversion kit required) and can be moved with pallet trucks. Manufactured
from 2.5 or 3mm steel plate. See accessories below.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
B1 B2 Ref Price
AUTOMATIC SELF-TIPPING SKIPS
150 815 x 760 x 580 630 230 WG305010 £299.00
300 1235 x 840 x 750 630 230 WG305011 £375.00
600 1525 x 865 x 870 630 230 WG305012 £469.00
900 1525 x 1215 x 870 630 230 WG305013 £579.00
1100 1700 x 1215 x 1045 630 230 WG305014 £665.00
1600 2073 x 1066 x 1248 630 230 WG305015 £759.00
2000 2073 x 1316 x 1248 1035 230 WG305016 £989.00
2500 2073 x 1566 x 1248 1035 230 WG305017 £1,199.00
3000 2073 x 1866 x 1248 1035 230 WG305018 £1,249.00
Accessories
Description
Capacity
kg
Height
mm
Wheel
Ø mm
Ref
Price
(A) Nylon wheel set 1050 190 150 WG30491 £85.00
(A) Nylon wheel set 1800 200 200 WG30100 £119.00
(B) Polyurethane wheel set 900 195 160 WG30087 £99.00
(B) Polyurethane wheel set 1200 240 200 WG30701 £145.00
(C) Stacker conversion kit - - - WG30089 £75.00
Fork Locking - - - WG30088 £49.00
Lids for tipping skips
Practical lids for tipping skips. Colour: Grey
Description
Size mm
(L x W )
Ref
Price
Lid for 150 L tipping skip 815 x 760 WG305050 £79.00
Lid for 300 L tipping skip 1235 x 840 WG305051 £115.00
Lid for 600 L tipping skip 1525 x 865 WG305052 £135.00
Lid for 900 L tipping skip 1525 x 1215 WG305053 £165.00
Lid for 1100 L tipping skip 1700 x 1215 WG305054 £195.00
Lid for 1600 L tipping skip 2073 x 1066 WG305055 £219.00
Lid for 200 L tipping skip 2073 x 1316 WG305056 £245.00
Lid for 2500 L tipping skip 2073 x 1566 WG305057 £295.00
Lid for 3000 L tipping skip 2073 x 1866 WG305058 £345.00
(A) 2 fixed + 2 castor wheels
Manual tipping
Automatic tipping and return
(B) 2 fixed + 2 castor wheels
(C) Stacker conversion kit
AUTOMATIC SELF-TIPPING SKIPS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
225

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WORKSHOP
226 - 265
Our extensive selection of workshop equipment is constructed and built by
skilled fabricators and welders to the highest UK specifications.
A comprehensive range of workbenches caters for every requirement, with a choice
of standard, 4 level and height adjustable models, with stainless steel, antistatic or
timber and value, medium duty or heavy duty options available; along with many
different workbench accessories.
A selection of work desks, foreman’s desks, safety matting and pallet strapping
systems complete the range.
WORKBENCHES 228-251
TIMBER WORKBENCHES 252-253
WORKBENCH ACCESSORIES 254-257
WORK DESKS 258-259
SAFETY MATTING 260-261
PALLET STRAPPING SYSTEMS 262-265
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
227

228
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WORKBENCHES
JUST
BENCHES
DELIVERED
IN 5-8 DAYS
Just Benches offer an economic benching system. Simple to build general
purpose benches offering value for money solutions throughout the workplace.
> > Bench height 928mm
> > Supplied with metal foot plates and full assembly instructions
> > Available in 4 upright colours with Light Grey beams
> > Available in 2 widths and 2 depths
> > 18mm FSC chipboard worktop and shelves
Bench B
Bench B
Supplied with full depth lowershelf. Optional Melamine worktop, allows
cleaning - price on request.
Bench C
T-bar construction allows users to be seated on either side of the bench.
Optional Melamine worktop, allows cleaning - price on request.
Standard Colour Choice:
Red
(RD)
Blue
(GB)
Dark
Grey (GX)
Light Grey
(GU)
Bench C
Bench B - Chipboard worktop
W x D mm Ref Price
1800 x 750 WGJABB7518GU £158.70
2400 x 750 WGJABB7524GU £184.00
1800 x 900 WGJABB9018GU £174.80
2400 x 900 WGJABB9024GU £203.55
Bench C - Chipboard worktop
W x D mm Ref Price
1800 x 750 WGJABC7518GU £108.10
2400 x 750 WGJABC7524GU £126.50
1800 x 900 WGJABC9018GU £116.15
2400 x 900 WGJABC9024GU £132.25
VALUE
WORKBENCHES
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Our best selling ‘Award Winning’ benches.
> > 300kg UDL* shelf capacity
> > 16mm chipboard tops and steel centre supports
> > Simple assembly in just 10 minutes
> > Choose from standard chipboard or wipe-clean white melamine
> > Shelves adjustable every 35mm in height
H x W x D mm Top Ref Price
900 x 1400 x 600 Chipboard WG350WBA £77.70
900 x 1800 x 600 Chipboard WG350WBB £96.60
900 x 1400 x 600 Melamine WG350WBAM £93.90
900 x 1800 x 600 Melamine WG350WBBM £118.30
*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load
228
WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
229
BIG800 SERIES
BENCH
Benches with 2 shelves
> > Industrial strength workbenches with extra thick
premium grade steel beams
> > Boltless easy assembly – simply tap together with a
rubber mallet
> > Powder coated in a choice of 5 colour combinations
> > 2 level benches with high density chipboard decks
> > Extra shelves can be added for additional storage
> > Shelves adjustable in height every 38 mm
> > Tie plates for joining benches and optional feet
are available
> > 15mm thick high density chipboard shelves
For the BiG800 benches, besides the standard Blue / Orange
(BO), we can now offer Blue / Light Grey (BG) (as image), Two
Tone Grey (TG), Red / Grey (RG) and Dark Grey / Orange (GO)
at no extra cost.
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
BiG800 Premium Boltless Workbenches
Designed for intensive workshop use with a capacity of up to 800 kilos
UDL per level, BiG800 workbenches are simple and quick to build but
incredibly strong and stable.
Manufactured from premium grade steel and available in a choice
of popular colours, our huge stock of components ensures rapid
48 hour delivery.
Please note that for ease of handling, chipboard decks
wider than 1830 mm wide are supplied in 2 pieces.
> > 1525 wide benches – 800 kilos UDSWL per level
> > 1830 wide benches – 610 kilos UDSWL per level
> > 2440 wide benches – 500 kilos UDSWL per level
H x W x D mm Ref Price
915 x 1525 x 455 WGB8WB1504BO £111.05
915 x 1525 x 610 WGB8WB1506BO £117.45
915 x 1525 x 915 WGB8WB1509BO £132.80
915 x 1830 x 455 WGB8WB1804BO £120.00
915 x 1830 x 610 WGB8WB1806BO £127.70
915 x 1830 x 915 WGB8WB1809BO £145.60
900 x 1830 x 1200 WGB8WB1812BO £201.25
900 x 2440 x 455 WGB8WB2404BO £146.90
915 x 2440 x 610 WGB8WB2406BO £155.85
915 x 2440 x 915 WGB8WB2409BO £177.60
915 x 2440 x 1220 WGB8WB2412BO £249.45
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES / PACKING BENCHES
PACKING BENCHES /
4 LEVEL
WORKSTATIONS
Packing Benches
Designed to aid efficiency in busy packing areas
> > Chipboard decks
> > Large deck capable of carrying a massive 300kg UDL* per level
> > Comes with 2 reel bars and an adjustable bottom shelf
> > Each reel can hold up to 50kg UDL suitable for most tubular wrapping
materials
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
> > 900mm high work surface
H x W x D mm Ref Price
1500 x 1200 x 750 WGWSBPA £158.00
1500 x 1800 x 750 WGWSPB £171.55
4 Level Workstations
Perfect for busy packing or workshop areas
> > Standard 900mm height with choice of sizes
> > 250mm deep rear shelf ideal for packaging
> > All levels adjustable in height every 40mm
> > Simple self assembly
H x W x D mm Ref Price
1400 x 1400 x 600 WGWSA £119.05
1800 x 1800 x 600 WGWSB £146.35
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES / PACKING BENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
229

230
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TRADITIONAL 4-LEG WORKBENCH
TRADITIONAL SQUARE
4-LEG FRAME DESIGN
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
MAX LOAD
300 KG
WGA8-LA
MADE IN
BRITIAN
Style ref ‘A’ capacity 300kg
Construction: Fully welded steel
32 x 32mm legs. 50 x 25mm and
25 x 25mm cross members. Frame
finished in light grey epoxy.
Worktop
Options
Size
Standard Worktops
L mm W mm Laminate Price Vinyl Price MDF Price Steel Price Stainless Price
600 WGA1-LA £298.70 WGA1-V £343.35 WGA1-M £271.20 WGA1-S £347.90 WGA1-SS £432.85
1200 750 WGA2-LA £311.75 WGA2-V £359.15 WGA2-M £279.85 WGA2-S £360.50 WGA2-SS £450.75
900 WGA3-LA £331.15 WGA3-V £372.45 WGA3-M £291.60 WGA3-S £373.30 WGA3-SS £472.30
600 WGA4-LA £313.60 WGA4-V £363.30 WGA4-M £285.00 WGA4-S £368.65 WGA4-SS £454.75
1500 750 WGA5-LA £350.60 WGA5-V £380.30 WGA5-M £293.85 WGA5-S £385.20 WGA5-SS £482.95
900 WGA6-LA £389.90 WGA6-V £394.50 WGA6-M £311.45 WGA6-S £397.45 WGA6-SS £499.70
600 WGA7-LA £355.65 WGA7-V £382.55 WGA7-M £304.40 WGA7-S £393.65 WGA7-SS £476.45
1800 750 WGA8-LA £393.80 WGA8-V £397.95 WGA8-M £315.65 WGA8-S £410.00 WGA8-SS £505.80
900 WGA9-LA £425.20 WGA9-V £413.15 WGA9-M £329.70 WGA9-S £426.15 WGA9-SS £551.75
Lower Shelf (Extra)
600 WGA1-LSLA £66.75 WGA1-LSV £116.25 WGA1-LSM £45.95
1200 750 WGA2-LSLA £74.60 WGA2-LSV £124.95 WGA2-LSM £49.40
900 WGA3-LSLA £86.35 WGA3-LSV £130.65 WGA3-LSM £52.95
600 WGA4-LSLA £108.45 WGA4-LSV £126.95 WGA4-LSM £50.35
1500 750 WGA5-LSLA £108.55 WGA5-LSV £137.95 WGA5-LSM £57.20
900 WGA6-LSLA £131.80 WGA6-LSV £143.60 WGA6-LSM £65.05
600 WGA7-LSLA £111.60 WGA7-LSV £139.20 WGA7-LSM £63.30
1800 750 WGA8-LSLA £142.65 WGA8-LSV £147.25 WGA8-LSM £67.60
900 WGA9-LSLA £164.55 WGA9-LSV £152.85 WGA9-LSM £71.15
WGE3-ALA6
Easy Order Workbench
One reference for complete popular workbench and accessory combinations,
as illustrated. You can specify blue, red or dark grey drawer and cupboard
front colours (supplied in blue if not specified).
Worktops
L x D mm Laminate Price Vinyl Price Steel Price
Frame: Square 4-leg - “A” (Illustrated - 300kg capacity)
1200 x 750 WGE3-ALA4 £1140.15 WGE3-AV4 £1188.85 WGE3-AST4 £1187.50
1500 x 750 WGE3-ALA5 £1207.15 WGE3-AV5 £1241.75 WGE3-AST5 £1236.90
1800 x 750 WGE3-ALA6 £1272.80 WGE3-AV6 £1289.00 WGE3-AST6 £1276.90
OPTIONAL EXTRA: BRAKED CASTORS
2 x swivel and 2 x swivel braked castors fitted
with 100mm blue resilex tyred wheels and
roller bearings. Ref. WGAA-MOB £69.30
230
TRADITIONAL 4-LEG WORKBENCH
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
231
DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS
Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside
of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to
every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time.
Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.
WGRA
WGRE
WGRH
Below bench accessory H x W x D mm Left
fitted
Ref
Right
fitted
Ref
Price
Single drawer 140 x 410 x 430 WGLA WGRA £113.15
2 drawer unit 280 x 410 x 430 WGLE WGRE £172.95
3 drawer unit 420 x 410 x 430 WGLH WGRH £226.80
4 drawer unit 560 x 410 x 430 WGLK WGRK £345.85
Small cupboard 420 x 410 x 430 WGLC WGRC £119.85
Single drawer + small cpbd 560 x 410 x 430 WGLG WGRG £232.95
Large cupboard 560 x 410 x 430 WGLD WGRD £122.45
WGRK WGRC WGRD WGRG
Retaining skirt -
For style A, DA, only
100mm high steel, 2
ends and back,
- WGRS £56.45
COLOURS:
All above bench
accessories and cupboard
and drawer carcass:
Light Grey
Drawer fronts and doors
available in a choice:
Blue
Red
Dark Grey
Blue supplied if none specified.
ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES
Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.
Accessory Bench Length mm
1200 Price 1500 Price 1800 Price
Top light frame c/w
flourescent single
tube fitting and
diffuser
WGTLF4 £111.20 WGTLF5 £123.05 WGTLF6 £127.65
Tube length mm: 610 1220 1220
Top steel shelf
290mm deep,
capacity 50kg
WGTSS4 £81.10 WGTSS5 £84.75 WGTSS6 £89.80
Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip
Louvre panel WGRLP4 £102.35 WGRLP5 £108.45 WGRLP6 £114.70
Tool panel WGRTP4 £102.35 WGRTP5 £108.45 WGRTP6 £114.70
Multipanel Tool /
louvre
WGRMP4 £102.35 WGRMP5 £108.45 WGRMP6 £114.70
Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/
tool
Rear service duct
c/w 2x 13 amp twin
sockets (not wired)
WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05
WGRSD4 £88.15 WGRSD5 £94.70 WGRSD6 £101.20
Rear support posts
Short posts WGSES £54.40 WGSES £54.40 WGSES £54.40
Tall posts WGTES £68.60 WGTES £68.60 WGTES £68.60
Long posts required
Short/long post required
No posts required
TES - 1260mm Above Bench
SES - 575mm Above Bench
Rear panel (4 types)
Louvre panel c/w papers clip
Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)
Tool panel c/w papers clip
Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)
For the full range of available accessories,
please see pages 254 to 257.
Redditek
For plastic bin packs
see page 211.
for tool clips see
page 255.
for monitor arm
see page 255.
TRADITIONAL 4-LEG WORKBENCH
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
231

232
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
456 HEAVYDUTY WORKBENCHES
456 HEAVY DUTY
WORKBENCHES
Style ref ‘A’ capacity 450kg
Heavy duty square welded steel construction with choice of 25, 36 or
50mm thick worktops. 25mm worktops - 5 choices (36mm & 50mm
worktops available on request).
Fully welded steel 50 x 50mm legs 50 x 25mm cross members.
Standard height 840mm
750 & 900mm available at no extra cost.
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
MAX LOAD
450 KG
MADE IN
BRITIAN
WGDA8-LA
Worktop
Options
Size Standard Worktops Lower Shelf
L mm W
mm
Laminate Price Vinyl Price MDF Price Steel Price Stainless Price
Steel (Extra)
Price
200
1500
1800
600 WGDA1-LA £325.55 WGDA1-V £382.10 WGDA1-M £310.10 WGDA1-S £386.70 WGDA1-SS £471.60 WGDA1-LSS £67.55
750 WGDA2-LA £361.15 WGDA2-V £399.00 WGDA2-M £319.00 WGDA2-S £400.35 WGDA2-SS £490.60 WGDA2-LSS £73.55
900 WGDA3-LA £380.90 WGDA3-V £410.75 WGDA3-M £328.52 WGDA3-S £411.68 WGDA3-SS £510.65 WGDA3-LSS £79.50
600 WGDA4-LA £361.20 WGDA4-V £401.15 WGDA4-M £318.34 WGDA4-S £406.50 WGDA4-SS £492.60 WGDA4-LSS £83.15
750 WGDA5-LA £397.70 WGDA5-V £418.00 WGDA5-M £329.80 WGDA5-S £422.84 WGDA5-SS £520.60 WGDA5-LSS £89.10
900 WGDA6-LA £436.95 WGDA6-V £429.80 WGDA6-M £342.15 WGDA6-S £432.80 WGDA6-SS £534.95 WGDA6-LSS £91.40
600 WGDA7-LA £410.00 WGDA7-V £438.00 WGDA7-M £337.45 WGDA7-S £432.85 WGDA7-SS £515.65 WGDA7-LSS £91.40
750 WGDA8-LA £446.00 WGDA8-V £416.65 WGDA8-M £350.50 WGDA8-S £450.10 WGDA8-SS £545.90 WGDA8-LSS £95.50
900 WGDA9-LA £484.70 WGDA9-V £449.85 WGDA9-M £373.90 WGDA9-S £462.80 WGDA9-SS £588.40 WGDA9-LSS £103.15
Easy Order Workbench
One reference for complete popular workbench and accessory combinations,
as illustrated. You can specify blue, red or dark grey drawer and cupboard
front colours (supplied in blue if not specified).
Worktops
L x D mm Laminate Price Vinyl Price Steel Price
Frame: Heavy Duty - “DA” (450kg capacity) - 25mm tops
1200 x 750 WGE3-HDLA4 £1189.55 WGE3-HDV4 £1227.35 WGE3-HDST4 £1228.70
1500 x 750 WGE3-HDLA5 £1254.25 WGE3-HDV5 £1274.55 WGE3-HDST5 £1279.35
1800 x 750 WGE3-HDLA6 £1324.95 WGE3-HDV6 £1316.95 WGE3-HDST6 £1329.05
WGE3-HDLA6
232
456 HEAVYDUTY WORKBENCHES
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
233
DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS
Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside
of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to
every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time.
Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.
WGRA
WGRE
WGRH
Below bench accessory H x W x D mm Left
fitted
Ref
Right
fitted
Ref
Price
Single drawer 140 x 410 x 430 WGLA WGRA £113.15
2 drawer unit 280 x 410 x 430 WGLE WGRE £172.95
3 drawer unit 420 x 410 x 430 WGLH WGRH £226.80
4 drawer unit 560 x 410 x 430 WGLK WGRK £345.85
Small cupboard 420 x 410 x 430 WGLC WGRC £119.85
Single drawer + small cpbd 560 x 410 x 430 WGLG WGRG £232.95
Large cupboard 560 x 410 x 430 WGLD WGRD £122.45
WGRK WGRC WGRD WGRG
Retaining skirt -
For style A, DA, only
100mm high steel, 2
ends and back,
- WGRS £56.45
COLOURS:
All above bench
accessories and cupboard
and drawer carcass:
Light Grey
Drawer fronts and doors
available in a choice:
Blue
Red
Dark Grey
Blue supplied if none specified.
ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES
Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.
Accessory Bench Length mm
1200 Price 1500 Price 1800 Price
Top light frame c/w
flourescent single
tube fitting and
diffuser
WGTLF4 £111.20 WGTLF5 £123.05 WGTLF6 £127.65
Tube length mm: 610 1220 1220
Top steel shelf
290mm deep,
capacity 50kg
WGTSS4 £81.10 WGTSS5 £84.75 WGTSS6 £89.80
Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip
Louvre panel WGRLP4 £102.35 WGRLP5 £108.45 WGRLP6 £114.70
Tool panel WGRTP4 £102.35 WGRTP5 £108.45 WGRTP6 £114.70
Multipanel Tool /
louvre
WGRMP4 £102.35 WGRMP5 £108.45 WGRMP6 £114.70
Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/
tool
Rear service duct
c/w 2x 13 amp twin
sockets (not wired)
WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05
WGRSD4 £88.15 WGRSD5 £94.70 WGRSD6 £101.20
Rear support posts
Short posts WGSES £54.40 WGSES £54.40 WGSES £54.40
Tall posts WGTES £68.60 WGTES £68.60 WGTES £68.60
Long posts required
Short/long post required
No posts required
TES - 1260mm Above Bench
SES - 575mm Above Bench
Rear panel (4 types)
Louvre panel c/w papers clip
Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)
Tool panel c/w papers clip
Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)
For the full range of available accessories,
please see pages 254 to 257.
Redditek
For plastic bin packs
see page 211.
for tool clips see
page 255.
for monitor arm
see page 255.
456 HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
233

234
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
456 MEDIUM WORKBENCHES
CANTILEVER
FRAME DESIGN
Style ref ‘C’ - capacity 300kg
Standard height 840mm, 750 & 900mm available at no extra cost.
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
MAX LOAD
300 KG
MADE IN
BRITIAN
WGC8-LA
Worktop
Options
Size
Standard Worktops
L mm W mm Laminate Price Vinyl Price MDF Price
600 WGC1-LA £361.55 WGC1-V £406.20 WGC1-M £324.70
1200 750 WGC2-LA £373.95 WGC2-V £421.45 WGC2-M £332.20
900 WGC3-LA £394.20 WGC3-V £435.55 WGC3-M £344.75
600 WGC4-LA £385.30 WGC4-V £435.05 WGC4-M £342.25
1500 750 WGC5-LA £422.65 WGC5-V £452.45 WGC5-M £353.35
900 WGC6-LA £462.00 WGC6-V £466.55 WGC6-M £369.55
600 WGC7-LA £429.70 WGC7-V £456.60 WGC7-M £364.85
1800 750 WGC8-LA £467.10 WGC8-V £471.25 WGC8-M £374.25
900 WGC9-LA £497.35 WGC9-V £485.30 WGC9-M £401.15
Construction
50 x 25mm cross members with formed
1.5mm steel back, side and footrest panels.
Frame finished in light grey epoxy.
Easy Order Workbench
One reference for complete popular workbench and accessory
combinations, as illustrated. You can specify blue, red or dark grey
drawer and cupboard front colours (supplied in blue if not specified).
WGE3-CLA6
Size Worktops
L x D mm Laminate Price Vinyl Price
Frame: Cantilever - “CL” (300kg capacity)
1200 x 750 WGE3-CLA4 £1202.35 WGE3-CV4 £1249.80
1500 x 750 WGE3-CLA5 £1279.20 WGE3-CV5 £1309.00
1800 x 750 WGE3-CLA6 £1346.05 WGE3-CV6 £1350.20
234
456 MEDIUM WORKBENCHES
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
235
DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS
Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside
of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to
every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time.
Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.
WGRA
WGRE
WGRH
Below bench accessory H x W x D mm Left
fitted
Ref
Right
fitted
Ref
Price
Single drawer 140 x 410 x 430 WGLA WGRA £113.15
2 drawer unit 280 x 410 x 430 WGLE WGRE £172.95
3 drawer unit 420 x 410 x 430 WGLH WGRH £226.80
4 drawer unit 560 x 410 x 430 WGLK WGRK £345.85
Small cupboard 420 x 410 x 430 WGLC WGRC £119.85
Single drawer + small cpbd 560 x 410 x 430 WGLG WGRG £232.95
Large cupboard 560 x 410 x 430 WGLD WGRD £122.45
WGRK WGRC WGRD WGRG
Retaining skirt -
For style A, DA, only
100mm high steel, 2
ends and back,
- WGRS £56.45
COLOURS:
All above bench
accessories and cupboard
and drawer carcass:
Light Grey
Drawer fronts and doors
available in a choice:
Blue
Red
Dark Grey
Blue supplied if none specified.
ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES
Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.
Accessory Bench Length mm
1200 Price 1500 Price 1800 Price
Top light frame c/w
flourescent single
tube fitting and
diffuser
WGTLF4 £111.20 WGTLF5 £123.05 WGTLF6 £127.65
Tube length mm: 610 1220 1220
Top steel shelf
290mm deep,
capacity 50kg
WGTSS4 £81.10 WGTSS5 £84.75 WGTSS6 £89.80
Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip
Louvre panel WGRLP4 £102.35 WGRLP5 £108.45 WGRLP6 £114.70
Tool panel WGRTP4 £102.35 WGRTP5 £108.45 WGRTP6 £114.70
Multipanel Tool /
louvre
WGRMP4 £102.35 WGRMP5 £108.45 WGRMP6 £114.70
Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/
tool
Rear service duct
c/w 2x 13 amp twin
sockets (not wired)
WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05
WGRSD4 £88.15 WGRSD5 £94.70 WGRSD6 £101.20
Rear support posts
Short posts WGSES £54.40 WGSES £54.40 WGSES £54.40
Tall posts WGTES £68.60 WGTES £68.60 WGTES £68.60
Long posts required
Short/long post required
No posts required
TES - 1260mm Above Bench
SES - 575mm Above Bench
Rear panel (4 types)
Louvre panel c/w papers clip
Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)
Tool panel c/w papers clip
Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)
For the full range of available accessories,
please see pages 254 to 257.
Redditek
For plastic bin packs
see page 211.
for tool clips see
page 255.
for monitor arm
see page 255.
456 MEDIUM WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
235

236
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ANTISTATIC WORKBENCHES
ANTISTATIC
WORKBENCHES
Static control cantilever and 4 leg workstations with conductive or static
dissipative worksurfaces.
Workbenches c/w earth grounding cord + press stud.
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
MAX LOAD
300 KG
MADE IN
BRITIAN
WGAS8-ALA
Cantilever Construction
Medium duty (300kg)
construction 14 & 16swg
to BS6323. Cantilever
leg design, fitted with 4
adjustable feet.
WGA8-ALA
4 Leg Construction
Medium duty (300kg)
Fully welded steel 32 x
32mm legs 50 x 25mm and
25 x 25mm cross members.
Frame finished in light
grey epoxy.
Worktop
Options
Cantilever Design
4 Leg Design
Size Worktop Worktop
L D mm BFB Price ALA Price BFB Price ALA Price
mm
600 WGAS1-BFB £399.00 WGAS1-ALA £442.40 WGA1-BFB £336.15 WGA1-ALA £379.50
1200 750 WGAS2-BFB £408.90 WGAS2-ALA £477.85 WGA2-BFB £346.65 WGA2-ALA £415.55
900 WGAS3-BFB £420.50 WGAS3-ALA £495.80 WGA3-BFB £357.45 WGA3-ALA £432.75
600 WGAS4-BFB £425.75 WGAS4-ALA £494.35 WGA4-BFB £354.05 WGA4-ALA £422.50
1500 750 WGAS5-BFB £445.15 WGAS5-ALA £535.60 WGA5-BFB £373.05 WGA5-ALA £463.50
900 WGAS6-BFB £457.10 WGAS6-ALA £562.05 WGA6-BFB £385.15 WGA6-ALA £490.00
600 WGAS7-BFB £453.55 WGAS7-ALA £525.75 WGA7-BFB £379.45 WGA7-ALA £493.20
1800 750 WGAS8-BFB £483.05 WGAS8-ALA £569.90 WGA8-BFB £409.75 WGA8-ALA £508.00
900 WGAS9-BFB £495.05 WGAS9-ALA £588.55 WGA9-BFB £423.00 WGA9-ALA £518.00
Worktop options:
(BFB) Black fibreboard
worksurface conductive
resistance to ground:
1 x 10-3-1 x 10-5 ohms
(ALA) Grey laminate
worksurface static
dissipative resistance
to ground:
1 x 10-4-9 x 10-6 ohms
236
ANTISTATIC WORKBENCHES
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
237
ACCESSORIES - ABOVE BENCH
Accessory Ref Price
Extension posts (pair) required for the following accessories
Short WGSES-A £54.40
Tall WGTES-A £68.60
Top light frame with flourescent fitting and diffuser
1200 WGTLF4-A £111.20
1500 WGTLF5-A £123.05
1800 WGTLF6-A £127.65
Top shelf - steel 290mm depth
1200 WGTSS4-A £81.10
1500 WGTSS5-A £84.75
1800 WGTSS6-A £89.80
Top shelf - Dissipative laminate 290mm depth
1200 WGTDL4-A £178.15
1500 WGTDL5-A £192.35
1800 WGTDL6-A £206.55
Rear louvre panel 450mm high
1200 WGRLP4-A £102.35
1500 WGRLP5-A £108.45
1800 WGRLP6-A £114.70
Rear service duct 2 x 13amp sockets and insulators
1200 WGRSD4-A £92.35
1500 WGRSD5-A £100.75
1800 WGRSD6-A £108.90
ACCESSORIES - BELOW BENCH
Accessory H x W x D Left fitted Right fitted Price
Single drawer 140 x 410 x 430mm WGLA WGRA £113.15
2 drawer unit 280 x 410 x 430mm WGLE WGRE £172.95
3 drawer unit 420 x 410 x 430mm WGLH WGRH £226.80
4 drawer unit 560 x 410 x 430mm WGLK WGRK £345.85
Small cupboard 420 x 410 x
430mm
WGLC WGRC £119.85
Single drawer + small cupboard
560 x 410 x 430mm
WGLG WGRG £232.95
Large cupboard 560 x 410 x
430mm
WGLD WGRD £122.45
Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly
COLOURS:
All above bench
accessories and cupboard
and drawer carcass:
Light Grey
Drawer fronts and doors
available in a choice:
Blue
Red
Dark Grey
Blue supplied if none specified.
ANTISTATIC WORKBENCHES
ADDITIONAL ANTISTATIC EQUIPMENT
WGADT002
WGADT004 WGADT020
Accessory Ref Price
General Earth bonding plug WGADT001 £9.80
Wristband and cord WGADT002 £14.65
Wriststrap connection point WGADT003 £32.05
Straight cord WGADT004 £10.05
Earth lead and plug WGADT005 £9.45
Heel grounder WGADT006 £15.05
Testers
Wristband tester WGADT009 £172.20
Resistivity tester WGADT010 £331.45
Matting
Bench mat with stud 1200 x 600mm WGADT011 £125.50
Floor mat with stud 1200 x 1500mm WGADT012 £261.00
Seating (medistat vinyl)
Standard conductive chair WGADT024 £180.50
Ergonomic conductive chair WGADT022 £322.10
Arms (pair) WGADT023 £31.75
Sign
Warning sign (rigid plastic) WGADT020 £36.00
WGADT001
WGADT003
WGADT024
WGADT009
WGADT005
WGADT010
WGADT006 WGADT022
Redditek
ANTISTATIC WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
237

238
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CUPBOARD WORKBENCHES
CUPBOARD BENCHES
Medium duty workbenches fitted with full length
sliding door cupboard - capacity 300kg.
DELIVERED
IN 15-18 DAYS
MAX LOAD
300 KG
MADE IN
BRITIAN
WGRE8-LA
Fully boxed bench with sliding doors and half depth central shelf.
COLOURS:
All above bench
accessories and cupboard
and drawer carcass:
Light Grey
Drawer fronts and doors
available in a choice:
Blue
Red
Dark Grey
Blue supplied if none specified.
Storage / cupboard benches
are based on the square 4-leg
medium duty 456 range of
workbenches. Full range of
sizes and worktops available.
Cupboards have single fixed
steel shelf.
Construction:
Welded steel square and
rectangular section frame.
(14 and 16swg to BS6323)
Worktop specifications:
Plastic edge lipping is available as an
option for laminate or vinyl worktops.
Worktop
Options
For all stainless steel models
see page 251.
WGSSCB5
Size
L
mm
1200
1500
1800
W
mm
Standard Worktops
Laminate Price Vinyl Price MDF Price Stainless Price
600 WGRE1-LA £655.05 WGRE1-V £699.65 WGRE1-M £618.20 WGRE1-SS £789.20
750 WGRE2-LA £675.25 WGRE2-V £722.65 WGRE2-M £633.45 WGRE2-SS £814.30
900 WGRE3-LA £693.45 WGRE3-V £734.75 WGRE3-M £644.00 WGRE3-SS £834.60
600 WGRE4-LA £690.40 WGRE4-V £740.15 WGRE4-M £647.45 WGRE4-SS £831.65
750 WGRE5-LA £734.70 WGRE5-V £764.50 WGRE5-M £665.40 WGRE5-SS £867.10
900 WGRE6-LA £779.20 WGRE6-V £783.75 WGRE6-M £686.35 WGRE6-SS £888.90
600 WGRE7-LA £737.40 WGRE7-V £764.35 WGRE7-M £672.50 WGRE7-SS £858.25
750 WGRE8-LA £783.15 WGRE8-V £787.25 WGRE8-M £689.15 WGRE8-SS £895.10
900 WGRE9-LA £819.80 WGRE9-V £807.80 WGRE9-M £723.70 WGRE9-SS £946.40
238
CUPBOARD WORKBENCHES
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
239
EASY ORDER WORKBENCH
One reference for complete popular workbench and
accessory combinations, as illustrated.
You can specify blue, red or dark grey drawer and
cupboard front colours (supplied blue if not specified).
Worktops
L x D mm Laminate Price Vinyl Price
Frame: Medium Duty - RE (450kg capacity) - 25mm worktops
1200 x 750 WGE3-RELA4 £1,126.40 WGE3-REV4 £1,173.80
1500 x 750 WGE3-RELA5 £1,214.00 WGE3-REV5 £1,243.85
1800 x 750 WGE3-RELA6 £1,284.90 WGE3-REV6 £1,289.00
WGE3-RELA6
COLOURS:
All above bench
accessories and cupboard
and drawer carcass:
Light Grey
Drawer fronts and doors
available in a choice:
Blue
Red
Dark Grey
Blue supplied if none specified.
ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES
Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.
Accessory Bench Length mm
1200 Price 1500 Price 1800 Price
Top light frame c/w
flourescent single
tube fitting and
diffuser
WGTLF4 £111.20 WGTLF5 £123.05 WGTLF6 £127.65
Tube length mm: 610 1220 1220
Top steel shelf
290mm deep,
capacity 50kg
WGTSS4 £81.10 WGTSS5 £84.75 WGTSS6 £89.80
Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip
Louvre panel WGRLP4 £102.35 WGRLP5 £108.45 WGRLP6 £114.70
Tool panel WGRTP4 £102.35 WGRTP5 £108.45 WGRTP6 £114.70
Multipanel Tool /
louvre
WGRMP4 £102.35 WGRMP5 £108.45 WGRMP6 £114.70
Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/
tool
Rear service duct
c/w 2x 13 amp twin
sockets (not wired)
WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05
WGRSD4 £88.15 WGRSD5 £94.70 WGRSD6 £101.20
Rear support posts
Short posts WGSES £54.40 WGSES £54.40 WGSES £54.40
Tall posts WGTES £68.60 WGTES £68.60 WGTES £68.60
Long posts required
Short/long post required
No posts required
TES - 1260mm Above Bench
SES - 575mm Above Bench
Rear panel (4 types)
Louvre panel c/w papers clip
Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)
Tool panel c/w papers clip
Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)
For the full range of available accessories,
please see pages 254 to 257.
Redditek
For plastic bin packs
see page 211.
for tool clips see
page 255.
for monitor arm
see page 255.
CUPBOARD WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
239

240
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES
BOLT ADJUSTABLE
HEIGHT WORKBENCHES
Style ref ‘BHB’ - capacity 300kg
Height adjustable 4 leg bench using a simple bolt system. 9 standard sizes
with choice of 5 standard worktop materials. Stepless height adjustable
pillars formed from 2mm sheet steel allowing height adjustment from 650
to 950mm. Finished in light grey epoxy with a choice of worktops.
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
300 KG
MADE IN
BRITIAN
Quick and simple bolt fixing
for adjustable leg frames.
WGBHB8-LA
Worktop
Options
Size
Standard Worktops
L mm W mm Laminate Price Vinyl Price MDF Price Steel Price Stainless Price
600 WGBHB1-LA £419.35 WGBHB1-V £464.00 WGBHB1-M £382.55 WGBHB1-S £468.60 WGBHB1-SS £553.50
1200 750 WGBHB2-LA £433.45 WGBHB2-V £480.85 WGBHB2-M £391.65 WGBHB2-S £482.20 WGBHB2-SS £572.50
900 WGBHB3-LA £451.35 WGBHB3-V £492.65 WGBHB3-M £401.95 WGBHB3-S £493.50 WGBHB3-SS £592.50
600 WGBHB4-LA £435.50 WGBHB4-V £485.20 WGBHB4-M £392.40 WGBHB4-S £490.55 WGBHB4-SS £576.60
1500 750 WGBHB5-LA £471.25 WGBHB5-V £500.95 WGBHB5-M £401.90 WGBHB5-S £505.85 WGBHB5-SS £603.60
900 WGBHB6-LA £507.15 WGBHB6-V £511.70 WGBHB6-M £414.35 WGBHB6-S £514.75 WGBHB6-SS £616.90
600 WGBHB7-LA £476.90 WGBHB7-V £503.85 WGBHB7-M £412.00 WGBHB7-S £514.90 WGBHB7-SS £597.70
1800 750 WGBHB8-LA £515.90 WGBHB8-V £520.05 WGBHB8-M £421.95 WGBHB8-S £532.10 WGBHB8-SS £627.85
900 WGBHB9-LA £546.05 WGBHB9-V £534.10 WGBHB9-M £449.95 WGBHB9-S £547.05 WGBHB9-SS £672.70
Easy Order Workbench
One reference for complete popular workbench
and accessory combinations, as illustrated.
WGE8-BHLA6
Worktops
L x D mm Laminate Price Vinyl Price Steel Price
1200 x 750 WGE8-BHLA4 £884.60 WGE8-BHV4 £932.05 WGE8-BHST4 £933.35
1500 x 750 WGE8-BHLA5 £950.55 WGE8-BHV5 £980.30 WGE8-BHST5 £985.15
1800 x 750 WGE8-BHLA6 £1017.65 WGE8-BHV6 £1021.80 WGE8-BHST6 £1033.85
240
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
241
DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS
Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside
of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to
every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time.
Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.
WGRA
WGRE
WGRH
Below bench accessory H x W x D mm Left
fitted
Ref
Right
fitted
Ref
Price
Single drawer 140 x 410 x 430 WGLA WGRA £113.15
2 drawer unit 280 x 410 x 430 WGLE WGRE £172.95
3 drawer unit 420 x 410 x 430 WGLH WGRH £226.80
4 drawer unit 560 x 410 x 430 WGLK WGRK £345.85
Small cupboard 420 x 410 x 430 WGLC WGRC £119.85
Single drawer + small cpbd 560 x 410 x 430 WGLG WGRG £232.95
Large cupboard 560 x 410 x 430 WGLD WGRD £122.45
WGRK WGRC WGRD WGRG
Retaining skirt -
For style A, DA, only
100mm high steel, 2
ends and back,
- WGRS £56.45
COLOURS:
All above bench
accessories and cupboard
and drawer carcass:
Light Grey
Drawer fronts and doors
available in a choice:
Blue
Red
Dark Grey
Blue supplied if none specified.
ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES
Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.
Accessory Bench Length mm
1200 Price 1500 Price 1800 Price
Top light frame c/w
flourescent single
tube fitting and
diffuser
WGTLF4 £111.20 WGTLF5 £123.05 WGTLF6 £127.65
Tube length mm: 610 1220 1220
Top steel shelf
290mm deep,
capacity 50kg
WGTSS4 £81.10 WGTSS5 £84.75 WGTSS6 £89.80
Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip
Louvre panel WGRLP4 £102.35 WGRLP5 £108.45 WGRLP6 £114.70
Tool panel WGRTP4 £102.35 WGRTP5 £108.45 WGRTP6 £114.70
Multipanel Tool /
louvre
WGRMP4 £102.35 WGRMP5 £108.45 WGRMP6 £114.70
Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/
tool
Rear service duct
c/w 2x 13 amp twin
sockets (not wired)
WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05
WGRSD4 £88.15 WGRSD5 £94.70 WGRSD6 £101.20
Rear support posts
Short posts WGSES £54.40 WGSES £54.40 WGSES £54.40
Tall posts WGTES £68.60 WGTES £68.60 WGTES £68.60
Long posts required
Short/long post required
No posts required
TES - 1260mm Above Bench
SES - 575mm Above Bench
Rear panel (4 types)
Louvre panel c/w papers clip
Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)
Tool panel c/w papers clip
Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)
For the full range of available accessories,
please see pages 254 to 257.
Redditek
For plastic bin packs
see page 211.
for tool clips see
page 255.
for monitor arm
see page 255.
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
241

242
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES
Style ref ‘AHB’ - capacity 300kg
Manufactured from formed 2mm sheet steel with 50 x 25mm cross members.
WGAHB8-LA
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT
CANTILEVER WORKBENCHES
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
300 KG
MADE IN
BRITIAN
Height adjustable 770mm to 1260mm
Stepless height adjustable columns
with retractable crank handle operating
spindles and gears for smooth and
precise adjustment from 770mm to
1260mm working height.
Finished in light grey and black epoxy
with choice of worktops.
Crank handle extends for operation and
retracts under bench when not required
Adjustable columns.
Worktop
Options
Size
Standard Worktops
L mm W mm Laminate Price Vinyl Price MDF Price Steel Price Stainless Price
600 WGAHB1-LA £717.70 WGAHB1-V £762.35 WGAHB1-M £683.45 WGAHB1-S £766.90 WGAHB1-SS £851.80
1200 750 WGAHB2-LA £730.00 WGAHB2-V £777.35 WGAHB2-M £691.00 WGAHB2-S £778.75 WGAHB2-SS £869.05
900 WGAHB3-LA £744.75 WGAHB3-V £786.10 WGAHB3-M £697.30 WGAHB3-S £787.00 WGAHB3-SS £885.95
600 WGAHB4-LA £738.90 WGAHB4-V £788.60 WGAHB4-M £699.05 WGAHB4-S £794.00 WGAHB4-SS £880.05
1500 750 WGAHB5-LA £773.60 WGAHB5-V £803.40 WGAHB5-M £709.55 WGAHB5-S £808.20 WGAHB5-SS £906.00
900 WGAHB6-LA £807.50 WGAHB6-V £812.05 WGAHB6-M £719.15 WGAHB6-S £815.10 WGAHB6-SS £917.30
600 WGAHB7-LA £781.35 WGAHB7-V £808.25 WGAHB7-M £719.70 WGAHB7-S £819.40 WGAHB7-SS £902.15
1800 750 WGAHB8-LA £820.40 WGAHB8-V £824.60 WGAHB8-M £732.40 WGAHB8-S £836.60 WGAHB8-SS £932.40
900 WGAHB9-LA £844.30 WGAHB9-V £832.30 WGAHB9-M £748.15 WGAHB9-S £845.20 WGAHB9-SS £970.90
242
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
243
DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS
Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside
of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to
every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time.
Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.
WGRA
WGRE
WGRH
Below bench accessory H x W x D mm Left
fitted
Ref
Right
fitted
Ref
Price
Single drawer 140 x 410 x 430 WGLA WGRA £113.15
2 drawer unit 280 x 410 x 430 WGLE WGRE £172.95
3 drawer unit 420 x 410 x 430 WGLH WGRH £226.80
4 drawer unit 560 x 410 x 430 WGLK WGRK £345.85
Small cupboard 420 x 410 x 430 WGLC WGRC £119.85
Single drawer + small cpbd 560 x 410 x 430 WGLG WGRG £232.95
Large cupboard 560 x 410 x 430 WGLD WGRD £122.45
WGRK WGRC WGRD WGRG
Retaining skirt -
For style A, DA, only
100mm high steel, 2
ends and back,
- WGRS £56.45
COLOURS:
All above bench
accessories and cupboard
and drawer carcass:
Light Grey
Drawer fronts and doors
available in a choice:
Blue
Red
Dark Grey
Blue supplied if none specified.
ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES
Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.
Accessory Bench Length mm
1200 Price 1500 Price 1800 Price
Top light frame c/w
flourescent single
tube fitting and
diffuser
WGTLF4 £111.20 WGTLF5 £123.05 WGTLF6 £127.65
Tube length mm: 610 1220 1220
Top steel shelf
290mm deep,
capacity 50kg
WGTSS4 £81.10 WGTSS5 £84.75 WGTSS6 £89.80
Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip
Louvre panel WGRLP4 £102.35 WGRLP5 £108.45 WGRLP6 £114.70
Tool panel WGRTP4 £102.35 WGRTP5 £108.45 WGRTP6 £114.70
Multipanel Tool /
louvre
WGRMP4 £102.35 WGRMP5 £108.45 WGRMP6 £114.70
Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/
tool
Rear service duct
c/w 2x 13 amp twin
sockets (not wired)
WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05
WGRSD4 £88.15 WGRSD5 £94.70 WGRSD6 £101.20
Rear support posts
Short posts WGSES £54.40 WGSES £54.40 WGSES £54.40
Tall posts WGTES £68.60 WGTES £68.60 WGTES £68.60
Long posts required
Short/long post required
No posts required
TES - 1260mm Above Bench
SES - 575mm Above Bench
Rear panel (4 types)
Louvre panel c/w papers clip
Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)
Tool panel c/w papers clip
Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)
For the full range of available accessories,
please see pages 254 to 257.
Redditek
For plastic bin packs
see page 211.
for tool clips see
page 255.
for monitor arm
see page 255.
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
243

244
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
INFINITE MODULAR WORKBENCH SYSTEM
HD Workbench System
Framework is constructed from fabricated steel section with welded leg
supports and bolt in multi-position cross rails which can be assembled in a
variety of combinations to suit individual applications.
MDF, Vinyl and Laminate
worktop options
INFINITE MODULAR
WORKBENCH SYSTEM
DELIVERED
IN 10-12 DAYS
1) Starter Benches
Start with a 2m or 3m starter workbench
300mm
MAX LOAD
1000 KG
300mm
600mm
MADE IN
BRITIAN
Heavy duty
modular design
Unit accessible
from both sides for
two people working
together
Adjustable height from
840 - 940mm in
25mm increments
Base shelf supplied in 18mm plain cut
MDF irrespective of finish of top shelf
WGIM3-M & US2000
Use starter and extension method to mix and match depths
Bench
Description
Dimensions L x D (mm)
MDF Worktop
25mm Thick
Price
Laminate Worktop
25mm Thick
Price
Vinyl Worktop
25mm Thick
Starter 2000 x 700 WGIM1-M £383.25 WGIM1-LA £490.65 WGIM1-V £497.60
Starter and base 2000 x 700 WGIM1-MBS £469.85 WGIM1-LABS £577.30 WGIM1-VBS £584.20
Starter 2000 x 1200 WGIM2-M £430.00 WGIM2-LA £566.30 WGIM2-V £581.30
Starter and base 2000 x 1200 WGIM2-MBS £560.55 WGIM2-LABS £696.80 WGIM2-VBS £711.85
Starter 2000 x 1400 WGIM3-M £448.45 WGIM3-LA £588.20 WGIM3-V £603.25
Starter and base 2000 x 1400 WGIM3-MBS £584.75 WGIM3-LABS £724.50 WGIM3-VBS £739.55
Starter 3000 x 700 WGIM4-M £615.40 WGIM4-LA £781.70 WGIM4-V £792.10
Starter and base 3000 x 700 WGIM4-MBS £784.05 WGIM4-LABS £914.55 WGIM4-VBS £960.75
Starter 3000 x 1200 WGIM5-M £672.55 WGIM5-LA £846.95 WGIM5-V £857.35
Starter and base 3000 x 1200 WGIM5-MBS £845.80 WGIM5-LABS £1020.20 WGIM5-VBS £1030.60
Starter 3000 x 1400 WGIM6-M £678.30 WGIM6-LA £938.20 WGIM6-V £957.80
Starter and base 3000 x 1400 WGIM6-MBS £866.60 WGIM6-LABS £1126.45 WGIM6-VBS £1146.10
Add-on 2000 x 700 WGIM7-M £258.50 WGIM7-LA £368.25 WGIM7-V £375.15
Add-on and base 2000 x 700 WGIM7-MBS £345.15 WGIM7-LABS £454.85 WGIM7-VBS £461.80
Add-on 2000 x 1200 WGIM8-M £307.00 WGIM8-LA £444.45 WGIM8-V £459.50
Add-on and base 2000 x 1200 WGIM8-MBS £437.55 WGIM8-LABS £575.00 WGIM8-VBS £590.00
Add-on 2000 x 1400 WGIM9-M £324.90 WGIM9-LA £465.80 WGIM9-V £479.70
Add-on and base 2000 x 1400 WGIM9-MBS £461.20 WGIM9-LABS £602.10 WGIM9-VBS £615.95
Price
244
INFINITE MODULAR WORKBENCH SYSTEM
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
245
2) Extension Benches
Then use add on workbenches as required to create a run
with infinite combinations.
2000 x 700mm Starter Workbench
with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf, cabinet, triple drawer
& leg socket. Ref: WGIM-EOB1 Price: £822.40
3000 x 1200mm Workbench
with MDF worktop and base shelf. Ref: WGIM5-MBS Price: £845.80
3) Accessories
Combine with easy to add accessories.
BENCH ACCESSORIES
Bench Description Ref Price
Cupboard Unit WGRC / LC £119.85
Single Drawer WGRA / LA £113.15
Two Drawer WGRE / LE £172.95
Three Draw WGRH / LH £226.80
Cupboard / Drawer WGRG / LG £232.95
2000mm Upper Shelf WGUS2000 £135.15
3000mm Upper Shelf WGUS3000 £187.10
2000mm Service Duct WGRSD20 £115.50
3000mm Service Duct WGRSD30 £179.05
INFINITE MODULAR WORKBENCH SYSTEM
3000 x 1200mm Workbench
with MDF worktop. Ref: WGIM5-M Price: £672.55
13 AMP SOCKET
Ref: WGSRDSO
Price: £23.10
3000 x 1200mm Workbench
with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf, combined cabinet and
drawer unit. Ref: WGIM-EOB2 Price: £955.30
We can modify a standard model or custom build to
your own specifications - please call for details.
Add on units can be bolted to different
size benches to form combinations
Redditek
INFINITE MODULAR WORKBENCH SYSTEM
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
245

246
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
HEAVY DUTY
- 450KG
Strong, fully welded, steel construction makes these versatile workbenches
suitable for the toughest of applications. Choice of worktops and range of
accessories provides the best combination for your requirements.
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
MAX LOAD
450 KG
Standard height 840mm
750 & 900mm available at
no extra cost.
MADE IN
BRITIAN
Construction:
Fully welded Heavy Duty:
40 x 40mm steel angle
Worktops:
Choice of 6: Steel, MDF,
Blockboard, Laminate, Vinyl,
Stainless Steel
WGM8-LA
Finish:
Dove grey electro-static paint
Worktop
Options
Size Standard Worktops Lower
L mm
Shelf Steel
W Laminate Price Vinyl Price MDF Price Steel Price Stainless Price
(Extra)
mm
Price
600 WGM1-LA £251.60 WGM1-V £296.30 WGM1-M £223.85 WGM1-S £256.65 WGM1-SS £385.75 WGHLS1 £63.84
1200 750 WGM2-LA £261.90 WGM2-V £309.35 WGM2-M £230.20 WGM2-S £264.80 WGM2-SS £401.05 WGHLS2 £68.30
900 WGM3-LA £280.10 WGM3-V £321.35 WGM3-M £240.05 WGM3-S £277.40 WGM3-SS £421.20 WGHLS3 £72.75
600 WGM4-LA £266.00 WGM4-V £315.80 WGM4-M £232.50 WGM4-S £268.30 WGM4-SS £407.20 WGHLS4 £69.10
1500 750 WGM5-LA £298.95 WGM5-V £328.70 WGM5-M £242.35 WGM5-S £279.15 WGM5-SS £431.35 WGHLS5 £74.40
900 WGM6-LA £334.15 WGM6-V £338.75 WGM6-M £253.90 WGM6-S £289.85 WGM6-SS £443.90 WGHLS6 £79.80
600 WGM7-LA £305.15 WGM7-V £332.10 WGM7-M £250.40 WGM7-S £282.60 WGM7-SS £425.95 WGHLS7 £74.30
1800 750 WGM8-LA £339.00 WGM8-V £343.15 WGM8-M £258.50 WGM8-S £294.20 WGM8-SS £450.95 WGHLS8 £80.60
900 WGM9-LA £372.60 WGM9-V £360.55 WGM9-M £272.95 WGM9-S £314.50 WGM9-SS £499.15 WGHLS9 £86.85
(2mm)
(1.2mm)
ACCESSORIES - FACTORY FITTED.
Customise your workbench with cupboards,
drawers etc, see next page for details.
LOWER SHELF - (EXTRA)
Steel, full depth (welded to bracing)
246
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
247
ENGINEERING BENCH ACCESSORIES
For both heavy duty and extra heavy duty workbenches.
2 drawer unit 3 drawer unit
Choose your selection of accessories for engineering benches from this page,
add the reference numbers to that of your selected bench.
All accessories for engineering benches are factory fitted,
so must be ordered with workbench (no retro fit)
Accessory H x W x L mm Left fitting
Ref
Right fitting
Ref
Price
Single drawer 140 x 410 x 430 WGLH-11 WGRH-11 £113.15
2 drawer unit 280 x 410 x 430 WGLH-13 WGRH-13 £172.95
3 drawer unit 420 x 410 x 430 WGLH-14 WGRH-14 £226.80
cupboard 600 x 410 x 430 WGLH-12 WGRH-12 £123.95
Single drawer + cupb’d 560 x 410 x 430 WGLH-15 WGRH-15 £232.95
Rear service duct with
2 x 13amp sockets
1200mm WGRSD-4 - £88.15
1500mm WGRSD-5 - £94.70
1800mm WGRSD-6 - £101.25
Retaining skirt rear only WGRS1 - £28.85
Retaining skirt 3 sides WGRS3 - £56.05
Vice plate 3 x 230 x 230 WGVP - £17.05
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
100mm engineering vice c/w vice plate
and bolts
WGEV - £128.25
Single drawer + Cupboard
Cupboard
Rear service duct
Retaining skirt
Engineering vice
and vice plate
EASY ORDER WORKBENCH
WGE7M6
E7 workbench complete as illustrated:
H: 840mm with MDF worktop,
1 drawer and 1 cupboard.
Easy Order Refs:
L x D mm Heavy Price
Duty
1200 x 750 WGE7M4 £465.80
1500 x 750 WGE7M5 £482.70
1800 x 750 WGE7M6 £494.05
WGE11M6
E11 workbench complete as illustrated:
H: 840mm with steel worktop, 3 side retaining skirt,
lower shelf, 2 drawer unit and 1 cupboard.
Easy Order Refs:
L x D mm Heavy Price
Duty
1200 x 750 WGE11M4 £685.95
1500 x 750 WGE11M5 £706.40
1800 x 750 WGE11M6 £726.10
Redditek
HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
247

248
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY -
750KG
Strong, fully welded, steel construction makes these versatile workbenches
suitable for the toughest of applications. Choice of worktops and range of
accessories provides the best combination for your requirements.
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
MAX LOAD
750 KG
Standard height 840mm
750 & 900mm available at
no extra cost
MADE IN
BRITIAN
Construction:
Fully welded Extra Heavy Duty:
50 x 50mm steel angle
Worktops:
Choice of 6: Steel, MDF,
Blockboard, Laminate, Vinyl,
Stainless Steel
WGH8-S
Finish:
Dove grey electro-static paint
Worktop
Options
Size Standard Worktops Lower
L mm W mm Laminate Price Vinyl Price MDF Price Steel Price Stainless Price
Shelf Steel
(Extra)
Price
600 WGH1-LA £268.90 WGH1-V £304.50 WGH1-M £238.85 WGH1-S £280.70 WGH1-SS £403.10 WGHLS1 £63.84
1200 750 WGH2-LA £283.45 WGH2-V £322.00 WGH2-M £250.40 WGH2-S £294.65 WGH2-SS £422.45 WGHLS2 £68.30
900 WGH3-LA £300.25 WGH3-V £332.85 WGH3-M £259.65 WGH3-S £307.70 WGH3-SS £441.35 WGHLS3 £72.75
600 WGH4-LA £286.75 WGH4-V £326.30 WGH4-M £251.60 WGH4-S £296.55 WGH4-SS £426.50 WGHLS4 £69.10
1500 750 WGH5-LA £324.10 WGH5-V £345.40 WGH5-M £266.00 WGH5-S £315.95 WGH5-SS £456.50 WGHLS5 £74.40
900 WGH6-LA £361.50 WGH6-V £357.85 WGH6-M £279.85 WGH6-S £330.45 WGH6-SS £471.25 WGHLS6 £79.80
600 WGH7-LA £323.75 WGH7-V £342.20 WGH7-M £268.30 WGH7-S £312.30 WGH7-SS £444.60 WGHLS7 £74.30
1800 750 WGH8-LA £363.25 WGH8-V £359.25 WGH8-M £282.20 WGH8-S £332.30 WGH8-SS £475.25 WGHLS8 £80.60
900 WGH9-LA £390.75 WGH9-V £370.80 WGH9-M £294.70 WGH9-S £349.35 WGH9-SS £517.40 WGHLS9 £86.85
ACCESSORIES - FACTORY FITTED
Customise your workbench with cupboards,
drawers etc, see next page for details.
LOWER SHELF - (EXTRA)
Steel, full depth (welded to bracing).
248
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
249
ENGINEERING BENCH ACCESSORIES
For both heavy duty and extra heavy duty workbenches.
2 drawer unit 3 drawer unit
Choose your selection of accessories for engineering benches from this page,
add the reference numbers to that of your selected bench.
All accessories for engineering benches are factory fitted,
so must be ordered with workbench (no retro fit)
Accessory H x W x L mm Left fitting
Ref
Right fitting
Ref
Price
Single drawer 140 x 410 x 430 WGLH-11 WGRH-11 £113.15
2 drawer unit 280 x 410 x 430 WGLH-13 WGRH-13 £172.95
3 drawer unit 420 x 410 x 430 WGLH-14 WGRH-14 £226.80
cupboard 600 x 410 x 430 WGLH-12 WGRH-12 £123.95
Single drawer + cupb’d 560 x 410 x 430 WGLH-15 WGRH-15 £232.95
Rear service duct with
2 x 13amp sockets
1200mm WGRSD-4 - £88.15
1500mm WGRSD-5 - £94.70
1800mm WGRSD-6 - £101.25
Retaining skirt rear only WGRS1 - £28.85
Retaining skirt 3 sides WGRS3 - £56.05
Vice plate 3 x 230 x 230 WGVP - £17.05
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
100mm engineering vice c/w vice plate
and bolts
WGEV - £128.25
Single drawer + Cupboard
Cupboard
Rear service duct
Retaining skirt
Engineering vice
and vice plate
WGE7H6
EASY ORDER WORKBENCH
E7 workbench complete as illustrated:
H: 840mm with MDF worktop,
1 drawer and 1 cupboard.
Easy Order Refs:
L x D mm Heavy Duty Price
1200 x 750 WGE7H4 £486.00
1500 x 750 WGE7H5 £501.60
1800 x 750 WGE7H6 £517.75
WGE11H6
E11 workbench complete as illustrated:
H: 840mm with steel worktop, 3 side retaining skirt,
lower shelf, 2 drawer unit and 1 cupboard.
Easy Order Refs:
L x D mm Heavy Duty Price
1200 x 750 WGE11H4 £715.75
1500 x 750 WGE11H5 £743.20
1800 x 750 WGE11H6 £765.75
Redditek
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
249

250
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES
STAINLESS STEEL
WORKBENCHES
Stainless steel workbenches and tables for clean and hygienic work environments.
Standard working height 840mm (900mm available on request).
DELIVERED
IN 25 DAYS
MAX LOAD
450 KG
MADE IN
BRITIAN
WGSS526
Stainless Steel Workbenches - Style ref ‘WGSS’
Shelf
Length
Depth
600mm
Price
Depth
750mm
Price
Depth
900mm
Price
1200mm WGSS420 £465.80 WGSS426 £495.00 WGSS430 £518.40
1500mm WGSS520 £481.00 WGSS526 £510.20 WGSS530 £533.60
1.2mm thick stainless steel (Grade 304)
worktop with all edges turned down and
corners welded. 75 x 50mm framework,
450kg capacity.
1800mm WGSS620 £537.30 WGSS626 £572.35 WGSS630 £595.70
WGASS-8
Stainless Steel Medium Duty - Style ref ‘WGASS’
250
Shelf
Length
Depth
600mm
Price
Depth
750mm
Price
Depth
900mm
STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES
Price
1200mm WGASS-1 £495.55 WGASS-2 £516.25 WGASS-3 £528.40
1500mm WGASS-4 £537.55 WGASS-5 £558.05 WGASS-6 £584.30
1800mm WGASS-7 £576.55 WGASS-8 £602.80 WGASS-9 £629.00
Fully welded 304 grade stainless steel frame.
32 x 32mm legs with adjustable feet.
50 x 25mm and 25 x 25mm cross members.
Removable stainless steel worktop.
Capacity 300kg.
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
251
ACCESSORIES
Suitable for both WGSS and WGASS style workbenches.
Lower Shelf - Full depth stainless steel lower shelf.
Accessory HxWxD Fitted left Fitted right Price
Drawer 140 x 410 x 430 WGSSDL WGSSDR £239.70
Cupboard 420 x 410 x 430 WGSSCL WGSSCR £292.05
Easy Order Stainless Workbenches
(one ref for complete bench)
As illustrated to the below. Height: 840mm
Stainless steel top and frame, with single drawer,
cupboard and lower shelf. Capacity 450kg.
STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES
Lower Shelf
WGSSEO526
Full depth stainless steel lower shelf.
Shelf
Length
Depth
600mm
.
Price
Depth
750mm
Price
Depth
900mm
Price
1200mm WGSSL420 £101.80 WGSSL426 £113.55 WGSSL430 £125.20
1500mm WGSSL520 £113.55 WGSSL526 £131.05 WGSSL530 £142.75
1800mm WGSSL620 £131.05 WGSSL626 £148.60 WGSSL630 £166.15
Based on bench model style ‘WGSS’.
Shelf
Length
Depth
600mm
Price
Depth
750mm
Price
Depth
900mm
Price
1200mm WGSSEO420 £1099.20 WGSSEO426 £1140.15 WGSSEO430 £1175.20
1500mm WGSSEO520 £1126.10 WGSSEO526 £1172.90 WGSSEO530 £1207.90
1800mm WGSSEO620 £1200.00 WGSSEO626 £1252.55 WGSSEO630 £1293.50
Stainless Steel Cupboard Bench
WGSSCB5
All stainless steel construction, 1.2mm stainless
steel top with edges turned up to form lip
(standard), or down for flush top (option -please
specify) with welded corners.
Fully boxed with sliding doors with lock and fixed
half depth shelf height 840mm.
Capacity 300kg.
Shelf
Length
Depth
750mm
Price
1200mm WGSSCB4 £1329.60
1500mm WGSSCB5 £1410.00
1800mm WGSSCB6 £1502.85
Redditek
STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
251

252
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TIMBER WORKBENCHES
TIMBER
WORKBENCHES
Timber workbenches are recommended for use in industrial,
commercial, schools, educational training centres and home workshops.
Standard Workbenches
840mm high. 900mm high version available at no extra cost.
DELIVERED
IN 25 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITIAN
WGT526H
Robust timber construction, choice of worktops
and accessories.
Finish: Clear varnish.
Worktops
Plywood: 36mm plywood with hardwood edge.
Hardwood: 44mm hardwood.
Lower shelf: 18mm MDF (fitted as standard)
Accessories - Factory fitted
Customise your workbench with cupboards,
drawers etc, see next page for details.
Size mm Plywood Price Hardwood Price
1200 x 750 WGT426P £473.05 WGT426H £690.15
1500 x 750 WGT526P £504.65 WGT526H £738.65
1800 x 750 WGT626P £530.10 WGT626H £823.55
Construction
Legs: 85 x 65mm
Upper side rails: 144 x 28mm
Lower side rails: 88 x 28mm
WGT626P plus
accessories
252
TIMBER WORKBENCHES
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
253
TIMBER WORKBENCHES
WGT1212P
WGT1050P
WGT1212P plus
accessories
Square Workbenches - 900mm high
Designed for multiple users, working from multiple sides.
WGT1050P plus
accessories
Garage Benches - 900mm high
Designed for use where space is a premium, ideal for home use.
Size mm Plywood Price Hardwood Price
1200x1200 WGT1212P £529.15 WGT1212H £1031.00
Size mm Plywood Price Hardwood Price
1000x500 WGT1050P £443.40 WGT1050H £537.75
1000x700 WGT1070P £468.25 WGT1070H £618.05
ACCESSORIES
Accessory
L/H/Side
Fitted
R/H/Side
Fitted
Price
Single Drawer WGT1DL WGT1DR £70.10
4 Drawer WGT4DL WGT4DR £225.50
Drawer/Cupboard WGTDCL WGTDCR £144.50
Cupboard WGTCL WGTCR £149.15
SAW RACK - 2 SLOTS
TOOL RACK - 5 SLOTS
Accessory Ref Price
100mm High Rear Skirt WGTRS1 £29.15
1200mm Backboard WGTPB4 £33.10
1500mm Backboard WGTPB5 £38.30
1800mm Backboard WGTPB6 £43.35
Tool Rack - 5 Slots WGTTR £34.40
Saw Rack - 2 Slots WGTSR £35.65
Vice - Medium Duty WGTMDV £63.15
Vice - Heavy Duty WGTHDV £90.50
Ref: WGTSR
SINGLE DRAWER UNIT
External dimensions
(D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 155mm
Internal dimensions
(D x W x H): 355 x 330 x 100mm
Ref: WGT1DL/R
Ref: WGTTR
CUPBOARD UNIT
External dimensions
(D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 475mm
Internal dimensions
(D x W x H): 390 x 375 x 438mm
Complete with removable
shelf, height: 225mm Ref:
WGTCL/R
MEDIUM DUTY VICE
HEAVY DUTY VICE
Jaw dimensions
160 x 70mm, fully
extendable 73mm internal
Ref: WGTMDV
Redditek
Jaw dimensions 330
x 50mm usable, fully
extendable 155mm internal
Ref: WGTHDV
4 DRAWER UNIT
External dimensions
(D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 475mm
Internal dimensions
(D x W x H): 355 x 330 x 70mm
per drawer
Ref: WGT4DL/R
DRAWER/CUPBOARD UNIT
External dimensions (D x W x H):
430 x 410 x 475mm
Cupboard Internal dimensions
(D x W x H): 390 x 375 x 300mm
Complete with removable shelf,
height: 160mm
Drawer Internal dimensions
(D x W x H): 355 x 330 x 100mm
Ref: WGTDCL/R
TIMBER WORKBENCHES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
253

254
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
456 ACCESSORIES
BELOW BENCH
ACCESSORIES
DELIVERED
IN 5-7 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITIAN
DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS
Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench
frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame, so they can be fitted or changed
at any time. Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf. Supplied fitted - (but are
removable)
WGRA
WGRE
Below bench accessory H x W x D mm Left
fitted
Ref
Right
fitted
Ref
Price
WGRH
WGRK
Single drawer 140 x 410 x 430 WGLA WGRA £113.15
2 drawer unit 280 x 410 x 430 WGLE WGRE £172.95
3 drawer unit 420 x 410 x 430 WGLH WGRH £226.80
4 drawer unit 560 x 410 x 430 WGLK WGRK £345.85
Small cupboard 420 x 410 x 430 WGLC WGRC £119.85
Single drawer + small cpbd 560 x 410 x 430 WGLG WGRG £232.95
Large cupboard 560 x 410 x 430 WGLD WGRD £122.45
Retaining skirt -
For style A, DA, only
100mm high steel, 2
ends and back,
- WGRS £56.45
WGRC
WGRD
COLOURS:
All above bench
accessories and cupboard
and drawer carcass:
Light Grey
Drawer fronts and doors
available in a choice:
Blue
Red
Dark Grey
Blue supplied if none specified.
DRAWER INSERTS
WGRG
Polypropylene box inserts used to bring order and
organisation to drawer systems.
All inserts are 69mm high and are individually removable.
Colour: opaque
Ref: WGDIP-01 £29.70
18 x 55mm x 79mm; 6 x 79mm x 109mm
WGDIP-01
WGDIP-02
Ref: WGDIP-02 £33.30
30 x 55mm x 79mm
Ref: WGDIP-03 £28.50
8 x 55mm x 79mm; 2 x 79mm x 109mm;
3 x 109mm x 157mm; 2 x 55mm x 235mm
Ref: WGDIP-04 £30.00
8 x 55mm x 79mm; 4 x 55mm x 235mm;
2 x 79mm x 159mm; 1 x 79mm x 109mm
WGDIP-03
WGDIP-04
254
456 ACCESSORIES
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
255
TOOL
HOOKS
DELIVERED
IN 5-7 DAYS
Range of tool hooks and holders for use with tool panels
(tools not included).
Hook description Size Ref Price
456 ACCESSORIES
30mm long WGCP1-30 £3.45
WGCP1 Single hook
WGCP4 Pliers hook
Single hook
Double hook
60mm long WGCP1-60 £3.45
90mm long WGCP1-90 £3.45
30mm long WGCP2-30 £5.65
60mm long WGCP2-60 £5.65
Single angled hook
30mm long WGCP3-30 £3.45
60mm long WGCP3-60 £3.45
WGCP2 Double hook
Pliers holder
17mm long WGCP4-17 £5.65
20mm long WGCP4-20 £5.65
12mm diameter WGCP5-12 £2.90
WGCP7 Drill bit holder
Spring Clip
18mm diameter WGCP5-18 £2.90
24mm diameter WGCP5-24 £2.90
Pipe holder
30mm diameter WGCP6-30 £2.90
50mm diameter WGCP6-50 £6.35
Drill bit holder 22 bit capacity WGCP7-22 £6.35
WGCP10 Can holder
Drill holder 2 hook pack WGCP8-02 £8.40
Spanner holder 8 slot WGCP9-08 £6.35
Can holder - WGCP10-01 £32.80
Angle grinder holder - WGCP11-01 £32.80
WGCP5 Spring clip
Hammer holder - WGCP12-01 £5.65
WGCP11
Angle grinder holder
WGCP9
Spanner holder
WGCP8
Drill holder
WGCP6
Pipe holder
WGCP12
Hammer holder
WGCP3
angled hook
MONITOR
ARM
Monitor Arm
Finish: Silver epoxy
Please state position required.
Ref: WGCA-M001
£95.65
Deluxe Monitor Arm
DELIVERED
IN 5-7 DAYS
Fully height adjustable with quick height fixing clasp to rear of post.
Extended reach of 500mm from post mounting and can fold completely flush
back to the post.
Capacity: Up to 19 inch monitors with a weight capacity of 10kgs.
Clamp fixing to rear or through work surface. Compatible with both 75mm and
100mm VESA standard monitor mounts. Integrated cable management.
Bolts through work surface.
Finish: Black
Please state position required.
Ref: WGCA-M002
£153.80
Redditek
456 ACCESSORIES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
255

256
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
456 ACCESSORIES
WORKBENCH
ACCESSORIES
DELIVERED
IN 5-7 DAYS
THROUGH DESK CABLE TIDY
Grey plastic through desk cable tidy.
Please state position required.
Ref: WGCA-DTID £29.80
CPU MOUNT
Fixed CPU mount for underbench fastening the CPU
vertically. Adjustable frame for width: 50 to 275mm.
Adjustable frame for height 380 to 580mm. Ref:
WGCA-C001 £64.10
REAR SERVICE DUCT
OPTIONAL EXTRA’S
DELIVERED
IN 5-7 DAYS
DATA SOCKETS
Double or quadruple CAT 5e data sockets fitted to
relevant rear service duct. Please state position required.
SINGLE PHASE BLUE SOCKET
Single phase 16 amp blue socket
fitted to the relevant rear service duct.
Please state position required.
Ref: WGRSD-SPB
£30.15
Ref: WGRSD-CAT2
(double socket) £13.30
Ref: WGRSD-CAT4
(quadruple socket) £15.60
CIRCUIT BREAKER
25 amp type AC residual current circuit breaker
fitted to the relevant rear service
duct. Please state position required.
Ref: WGRSD-RCD
£76.85
BRUSH CABLE OUTLETS
Single or double width brush cable outlets to allow continuous
cables to be wired through the rear service duct. Brush design
stops debris getting into the ducting. Fitted to the relevant
service duct. Please state position required.
DOUBLE SAFETY SOCKET
Double 13 amp safety socket. 30mA trip
current. Replaces one of the current double
sockets supplied with the rear service duct.
Ref: WGRSD-SS
£33.45
Ref: WGRSD-BR4
(double width)
£10.70
Ref: WGRSD-BR2
(single width)
£8.70
ADDITIONAL DOUBLE SOCKET
Additional double socket, factory fitted to rear
service duct. Position required with order.
Ref: WGRSD-DS
£15.40
USB SOCKET
USB socket, factory fitted to rear service duct.
Position required with order.
Ref: WGRSD-USB
£15.40
256
456 ACCESSORIES
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
257
TES - 1260mm Above Bench
SES - 575mm Above Bench
ABOVE BENCH
ACCESSORIES
Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.
Accessory
DELIVERED
IN 5-7 DAYS
Top light frame c/w
flourescent single
tube fitting and
diffuser
Bench Length mm
1200 Price 1500 Price 1800 Price
WGTLF4 £111.20 WGTLF5 £123.05 WGTLF6 £127.65
Tube length mm: 610 1220 1220
Top steel shelf
290mm deep,
capacity 50kg
WGTSS4 £81.10 WGTSS5 £84.75 WGTSS6 £89.80
Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip
Louvre panel WGRLP4 £102.35 WGRLP5 £108.45 WGRLP6 £114.70
Tool panel WGRTP4 £102.35 WGRTP5 £108.45 WGRTP6 £114.70
Multipanel Tool /
louvre
WGRMP4 £102.35 WGRMP5 £108.45 WGRMP6 £114.70
Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/
tool
Rear service duct
c/w 2x 13 amp twin
sockets (not wired)
WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05
WGRSD4 £88.15 WGRSD5 £94.70 WGRSD6 £101.20
Rear support posts
Short posts WGSES £54.40 WGSES £54.40 WGSES £54.40
Tall posts WGTES £68.60 WGTES £68.60 WGTES £68.60
Long posts required
Short/long post required
No posts required
456 ACCESSORIES
Rear panel (4 types)
Louvre panel c/w papers clip
Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)
for tool clips see
page 255.
for monitor arm
see page 255.
Tool panel c/w papers clip
Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)
For plastic bin packs
see page 211.
For the full range of available accessories,
please see pages 254 to 257.
Redditek
456 ACCESSORIES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
257

258
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WORKDESKS
> > Lockable workdesk
EURO
WORKDESK
> > Sloping hinged working surface
> > Wood front edge strip
> > All steel construction
> > Safety orange or blue epoxy finish
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITIAN
Workdesk on Freestanding Frame
Static white epoxy tubular steel frame.
Overall H x W x D mm 890 x 660 x 465
Colour Orange Blue
Order Ref WGEWD-050 WGEWD-05B
Price £260.15 £260.15
WGEWD-05O
Workdesk on Mobile Frame Base
4 x 100mm swivel castors with grey non-marking tyres,
2 with brakes. White epoxy tubular steel frame with 2
white epoxy sheet steel shelves.
WGEWD-06B
Overall H x W x D mm 890 x 660 x 465
Colour Orange Blue
Order Ref WGEWD-060 WGEWD-06B
Price £358.20 £358.20
Workdesk on Cupboard Base
Lockable cupboard with 2 shelves
Grey cupboard with orange door.
WGEWD-07O
Overall H x W x D mm 890 x 570 x 470
Colour Orange Blue
Order Ref WGEWD-070 WGEWD-07B
Price £400.40 £400.40
WORKDESK
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITIAN
WGWD-09
WGWD-10
> > Sloping working surface
> > All steel construction
> > Lockable hinged lid
> > Wood front edge strip
> > Grey epoxy finish
Workdesk Wall Unit (complete with wall brackets)
Overall H x W x D mm 205 x 940 x 571
Order Ref
WGWD-08
Price £187.80
Workdesk on Static Frame Base
WGWD-08
Overall H x W x D mm 1115 x 940 x 475
Order Ref
WGWD-09
Price £268.95
Workdesk on Cupboard Base
305mm depth lockable cupboard.
Overall H x W x D mm 985 x 935 x 465
Order Ref
WGWD-10
Price £467.85
258
WORKDESKS
Redditek
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
259
WGWD-03
WORKSHOP
DESKS
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
> > Level working surface
> > Lockable drawer 405 x 410 x 100mm
> > Cubbyhole
> > Small rear top shelf
> > Grey epoxy finish
MADE IN
BRITIAN
WORKSHOP DESKS
Workdesk Wall Unit (complete with wall brackets)
Overall H x W x D mm 380 x 915 x 485
Order Ref
WGWD-02
Price £241.00
Workdesk on Static Frame Base
Overall H x W x D mm 1270 x 915 x 485
Order Ref
WGWD-03
Price £322.10
Workdesk on Cupboard Base
Full depth lockable cupboard with adjustable shelf.
WGWD-04
Overall H x W x D mm 1270 x 915 x 485
Order Ref
WGWD-04
Price £521.05
WGWD-02
FOREMAN’S
DESKS
DELIVERED
IN 20 DAYS
Full width Lockable Drawer
MADE IN
BRITIAN
Lockable cupboard with 2 adjustable shelves
Cupboard and drawer have separate keys.
All grey, or grey with blue doors and drawer.
Overall H x W x D mm 1270 x 915 x 485
Colour Grey Grey / Blue
Order Ref WGFD-01G WGFD-01GB
Price £510.85 £510.85
Redditek
WORKSHOP DESKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
259

260
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WORKPLACE MATTING
COBAMAT ®
Black Blue Red Green
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
A range of extremely flexible interwoven PVC safety matting available in
a choice of bright colours and hole sizes for different applications.
The open holes effectively trap swarf, debris and provide a drainage
channel for spilt liquids. The matting is cross-ribbed in both directions
to reduce the risk of slips, while at the same time providing comfort for
prolonged standing. COBAmat® is fully reversible, easy to clean and
resistant to mild acids and alkalis. All COBAmat® products are fire tested
to DIN 54332 (B2) part of DIN 4102.
Product height: 12mm.
COBAmat® can be made in custom widths and lengths as required.
Contact us for more information. Bespoke sizes available.
COBAmat ® Light
Ideal for trapping larger swarf particles
30mm x 30mm hole size
COBAmat ® Standard
An excellent all-rounder
22mm x 22mm hole size
Hole size
Sizes (Bespoke
sizes available)
Ref
Price
Hole size
Sizes (Bespoke
sizes available)
Ref
Price
1.2m x 10m WGCO0*1210 £796.34
1.2m x 10m WGCS0*1210 £796.34
1.2m x 5m WGCO0*1205 £399.28
1.2m x 5m WGCS0*1205 £399.28
30x30mm
0.6m x 10m WGCO0*0610 £399.28
0.6m x 5m WGCO0*0605 £200.23
0.9m x 10m WGCO0*0910 £597.25
0.9m x 5m WGCO0*0905 £299.16
22x22mm
0.6m x 10m WGCS0*0610 £399.28
0.6m x 5m WGCS0*0605 £200.23
0.9m x 10m WGCS0*0910 £597.25
0.9m x 5m WGCS0*0905 £299.22
COBAmat ® Inter
Increased slip-resistance
30mm x 10mm hole size
COBAmat ® Heavy
Tough construction for heavy duty use
22mm x 10mm hole size
Hole size
Sizes (Bespoke
sizes available)
Ref
Price
Hole size
Sizes (Bespoke
sizes available)
Ref
Price
1.2m x 10m WGCE0*1210 £981.33
1.2m x 10m WGCD0*1210 £1134.91
1.2m x 5m WGCE0*1205 £490.95
1.2m x 5m WGCD0*1205 £567.99
30x10mm
0.6m x 10m WGCE0*0610 £490.95
0.6m x 5m WGCE0*0605 £246.32
22x10mm
0.6m x 10m WGCD0*0610 £567.99
0.6m x 5m WGCD0*0605 £284.02
0.9m x 10m WGCE0*0910 £736.71
0.9m x 10m WGCD0*0910 £850.88
0.9m x 5m WGCE0*0905 £368.95
0.9m x 5m WGCD0*0905 £425.18
260
WORKPLACE MATTING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
261
Heavy: 22mm x 10mm
Standard: 22mm x 22mm
COBAMAT ®
Workstation
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
Edged all round PVC mat
> > Choose from two options:
1. Workstation Standard (hole size: 22mm x 22mm)
2. Workstation Heavy (hole size: 22mm x 10mm)
> > Interwoven PVC mat with safety bevelled edging all round
> > Open weave effectively traps debris
> > Cross-ribbed in both directions to reduce slip-related accidents.
> > Comfortable, anti-fatigue properties. Conforms to Slip Resistance Test
EN13552 Category R10
> > Fire tested to DIN 54332 (B2) part of DIN 4102
Product height: 12mm.
WORKPLACE MATTING
Hole size Size Ref Price
Heavy
22 x 10mm
1.2m x 1.8m WGWD010701 £107.43
1.0m x 1.5m WGWD010702 £199.67
0.6m x 1.2m WGWD010703 £272.74
Hole size Size Ref Price
Standard
22 x 22mm
0.6m x 1.2m WGWS010701 £82.14
1.0m x 1.5m WGWS010702 £152.96
1.2m x 1.8m WGWS010703 £209.76
FATIGUE
FIGHTER II
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
The ultimate in durable anti-fatigue mats
> > Dual fused layer construction for superior comfort and durability
> > Tough PVC foam textured top surface for excellent resilience against wear
and tear
> > Low density under layer provides extremely effective underfoot cushioning
> > Exceptional fatigue-relief properties – a real investment for the workplace
> > Ideal for demanding locations, especially where regular turning is involved
> > Tapered edges to reduce trip hazards
> > Range of colours available
Product height: 12.5mm
Size Colour Ref Price
Colour options
0.6m x Linear Metre Black WGFF010005C £50.62
0.6m x 0.9m Black WGFF010001 £62.42
0.6m x 18.3m Black WGFF010005 £759.21
0.9m x Linear Metre Black WGFF010003C £75.34
0.9m x 3.65m Black WGFF010004 £309.88
0.9m x 1.5m Black WGFF010002 £124.27
0.9m x 18.3m Black WGFF010003 £1145.57
0.9m x 18.3m Blue WGFF020003 £1145.57
0.9m x 18.3m Green WGFF040003 £1145.57
1.2m x 18.3m Black WGFF010006 £1499.89
1.2m x Linear Metre Black WGFF010006C £98.42
WORKPLACE MATTING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
261

262
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PACKAGING
PALLET SHRINK
SYSTEM
PK WGT (kg) Ref Price
6.00 WGSHRINKPRO-10 £405.00
PK WGT (kg) Ref Price
5.50 WGRIP-2200 £591.60
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Propane Gas Pallet Shrink Gun
> > Ergonomic design with integral stainless steel
“stay cool” shield, weighs 1.3kg
> > Wide area coverage for a quick and easy shrink
process that minimises hot spots
> > Tool in carry case with 8m hose, regulator,
spare igniter, spanners and grease
> > Safety gloves & goggles included
Ripack Pallet Shrink Gun with 8M Hose
> > Fitted with swivel connection, regulator and carry case
> > Instant ignition, improved reliability and more power
of up to 72kW gives higher productivity
> > Patented swivel cold nozzle and propane gas connection with
automatic valve shut-off makes this tool safe and easy to use
> > Hand tool weighs only 1.20kg. Total weight gun, accessories
and case 5.50kgs
ADJUSTABLE
TROLLEY
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Trolley Adjustable for 13Kg, 19Kg, 47Kg Gas Cylinders with Tool Holster
> > Heavy duty made with 32mm tubular steel and rubber wheels
> > Holster and hook fixing suitable for various shrink tools
PK WGT (kg) Ref Price
7.30 WGGCT £62.00
MOBILE SHRINK ROLL
DISPENSER & FILM
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
> > Dispenser has one roll holder
> > Made with 32mm steel sections on heavy duty castors
(2 lockable), can be wall mounted
> > PSS-1 adjustable from 1.2m to 2.0m wide holding up to
3 rolls of film. Additional spindle ref: WGSB
PK WGT (kg) Ref Price
15.70 WGPSS-1 £145.00
Centerfold film WGT (kg) Ref Price
Pallet shrink film centrefolded 1.0m opening to 2.0m x approx 108m x 125micron 25 WG125-1-2M-25 £76.50
Pallet shrink film centrefolded 1.5m opening to 3.0m x approx 74m x 125micron 25 WG125-1.5-3M-25 £76.50
Pallet shrink film centrefolded 2.0m opening to 4.0m x approx 55m x 125micron 25 WG125-2-4M-25 £83.00
Pallet covers perforated on the roll WGT (kg) Ref Price
Pallet shrink covers 110 micron (30 per roll) for euro pallet maximum 1.2m high 25 WGGPC-1210-30 £93.00
Pallet shrink covers 110 micron (26 per roll) for standard pallet maximum 1.2m high 25 WGGPC-1212-26 £84.50
262
PACKAGING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
263
POLYPROPYLENE
STRAPPING KIT
WGSTRKIT-6
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Kit-6 Heavy Duty 12mm PP Combination Mobile Strapping Kit
> > Comprises of a 12mm combination tool (3010), dispenser (PMD), PP
strapping (P12-200S) and seals (PP12-25-DISP)
> > Tool tensions, crimps seal and cuts strapping and is suitable for use on a
flat top surface
PACKAGING
Polypropylene strapping kit WGT (kg) Ref Price
KIT-6 Heavy duty 12mm PP
combination mobile strapping kit
24.10 WGSTRKIT-6 £175.00
Polypropylene Strapping System
WG2219-BT
WG32BS-12MM
Polypropylene strapping tools
Tensioner and cutter for 12-19mm
PP strapping
Weight
(kg)
Ref
Price
1.50 WG2219-BT £44.50
PP strapping sealer for 12mm wide seals 1.70 WG32BS-12MM £28.00
Combination tool for use with 12mm PP
strapping (use PP12-25 seals)
3.50 WGP-3010 £86.00
WGP-3010
Strapping and seals
12mm x 2000m x 130kgs approx
breaking strain. Black
12mm x 1500m x 200kgs approx
breaking strain. Black
12mm x 25mm (1000 per box)
semi-open
Weight
(kg)
Ref
Price
8.80 WGP12-130S £25.50
8.80 WGP12-200S £23.50
3.40 WGPP12-25-DISP £6.00
POLYPROPYLENE
STRAPPING SYSTEM
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
WGPSD
Weight 2.60kg
Price: £31.50
WGPMD
Weight 5.70kg
Price: £65.50
PSD - Portable Dispenser for PP Strapping Wound on Plastic Reels
> > Integral carry handle and integral “instant stop” brake preventing
strap run on
> > PMD - Mobile dispenser for PP strapping wound on plastic reel
> > Includes large tray for seals and tools and integral “instant stop” brake
preventing strap run on
WGTP-202CE
SEMI-AUTOMATIC
STRAPPING MACHINE
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
> > Semi-automatic strapping machine for PP strapping 6-15.5mm wide
> > Capable of 24 cycles per minute with manual tension control and height
adjustable legs for 930mm maximum table height
> > RoHS compliant and supplied ready to go with 12mm strapping fitted.
> > Dimensions: W902mm x D586mm x H760mm, weight 85kg
Weight (kg) Ref Price
85 WGTP-202CE £660.00
Polypropylene machine strapping on cardboard cores Weight (kg) Ref Price
12mm wide x 0.55mm thick x 3000m White, approx
break strain 125kg
10.20 WG12-125-MC £39.25
PACKAGING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
263

264
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PACKAGING
STEEL STRAPPING
KITS
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Steel Strapping Kits
Weight
(kg)
Ref
Price
WGRWM-30
SS Seals
RWM-30 dispenser, 4219-ST tensioner,
42SS-13MM sealer, 1 x RIB-13-W, 1 box
13-25SS seals
RWM-30 dispenser, 4219-ST tensioner,
42SS-16MM sealer, 1 x RIB-16-W, 1 box
16-25SS seals
33 WGRIB-13-KIT £225.00
37 WGRIB-16-KIT £230.00
RWM-30 dispenser, 4219-ST tensioner,
42SS-19MM sealer, 1 x RIB-19-W, 1 box
19-25SS seals
42 WGRIB-19-KIT £240.00
WG4219-ST
WG42SS-19MM
Steel Strapping Tools & Strap
Feedwheel tensioning tool for strapping 13-19mm wide up to 0.89mm thick
> > Sturdy tensioner for flat packages with no adjustments for strapping width
required, use with 42SS type sealer and snap-on seals
Weight (kg) Ref Price
0.92 WG42SS-13MM £29.50
0.92 WG42SS-16MM £29.50
0.92 WG42SS-19MM £29.50
Weight (kg) Tensioner Ref Price
2.10 13-19mm WG4219-ST £69.00
Sealers for Steel Strapping 13mm, 16mm & 19mm Wide
> > Robust double notch, use snap-on seals
Steel strapping
snap-on seals
13mm x 25mm x 0.5mm
(1000 per box)
16mm x 25mm x 0.5mm
(1000 per box)
19mm x 25mm x 0.5mm
(1000 per box)
Weight (kg) Ref Price
2.50 WG13-25SS £7.75
2.70 WG16-25SS £8.00
3.60 WG19-25SS £8.75
Steel strapping edges sheared &
dressed for protected handling
Ribbon wound boxed 13mm x
0.5mm x 341m. Break strain 600kg
Ribbon wound boxed 16mm x
0.5mm x 337m. Break strain 750kg
Ribbon wound boxed 19mm x
0.5mm x 335m. Break strain 900kg
Weight
(kg)
Ref
Price
17 WGRIB-13W £33.50
21 WGRIB-16W £40.50
25 WGRIB-19W £48.00
STEEL STRAPPING
DISPENSER
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Mobile Dispenser for up to 32mm Wide Ribbon Wound Strapping
> > Includes tray for seals and tools
Weight (kg) Ref Price
13.20 WGRWM-30 £111.00
STEEL STRAPPING
CUTTER
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
WGLMST-5
Seal-less combination tool for strapping 13-19mm wide up to 0.63mm thick
> > Good quality tool at competitive price with adjustable guides for strapping width in use
WGLMST-5
Weight 4.10kg
Price: £385.00
WGSSC-30
Safety cutter for steel strapping up to 30mm wide
> > Rubber pads secure strapping to prevent “springing”
WGSSC-30
Weight 1.00kg
Price: £39.50
264
PACKAGING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
265
HAND STRETCH FILM
& DISPENSER
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Mobile dispenser for up to 32mm wide ribbon wound strapping
> > Includes tray for seals and tools
PACKAGING
WGSR500
WGHSR-500-HD-1
WGMSW-M
Pallet stretch film dispensers Weight (kg) Ref Price
Dispenser for stretch film 400mm to 500mm
wide on 38mm, 50mm or 78mm cores
Heavy duty dispenser for stretch film 400mm to
500mm wide on 38mm, 50mm or 78mm cores
1.25 WGSR500 £14.50
1.85 WG HSR-500-HD-1 £28.50
Pallet stretch film Weight (kg) Ref Price
Clear cast 400mm x 300mm x 17 micron (6 rolls) 11.40 WG4030-17-6 £42.50
Clear cast 400mm x 300mm x 20 micron (6 rolls) 12.40 WG4030-20-6 £50.50
Clear brown 400mm x 200mm x 34 micron (6 rolls) 15.60 WG4020-34B-6 £56.50
Pallet stretch wrapper & film
Manual, wrap height up to 2m high
> > Reduces operator fatigue, eliminates bending and stretching
> > Adjustable tension ensures consistent wrapping with reduced film wastage
> > Can be moved to the load, no need for a dedicated wrapping area
> > Dimensions: W560mm x D1150mm x H2100mm
WGPSW-E1
Mobile pallet stretch wrappers & film Weight (kg) Ref Price
Manual, wrap height up to 2m high 85.00 WGMSW-M £1695.00
500mm x 600m x 12 micron cast stretch film 2.60 WG5060-12-HP £12.00
Mobile manual pallet wrapper 130.00 WGPSW-E1 £3740.00
Pallet wrapper with spring brake film tension for up to 2m high
> > The machine offers two automatic wrapping programmes
> > Standard turntable 1.65m diameter and wrap height 2.0m, larger turntable up to
1.8m diameter and wrap height up to 2.5m to order
> > Options include horse-shoe turntable and photocell for black film recognition
> > Dimensions: W1650mm x D2475mm x H2345mm
CARTON
SHREDDER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Cuts up to 320mm Wide x up to 12mm Thick
Weight (kg) Ref Price
92.00 WGCP316S2I £2088.00
> > E3 2017 compliant, up to 30% more energy efficient, using less electricity for the
same performance. Soft start means less component wear and quieter operation
> > Produces up to 2.3cu.m/hr void-fill with a recommended maximum continuous
run time of 1 hour
> > CP version produces flexible matting and CPS version produces 4mm wide
cut strips
> > Dimensions: W660mm x D660mm x H980mm, weight: 92kgs, footprint: 0.5sq m.
Power: 230/240v
STORAGE
BAGS
DELIVERED
IN 2-3 DAYS
Self Standing, Hard Sided Storage Bags
> > Transport and store recycling (PET bottles/ali cans etc.), laundry, useful for
retail hot spots and in schools etc.
> > Collapsible for storage, puncture resistant sides, lifting loops, made from
200gsm polypropylene, holds up to 1000 or 1500kg
Description Weight (kg) Ref Price
Self standing, hard sided storage bag 76cm x 76cm x 70cm 2.70 WGSSB-A-4 £26.00
PACKAGING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
265

Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
OFFICE
& PREMISES
266 - 308
This section of our catalogue includes an extensive selection of office and premises
equipment ranging from furniture and whiteboards to entrance mats and car park
bollards. Our Office & Premises range has been sourced for it’s durability and excellent
material quality ensuring our customers receive the very best value for money.
WORKSTATIONS 268-269
OFFICE SCREENS 270
MAGAZINE RACKS 271
WALL PLANNERS 272
OFFICE BOARDS 273-276
SCALES 277-279
MATTING 280-284
OFFICE FURNITURE 285-289
CHAIR SHIFTERS / TROLLEYS 290-293
BASKET TROLLEYS 294-295
MAILROOM TROLLEYS 296
BASKET TRUCKS 297
STAIR SAFETY 298-299
BIKE RACKS & SHELTERS 300
BOLLARDS 301
POSTS 302
GRIT BINS 303
SNOW PLOUGHS 304-305
GRIT SREADERS 306-308

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
267

268 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WORKSTATIONS
(A)
FRACTION
WORKSTATIONS
DELIVERED
IN 3 - 5 DAYS
(Option 1 - Supply Only)
The Fraction range is the first choice in affordable and practical
office furniture.
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
(Option 2 - Supplied Assembled)
Fraction is available in three finishes and offers a comprehensive range of
furniture including these desks, pedestals, meeting tables, bookcases and
filing cabinets. Fraction comes with 25mm desk tops, silver or white powder
coated steel cantilever frames and 2mm PVC edging on the tops.
(A) Core Workstation Option 1* Option 2**
Dims (W x H x D) Ref (Left hand) Price Price
1600 x 730 x 800/1200 WGZFPC1612(L) £167.58 £196.31
1800 x 730 x 800/1200 WGZFPC1812(L) £180.88 £206.48
Dims (W x H x D) Ref (Right hand) Price Price
(B)
1600 x 730 x 800/1200 WGZFPC1612 £167.58 £196.31
1800 x 730 x 800/1200 WGZFPC1812 £180.88 £206.48
(B) Rectangular Workstation Option 1* Option 2**
Dims (W x H x D) Ref (Left hand) Price 1 Price 2
1200 x 730 x 800 WGZFP1208 £119.70 £123.29
1400 x 730 x 800 WGZFP1408 £129.01 £130.47
1600 x 730 x 800 WGZFP1608 £134.33 £140.05
1800 x 730 x 800 WGZFP1808 £140.98 £144.24
(C)
(C) Wave Workstation Option 1* Option 2**
Dims (W x H x D) Ref (Left hand) Price Price
1400 x 730 x 800/1200 WGZFPW1410(L) £135.66 £155.01
1600 x 730 x 800/1200 WGZFPW1610 (L) £139.65 £166.38
Dims (W x H x D) Ref (Right hand) Price Price
1400 x 730 x 800/1200 WGZFPW1410(R) £135.66 £155.01
1600 x 730 x 800/1200 WGZFPW1610(R) £139.65 £166.38
Top Colours
White Nova-oak Beech
Frame Colours
White
Silver
WGFPFC4
WGZFPDDC2000
WGFPFC3
WGZFPDDC1600
WGFPFC2
WGZFPDDC720
Option 1* Option 2**
Description Dims (W x H x D) Ref (Left hand) Price 1 Price 2
2 Drawer Filing Cabinet 475 x 730 x 600 WGFPFC2 £146.30 £176.56
3 Drawer Filing Cabinet 475 x 1020 x 600 WGFPFC3 £178.22 £198.10
4 Drawer Filing Cabinet 475 x 1320 x 600 WGFPFC4 £199.50 £216.66
720 High Storage Unit - Supplied with 1 shelf 800 x 730 x 600 WGZFPDDC720 £113.05 £152.62
1600 High Storage Unit - Supplied with 3 shelves 800 x 1600 x 400 WGZFPDDC1600 £168.91 £197.51
2000 High Storage Unit - Supplied with 4 shelves 800 x 2000 x 400 WGZFPDDC2000 £199.50 £255.56
Additional Shelf WGGFS £13.20
268
WORKSTATIONS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
269
FRACTION
WORKSTATIONS
DELIVERED
IN 3 - 5 DAYS
(Option 1 - Supply Only)
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
(Option 2 - Supplied Assembled)
The Fraction range is the first choice in affordable
and practical office furniture.
WORKSTATIONS
(A)
Nova-oak
Beech
WGFPFP3D
(B)
(C) (D) (E)
WGFPMP2D
WGFPMP3D WGFPDHP63 WGFPDHP83
Option 1* Option 2**
Description Drawers Dims (W x H x D) Ref Price 1 Price 2
(A) Fixed Pedestal 2 430 x 500 x 530 WGFPFP2D £93.96 £107.73
(B) Fixed Pedestal 3 409 x 450 x 530 WGFPFP3D £101.15 £114.38
(C) Low Mobile Pedestal 2 435 x 533 x 572 WGFPMP2D £110.39 £124.49
(D) Low Mobile Pedestal 3 435 x 533 x 572 WGFPMP3D £118.37 £130.47
(E) Desk High Pedestal 3 435 x 730 x 600 WGFPDHP63 £129.01 £154.41
(E) Desk High Pedestal 3 435 x 730 x 800 WGFPDHP83 £139.65 £166.98
*Option 1. Delivered within 3 working days to room of choice. Self assembly will be required. Left in packaging.
**Option 2. Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and removed and recycled.
(F)
(G)
WGZFPMT1608
WGFZPBT2400
(F) Rectangular Meeting Table Option 1* Option 2**
Dims (W x H x D) Ref Price Price
1200 x 730 x 800 WGZFPMT1208 £109.06 £111.92
1600 x 730 x 800 WGZFPMT1608 £123.69 £140.05
1800 x 730 x 800 WGZFPMT1808 £131.67 £147.83
(G) Barrel Shaped Meeting Table
Option 2**
Dims (W x H x D) Ref Price
2400 x 730 x 1200 WGZFPBT2400 £245.39
(H)
(H) Circular Meeting Table
Option 1* Option 2**
WGZFPCMT10D
Dims (W x H x D) Ref Price Price
1000 x 730 WGZFPCMT10D £114.38 £134.06
1200 x 730 WGZFPCMT12D £121.03 £135.26
WORKSTATIONS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
269

270
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
OFFICE SCREENS
OFFICE
SCREENS
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
Linking Screens
> > Flexible linking system allow the office screens to be
positioned at any angle required
> > Fitted with height/angle adjustable feet, screw-down
feet or castors also available at extra cost
Desktop Screens
> > Clamp to any desktop to provide a designated work area
and a degree of privacy
> > Standard clamps open to 25mm max, larger
opening clamps available at extra cost on request
Dimensions
H x W mm
Straight Top
Wave Top
Ref Price Ref Price
1200 x 800 WGGA2-12-8 £204.79 WGGA2W-12-8 £229.54
1200 x 1200 WGGA2-12-12 £227.26 WGGA2W-12-12 £252.02
1200 x 1600 WGGA2-12-16 £236.27 WGGA2W-12-16 £261.03
1200 x 1800 WGGA2-12-18 £265.48 WGGA2W-12-18 £290.28
1500 x 1200 WGGA2-15-12 £231.77 WGGA2W-15-12 £256.52
1500 x 1600 WGGA2-15-16 £272.26 WGGA2W-15-16 £297.01
1500 x 1800 WGGA2-15-18 £283.50 WGGA2W-15-18 £308.25
1800 x 1200 WGGA2-18-12 £261.03 WGGA2W-18-12 £285.88
1800 x 1600 WGGA2-18-16 £294.73 WGGA2W-18-16 £319.48
Stock Cara Fabrics
100% polyolefin, bright and easy to clean, fully flame retardant to BS
476 Part 7, Class 1.
Ronay Tummel Lora Maree Staffa
PLEASE NOTE: These items are made to order and to customer colour
selection - therefore they are non-returnable.
Dimensions
H x W mm
Straight Top
Wave Top
Ref Price Ref Price
400 x 800 WGGAD1-4-8 £135.04 WGGAD1W-4-8 £159.80
400 x 1200 WGGAD1-4-12 £139.50 WGGADW-4-12 £164.25
400 x 1600 WGGAD1-4-16 £153.01 WGGAD1W-4-16 £177.76
500 x 800 WGGAD1-5-8 £139.50 WGGAD1W-5-8 £164.25
500 x 1200 WGGAD1-5-12 £157.52 WGGAD1W-5-12 £171.03
500 x 1600 WGGAD1-5-16 £159.80 WGGAD1W-5-16 £182.27
Floor Standing Screens
> > Ideal for dividing open spaces in many locations such as
schools, offices and universities
> > Fitted with height/angle adjustable feet, screw-down feet or
castors also available at extra cost
Dimensions
H x W mm
Straight Top
Wave Top
Ref Price Ref Price
1200 x 800 WGGA1-12-8 £184.55 WGGA1W-12-8 £209.24
1200 x 1200 WGGA1-12-12 £198.01 WGGA1W-12-12 £222.76
1200 x 1600 WGGA1-12-16 £216.03 WGGA1W-12-16 £240.78
1200 x 1800 WGGA1-12-18 £243.01 WGGA1W-12-18 £267.76
1500 x 1200 WGGA1-15-12 £211.52 WGGA1W-15-12 £236.27
1500 x 1600 WGGA1-15-16 £252.02 WGGA1W-15-16 £276.77
1500 x 1800 WGGA1-15-18 £263.25 WGGA1W-15-18 £288.00
1800 x 1200 WGGA1-18-12 £243.01 WGGA1W-18-12 £263.25
1800 x 1600 WGGA1-18-12 £272.26 WGGA1W-18-16 £297.01
270
OFFICE SCREENS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
271
HORIZONTAL
LITERATURE RACKS
Conventional document storage for floor or desktop.
> > Rigid steel racks are supplied ready assembled
> > May be linked vertically or horizontally, mounting hole provided
> > Tan finish
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Non-scratch rubber feet
MAGAZINE RACKS
Number of
pockets
H x W x D mm Ref Price
9 275 x 860 x 300 WG431 £154.00
12 362 x 860 x 300 WG432 £184.00
15 450 x 860 x 300 WG434 £200.00
Colour Options
Tan
Grey
Black
VERTICAL
LITERATURE RACKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Exclusive Con-Tur® design eliminates curling of paper.
Wall mounting or stand on floor.
> > Pockets hold A4 magazines, or up to 150 sheets of paper
(pocket opening is 216H x 223W x 19D mm)
> > Top 65mm is visible to easy identification
> > Prime steel, powder coated in choice of four colours
> > Keyhole slots for easy wall mounting
> > Optional legs for free standing use
Number of
pockets
H x W x D mm Ref Price
5 515 x 250 x 105 WG403 £92.00
11 915 x 250 x 105 WG402 £117.00
20 1475 x 250 x 105 WG400 £134.00
23 1665 x 250 x 105 WG401 £144.00
Colour Options
Tan
Grey
Black
VERTICAL
LITERATURE RACKS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Full 360° rotation on ball bearing turntable.
> > Models suitable for desk or floor standing
Number of
pockets
H x W x D mm Ref Price
20 590 x 360 x 360 WG409 £300.00
44 1230 x 360 x 360 WG410 £450.00
80 1545 x 360 x 360 WG416 £518.00
92 1735 x 360 x 360 WG415 £548.00
Colour Options
Tan
Grey
Black
MAGAZINE RACKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
271

272
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WALL PLANNERS
WALL
PLANNERS
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
Designed to meet the need for instant information in an immediate and
simple format.
Annual/Weekly Kit
Weekly Kit
Annual Kit. Multi- application kit.
Schedule all plans over a year on
a daily basis. Comprises of 12 x
32 slot depth monthly panels, wall
supports, title strips, index panel,
1 box of size 1 T-Cards (white)
and 5 boxes* of size 2 T-Cards.
Multi- application kit. Schedule all
plans on a 7 day, weekly basis using
the larger size 3 T-Cards. Comprises
7 x 54 slot depth day panels, index
panel, wall supports, header strips,
magnetic label holders and 6 boxes*
of size 3 T-Cards.
W x H mm Ref Price
805 x 655 WGDMY-365 £219.95
H x W mm Ref Price
995 x 775 WGWPK-3 £294.95
General Purpose T-Card Planning Kit
An economical, 54 slot depth (size 2)
yearly multi- application display board
kit. Kit contains 12 x 54 slot depth panels,
wall rails, day/month labels, index panel,
1 box of size 1 T-Cards (white), 10 boxes*
T-Cards in 10 colours.
Office Planner Kit
Can be used as daily, weekly or job
planner kit. Kit contains 7 x 24 slot
panels, index panel, 1 box of size 1
T-Cards (white), wall rails, 7 boxes*
Size 2 T-Cards in 7 colours.
W x H mm Ref Price
805 x 960 WG29112 £299.95
H x W mm Ref Price
480 x 480 WG29110 £95.95
*Colours randomly selected
CUSTOM BUILT
T-CARD SYSTEMS
DELIVERED
IN 7-10 DAYS
3 easy steps to form a T-Card system to your exact requirements.
> > Step 1 - Select the system T-Card size(s), any combination of T-Card sizes
can be accommodated
> > Step 2 - Select the panel height (number of slots) any combination of panel
widths, but only one height per system
> > Step 3 - Select the numbers of panels (columns) required, calculate the
system width and select the fixed wall rail support(s)
Step 1: 170gsm Card T-Cards
T-Card Dimensions Pack Ref Price
A B C D
QTY
Size 1 15 28 49 16.5 100 WG200/10 £1.96
Size 1.5 15 45 53 36 100 WG200/15 £2.25
Size 2 15 60 85 48.5 100 WG200/20 £2.55
Size 3 15 92 120 80 100 WG200/30 £3.75
Size 4 15 124 180 112 100 WG200/40 £6.45
Step 2: T-Cards Panels
To Suit Width 655mm High (32) Slots 955mm High (54) Slots
T-Cards (mm)
Ref Price Ref Price
Size 1 32 WG210/32 £11.95 WG210/54 £14.95
Size 1.5 48 WG215/32 £12.75 WG215/54 £16.95
Size 2 64 WG220/32 £13.95 WG220/54 £18.95
Size 3 96 WG230/32 £15.75 WG230/54 £22.95
Size 4 128 WG240/32 £19.95 WG240/54 £28.95
White, Red, Yellow, Pink, Green,
Pale blue, Orange, Grey, Beige and Purple*
Printer T-Cards
T-Card
Size
Pack
QTY
*Please also note that the Size 4 T-Cards in colours Purple & Grey have been discontinued but remain for all other sizes.
Ref
Step 3: Fixed Walls Rails (pair)
Width (mm) Ref Price (per pair)
388 WG30573 £36.95
481 WG30571 £39.95
645 WG30572 £45.95
772 WG30574 £51.95
No more handwritten T-Cards!
Produce data straight from the computer.
Price
(per pack)
Size 2 180 WGPTC-2 £16.75
Size 3 80 WGPTC-3 £16.75
272
WALL PLANNERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
273
PIVOTING MOBILE
WHITEBOARDS
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
Pivoting mobile panels which save time and space
and double your writing area.
> > Aluminium frame with four heavy duty castors
> > Double sided commercial panel
> > 360° panel rotation, lockable in any position
> > Pen tray
> > Accepts magnetic accessories
> > Grey powder coated steel frame with lockable castors
> > Supplied in knockdown form for rapid on-site assembly
WHITEBOARDS
Board Size Overall Magnetic
W x H mm W x H mm Ref Price
1200 x 900 1840 x 1300 WGM687430 £207.00
1200 x 1200 1840 x 1300 WGM687440 £239.00
1500 x 1200 1840 x 1600 WGM687540 £272.00
1800 x 1200 1840 x 1900 WGM68640 £315.00
REVOLVING
WHITEBOARDS
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
Makes excellent use of space for notices and writing,
ideal for busy offices and call centre environments.
> > Sturdy black powder coated steel pole and base
> > Boards rotate 360°
> > Excellent space saving design takes up very little floor space
Board Size Overall Ref Price
W x H mm W x H mm
1200 x 560 2015 x 560 WG1018 £630.00
WHITEBOARDS
ACCESSORIES
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
Standard Whiteboard
Starter Pack
4 whiteboard markers
(assorted colours), non -
magnetic eraser, 250ml
whiteboard cleaner, 2 x non
abrasive cloths
Deluxe Whiteboard
Starter Pack
4 whiteboard markers
(assorted colours), magnetic
eraser, 250ml whiteboard
cleaner, 2 x non abrasive
cloths, magnetic buttons
Magnetic Buttons
> > Colourful bullet points
> > Hold papers on board
> > 20mm diameter (pack of 10)
Ref: WGVWMAG20 £7.75
Eraser
Refillable whiteboard eraser
Ref: WGVWBER £6.75
Replaceable erasing pads
Ref: WGVWBERR £5.75
Ref: WG638009 £17.00
Ref: WG638010 £14.00
WHITEBOARDS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
273

274
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
NOTICEBOARDS
MODULAR DISPLAY
PARTITIONS
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
A large panel divide/display system with double sided panels supported by
sturdy steel legs.
> > All panels have heavy duty aluminium frames and can be mounted
landscape or portrait
> > Panels are Velcro friendly, accept pins, colourfast and fire resistant to BS
5867 Part 2 1980
> > A simple hinge and securing disc allows easy removal and angled screening
of the panels
Dimensions W x H mm Ref Price
Header Panel 1800 x 200 mm WG432200 £110.00
Header Panel 1200 x 200 mm WG432300 £84.00
Header Extension Pole WG432399 £41.00
Set Description Ref Price
A 2 x (1800 x 900 mm Panels), 3 x Poles/Bases WG427000A £630.00
B 2 x (1800 x 1200 mm Panels), 3 x Poles/Bases WG428000B £641.00
C 3 x (1200 x 1200 mm Panels), 4 x Poles/Bases WG429000C £826.00
D 3 x (1800 x 1200 mm Panels), 4 x Poles/Bases WG430000D £946.00
E 3 x (1800 x 900 mm Panels), 4 x Poles/Bases WG431000E £859.00
F
6 x (1800 x 900 mm Panels), 4 x Poles/Bases,
1 x Header (1800 x 200 mm)*
WG432000A £1,359.00
Special customised sizes are available, please contact us for
more details.
* Includes header extension poles
Colour Options
Light Blue
Black
Navy
Yellow
Dark Grey
Emerald
Royal
Alfa Red
Burgundy
Light Grey
TAMPER PROOF
SHOWCASES
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
A stylish modern designed one door showcase for displaying notices,
artwork, presentations etc.
> > Satin silver anodised aluminium frame with flared corner caps. Two locks for
added security
> > The door is gas strut hinged at the top for vertical opening. Internal
showcase with pinable backing. Velcro friendly and fire resistant. 9 standard
colour options, please specify
> > External showcases with magnetic white board surface. Woven fabric also
available, please enquire. 100% waterproof IP55 certified to EN60529:1992
Dimensions Internal Showcase External Showcase
A4 Pages W x H mm Ref Price Ref Price
8 Portrait A4 750 x 970 WG400210 £350.00 WG401830 £365.00
15 Portrait A4 1050 x 1185 WG400260 £472.00 WG401860 £502.00
18 Portrait A4 1050 x 1400 WG400270 £543.00 WG401870 £541.00
External Post Mounting Kit for
permanent ground mounting.
Ref: WGSSPMX2
Price: £285.50
Colour Options
Black
Beige
Silver Grey
Dark Grey
Green
Blue
Red
Burgundy
Light Blue
274
NOTICEBOARDS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
275
ANTIBAC ®
NOTICEBOARD
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
> > Smooth aluminium frame with easy fix corners for wall mounting
> > X-Static® antibacterial protection on all boards. Boards are either
landscape/portrait orientation
NOTICEBOARDS
Dimensions
L x H mm
Internal
L x H mm
Frame
Depth mm
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
900 x 600 836 x 536 22 5 WG270320 £133.00
600 x 900 536 x 836 22 5 WG270230 £133.00
1200 x 900 1136 x 836 22 9 WG270430 £165.00
900 x 1200 836 x 1136 22 9 WG270340 £165.00
1200 x 1200 1136 x 1136 22 11 WG270440 £189.00
1800 x 1200 1736 x 1136 22 16 WG270640 £296.00
2400 x 1200 2336 x 1136 22 22 WG270840 £307.00
Colour Options
Rust
Ice Blue
Asparagus
ANTIBAC ®
TAMPERPROOF
NOTICEBOARD
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
> > Lockable door with 3mm shatterproof PET glazing
> > X-Static® antibacterial protection on all boards. Boards are either
landscape/portrait orientation
Dimensions
L x H mm
Internal
L x H mm
Frame
Depth mm
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
600 x 900 534 x 834 44 9 WG260230 £239.00
900 x 600 834 x 534 44 9 WG260320 £239.00
900 x 900 834 x 834 44 12 WG260330 £257.00
900 x 1200 834 x 1134 44 15 WG260340 £280.00
1200 x 900 1134 x 834 44 15 WG260430 £280.00
1200 x 1200 1134 x 1134 44 19 WG260440 £370.00
Colour Options
Rust
Ice Blue
Asparagus
NOTICEBOARDS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
275

276
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
NOTICEBOARDS
METROPOLITAN
FRAME NOTICEBOARD
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
> > Attractive aluminium framed noticeboards
> > Anodised satin silver aluminium frame
> > Felt fabric covering is fire rated to BS 5867 Part 2 1980
Colour Options
Green
Blue
Red
Burgundy
Grey
Sky Blue
Black
Dimensions Ref Price
L x H x D mm
900 x 600 x 22 WG406230 £61.00
1200 x 600 x 22 WG406340 £93.00
1200 x 1200 x 22 WG406440 £102.00
1500 x 1200 x 22 WG406540 £135.00
1800 x 1200 x 22 WG406640 £139.00
2400 x 1200 x 22 WG406840 £159.00
DELUXE TAMPER
PROOF ALUMINIUM
NOTICEBOARD
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
> > Aluminium framed noticeboard with 3mm shatterproof PET cover
or maximum protection
> > Locking doors for full protection with either allen key or matching
key locks
> > Feltfabric is fire rated to BS 5867 Part 2 1980.
Colour Options
Green
Blue
Red
Burgundy
Grey
Sky Blue
Black
Dimensions Doors Allen Key Locking Key Locking
L x H x D mm Ref Price Ref Price
900 x 600 x 44 1 WG614320 £126.00 WG648320 £126.00
900 x 900 x 44 1 WG614330 £164.00 WG648330 £164.00
900 x 1200 x 44 1 WG614430 £180.00 WG648430 £180.00
1200 x 900 x 44 2 WG614340 £180.00 WG648340 £180.00
1200 x 1200 x 44 1 WG614440 £217.00 WG648440 £217.00
1500 x 1200 x 44 2 WG614540 £315.00 WG648540 £315.00
1800 x 1200 x 44 2 WG614640 £348.00 WG648640 £348.00
2400 x 1200 x 44 2 WG614840 £415.00 WG648840 £415.00
METROPOLITAN
TAMPER PROOF
NOTICEBOARD
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
> > Heavy duty tamperproof noticeboard, lockable doors and frame
> > Anodised satin silver aluminium, designed to prevent any door drop
> > Shatterproof 3mm PET clear glazing panel fire
certified to BS 476 Class 1Y
> > Felt fabric covering is fire rated to BS 5867 Part 2 1980
Colour Options
Green
Blue
Red
Burgundy
Grey
Sky Blue
Black
Dimensions
L x H mm
Internal
L x H mm
Frame
Depth mm
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
600 x 900 534 x 834 44 8 WG404230 £163.00
900 x 600 834 x 534 44 8 WG404320 £163.00
900 x 900 834 x 834 44 10 WG404330 £191.00
900 x 1200 834 x 1134 44 13 WG404340 £228.00
1200 x 900 1134 x 834 44 13 WG404430 £228.00
1200 x 1200 1134 x 1134 44 16 WG404440 £272.00
276
NOTICEBOARDS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
277
SCALES
DELIVERED
IN 5-7 DAYS
SCALES
Light Capacity Platform Scales
> > Four full load bridge loadcells with self levelling, anti-slip feet
> > Stainless steel indicator pod with 5m cable
> > Wall or bench mount bracket included
> > Function keys for on/off; tare; units and hold/print
> > 160 x 80 x 30mm pod size with 17mm high digital display in kg or lb
Stainless steel platform
suits hygienic or general
purpose weighing
Capacity
Platform
H x W x D mm
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
300kg x 50g 60 x 550 x 550 15 WGWS300-50 £275.00
300kg x 50g 60 x 900 x 550 17 WGWS300-90 £320.00
Stainless steel indicator pod with 5m cable
Portable Bench Scales
> > A portable general purpose bench scale
> > Simple operation with four functions - on/off/sero and lb/kg
> > Batteries 4 x 1.5V (not included)
> > Auto-off feature
> > UK & EU power adapter supplied as standard
> > Approvals CE & WEE directive
> > Bench or wall mount bracket supplied
Platform
W380 x W300 x H27mm
Capacity Resolution Ref Price
15kg 5g WGWS/15 £145.00
60kg 20g WGWS60 £145.00
120kg 50g WGWS/120 £145.00
Displays 7 digits in
kg & g, lbs & oz.
245 x 215 mm stainless
steel platform.
Electronic Bench Scale
> > A light industrial bench scale for kitchens, post rooms, store areas
and warehouses
> > Tough ABS case with adjustable feet
> > Rechargeable battery, approx 160 hours life
> > Mains adapter also included
> > Function keys for on/off/zero and tare/units
Capacity H x W x D mm Ref Price
6kg x 1g 95 x 250 x 300 WG405/6 £105.00
15kg x 2g 95 x 250 x 300 WG405/15 £105.00
Weighing & Counting Scales
> > Robust high impact ABS case
> > Battery powered, with 12V main adapter
> > Ideal for stocktaking and parts counting
> > Auto off feature with variable setting
> > Top plate 290 x 220mm
3 displays - weight,
piece, count - 15mm high
Capacity H x W x D mm Ref Price
6kg x 1g 117 x 295 x 335 WGB140/6 £220.00
15kg x 2g 117 x 295 x 335 WGB140/15 £220.00
30kg x 5g 117 x 295 x 335 WGB140/30 £220.00
SCALES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
277

278
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SCALES
SCALES
DELIVERED
IN 5-7 DAYS
Electronic Floor & Bench Scales
Provides consistently accurate weight measurement
> > Weights are clearly displayed in large 25.4mm backlit
LCD numbers
> > Continues to display weight even after the item is removed
> > Low battery indicator. Adapter also included for reliable
power in fixed locations
> > Auto-shutdown after 2 minutes of non use
Capacity Resolution Platform
H x W x D mm
Ref
Price
45kg 100g 278 x 318 WGGP45 £120.00
110kg 200g 278 x 318 WGGP110 £120.00
General Purpose Scales
Low cost & high performance, suitable for warehouses, despatch
checkweigher for volume despatches, receipts, commercial applications
where accuracy and speed of weighing is key.
> > Function keys on/off/zero, tare, units, hold print
> > Capacities 75 to 300 kg
> > Strong base with stainless steel platform and pole
> > Indicator can be bench or column mounted (with swivel) as standard
- large clear display
> > Built in rechargeable battery or mains powered as required
> > Adapter/recharger supplied
> > Display height 930mm
Capacity Resolution Platform
H x W x D mm
Ref
Price
75kg 10g 559 x 457 WGS10075 £225.00
150kg 20g 559 x 457 WGS100150 £225.00
300kg 50g 559 x 457 WGS100300 £225.00
Suspended
Mechanical Scale
Suspended Mechanical Scales
> > 425mm hook to hook
> > Accuracy better than 1:250
> > 20% zero adjustment provided
Capacity Resolution Ref Price
5kg 20g WGSMS-1 £80.00
10kg 50g WGSMS-2 £80.00
25kg 100g WGSMS-3 £80.00
50kg 200g WGSMS-4 £80.00
100kg 500g WGSMS-5 £80.00
Hand Held
Balance Scale
Hand Held Balance Scales
> > Hand held or suspended balance with lifting handle
> > Switchable to imperial units
> > Tare & reading hold facility
> > Battery operated
> > Auto-off after two minutes
Capacity Resolution Ref Price
10kg 10g WGES10 £97.00
25kg 20g WGES25 £97.00
45kg 50g WGES45 £97.00
278
SCALES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
279
HEAVY DUTY
SCALES
More sizes available online
DELIVERED
IN 5-10 DAYS
Platform Scales
Ideal for industrial weighing applications such as goods receiving,
warehouse and despatch.
> > Mild steel, thick safety tread top plate with powder coated paint finish
> > Low profile platform 4 load cells IP65 rated
> > Overload protection 150% of rated capacity
> > Junction box - top access for easy installation and service
> > Complete with digital indicator up to 30,000 resolutions
> > Time and date display with six digit, 20mm high red LED
> > 4.6m lead as standard from indicator to platform
> > RS232 connectivity
> > Shipping weight 116kg
> > Key functions: Gross/Net Weight/Counting Checkweighing Peak Hold/
Totalising/Print/Zero/Tare/Select Units/on/off
HEAVY DUTY SCALES
Capacity
Platform
H x W x D mm
Weight
kg
Ref
Price
2500kg x 0.5g 1210 x 1210 x 102 116 WG816965005246 £790.00
L1200 x W100 x H60mm
Portable Beam Scales
Ideal whenever it is necessary to take the weighing equipment to the load.
> > Mild steel beams
> > Lightweight 15kg beams can withstand a 2.5 tonne load
> > Complete with ABS plastic enclosed weigh indicator
> > Capacity 0-2500kg x 0.5kg
> > 200% overload protection
> > Supplied with mains / rechargeable battery operated indicator
> > RS232 output allows for connection to a PC, printer and other serial devices
Ref Capacity Price
WGWB-5212500 2500kg £650.00
WGWB-5215000 5000kg £695.00
Ref
Price
WGDS1000ST £65.00
965mm high
Ref Price
WGDS1000 £535.00
H46 x W800 x D800mm
Drum Weigher / Floor Scale
A portable drum weigher /floor scale for use in a wide range of applications.
> > Powder coated steel with smooth top plate surface and two handles
and wheels to easily relocate
> > Adjustable foot pads to work effectively on uneven floors
> > Built-in ramp ends for recessed floors
> > Supplied with mains / rechargeable battery operated indicator with an
LED display
> > Keys On/Off/Zero, Tare, Units, Hold/Print
Electronic Crane Weighers
Compact construction – minimal loss of headroom.
> > Hooks and shackles have top or bottom fittings
> > “Peak Hold” facility captures peak load reading
> > IP 55 rated for outdoor use
> > Sleep mode maximises battery life
> > 26mm high 6 digit LCD display
> > Power-2 C dell replaceable battery
> > Units of measure in kg, tonnes, lbs and newtons
Capacity
(tonnes)
Resolution
(kg)
Bottom
Shackle Ref
Price
Bottom
Hook Ref
Price
1 1 WGEDJ/1S £1045.00 WGEDJ/1H £1115.00
2 2 WGEDJ/2S £1100.00 WGEDJ/2H £1245.00
5 5 WGEDJ/5S £1220.00 WGEDJ/5H £1375.00
10 10 WGEDJ/10S £1745.00 WGEDJ/10H £2040.00
HEAVY DUTY SCALES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
279

280 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ENTRANCE MATS
ENVIRO-MAT
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Made from 100% recycled materials.
> > Sturdy doormat manufactured from 100% recycled materials
> > Heavy-duty recycled rubber backing helps to grip to the floor surface
> > Raised pattern polyester carpet surface made from recycled plastic bottles
scrapes and traps dirt/debris
> > Total carpet coverage eliminates torn borders
> > UV and fade resistant surface
Pile material: 100% recycled plastic (bottles)
Backing: 100% recycled rubber (tyres)
Product height: 10mm
Total weight: 3.7kg/m2
Blue Brown Grey Charcoal
Enviro-Mat is manufactured entirely from recycled plastic
bottles and tyres.
Size Ref Price
0.6m x 0.9m WGEM0*0001 £26.99
0.9m x 1.5m WGEM0*0002 £65.82
1.2m x 1.8m WGEM0*0003 £105.73
ENTRA-PLUSH
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Crush-resistant carpet doormat.
> > Effective carpet doormat for floor protection
> > Crush resistant, quick drying carpet surface
> > Ideal for wiping moisture from wet footwear
> > Polypropylene fibres scrape and trap dirt
> > Slip and stain-resistant PVC ‘stay in place’ backing
Pile material: 100% polypropylene
Backing: Slip and stain-resistant PVC
Product height: 7mm
Total weight: 2.7kg/m2
Grey
Green
Red Blue Brown
Size Ref Price
0.6m x 0.9m WG PP0*0001 £17.46
0.9m x 1.5m WGPP0*0002 £43.31
1.2m x 1.8m WGPP0*0003 £67.52
FIRST-STEP
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Tacky mats for contamination control.
White
Blue
Easy peel
> > A hygienic pad of peel-off adhesive coated, disposable sheets manufactured
from an anti-microbial agent to protect against bacteria, mould and mildew
> > Once applied to the floor the self-adhesive backing keeps the mat in place
> > The ‘tacky’ sheets capture dirt and dust from footwear and wheeled equipment
for contamination control
> > When the top sheet becomes soiled, simply peel off to reveal a clean layer
> > Adhesive backed pads stick directly to the floor surface
> > Ideal for hospitals, clean rooms, general industrial and food
contact applications
> > Product height: 1.5mm
Size Ref Price
0.45m x 1.17m (pack of four pads with 30 layers) WGWC0*0004 £220.47
280
ENTRANCE MATS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
281
TOUGHRIB
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Robust, heavy-duty, tough on dirt.
> > Heavy-duty ribbed carpet surface
> > Polypropylene fibres effectively scrape dirt and moisture
> > Debris is collected in the carpet surface ‘channels’
> > Non-staining, slip-resistant PVC backing
> > Flammability rating Euroclass EN 13501-1
Pile material: 100% polypropylene
Backing: Slip and stain-resistant PVC
Product height: 5mm
Total weight: 3.5kg/m2
ENTRANCE MATS
Size Ref Price
0.6m x 0.9m WGTR0*0001 £21.94
0.9m x 1.5m WGTR0*0002 £54.02
1.2m x 1.8m
(now only available in Charcoal)
WGTR0*0003 £87.19
0.9m x 1.2m WGTR0*0004 £45.58
Green
Red
Grey
Brown
Charcoal
COBAWASH ®
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Practical, machine washable.
> > A real asset in floor protection for domestic and commercial use
> > Easy care, smaller sizes* can be washed in a domestic washing machine
(All sizes can be washed in an industrial washing machine)
> > Tufted nylon/polyester carpet pile retains up to 3.5 litres/m2 of moisture
> > Also traps up to 800g of debris/dry dust
> > Features a robust nitrile ‘gripper’ backing
> > Bleach / fade resistant – 11 year warranty against significant colour loss
Pile material: Nylon/polyester
Backing: Features a robust nitrile ‘gripper’ backing.
Product height: 9mm
Total weight: 2. 3kg/m2
Size Ref Price
*0.6m x 0.9m WGLM010*01 £42.75
0.9m x 1.5m WGLM010*02 £100.79
1.15m x 1.75m WGLM010*03 £158.05
*0.9m x 1.2m WGLM010*04 £83.22
Brown
Blue
Red
Grey
ENTRANCE MATS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
281

282 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
ENTRANCE MATS
PREMIER
ENTRANCE TILES
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
A range of quality PVC/carpet interlocking tiles for commercial
entrance areas, ideal for high volume footfall.
Versatile, cost effective and easy to install in recessed matwells or
laid to surface with bevelled edging. The PVC base tile in all options is
manufactured from 100% recycled materials making the Premier range
an environmentally-friendly choice.
Description Tile Size Colour Ref Price
Premier Plus 30cm x 45cm Black/Charcoal
or Black/Grey
WGPMP010*01 £24.77
Premier
Track
30cm x 45cm
Grey/Anthracite,
Brown or Blue
WGPT010*01 £28.12
Charcoal
Grey
Premier Plus
> > Ideal for recessed entrance wells
> > Quality needlepunch carpet insert
> > Effectively scrapes dirt and wipes moisture
> > Links together to cover all floor sizes – indoor use
> > Move, clean or replace individual tiles with ease
> > Flexible - easily cut to shape
> > Fire tested to EN13501 Euro Classification E(F1)
> > Tile base is colourfast to light: BS EN ISO 105 B02:1999
Product height: 18mm
Grey/Anthracite Brown Blue
Premier Track
> > Heavy-duty, premium quality
> > Ideal for recessed entrance wells
> > Crush-resistant nylon carpet insert
> > Effectively scrapes dirt and wipes moisture
> > Suitable for wheeled trolleys
> > Safe for high heeled footwear
> > Move, clean or replace individual tiles with ease
> > Fire tested to EN13501 Euro Classification B(F2)S2
> > Slip tested to BS 7976-2:2002 Pendulum Test
Product height: 16mm
Load tested to 1,000 g. This means that these tiles can withstand
supermarket supply trolleys.
282
ENTRANCE MATS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
283
COBASCRAPE
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Just the job for oily locations.
> > 100% nitrile construction for resistance to most chemicals, oils and greases
> > Raised surface provides a firm footing in greasy or oily conditions
> > A comfortable alternative to a hard, cold floor
> > Machine washable
> > Supplied with safety bevelled edges
Product height: 6mm
ENTRANCE MATS
Size Ref Price
0.85m x 0.75m WGCS010001 £63.55
0.85m x 1.5m WGCS010002 £116.44
0.85m x 3m WGCS010003 £246.89
1.1m x 1.7m WGCS010004 £190.09
ENTRAMAT
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Black Brown Grey
Entramat Standard
Quality that stands the test of time!
> > High quality dirt-scraper mat for outdoor use
> > Manufactured from interwoven flexible PVC extrusions
for durability
> > Cross-ribbed surface scrapes footwear and the open holes
capture debris
> > Bevelled edging as standard for safety and wheeled access
> > Available in Standard and Heavy Duty options
Material: PVC. Product height: 12mm
Hole size: 22mm x 22mm (Standard)
22mm x 10mm (Heavy)
Weight: 5.3kg/m2 (Standard)
7.0kg (Heavy)
Entramat Heavy
Size Ref Price
0.6m x 1.2m WGED0*0*01 £123.19
1.0m x 1.5m WGED0*0*02 £226.09
1.2m x 1.8m WGED0*0*03 £309.88
Entramat Standard
Size Ref Price
0.6m x 1.2m WGES0*0*01 £82.14
1.0m x 1.5m WGES0*0*02 £152.96
1.2m x 1.8m WGES0*0*03 £209.76
Entramat Heavy
ENTRANCE MATS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
283

284 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
WORKPLACE MATTING
ORTHOMAT ®
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
The Orthomat® range has been specifically designed to reduce the onset of
fatigue caused by prolonged standing, while providing some underfoot grip in
dry environments.
The durable, yet extremely comfortable, matting manufactured from 100%
closed cell PVC foam, is one of our best-sellers for many industrial locations,
especially assembly and packing stations. It effectively provides the right
balance of underfoot cushioning to stimulate blood circulation and in doing so
reduces pressure to the feet, legs and back.
Colour options
The Orthomat® range comprises pebbled surface styles with the option of
bright yellow safety bevelled edge borders for increased awareness.
> > Pebbled ‘textured’ surface.
> > Available as Orthomat® Safety with bright yellow bevelled
edge borders.
> > Conforms to Slip Resistance Test EN13552 (Category R10).
> > Fire tested to DIN54332 (B2) part of DIN4102.
Product height: 9mm
Size Colour Ref Price
0.6m x 0.9m Charcoal WGAF010001 £41.05
0.9m x 1.5m Charcoal WGAF010002 £82.14
0.9m x 18.3m Charcoal WGAF010003 £710.85
0.6m x 0.9m Charcoal/Yellow WGAF010701 £43.88
0.9m x 1.5m Charcoal/Yellow WGAF010702 £95.07
0.9m x 18.3m Charcoal/Yellow WGAF010703 £787.33
LOGOMAT
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
Impressive, makes an instant impact.
> > Customised quality printed doormat for individual logos or messages
> > Choose from 40 colours (maximum of six per mat)
> > Logomat is a real performer in trapping dirt and moisture
> > Durable solution-dyed nylon surface tufted into a nonwoven polyester
> > Soft carpet pile retains moisture, holding up to 2.5 litres water/m2
> > 11 year warranty against fading
> > Standard sizes are machine washable for easy care
Pile material: Nylon/polyester
Backing: Anti-slip nitrile rubber
Product height: 7.5mm
Total weight: 4kg/m2
601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610
611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620
621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630
Size Ref Price
1.15m x 1.75m WGLG000002 £POA
0.85m x 1.5m WGLG000001 £POA
631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640
Please choose up to 6 colours using the reference codes printed on this page. Artwork should
be e-mailed as a pdf detailing choice of colour options required.
Delivery – Approximately 2 weeks from approval of artwork.
Custom Sizes available up to a maximum 2m width and 4m length.
284
WORKPLACE MATTING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
285
CONFERENCE
CHAIRS
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
CHAIRS
Windsor Chair
> > Comes with a deep upholstered foam seat and back for comfort
> > Convenient hand-hold for ease of handling
> > Silver powder coated frame 1.8mm steel
> > Seat comes with medium hazard fabric (as standard)
> > Fabric and foam conforms to BS 7176 ignition source 5
> > Weight: 6.75kg, weight capacity: 115kg
> > Seat height: 460mm
> > Stacks up to 12 high
> > 2 year guarantee
> > Overall chair dimension H925 x W440 x D560mm
> > Samples available on request
Description Colour Ref Price
Windsor Chair Black WGCB30060 £39.59
Windsor Chair Blue WGCB30061 £39.59
Windsor Chair Red WGCB30062 £39.59 Fabric colours - Red, Black, Blue. Samples avaliable.
MONZA
STACKING CHAIRS
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
Monza Chair
Ideal seating for any conference or multi-seating complex.
Ergonomically designed extra wide seat will accommodate
all body shapes and sizes.
> > Chairs stack vertically 24 high
> > Ergonomic shaped seat and back rest
> > Minimal storage space required
> > Seat height 450mm
> > Intergral hook and catch mechanism for linking chairs
> > Stackable for easy storage
> > 3 year guarantee
> > Overall chair dimensions 784H x 565W x 562Dmm
> > Samples available on request
Description Ref Price
Black Frame, Black Shell WGCN40005 £35.99
Monza Trolley WGXF40005 £119.99
Intergral hook and catch
mechanism for linking chairs.
Stackable for easy storage and
trolley holds upto 24 x chairs.
CHAIRS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
285

286 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CONFERENCE TABLE & CHAIRS
CONFERENCE
TABLES
Soft-Top Tables
Heavy duty cushioned top, folding tables for regular use ideal for
dining rooms.
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
> > Foam cushioned tabletop is covered with a non-slip white PVC
wipeable soft top
> > Hard-wearing plastic table edge
> > Table legs have adjustable feet
> > Heavy duty folding leg table frame
> > Choice of rectangular or circular
Description Dimensions Ref Price
Circular Table 1530 Diameter WGPTY40012 £142.80
Circular Table 1830 Diameter WGPTY40013 £162.00
Rectangular Table 1830 x 760 WGPTY40011 £119.99
GROSVENOR
CHAIR
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
A lightweight and comfortable upholstered chair with a deep cushioned foam
seat and back. The curved black steel frame has a useful hand-hold, designed
for ease of handling.
> > Deep, high density foam upholstered seat and back
(seat cushion depth 60mm)
> > Black powder coated 1.5mm strong steel frame
> > Fabric and foam conforms to BS 7176 Ignition Source 5
> > Useful hand hold and side rails for added strength
> > Medium hazard fabric seat
> > Stacks up to 8 high
> > Seat Height: 480mm
> > Samples available on request
Description Overall Dims H x W x D (mm) Ref Price
Chair - Red Fabric 880 x 445 x 560 WGCU40082 £39.54
Chair - Blue Fabric 880 x 445 x 560 WGCU40083 £39.54
Chair - Charcoal Fabric 880 x 445 x 560 WGCU40084 £39.54
MAYFAIR
CHAIR
A great value chair with a strong black steel frame and comfortable upholstered
deep foam seat and back. Durable, lightweight and easy
to carry.
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
> > Deep, high density foam upholstered seat and back
(seat cushion depth 60mm)
> > Black powder coated 1.5mm strong steel frame
> > Fabric and foam conforms to BS 7176 Ignition Source 5
> > Useful hand hold side rails for added strength
> > Medium hazard fabric seat
> > Stacks up to 8 high
> > Seat Height: 480mm
> > Samples avaliable on request
Description Overall Dims H x W x D (mm) Ref Price
Chair - Charcoal Fabric 890 x 440 x 540 WGCCU40079 £39.54
Chair - Red Fabric 890 x 440 x 540 WGCCU40080 £39.54
Chair - Blue Fabric 890 x 440 x 540 WGCCU40081 £39.54
286
CONFERENCE TABLE & CHAIRS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
287
2000 SERIES
CHAIR
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
CHAIRS
A stylish lightweight polypropylene folding chair.
The ultimate design in low cost seating.
> > Contoured back enhances appearance and provides
additional comfort and support
> > Double riveted rear cross-brace provides added strength and
stops the rear legs sinking in the ground in outdoor conditions
> > Weight: 3kg
Seat Height 450mm
Overall 877H x 451W x 518D
Colour Ref Price
Blue WGPCF40011 £139.10
Burgundy WGPCF40010 £139.10
Charcoal WGPCF40012 £139.10
Black WGPCF40022 £139.10
Chairs sold in cartons -
Price Per carton of 8
2600 SERIES
CHAIR
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
The fan shape design of the chair – one of the most
comfortable on the market today.
> > The deep contoured back-rest provides good
support and exceptional comfort.
> > Wider seat for better comfort
> > Weight: 4.5kg
Seat Height 455mm
Overall 865H x 465W x 872D
Colour Ref Price
Blue WGCF40025 £94.80
Burgundy WGCF40026 £94.80
Charcoal WGCF40027 £94.80
Chairs sold in cartons -
Price Per carton of 4
2600 SERIES
UPHOLSTERED CHAIR
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
All the 2600 series benefits, with an upholstered seat to provide extra comfort
and style.
> > 2600 series chairs feature double leg links
for added strength and stability
> > Weight: 5kg
All Chairs Feature
Seat Height 475mm
Overall 865H x 465W x 872D
Colour Ref Price
Blue WGCF40095 £138.96
Burgundy WGCF40096 £138.96
Charcoal WGCF40097 £138.96
NOTE: We recommend the use
of two clips to link chairs, one
at the top and the other at the
foot end.
Chairs sold in cartons -
Price Per carton of 4
> > Breathable fan shaped back-rest
> > Convenient hand-hold at the top of the chair for ease of handling
> > Grey frames as standard
> > Snap-together links to make rows
> > Tested to BS4875-1 level 4 (2000 series)
> > Tested to BS4875-1 level 5 (2600 series)
> > Samples available on request
Chair connectors
Click-on clips
for 2000 series
WGCF40076 £0.60
Polyprop joiners
for 2600 series
WGCA40013 £1.20
CHAIRS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
287

288 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CAFÉ & RESTAURANT FURNITURE
Side Chair
RIO CAFÉ
FURNITURE
Arm Chair
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
Superior quality aluminium café and bistro furniture Lightweight and resilient,
suitable for heavy use all year round.
> > Stackable armchairs and side chairs
> > Square table can be spirally stacked
> > Zinc plated, cast iron base on circular tables and
adjustable feet for uneven surfaces
> > Samples available on request
Rio Cafe Chairs Ref Price
Side Chair WGCN40146 £33.54
Arm Chair WGCN40145 £33.54
The Rio range encompasses all the elements required for
relaxed dining both inside and out, casual meetings or
alfresco coffee. “Innox” chequered stainless steel table
tops provide a contemporary air which is conducive to the
ambience of any stylish eatery.
Description Ref Price
700mm Circular Pedestel WGPTM40041 £68.34
700mm Square Pedestel WGPTM40044 £68.34
700mm Square Stacking WGPTM40045 £71.94
PAULO CAFÉ
FURNITURE
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
Made from a revolutionary new material which requires no maintenance.
> > No maintenance required
> > Easy to clean
> > Zinc plated, cast iron base on circular tables and adjustable
feet for uneven surfaces
> > Stackable to ten high
> > Samples available on request
As it is synthetic “No-Wood” it will never need oiling,
polishing, painting or protecting; neither will it splinter or
split. This delightful range therefore offers all the beauty
of real teak but with none of the drudgery of maintenance,
combined with attractive flat tube frames.
Description Ref Price
Armchair WGCN40148 £39.54
700mm Square Pedestal Table WGPTM40050 £76.74
700mm Circular Table WGPTM40051 £80.34
CASA CAFÉ
FURNITURE
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
Enhances the ambience of all smart cafés, restaurants and bistros.
Chairs are easy to clean, hard wearing and UV resistant.
> > Hygienic and easy to clean
> > Casa Café chairs stack up to 10 high
> > Tables available as square or circular, 740mm overall height
> > Samples available on request
The chair seats are hand woven from 4mm plastic coated steel wire
and available in a choice of two striking colours - honey & blue.
Description Ref Price
Armchair - Honey WGCN40147 £34.74
Armchair - Blue WGCN40150 £34.74
700mm Square Pedestal Table WGPTM40051 £107.94
700mm Circular Pedestal Table WGPTM40057 £87.54
288
CAFÉ & RESTAURANT FURNITURE
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
289
FOLDING TABLES
& CHAIRS
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
TABLES
Polyfold Lightweight Folding Tables
The Polyfold table is perfect for canteens, offices
and light industrial use.
> > Available in a wide range of sizes, square rectangular and circular
> > Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded all weather polyethylene top for
indoor/outdoor use
> > Lightweight, stronger and more durable than wooden tables
> > Folds flat for easy storage
> > Samples available on request
Square and Rectangular Tables
Description
Dimensions
H x W x L (mm)
Weight
(kg)
Ref
Price
1220mm Table 740 x 613 x 1220 12 WGPTF41376 £45.54
1530mm Table 740 x 710 x 1530 15 WGTE40017 £53.94
1830mm Table 740 x 760 x 1830 17 WGPTF41378 £58.74
914mm Table 740 x 914 x 914 11 WGPTF41375 £47.94
Circular Tables
Description
Dimensions
H x W x D (mm)
Weight
(kg)
Ref
Price
1220mm Table 740 x 1220 16 WGPTF41370 £67.14
1530mm Table 740 x 1530 21 WGPTF41371 £93.54
FOLDING
TABLE
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
> > Compact folding
> > Carry handle
> > Ideal for taking in car
> > Weight 18kg
> > Dims (open) 1830L x 760W x 740Hmm
> > Dims (closed) 940L x 760W x 100Hmm
Ref
Price
WGPTF41380 £61.14
POLYFOLD
ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT
FOLDING TABLES
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
Lightweight and simple to use.
> > Height adjustable
> > Small model WGPTF41385: 640, 690, 740mm
> > Large model WGPTF41386: 610, 650, 690, 730, 770, 810mm
> > Folds flat for easy storage
> > Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded top
> > All weather construction for indoor/outdoor use
Height Adjustable Tables
Description
Dimensions
W x D (mm)
Weight
(kg)
Ref
Price
Small 600 x 1220 Max 12 WGPTF41385 £59.94
Large 760 x 1830 Max 17 WGPTF41386 £71.94
TABLES
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
289

290 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CHAIR SHIFTER
CHAIR
SHIFTERS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGST82
Office model
Pneumatic tyres
WGST81
Office model
Solid tyres
WGST85
Underchair support
models to suit minimum
gap under chairs of
(H x W) 400 x 405mm
Solid tyres WGST85
Pneumatic tyres WGST85P
WGSM31
Stairclimber model
Solid tyres WGST81
DELIVERED
IN 10 DAYS
Steel pan base takes the rear legs of the chairs.
Wheels: 200mm diameter solid rubber or 260mm diameter pneumatic.
Base Pan W x D mm 585 x 155
Overall Frame Height mm 1295
Wheels Wt. kg Overall H x W x D Ref Price
Office models - Sandstone epoxy finish
Solid tyres 12 1300 x 590 x 380 WGST81 £124.25
Pneumatic 13 1300 x 590 x 420 WGST82 £136.45
Industrial models - Blue epoxy finish
Solid tyres 12 1300 x 590 x 380 WGST83 £115.85
Pneumatic 13 1300 x 590 x 440 WGST84 £125.70
Stairclimber model - Blue epoxy finish
Solid tyres 18 1300 x 590 x 500 WGSM31 £135.90
Underchair support - Blue epoxy finish
Solid tyres 8 1300 x 600 x 790 WGST85 £145.20
Pneumatic 9 1300 x 650 x 820 WGST85P £202.05
WGST84
Industrial model
Solid tyres WGST83
Pneumatic tyres WGST84
290
CHAIR SHIFTER
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
291
CHAIRSHIFTER
DELIVERED
IN 7 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Steel pan base takes the rear legs of the chairs
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Wheels: 200mm diameter solid rubber tryes with steel centre
Finish: Black epoxy
CHAIR TROLLEYS
Base Pan W x D mm 585 x 155
Overall Frame Height mm 1295
Weight kg 12
Ref
WGPRIN-16
Price £118.35
STACKING CHAIR
DOLLY
DELIVERED
IN 7 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Designed to stack chairs with skid base design of overall size
(W x D x H) 500 x 500 x 790mm with seat height of 460mm. Sturdy
folded sheet steel design.
Mounted on 2 swivel braked and 2 fixed castors fitted with 100mm
polyurethane tyred wheels and roller bearings.
Finish: Black epoxy
Chair Skid Base W x D x H mm 500 x 500 x 790
Overall W x D x H mm 550 x 650 x 420
Chair Seat Height mm 460
Weight kg 16
Maximum Chair Stack 24
Ref
WGPRIN-20
Price £100.75
TRANSPORT
TROLLEY
DELIVERED
IN 7 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Designed to stack folded chairs of overall size (W x D x H)
450 x 550 x 820mm in the horizontal position. Manufactured from mild
steel angle and tube. Supplied with handle removed and with easy to
assemble instructions.
Wheels: Mounted on all swivel castors fitted with 75mm grey
non-marking wheels and roller bearings.
Finish: Black epoxy.
Chair Overall Size W x D x H mm 450 x 550 x 820
Overall W x D x H mm 470 x 1130 x 1255
Height When Fully Loaded mm 1500
Weight kg 11
Maximum Chair Stack 40
Ref
WGPRIN-4
Price £87.65
CHAIR TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
291

292
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CHAIR TROLLEYS
UPRIGHT CHAIR
TRUCK
DELIVERED
IN 7 DAYS
Designed to carry folded chairs of overall size (W x D x H) 470 x 540 x 870mm
in the vertical position. Sturdy folded sheet steel and tubular design. Supplied
with handles removed and with easy to assemble instructions, complete with
retaining strap.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Wheels: Mounted on 2 swivel (1 braked) and 2 fixed castors fitted with 100mm
polyurethane tyred wheels and roller bearings.
Finish: Black epoxy.
Chair Overall Size W x D x H mm 470 x 540 x 870 (Vertical)
Overall W x D x H mm 520 x 1530 x 1100
Height When Fully Loaded mm 1250
Weight kg 29
Ref
WGPRIN-14
Price £186.70
UNIVERSAL TABLE
TROLLEY
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Designed to carry either folding round tables using centre open tubular
support, or folded rectangular tables using the MDF board platform at both
ends of trolley.
Heavy duty design manufactured from steel box section, tube and bar. Tubular
support rails are covered with protective plastic sheaths. Supplied with handles
removed and with easy to assemble instructions, complete with retaining bars.
Wheels: Mounted on 2 swivel braked and 2 swivel castors fitted with
100 mm polyurethane tyred wheels and roller bearings.
Finish: Black epoxy.
Overall W x D x H mm
850 x 1830 x 1260 (unloaded)
Weight kg 42
Ref
WGPRIN-14
Price £348.50
292
CHAIR TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
293
HANGING CHAIR
STORAGE TROLLEYS
WGPRIN-H2
DELIVERED
IN 7 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
WGPRIN-H3
HANGING CHAIR STORAGE TROLLEYS
High hanging storage trolley - 2 rows
High hanging storage trolley - 3 rows
WGPRIN-L2
WGPRIN-L3
Low hanging storage trolley - 2 rows
Low hanging storage trolley - 3 rows
Designed for the storage and manoeuvrability of folded chairs in large quantities.
Heavy duty design manufactured from box section and tube. Tubular hanging rails
are covered with protective plastic sheaths and end caps.
Wheels: Mounted on 4 swivel (2 x braked) castors fitted with 100mm polyurethane
tyred wheels and roller bearings.
Finish: Black epoxy.
Tubular Hanging Rails Length
Tubular Hanging Rails Centres
550mm
330mm
Type
No of
Rows
Overall dimensions
W x L x H mm (unloaded)
Weight Ref Price
Low hanging storage trolley 2 1135 x 1250 x 1145 40kgs WGPRIN-L2 £256.05
Low hanging storage trolley 3 1135 x 1750 x 1145 44kgs WGPRIN-L3 £284.95
High hanging storage trolley 2 1135 x 1250 x 2025 62kgs WGPRIN-H2 £360.30
High hanging storage trolley 3 1135 x 1750 x 2025 66kgs WGPRIN-H3 £416.10
HANGING CHAIR STORAGE TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
293

294 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
BASKET TROLLEYS
SUPER SERVICE
TROLLEY
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Many uses including Stores, Offices, Warehouses, Schools and Mail Centres.
Formed and welded rectangular steel tube frame.
Wheels: 4 swivel castors fitted with 125mm diameter wheels, and grey non
marking rubber tyres. Trolley fitted with 4 protective revolving corner buffers.
Finish: Red epoxy framework, white epoxy baskets.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Overall H x W x L mm 1035 x 525 x 1035
Writing Tray W x D mm 390 x 200
Large Basket (x2) H x W x L mm 290 x 385 x 585
Small Basket (x1) H x W x L mm 100 x 250 x 385
Weight kg 28
Order Ref
WGBT100
Price £397.15
DISTRIBUTION
TROLLEY
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
MAX LOAD
200 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Construction: Formed and welded steel tube frame. Diamond balanced wheel
configuration for total manoeuvrability.
Wheels: 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors fitted with 160mm diameter bright zinc plated
wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings.
Finish: Red epoxy framework, white epoxy baskets.
Overall H x W x L mm 1070 x 535 x 1170
Top Basket H x W x L mm 190 x 520 x 1055
Bottom Basket H x W x L mm 320 x 520 x 1055
Weight kg 43
Order Ref
WGBT106
Price £366.75
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
HOOK-ON END BASKET
H x W x L: 320 x 115 x 320mm
Ref: WGB71 £54.30
294
BASKET TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
295
BASKET AND TRAY
TROLLEYS - 3 TIER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
100 KG
Ideal trolley for small item handling 3 tier trolley, with bottom
parcel grid supplied with choice of: 2 removable baskets or 2
steel trays. Formed and welded steel tube
Wheels: 4 swivel castors fitted with 100mm diameter wheels,
thread guards and grey non-marking rubber tyres.
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Finish: Red epoxy framework, white epoxy baskets and trays.
Overall L x W x H mm 855 x 430 x 1055
View product
on YouTube
BASKET AND TRAY TROLLEYS
Shelf Heights (without containers) mm 170 : 455 : 810
WGBT109
Model WGBT109
2 x Removable Baskets H x W x L mm 240 x 305 x 450 (10mm Top Rim)
Weight kg 18
Order Ref
WGBT109
Price £295.50
Model WGBT110
2 x Removable Steel Trays H x W x L mm 70 x 310 x 465
Weight kg 22
Order Ref
WGBT110
Price £238.85
WGBT110
BASKET AND TRAY
TROLLEYS - 2 TIER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MAX LOAD
100 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
2 tier version without bottom parcel grid.
Overall L x W x H mm 700 x 435 x 920
Shelf Heights (without containers) mm 180 : 605
Model WGBT107
2 x Removable Baskets H x W x L mm 240 x 305 x 450 (10mm Top Rim)
Weight kg 15
Ref
WGBT107
Price £251.75
Model WGBT108
WGBT107
2 x Removable Steel Trays H x W x L mm 70 x 310 x 465
Weight kg 19
Ref
WGBT108
Price £193.65
OPTIONAL EXTRAS:
EXTRA BASKETS
H x W x L: 240 x 305 x 450mm Ref: WGB107 (each) £58.25
EXTRA TRAYS
H x W x L: 70 x 310 x 465mm Ref: WGT108 (each) £35.15
WGBT108
TOTAL STOP BRAKES
Ref: WGB086 £10.70
BASKET AND TRAY TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
295

296
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
MAILROOM TROLLEYS
MAILROOM
STAIRCLIMBER
DELIVERED
IN 15 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Tubular steel framework with 2 wire mesh removable baskets.
Wheels: 3 x 160mm diameter wheels set in star configuration
for stair climbing.
Finish: Frame red epoxy, baskets in white epoxy.
Overall H x W x L mm 1085 x 470 x 610
Basket Internal W x D x H mm 400 x 245 x 215
Top of basket heights from floor mm 320 : 805
Weight kg 15
Ref
WGSM25
Weight kg £279.75
MAILROOM
TROLLEYS
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MAX LOAD
75 KG
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Model
Overall
L x W x H mm
Weight Ref Price
1 680 x 500 x 1070 17kg WGBT619 £268.90
2 500 x 590 x 1050 14kg WGBT620 £246.95
3 680 x 510 x 1085 19kg WGBT621 £271.55
4 800 x 565 x 1040 21kg WGBT622 £356.00
Ideal for mailroom or office.
Smart, durable Postal red frame and white baskets. Capacity: 75kg
Wheels: 2 x 200mm diameter rear wheels,
2 x 75mm diameter swivel front castors with grey non marking tyres.
Finish: Red epoxy frame, white epoxy baskets
WGBT619 WGBT620 WGBT621 WGBT622
Two baskets and sheet steel base
Baskets L x W x H:
305 x 450 x 290mm
Clearance between baskets:
275mm
Two baskets
each L x W x H:
305 x 450 x 290mm
Clearance between baskets:
210 mm
Two baskets and base tray
Top basket L x W x H:
305 x 450 x 295mm
Lower basket L x W x H:
305x 450x 240mm
Clearance between baskets:
130mm
Three baskets
Top basket L x W x H:
510 x 435 x 295mm
Lower basket L x W x H:
510x 435 x 250mm
Clearance between baskets: 175mm
Rear basket L x W x H:
155 x 280 x 415mm
Front revolving corner buffers.
296
MAILROOM TROLLEYS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
297
MINI BOX TRUCK
TURNTABLE
TRAILER MW SERIES
Overall
L x W mm
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
Available in 2 box heights Greased turntable plate with T bar tow handle.
Fixed rear axle. Welded steel angle frame chassis.
Finish: Blue epoxy steelwork
Deck
Height mm
MAX LOAD
150 KG
Sides
H mm
Weight
kg
Ref
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Wheels: 160mm diameter rubber tyred roller bearing wheels.
Fixed timber box body mounted into protective steel angle frame.
Price
950 x 500 215 145 24 WGMW20 £180.10
950 x 500 215 250 26 WGMW21 £186.35
MINI TURNTABLE TRAILERS / BASKET TRUCKS
BASKET
TRUCKS
DELIVERED
IN 12 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
1. Single Basket Truck
1
Blue epoxy frame and handle fitted with 2 swivel 2 fixed castors 125mm
diameter rubber tyred wheels.
Roller bearings.
Removable basket L x W x H: 805 x 535 x 555mm
2. Double Basket Truck
Blue epoxy frame and handle fitted with 2 swivel 2 fixed castors 160mm
diameter rubber tyred wheels.
Roller bearings.
2 removable baskets L x W x H: 680 x 480 x 450mm
Specification for all baskets:
2
Angle frame with solid rod top rim.
Mesh size 25 x 25mm 12 swg
Finish: Durable white epoxy
Truck
Baskets
Supplied
Overall
L x W x H mm
Basket
L x W x H mm
Capacity
Kg
Castor
dia. mm
Weight
Kg
Trucks with
baskets
Price
Additional
baskets (each)
Price
Total stop
brake (pair)
Price
1 1 895 x 550 x 900 805 x 535 x 555 150 125 30 WGBT81 £226.10 WGB81 £121.80 WGB032 £10.95
2 2 1090 x 705 x 985 680 x 480 x 450 250 160 50 WGBT82 £332.90 WGB83 £112.75 WGB024 £12.15
MINI TURNTABLE TRAILERS / BASKET TRUCKS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
297

298 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
FLOORING
COBAGRIP STAIR
NOSING
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Designed to help prevent slips on stairs
> > Suitable for use on existing or new-build steps
> > Manufactured with chamfered back edge for additional safety
> > Bright colour for visibility meeting DDA requirements
Size mm Length Ref Price
1.0m WGGRP070004N £19.21
55mm x 55mm
1.5m WGGRP070003N £15.19
2.0m WGGRP070002N £22.71
3.0m WGGRP070001N £30.23
Product height: 3mm
GRP base overall 5mm
COBAGRIP
STAIR TREAD
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
> > Silicone Carbide surface helps to prevent slip accidents on stairs
> > Designed to fully cover the stair area
> > 55mm x 55mm contrasting coloured nosing meeting
DDA requirements
> > Can be used in conjunction with COBAGRiP Sheet
Size mm Length Ref Price
345mm x 55mm
1.0m WGGRP010704S £29.72
1.5m WGGRP010703S £44.55
2.0m WGGRP010702S £59.38
3.0m WGGRP010701S £89.10
Black/Yellow
Product height: 3mm GRP base overall 5mm
Black/White
COBAGRIP
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Cobagrip Sheet
> > Ideal solution to combat slip hazards such as spilt liquids or ice
> > Available in a range of colours to meet all DDA requirements
> > Suitable for use with forklift traffic
> > Simply bond or screw to the existing floor surface
> > Colour options: black, grey and yellow
> > Product height: 5mm
Size m Ref Price
Colour options
1.2m x 1.2m WGGRP010002 £97.59
1.2m x 2.4m WGGRP010001 £195.19
Cobagrip Light
> > Manufactured from a 1mm flexible GRP sheet
> > Ideal for use on undulating surfaces
> > Can also be used in food production areas
> > Colour options: black and grey
> > Product height: 2.4mm
Size m Ref Price
1.2m x 1.2m WGGRP060002 £97.59
1.2m x 2.4m WGGRP060001 £195.19
298
FLOORING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
299
GRIPFOOT
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Grit Tape, Cleats and Tiles for Slip-Resistance
FLOORING
> > Abrasive grit ‘anti-slip’ products with self-adhesive backing
available in tapes, cleats and tiles
> > Provides additional grip underfoot on smooth surfaces
> > Hardwearing and easy to install
> > Gripfoot Tape – versatile for floor surfaces, machinery,
vehicles and marine use
> > Gripfoot Cleats (rectangular) are designed for use on steps and stairs
> > Gripfoot Tiles (square) are ideal for increasing safety on smooth,
tiled floors
> > Hazard version (tape only) in yellow/black provides high visibility in
darkness or low light conditions
> > Conforms to Slip Resistance Test EN 13552 Category R13
Roll Sizes: (Gripfoot /
Gripfoot Conformable)
Colour Ref Price
25mm x 18.3m Black WGGF010001 £29.72
50mm x 18.3m Black WGGF010002 £44.55
50mm x 18.3m Coloured WGGF0*0002 £41.05
50mm x 18.3m Hazard WGGF*2 £43.88
50mm x 18.3m Clear WGGF120002 £43.88
102mm x 18.3m Black only WGGF010003 £59.38
152mm x 18.3m Black only WGGF010004 £89.10
Cleats: (Gripfoot) Ref Price
152mm x 610mm (pack of 10) WGGF*0005 £57.94
Tiles: (Gripfoot) Ref Price
140mm x 140mm (pack of 10) WGGF*0006 £14.06
Colour options
Hazard version available in
yellow/black, red/white
Rolls Cleats Tiles
FLOORING
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
299

300
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
CYCLE SHELTERS
CAMBOURNE CYCLE
SHELTER
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
The VELOPA Cambourne Cycle Shelter
The Cambourne shelter is a free-standing, single sided cycle shelter designed
for on site assembly, constructed from galvanised steel and PET sheet. The
frame is made entirely from galvanised mild steel; the uprights are 76mm round
tube and the roof frame is 50mm square tube. The roof is 4mm clear sheet.
A variation of the classic VELOPA Cambridge style shelter, the Cambourne
shelter provides a core element of a compliant cycle parking solution. Shown
is the 4m Cambourne galvanised cycle shelter with five Sheffield cycle stands
(Not included).
Product details
2,200mm front, 1,400mm back
(Height) 2,680mm (Depth).
3,240mm-10,100mm (Length).
76mm round and 50mm square galvanised steel tube.
4mm clear PET sheet.
Other options are available; please ask.
Installation & use
Each shelter leg requires bolting down to a suitable
concrete surface (not less than 2,000mm x 500mm x
700mm) by means of 8 16mm anchor bolts. The area
surrounding the installation must be flat and level with
no nearby surface irregularities or gradient changes.
On-site assembly requires construction skill. This
product is guaranteed for 12 months (if installed and
used correctly).
Description Weight Ref Price
3m 259.0kg WG138204251 £1169.00
4m 306.0kg WG138204254 £1299.00
6m (3m + 3m) 456.0kg WG138204256 £2318.00
7m (4m + 3m) 503.0kg WG138204257 £2448.00
8m (4m + 4m) 550.0kg WG138204258 £2578.00
9m (3m + 3m + 3m) 653.0kg WG138204259 £3447.00
10m (3m + 4m + 3m) 700.0kg WG138204260 £3577.00
Accessories & installation parts Ref Price
Pack of 16 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 3-4m) WG138101010 £43.20
Pack of 24 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 6-8m) WG138101012 £64.80
Pack of 32 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 9-10m) WG138101016 £86.40
HARBLEDOWN
CYCLE SHELTER
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
The VELOPA Harbledown Cycle Shelter
The Harbledown shelter is a free-standing cycle shelter designed for on site
assembly, constructed from galvanised steel and PET sheet. The frame is
made entirely from galvanised mild steel; the uprights are 76mm round tube
and the roof frame is 50mm square tube. The roof is 4mm clear sheet.
A variation of the classic VELOPA Canterbury style shelter, the Harbledown
shelter provides a core element of a compliant cycle parking solution. Shown
is the 3m Harbledown galvanised shelter with three black coated sheffield
cycle stands (Not included).
Product details
2,380mm (Height).
2,810mm (Depth).
3,240mm-10,100mm (Length).
76mm round and 50mm square galvanised steel tube.
4mm clear PET sheet.
Other options are available; please ask.
Installation & use
Each shelter leg requires bolting down to a suitable
concrete surface (not less than 2,000mm x 500mm x
700mm) by means of 8 16mm anchor bolts. The area
surrounding the installation must be flat and level with
no nearby surface irregularities or gradient changes.
On-site assembly requires construction skill. This
product is guaranteed for 12 months (if installed and
used correctly).
Description Weight Ref Price
3m 269.0kg WG138204351 £1,269.00
4m 316.0kg WG138204354 £1,399.00
6m (3m + 3m) 473.0kg WG138204356 £2,478.00
7m (4m + 3m) 520.0kg WG138204357 £2,608.00
8m (4m + 4m) 566.0kg WG138204358 £2,738.00
9m (3m + 3m + 3m) 676.0kg WG138204359 £3,687.00
10m (3m + 4m + 3m) 723.0kg WG138204360 £3,877.00
Accessories & installation parts Ref Price
Pack of 16 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 3-4m) WG138101010 £43.20
Pack of 24 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 6-8m) WG138101012 £64.80
Pack of 32 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 9-10m) WG138101016 £86.40
300
CYCLE SHELTERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
301
BLACK & YELLOW
BOLLARDS
Black and
Yellow 1000
Product details
1,000mm tall.
Ragged version
400mm below ground.
Galvanised steel finish,
coated black with
yellow reflective bands.
Black and
Yellow 1200
Product details
1,200mm tall.
Ragged version
400mm below ground.
Galvanised steel finish,
coated black with
yellow reflective bands.
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
The AUTOPA range of Black & Yellow products are ideal for providing High
Visibility protection in both internal and external warehousing environments. All
products in the range are galvanised mild steel, ensuring their longevity and
are designed to take the knocks and bumps that occur in all warehouses. The
bollards are available in both Ragged (for casting into concrete) and Flanged
(for bolting down) versions. The bollards are available in a range of diameters
(90mm, 114mm, 139mm, 168mm & 193mm). The 90mm & 114mm are in 3mm
wall mild steel, whilst the 139mm, 168mm & 193mm are 5mm wall mild steel.
The bollards are coated black with reflective yellow bands.
The AUTOPA Black & Yellow Bollard 1000
Description Weight Ref Price
90mm (Ragged) 9.2kg WG138121287 £66.00
90mm (Flanged) 9.8kg WG138121267 £86.00
114mm (Ragged) 11.9kg WG138121427 £86.00
114mm (Flanged) 9.8kg WG138121437 £96.00
139mm (Ragged) 23.6kg WG138121631 £123.00
139mm (Flanged) 21.5kg WG138121641 £143.00
168mm (Ragged) 28.5kg WG138121721 £144.00
168mm (Flanged) 25.2kg WG138121731 £164.00
193mm (Ragged) 33.8kg WG138121781 £162.00
193mm (Flanged) 28.4kg WG138121791 £182.00
Accessories & installation parts Ref Price
M12 Expanding Bolt (Flanged only; 4 required per bollard) WG138100994 £1.50
M12 Foundation Bolt (Flanged only; 4 required per bollard) WG138100993 £3.00
M12 Rawl Bolt (Flanged only; 4 required per bollard) WG138100995 £3.80
The AUTOPA Black & Yellow Bollard 1200
Description Weight Ref Price
139mm (Ragged) 26.9kg WG138121630 £132.00
139mm (Flanged) 24.8kg WG138121640 £152.00
168mm (Ragged) 32.5kg WG138121720 £164.00
168mm (Flanged) 29.2kg WG138121730 £184.00
193mm (Ragged) 38.5kg WG138121790 £184.00
193mm (Flanged) 33.1kg WG138121780 £204.00
BOLLARDS
The AUTOPA Black & Yellow Bollard 1500
Black and
Yellow 1500
Product details
1,500mm tall.
Ragged version
500mm below ground.
Galvanised steel finish,
coated black with
yellow reflective bands.
Description Weight Ref Price
139mm (Ragged) 31.9kg WG138121629 £165.00
139mm (Flanged) 29.8kg WG138121639 £185.00
168mm (Ragged) 38.6kg WG138121719 £205.00
168mm (Flanged) 35.3kg WG138121729 £225.00
193mm (Ragged) 45.4kg WG138121799 £279.00
193mm (Flanged) 40.0kg WG138121809 £259.00
Installation & use
Flanged fixed posts require bolting down to a suitable concrete surface (no less
then 300mm cube) by means of four M12 bolts. Ragged fixed posts are supplied
with welded fixing spikes to ensure firm ground anchorage. Ragged post require a
hole of at least 500mm deep for casting into concrete.
This product is guaranteed for 12months (if installed and used correctly).
BOLLARDS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
301

302
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
PROTECTION BARRIERS
RETRACTAPOST 745
(GALVANISED)
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
The AUTOPA RetractaPost 745
The RetractaPost is a simple, cost effective, yet highly effective way to prevent
unwanted vehicle access. The RetractaPost is raised and lowered vertically.
When lowered the post is fully below ground and covered using the integral
lid. The post is padlockable (padlock not supplied) in the raised position by first
rotating the post 45° and then attaching the padlock between the post to the lid.
The RetractaPost is ideal for protecting vehicle forecourts, commercial premises,
car parks and domestic driveways.
Shown is the 90mm (Round) version of the RetractaPost.
Product details
745mm Tall (When raised).
1010mm Below Ground.
Galvanised or galvanised and coated finish.
Installation & use
It is recommended that posts are placed no further than
1,200mm apart to ensure no vehicle may pass between the
raised posts. An excavated hole of approximately 1,200mm
deep and 300mm diameter is required for installation. Provision
for suitable drainage must be made (chippings or similar) at
the bottom of the hole. The uppermost 3-400mm must be
concrete.
The lid of the post should be no more than 10mm above
finished ground level. This product is guaranteed for 12 months
(if installed and used correctly).
Description
Lift-up
Weight
Product
Weight
Ref
Price
60mm (Round) 4.6kg 17.6kg WG138130362 £139.00
60mm x 60mm (Square) 5.4kg 18.4kg WG138130361 £139.00
70mm x 70mm (Square) 6.2kg 26.0kg WG138130401 £184.00
76mm (Round) 5.5kg 18.5kg WG138130360 £139.00
90mm (Round) 6.6kg 27.0kg WG138130400 £184.00
90mm (Round) - Coated Yellow 6.6kg 27.0kg WG138130405 £204.00
Accessories & installation parts Ref Price
40mm Brass Padlock with 2 keys WG138100907 £8.00
Corbin Security Padlock with 2 keys WG138150325 £28.00
RETRACTAPOST-GL
745 (GALVANISED/
STAINLESS)
DELIVERED
IN 10-15 DAYS
The AUTOPA RetractaPost-GL 745
The RetractaPost-GL features a high-security push button 7-pin security lock
which offers a highly effective and robust way to protect premises and vehicles.
The RetractaPost-GL is raised and lowered vertically. The RetractaPost-GL is
ideal for protecting vehicle forecourts, commercial premises, car parks and
domestic driveways.
Product details
745mm Tall (When raised).
1070mm Below Ground.
Galvanised or galvanised and coated finish.
Installation & use
Please refer to RetractaPost 745
installation information above.
The post is lockable in the raised position by rotating the post
45° and then pressing the high-security push button 7-pin
security lock.
The post is unlocked using the supplied key, rotated and then
lowered. Keys can be supplied random or identical.
Galvanised
Description
Stainless Steel
Lift-up
Weight
Product
Weight
Ref
Price
60mm (Round) 4.6kg 17.6kg WG138130382 £179.00
60mm x 60mm (Square) 5.4kg 18.4kg WG138130381 £179.00
70mm x 70mm (Square) 6.2kg 19.2kg WG138130427 £219.00
76mm (Round) 5.5kg 18.5kg WG138130380 £179.00
90mm (Round) 6.6kg 30.2kg WG138130420 £219.00
90mm x 90mm (Square) 10.8kg 41.5kg WG138130421 £259.00
101mm (Round) 9.3kg 40.0kg WG138130430 £289.00
Accessories & installation parts Ref Price
Spare key (please specify key number/product) WG138130220 £10.00
Description
Lift-up
Weight
Product
Weight
Ref
Price
60mm (Round) 3.4kg 16.4kg WG138130388 £259.00
76mm (Round) 4.0kg 17.0kg WG138130389 £259.00
90mm (Round) 5.0kg 28.5kg WG138130429 £289.00
101mm (Round) 5.8kg 41.0kg WG138130439 £309.00
Accessories & installation parts Ref Price
Spare key (please specify key number/product) WG138130220 £10.00
302
PROTECTION BARRIERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
303
BUDGET / STACKING
GRIT BINS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Budget grit bins manufactured from very tough medium density polyethylene.
GRIT BINS
Ideal for roadside storage, car parks or company premises.
UV stabilised: Will not discolour through long term exposure to the
elements. Supplied complete with hinged lid designed to protect grit / salt
from the elements. Both models supplied complete with fork pockets for
ease of movement.
Standard colour is yellow. Red (fire) and green (environmental)
are also available - price and availability on application.
Delivery is 10-15 days for other colours.
Both models stack for
easy storage during the
warmer months.
Capacity
Salt
Inc.
Overall
W x H x D mm
Kgs
(empty)
Ref
Price
200 Litres No 1020 x 720 x 520 10.5 WGRW0005 £92.90
350 Litres No 1200 x 750 x 720 20.5 WGRW0006 £121.45
Please note: 3-5 days delivery applies to yellow bins only.
HEAVY DUTY
GRIT BINS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Heavy duty grit bins manufactured from very tough medium density
polyethylene.
Ideal for roadside storage, car parks or company premises.
UV stabilised: Will not discolour through long term exposure
to the elements. Supplied complete with hinged lid designed to protect
grit / salt from the elements.
Standard colour is yellow. Red (fire) and Green (environmental) are
also available - price and availability on application.
Delivery is 10-15 days for other colours.
Lockable and supplied complete
with padlock provision - electro
plated hasp and staple (padlock
not supplied). 200litre bin has 1
hasp & staple, 400litre bin has 2
hasp & staples.
Capacity
Litres
Base
Salt
Inc.
Overall
W x H x D mm
Kgs
(empty)
Ref
Price
200 Flat No 720 x 710 x 750 14 WGRW0001 £114.30
400 Fork pockets No 1260 x 710 x 750 22 WGRW0002 £164.30
MINI GRIT BIN
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Mini grit bin manufactured from very tough, medium density recycled
polythene. Ideal for commercial and in particular, domestic use - grit your
driveway, porch and patio with ease.
Supplied complete with 25kgs of rock salt and small injection moulded scoop
(both supplied loose in the bin - weight loaded is 30kgs). Water tight hinged lid
protects grit / salt from the elements.
Standard colour is black. Dark mottle grey and forest green are also available -
price and availability on application. Delivery is 10-15 days
for other colours.
Ref: WGRW0007K-RC-NL Price: £52.90 (no-lock)
Ref: WGRW0007K-RC Price: £57.15
Overall dimensions: 475mm wide x 383mm deep x 305mm high
Capacity: 30 litres, Weight: 5kgs (empty)
Please note: 3-5 days delivery applies to black bins only.
GRIT BINS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
303

304
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SNOW PLOUGHS
PEDESTRIAN SNOW
PLOUGHS
This bi-directional snow plough makes it simple and easy to clear your driveway
and sidewalks in half the time with half the effort needed for conventional
shovelling.
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Simple design allows you to remove snow while keeping your body in an upright,
walking position. Instead of relying on the strength of your lower back; use your
body weight, legs and arms. Minimises work by pushing instead of lifting and
throwing. Angled plough to allow snow to easily slide off the side of the blade.
Simply flip the handle over to choose which side the snow is ploughed to.
WGHSP-1
Manufactured from mild steel with high quality epoxy coated finish, making
this a superior and hard wearing product. Product is supplied fully assembled.
Wheels: 160mm solid rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings.
Blade Depth mm 195
Handle Height mm 1110
Handle Width mm 410
Model Blade Width mm Weight Kg Ref Price
Wide 955 8 WGHSP-1 £87.15
Narrow 500 7 WGHSP-2 £80.00
WGHSP-2
View product
on YouTube
‘V’ BLADE PUSH
ALONG SNOW PLOUGH
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
The simple design allows you to remove snow while keeping your body in an
upright walking position, instead of relying on the strength of your lower back
you can use your body weight, legs and arms. Minimises work by pushing
instead of lifting and throwing with the angled plough allowing snow to easily
slide off either side of the blade.
Manufactured from mild steel with high quality epoxy coated finish, making
this a superior and hard wearing product. Product is supplied fully assembled.
Wheels: 160mm solid rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings.
Blade Height mm 165
Handle Height mm 1110
WGHSP-3
Handle Width mm 410
Overall Blade Width mm 900
Weight kg 8
Ref
WGHSP-3
Price £113.70
304
SNOW PLOUGHS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
305
HEAVY DUTY PUSH
ALONG SNOW PLOUGH
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Adjustable blade: from 0 degrees to 30 degrees of left hand sweep,
allowing snow to easily slide off the blade. Easily adjustable on a
50mm pitch with 6 adjustments using fly nut and bolt. Simple trolley
style design allows you to remove snow while keeping your body in an
upright, walking position. Angled plough allows snow to easily slide
off either side of the blade.
SNOW PLOUGHS
Manufactured from mild steel with high quality epoxy coated finish,
making this a superior and hard wearing product. Product is supplied
fully assembled.
Wheels: 4 x 260mm pneumatic tyred wheels and roller bearings.
Overall Width mm 1000
Overall Depth mm 1140
Overall Height mm 1000
Blade Height mm 330
Blade Width mm 1000
Weight kg 28
Ref
WGHSP-4
Price £277.80
HEAVY DUTY SNOW
PLOUGH
DELIVERED
IN 5-7 DAYS
MADE IN
BRITAIN
Heavy duty snow plough and yard scraper attachment to fit most fork lift
trucks. Fixed left hand sweep angle of 15 degrees.
Heavy duty concave blade with bolt on 12mm thick reversible rubber wear
strip. When not used for snow clearing can be utilised as general purpose
yard scraper.
> > Wear strip thickness: 12mm
> > Blade height: 510mm
> > Choice of 1200, 1500 or 2000mm blade widths
> > Overall depth: 1350mm
> > Plough fits over forks and is secured with zinc plated ‘T’ bar screws
> > Fork pockets (H x W): 160 x 50mm. Fork centres: 800mm
> > Finish: Yellow epoxy coated
Replacement Rubber Wearstrip
Blade Width mm Ref Price
1200 WGFSP-1RB £39.85
1500 WGFSP-2RB £44.20
2000 WGFSP-3RB £48.45
Snow Plough
Blade Width mm Weight Ref Price
1200 79 WGFSP-1 £587.00
1500 98 WGFSP-2 £678.95
2000 123 WGFSP-3 £817.70
View product
on YouTube
SNOW PLOUGHS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
305

306
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
GRIT SPREADERS
Large operating lever,
collapsible support foot
GRIT
SPREADERS
Adjustable length push rod
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Ks 35-E Drop Spreader
> > For private and commercial use
> > For various types of spreading material such as salt, grit, sand, oil binding
agents, seed or fertilizer
> > Accurate spread width of 60 cm
> > Quantity to be spread can be precisely and continuously adjusted via the
eccentric disk
> > Fast, easy assembly
> > Hopper made of corrosion-resistant polyethylene
> > Frame and axles made of stainless steel
> > Collapsible support foot
> > Adjustable-length push rod
> > Air-filled rubber tyres with winter or rough terrain treads
> > Axle divided in the middle, moves around corners easily
Rugged agitator shaft,
axle divide in the middle
Eccentric disk
KS 35-E drop spreader
Designation Capacity Spread
width in
cm
Weight
Approx.
kg
Ref
Price
KS 35-E drop spreader 35 60 16.5 WG8487 £408.00
KS35-E with stainless steel frame
Accessories for KS 35-E drop spreader
Designation Ref Price
Cover for KS 35-E WG8495 £46.00
MOUNTED GRIT
SPREADER
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Mounted Spreader Sa 130 With Pe Hopper
> > For large spreading areas
> > Yellow plastic hopper
> > Rigid flap lid
> > Painted tubular steel frame with three point attachment
(a = 410 / 526 mm, b = ø 22 mm)
> > Driven using a power take-off shaft (supplied)
Mounted Spreader Sa 130
Capacity Version Spreading
steps
Ref
Price
130 L Type SA 130 for large spreading areas 10 WG8173 £1168.00
Accessories For Mounted Spreader Sa 130
Designation Ref Price
Spreading width limiter for SA 130 WG7291 £76.00
Type SA 130
Remote control for mounted spreader SA 130, length from
bowden cable: 1.6 m, weight: 2.5 kg
WG8290 184.00
306
GRIT SPREADERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
307
GRIT
SPREADERS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Spreader with composite frame. The use of new composite plastics
enables the integration of many functions into a single component.
> > For use in private and commercial areas
> > Durable design
> > Composite frame and PE container
> > Stainless steel axles
> > Rugged transmission
> > Collapsible support foot
> > Spreading quantity adjustable with fixed stop
> > Supplied in prefabricated assemblies
GRIT SPREADERS
Spreader SW 20-C and SW 35-C
> > For use in tough winter conditions
> > For spreading different materials
> > With robust agitator finger
> > Stainless steel push rod, three length settings
> > With adjustable spread width limiter
> > With strainer insert
> > Air-filled rubber tyres with winter tread
Type SW 35-C
Spreading quantity adjustable with
fixed stop
Push rod, three length settings
Adjustable spread width limiter
Spreader with composite frame and PE container
Capacity Version Spreading
Width mm
Spreading
steps
Weight
Approx.
kg
20 L Type SW 20-C for medium spreading areas 1 bis 4 6 10 WG10642 £270.00
35 L Type SW 35-C for medium spreading areas 1 bis 4 6 11 WG10643 £300.00
Ref
Price
Accessories for spreader with composite frame and PE container
Version Ref Price
Cover for SW 20-C WG7884 £20.00
Cover for SW 35-C WG7885 £30.00
GRIT SPREADERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
307

308
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
TOWABLE GRIT SPREADERS
TOWABLE GRIT
SPREADERS
Type SW 200
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Spreader SW 200 and SW 300 with PE hopper
> > For commercial and private use
> > Suitable for different gritting materials and spreading widths
> > Robust construction
> > Gearbox with aluminium housing, can be disabled
> > Sturdy, greasable wheel bearings
> > Painted steel tube frame
> > All parts that come into contact with the media are stainless steel or plastic
> > Spreading amount, spreading direction and spreading width can all be set as required
> > 16 x 6.5 Wheels with pneumatic rubber tyres, winter profile
> > Parallel height-adjustable drawbar
> > Lighting with 7-pin plug
> > Supplied as pre-assembled modules
Spreaders SW 200 and SW 300
Type SW 300
Capacity Version Spreading
width in m
200 L
Type SW 200 for
large spreading areas
Spreading
steps
Weight
Approx.
kg
Ref
Price
up to 5 10 80 WG10205 £2360.00
300 L
Type SW 300 for
large spreading areas
up to 5 10 85 WG10206 £2375.00
TOWABLE GRIT
SPREADERS
DELIVERED
IN 3-5 DAYS
Grit Spreaders with PE Hopper
Type SW 130
> > For commercial and private use
> > Suitable for different gritting materials and spreading widths
> > Quick and easy assembly
> > Robust construction
> > Max speed with gear engaged for spreading 12 mph (20 km/h)
Spreaders with PE Hopper
Capacity Version Spreading
width in m
Spreading
steps
Weight
Approx. kg
Ref
Price
200 L
Type SA 130 for large spreading areas incl. gearing more robust with
aluminium casing, yellow plastic hopper with robust flap lid, painted tubular
steel frame, pneumatic rubber tyres,spreading regulator. Supplied as preassembled
modules. Drawbar parallel adjustable for height included. Gearing
disengageable. Max. speed up to 20 km/h.
up to 5 10 39 WG10063 £1248.00
Accessories for Spreaders with PE Hopper
WG7291
WG8621
WG8289
Designation Ref Price
Spreading width limiter for SW 130 WG7291 £76.00
Drawbar with ball coupling for SW 130 WG8621 £136.00
Designation
Remote control for
spreaders and
SW 130
Length from
operating
lever m
Weight
approx.
kg
Ref
Price
2.0 3.0 WG8289 £181.00
308
TOWABLE GRIT SPREADERS
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
NEED SOMETHING
OUT OF THE ORDINARY?
WHY NOT USE OUR
SPECIALS SERVICE.
This catalogue contains many hundreds of products and variations,
but no matter how many we offer, there will always be a requirement
for something different or special.
Our specials service is here to provide solutions to those specific
requirements. All you need to do is tell us what you need it to do,
or sketch it out. Our design team will work with you to produce the
ideal product for your special requirements.
We can help in two ways, either adapt a product, starting with one of
our standard products and amend it to your requirements. Or, design
from scratch, starting from a blank piece of paper we will come up with
a solution to solve your needs.
All our special products can be made as a ‘one off’ or on batch
production, just tell us how many you need.
To contact The Workplace Catalogue please call
01446 772614 or email info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
SPECIALS SERVICE 888
Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

Tel: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
The Workplace Catalogue 2017
The Workplace Catalogue is a business
to business supplier of storage systems,
materials handling equipment and
associated products.
The Workplace Catalogue
Storage Design Limited
Primrose Hill, Cowbridge,
South Wales, CF71 7DU
Telephone: 01446 772614
Fax: 01446 774770
Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk
www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk
We reserve the right to alter designs and specifications without prior notice. All
technical data, dimensions, weights etc. stated in this catalogue serve only as a
guide. The seller cannot accept any liability which may be attributed in any way to
the use of this information. All goods are sold strictly in accordance with our terms
and conditions of sale, details are available on request.